Welcome to
Mt. Hood Community College 26000 SE Stark Street Gresham, Oregon 97030 Located in the shadow of majestic Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls nearly 30,000 people annually. Classes are offered on the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, Oregon, as well as satellite campuses throughout the district. The MHCC district comprises an area of about 950 square miles with a population of more than 216,000.
Table of Contents GENERAL INFORMATION .............................................. 2 - 38 EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS ................................................39 Transfer Information ............................................................ 40 - 41 Professional-Technical Programs ..................................42-116 Special Studies .................................................................... 117-121 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ......................................... 122-237 STUDENT INFORMATION ..................................... 238-242 Executive Staff & College Board .............................. 243-244 Professional Staff ............................................................... 245-253 Index ......................................................................................... 254-256
Visit us on the internet For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:
www.mhcc.cc.or.us
1
2
Equal Opportunity It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employment opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students and employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the laws enforced by the Department of Education and Department of Labor, including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title VI and Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974-75. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon Revised Statute 659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and other regulations should be directed to either the college’s Human Resources Office 503-491-7200, the office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-491-7202; the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education Office, Seattle, Washington; or to the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor, San Francisco, CA.
The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-4916923 (503-491-7670 TDD). While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not a contract between Mt. Hood Community College and current or prospective students. Some policies and procedure are subject to change. See quarterly schedules for details.
The College Accreditation Mt. Hood Community College is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges and is approved as a veterans training institution by the Veterans Administration. Accreditation documentation is available in the President’s Office.
· provide programs and services that directly aid the personal and social development of students while teaching ethical behaviors and fostering a teaching and learning environment which values diversity.
· work to ensure that students and staff have a safe and healthy learning environment.
In addition, these Professional Technical programs are accredited by the following accrediting associations:
· provide technological, transfer, developmental, and community education offerings that create opportunities for life-long learning experiences.
· strive to provide access to MHCC for all those seeking educational opportunities.
Automotive: NATEF (National Automotive Technician Education Foundation)
· enrich the community by developing and sustaining partnerships with business, industr y, educational institutions, community organizations, and governmental agencies.
Aviation Professional Pilot: Training approved by Federal Aviation Administration Dental Hygiene: Commission on Dental Accreditation, American Dental Association Early Childhood Education: National Academy of Early Childhood Programs Funeral Service Education: American Board of Funeral Service Education Medical Assistant: American Association of Medical Assistants Nursing: National League for Nursing Occupational Therapy Assistant: Accreditation Council of Occupational Therapy Education Physical Therapy Assistant: Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education Surgical Technology: Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology Respiratory Care: Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education Welding: AWS (American Welding Society)
Mission Mt. Hood Community College shall provide personalized, high quality, comprehensive and accessible teaching and learning that offers life-long opportunities inside and outside the classroom for selfdiscovery, self-enhancement, and success. The mission of Mt. Hood Community College is to: · provide excellent, innovative, and comprehensive educational opportunities for the diverse student populations served by the college.
· prepare students for employment and advanced academic work so they may respond effectively to the continuous changes they will encounter in the 21 st century. · work to create an interculturally literate citizenry so that students can be successful living and working in the increasingly interconnected global community.
Vision The vision of Mt. Hood Community College is to be a teaching and learning community. Students will be challenged to achieve their full potential as positive contributors to the social, cultural, and economic aspects of community life in the 21st century. Students will be asked to think creatively, communicate effectively, and master the skills they will need to be successful in a changing world. The college will offer students innovative services and facilities that are technologically sound with fully integrated communication networks. Dynamic partnerships and the collaborative efforts of the faculty, staff and community organizations will energize, diversify and broaden the learning experiences available to the MHCC community.
Values As a member of the MHCC community of learners, I will: · work unceasingly to support and ensure student success. · regard quality of education among our highest goals in all our activities. · respect the rights of all persons to live with dignity and freedom, and respect the rights of individuals to expression.
· hold ourselves accountable to the community for all our actions and programs.
· ensure that decision-making processes are driven by information received from the staff, students and the community. · place decision-making responsibility and authority at the lowest level appropriate in meeting the information, customer service and accountability needs of students and the community. · design and provide educational programs and ser vices dedicated to protecting and preserving the natural environment.
Educational Objectives Basic Education. MHCCD will strive to provide opportunities for its students to gain competency in the basic skills of reading, writing, computing, spelling, speaking, listening and analyzing.
MHCC Philosophy of General Education Mt. Hood Community College holds that general education should accomplish two major objectives. One of these objectives is to provide students with knowledge that will help them attain their full potential as informed and responsible members of society. General education courses offer knowledge that enables students to communicate effectively, to explain relationships among societies, to articulate what it is to be human, to develop artistic expression, to analyze the natural world, and to make informed decisions about physical and mental health. A second purpose of general education is to equip students with the mental skills they must possess if they are to learn independently. Mental skills such as listening, speaking, writing, computing, analyzing, synthesizing and deliberating logically will enable students to learn on their own throughout their lives.
3
The College, continued
4
History A core of general education instruction permeates each of the college’s three degrees (AAS, AGS, AA-OT) and all certificates, offering students many opportunities to acquire the knowledge and mental skills they must possess to become lifelong learners and responsible citizens. The core of general education instruction falls into the following five major categories: COMMUNICATION: Communication courses develop the student’s ability to read, write, listen and speak effectively in formal and informal situations, in the workplace and at home . They develop, furthermore, the student’s ability to analyze and interpret spoken and written discourse. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Health and Physical Education courses are designed to enable students to enjoy the personal benefits of physical activity and healthy lifestyles. Activity classes develop foundation skills for lifelong participation in physical activities. Health classes equip students to make healthful living choices. THE HUMANITIES: Studying the humanities instills in students the ability to articulate what it is to be human. Students learn to recognize, for example, fundamental characteristics of humankind and to articulate enduring human concerns. Humanities courses at MHCC include philosophy, languages, literature, and the visual and performing arts. MATHEMATICS; SCIENCE; COMPUTER SCIENCE:These courses enable students to explore, describe and apply the different types of functions, processes, natural laws and relationships that exist in the world. Mathematics, life sciences, physical sciences and computer sciences fall into this category. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: The social sciences help equip students to interact effectively in relationships with others, understand an individual’s role in a given society, and analyze and explain the relationship of one society to another, past and present.The social sciences also enable students to comprehend and describe the significant forces and factors that have helped shape the many facets of human history and contemporary society. Mt. Hood Community College intends that students who complete general education classes in the various categories listed above shall possess the kinds of knowledge
and the kinds of mental skills essential if they are to develop their potential as individuals and as citizens. General education requirements are aimed at conveying to students the knowledge that each person is valuable and that communities of people are valuable. They are designed to prepare students to promote their own personal well-being and that of society. Quality with Diversity. MHCCD will strive to maintain effective, quality education within a comprehensive range of learning experiences to include traditional and non-traditional offerings. Flexible Curriculum. MHCCD will maintain a curriculum responsive to the changing educational needs of its district residents. The learning experiences provided will include consideration of theory and practical application. Open-Door Admission. MHCCD learning opportunities will be open to all who seek to benefit from the experience, although entrance to some programs is limited by academic qualifications. Student Services. MHCCD will provide opportunities outside of the classroom for students to become aware of their needs, interests and potential as well as to gain experience in democratic living, self-determination, cooperative endeavor, economic realities and leadership. Community Services. MHCCD will offer a comprehensive program of community services including cultural, recreational and civic activities which are in response to the expressed needs of district residents. Well-Served Public. MHCCD will strive to provide learning opportunities to serve its public, both in the percentage of district residents served and in the quality and effectiveness of its education systems.
District The district comprises an area of approximately 950 square miles with a population of over 216,000. The district lies adjacent to the eastern boundary of the city of Portland and is bounded on the north by the Columbia River. It includes all of Multnomah County east of Portland School District Number 1, the area of Sandy Union High School District and Gresham Union High School District in Clackamas County and the area of the Port of Cascade Locks in Hood River County. The majority of the population in the district is concentrated in the western portion.
Mt. Hood Community College opened in 1966 and now enrolls nearly 30,000 students each year. Classes are offered at the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, the MHCC Maywood Park Campus,Thompson Center and evening education centers at district public schools. The college is financed by local property tax funds, state reimbursement funds and student tuition. Local voters established the college tax base in 1968 and approved tax base increases in 1970 and 1980. The college has developed an ongoing partnership with business and industry to meet the needs of a current and future workforce. Board members are elected to four-year terms, meet the second Wednesday night of each month and serve without pay. The first president of the college was Dr. Earl Klapstein. He served until 1976 and was followed by Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson until November 1985. Dr. Paul E. Kreider served as president from February 1986 to June 1996. Dr. Joel E. Vela became the college’s fourth president in 1996 and ser ved through September of 2000. The college is currently under the direction of Dr. Robert Silverman.
MHCCD Foundation The Mt. Hood Community College District Foundation is a non-profit organization established in 1969 to receive, hold and disburse private funds in support of the educational programs and students of the college. The direction of the Foundation is vested in its board of directors, composed of citizens from a broad spectrum of the community. Working in small groups and committees, Foundation members assist in forming, developing and promoting a number of worthwhile objectives, such as scholarships, equipment purchases and support for faculty development projects. For more information, call the Foundation office at 503-491-7206.
Admissions and Registration Who Can Enroll 1. Graduates of accredited high schools who can benefit from the instruction may be admitted as regular students. *
opment and Services (if under the age of 16) or by the Dean of Career Development Services (age 16 and older).
2 . Applicants who have received the GED certificate for high school equivalency (or those who have successfully completed the test and who will receive the certificate prior to their first term at MHCC), and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular students.
9. Students who are citizens of other countries, and who can benefit from the instruction, will be asked to meet certain federal immigration and college requirements before being admitted to Mt. Hood Community College. The Admissions and Records Office has special application materials for international students. Please see International Student Admission below.
3. Non-high school graduates 18 years of age and over whose high school class has been graduated, and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular students. 4. High school students who have completed their high school requirements and not yet received their diplomas as of the seventh semester (if four-year high school), and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular students. These students must submit a written statement from their high school indicating completion of high school graduation requirements. 5. Students 16 and 17 years of age who have not completed high school, whose class has not yet been graduated and who are not currently enrolled in high school must secure a release from compulsory attendance from their high school. These students who can benefit from instruction may be admitted as students. 6. Students 16 years and older who have not graduated or who have not been released from compulsory attendance, and who can benefit from the instruction, may take classes with written authorization from their high school. 7. Students under the age of 16 years who are still enrolled in school will be required to request permission for admission through the Vice President of Student Development and Services. Requests must be filed seven (7) working days in advance of the beginning of classes for the term of desired enrollment. 8. Students who are currently being homeschooled and can benefit from the instruction will follow one of the specific procedures as previously outlined. They will be required to submit documentation of home schooling as needed by the Vice President of Student Devel-
* A regular student is defined as a student who is enrolled in coursework leading to a degree or certificate. International Student Admission. To be considered for admission to Mt. Hood Community College the following must be submitted to the admissions office: 1. An International Student Application Form & application fee.. 2. Official transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary schools attended. The level of previous schooling must be comparable to American high school graduation. 3. A Declaration of Finances Form. 4. Proof of college-level English ability. Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (paper based) or 173 (computerized) is required for admission to degree seeking programs. 5. Students who score a 450 on the TOEFL (paper based) or 133 (computerized) must take the College Placement Test Levels of English Proficiency, in order to take English as a Non-Native Language (ENL) courses at MHCC during their first year. These students will be eligible to take ENL courses, only. 6. Immunization documentation. Note: All international students (F-1 Visa) must have health and accident insurance before being enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College.
How to Enroll We encourage you to contact the Admissions and Records Office (503-491-7393) to make your application to MHCC (this is required of students applying to a limited- or restricted-entry program). Your next step is to contact the Academic Ad-
vising and Transfer Center (503-491-7315) for placement testing and advising. For new students taking six or more credit hours there are four steps to enroll: placement testing, new student advising and registration workshop at which time you will plan a class schedule with a counselor or adviser, register for your classes and pay for your classes. If you are a student with a disability and require academic adjustments or auxiliary aids, contact the Disability Services Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.
Placement Testing and Orientation New students enrolling in six or more credits are required to take the College Placement Test (CPT).The CPT enables students and their advisers to assess the students’ academic readiness. The results of the CPT will help students choose classes that will fit their present skill level in reading, writing and mathematics. New student advising and registration session information is available through the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. For more information concerning new student advising and registration workshops, call 503-491-7315. For CPT information call 503-491-7678. Picture ID is required for the CPT test and to register for classes. CPT testing is offered in room AC 2335. Students enrolling in an English composition course, WR101 or WR102, a mathematics course, certain chemistry courses or a reading class are required to take the CPT regardless of credit hours. Testing for non-native English speakers. If English is not the first language you learned, you will take the College Placement Test—Levels of English Proficiency. Call 503-491-7678 for testing information. Guided Studies. Guided Studies is a program designed for students who need additional academic preparation for success in college-level studies. The program is tailored to students according to their educational needs. Guided Studies students are required to take the appropriate preparatory courses and are restricted from other courses until their preparation is completed. Guided Studies students have two terms to complete these preparatory classes. To continue at Mt. Hood beyond this time requires students to petition, through the appeal procedure, the Dean of Enrollment Services.
5
Admissions and Registration, cont.
6
How to Register Registration instructions and dates are published each term in the term class schedule which is available upon request. Registration is available at the Gresham campus and the MHCC Maywood campus and by touch-tone telephone. Mail-in registration is available for Continuing Education classes only.
Tuition and Residency Tuition. Tuition is set by the MHCCD Board of Education and may be changed at any time. Please check the quarterly schedule for current tuition and fees. 12 credit hours constitute full-time status. Loads over 20 credit hours require approval of The Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the Dean of Enrollment Services.
In-State Tuition and Fees 1-15 Credits: Tuition, per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Additional Credits over 15: 16-18 credits, per credit hour Over 18 credits, per credit hour
$39.00 $1.50 $2.00 $42.50 $39.00 $19.50
Out-of-State Tuition and Fees 1-15 Credits: Tuition, per credit hour $135.00 Student fee, per credit hour $1.50 ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour $2.00 ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour $138.50 Over 15 credits, per credit hour: $135.00
International Tuition and Fees Tuition per credit hour $154.00 Student fee, per credit hour $1.50 ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour $2.00 ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour $157.50 Over 15 credits, per credit hour: $154.00
Auditing students (no credit or grade) pay in accordance with the fee schedule above. The quarterly tuition includes both tuition and student service fees. Special Fees. Certain classes require tools, uniforms, equipment, lab fees, insurance, etc., which are not covered by tuition. Student Service Fees. Student service funds are disbursed on a comprehensive program basis for student government activities and for intercollegiate sports. The statement of philosophy of this financial support can be found in the Appendix of Board Policy and College Regulations. Residency. Determination of residence for admission and other purposes will be made according to the following definitions: Residence is defined as a person’s domicile, his/ her true fixed and permanent home and place of habitation. It is the place where one intends to remain, and to which one expects to return when one leaves without intending to establish a new domicile elsewhere. Domicile is not established by mere attendance at the college. A valid Oregon driver’s license, permit or ID card is required for in-state tuition rates except for residents of California, Idaho, Washington & Nevada. See Reciprocity section on this page. In-District Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has maintained residence in the Mt. Hood Community College district 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. Out-Of-District Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has maintained a residence in Oregon for at least 90 days prior to the beginning of classes but not in the Mt. Hood Community College district. In-State Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has established residency in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. Out-Of-State Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has not established residency in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. International Student: A citizen of another country here on a visa other than an immigrant visa.
Reciprocity California, Idaho and Nevada state residents may attend Mt. Hood Community College and pay in-state tuition (see Residency section).Washington residents must pay a $11.00 surcharge for each credit hour plus in-state tuition.
Your Financial Responsibilities When you register for a class you incur charges and are responsible for payment of the charges. Non-attendance does not remove the charges. To have the charges removed, you must process a drop or withdrawal form through the Admissions and Records Office during the refund period. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Failure to pay by the payment due date may result in late payment penalties, denial of future registrations, withholding of transcripts and/ or grades, denial or cancellation of credit arrangements, impairment of credit history and additional assessment for collection costs and attorney’s fees.Your social security number may be used for internal and external credit reporting and collection purposes for all delinquent charges incurred. · You are responsible for full payment of all charges on your account by the payment due date, even if your account is being paid by another party. · You are responsible for keeping MHCC informed of any change in your mailing address or name. · If you are under 18 years of age, you will be held liable for all charges on your account under Oregon Revised Statutes (ORS 348-105). · You are responsible for all late payment fees. A $10 late fee is assessed on past due charges every 30 days past due with a maximum of $30 per term. Delinquent accounts 90 days past due may be turned over to a collection agency. You are responsible for reasonable collection costs, attorney’s fees and Oregon Department of Revenue charges related to the collection of all delinquent debts owed to the college.Your social security number may be used for internal and external credit reporting and collection purposes for all delinquent charges incurred.
Adding or Dropping Classes Payment Options Mt. Hood Community College accepts cash (U.S. only), checks, VISA and MasterCard. Third party payment arrangements are also accepted.These include agency or company payment authorizations, financial aid and scholarships. For additional details refer to the class quarterly schedule. Payment due dates are explained in each class quarterly schedule. All charges on a student’s account must be paid in full before you can register for another term. An installment payment note is available to students who qualify. This allows students to pay their tuition and fee charges in up to three installment payments. The class quarterly schedule outlines the qualifications and instructions.
Refunds Refunds are calculated when your account has a credit balance resulting from an overpayment or from charges being removed which were previously paid. Charges are only removed when a drop or withdrawal form is processed through the Admissions and Records Office during the refund period. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Refunds are applied to any charges outstanding with MHCC even if payment is not yet due. Credit balances resulting from payments made by third party sponsors, financial aid or scholarships will be returned to the originator. Refer to the class quarterly schedule for more information.
Cancellations Course cancellation by the college will result in a 100 percent refund providing a refund is due.
Attendance See class schedules, course descriptions and specific course syllabus. Students should be aware that mandatory attendance the first week of classes is required in some areas. Failure to attend may result in the student being removed from the class roster. It is still the student’s responsibility to process a drop or withdrawal in the Admissions and Records Office for classes they do not want.
Adding a Class Adding a class is a formal change made by the student in the Admissions and Records Office. The last day to register or add a standard term-length class is normally the first Friday of instruction for classes that are open. The instructor’s signature is required after the first class has met for those classes that are closed. Mathematics, English composition, some chemistr y, developmental education and computer classes may require instructor’s signature during the first week.To register or add during the second week of instruction, the instructor’s signature is required for open and closed classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for further clarification and the last day to register or add a non-standard termlength class. Caution: Students should be aware that registering for classes after instruction has begun is detrimental to their learning. Also, any student entering a course late will be held responsible for all materials previously covered. Students are not guaranteed make-up privileges. Late add or registration may result in little or no refund period.
Waiting Lists Waiting lists are available only until a course begins. After classes begin, students must obtain an instructor’s signature for all closed courses. If, while on a waiting list, a seat becomes available, the student will officially be added to the class; therefore, the student is responsible for knowing his/ her position on the waiting list or class list. If added to a class, students are responsible for any additional tuition and/ or fees. Students will not be added to the class if it creates a conflict. Students must notify the Admissions and Records Office immediately if they no longer want to be on the waiting list. Only officially registered students may attend classes. Students whose names do not appear on the instructor’s class list are not officially registered and will not receive credit or grades. Open Entry/Open Exit. All registration for open entry/open exit classes closes two weeks prior to the end of the term. At that time registration for open entry/open exit classes will be recorded for the following term.
Dropping a Class Standard term-length classes dropped within the first two weeks will not appear on the transcript. If a student drops or withdraws after the two-week period, a “W” grade will be assigned. Non-attendance is not a basis for a refund or nonpayment of tuition. Registration constitutes liability unless a formal drop or withdrawal is processed within the refund period through the Admissions and Records Office. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Please note: The refund date for single weekend computer courses is the Wednesday before the course begins. A student may drop any standard-length class through the Friday of the seventh week of instruction. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for the last day to drop nonstandard-length classes. After the last official day to drop a course, students may file a written appeal with the with the Dean of Enrollment Services in the Admissions & Records Office for extenuating circumstances only. Students signing a deferment of funds are still liable even if the aid is denied unless they withdraw in writing in the Admissions and Records Office within the refund period.
Withdrawing From College Formal withdrawal from the college is defined as dropping ALL classes and must be processed through the Admissions and Records Office. The student has the option to totally withdraw from college through the last day of instruction but before final exams. Students finding it necessary to withdraw from college should obtain a withdrawal form from the Admissions and Records Office. Upon presentation of this form to the Admissions and Records Office, the student is granted honorable dismissal. Refunds and grades are determined according to regulations printed in the schedule.
7
Adding or Dropping Classes cont.
8
Students unable to withdraw in person must notify the Admissions and Records Office in writing or by telephone, 503-4917393, by the last day of instruction but before final exams. If a student withdraws from college within the first two weeks of the term or the equivalent, the classes will not appear on the transcript. If a student withdraws from college after the second week of the term, the classes with a grade of “W” will appear on the transcript. However, any grade earned to date in nonstandard term-length or mini-term classes will remain, and the “W” grade will be assigned only to classes not yet completed. Students who merely stop attending classes without formally withdrawing will receive the grades assigned by their instructors and will not receive a refund of tuition and fees. Please note:The refund date for single weekend computer courses is the Wednesday before the course begins. Students are advised to consult their instructors prior to withdrawal. Students receiving veterans’ benefits also must notify the veterans’ clerk of intention to withdraw. Failure to do so may result in overpayment which will need to be returned to the Veterans Administration. Students receiving financial aid also must notify the financial aid office of their intention to withdraw.
Limited & Restricted Entry Enrollment Limited and Restricted Entry Programs Admission of all students is centralized in the Admissions and Records Office. The course requirements for MHCC programs are subject to change each academic year. For MHCC certificate/degree requirements, a student must follow the program requirements either for the year the student is officially admitted to the program or the year the student is completing the program. Applications are for one academic year only. You must reapply each year if not selected. Admission to the college does not guarantee admission to a special program. Applicants to professional-technical programs with college-approved criteria for selection will be required to complete all prescribed application materials and meet the minimum selection criteria for their chosen program. All applicants for professional-technical programs that do not have a limited or restricted entry will be admitted on the same basis as lower division collegiate applicants; first-come, first-served on a space available basis. All applicants for professional-technical majors for which there is no limit or restriction will be admitted on the same basis as lower division collegiate applicants (first-come, first-served on a space-available basis).
Limited-Entry Programs These programs generally begin once a year in the fall term. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after academic criteria has been met. The following professional-technical programs are considered “limited entry”: · Architectural Engineering Technology
· Forest Resources Technology · Graphic Arts Technology · Instructional Assistant · Integrated Natural Resource Technology · Journalism Arts Technology · Machine Tool Technology · Mechanical Engineering Technology · Mental Health/Human Service · Surgical Technology · Welding Technology Students must apply within the time period prescribed annually by the Admissions and Records Office. Upon notice of acceptance into the program by the Admissions and Records Office, the applicant must indicate his/her intention to enroll by completing registration prior to an established deadline.
Restricted-Entry Programs Applicants for a restricted-entry program must complete the admissions application procedures and meet program criteria before being considered for acceptance into the program. The following programs have restricted-entry: · Automotive Technology · Import – Automotive Technology · Dental Hygiene · Ford ASSET Automotive Technology · Funeral Service Education · Graphic Design · Nursing
· Civil Engineering Technology
· Occupational Therapy Assistant
· Cosmetology
· Professional Photography
· Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology
· Physical Therapist Assistant
· Electronics Technology
· Radio Broadcasting
· Fisheries Technology
· Respiratory Care · Television Production
Academic Regulations
Limited & Restricted Entry Enrollment cont. Applicants to restricted-entry programs will receive a packet, which includes the information and forms necessary for application to the program in which they are interested. The packet must be completed accurately and returned. Only completed packets meeting minimum criteria will be considered. The deadline for submitting a completed packet varies for each program, so it is important to check the specified deadline date for each program.
Other Factors: · College placement test scores
The Admissions and Records Office will notify applicants of their status within 30 days after the completion of the selection process.
· Employment opportunities
Admission packets for restricted-entry programs should be obtained from and returned to the Admissions and Records office. The return of an admission packet does not guarantee that the applicant has satisfied minimum criteria.
Selection Process Program personnel and a selection committee will review applicants who have satisfied the minimum selection criteria. Applicants will be selected for program admission or as alternates by one or more of the following methods. · Residency for admissions purposes First priority consideration is given to applicants who reside in the MHCC district. Second priority is given to applicants who reside in the State of Oregon where there is no similar program offered. Third priority is given to applicants who reside in the State of Oregon where similar programs are offered. Fourth priority is given to out of state applicants where no similar program is offered.
· High school coursework · College coursework · Related job experience · Orientation/interview · Prior application to the program
Most core classes in the limited and restricted entry programs are offered during the day. Some classes (electives), however, may be offered during the evenings or weekends.
Student Progress Students in these programs are expected to complete the curriculum within the normal two-year period. However, a program may be extended given permission from the program faculty advisor. Because of enrollment limitations, extending a program beyond two years must be on a space available basis. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two or more years, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree. Students who are unable to maintain satisfactory progress may, through a process of review, be removed from a program. This is especially true in regard to clinical education in which patient safety is involved.
Advanced Standing Students with previous training may be admitted to programs with advanced standing. This may be possible where students have partially completed similar programs at other institutions or where related oneyear certificates have been completed. Examples of this are Licensed Practical Nurse or Certified Respiratory Therapist programs. The nursing program offers a special assessment for LPN applicants wishing to be given advanced standing toward an associate degree. Application materials for advanced placement consideration are available in the Admissions and Records Office. Acceptance is on a space-available basis.
Credit for Coursework The regular college year is divided into three quarters of approximately 11 weeks each. One credit is generally allowed for each discussion or laboratory period per week.The discussion period consists of 50 minutes of lecture or discussion; the laboratory period may consist of two or more clock hours. Summer terms usually include terms of 12, 10, eight and five weeks, with class periods proportionately extended. For each period of lecture or discussion, students are expected to spend at least two hours on outside preparation. An average course load of 15 credits per quarter will normally give a student sufficient hours of credit to graduate in two years. These hours should be chosen according to an organized curriculum. No student may take more than 20 hours per quarter without approval of an overload committee. (See Academic Advising and Transfer Center for petition form prior to registration.)
Course Numbering System COURSES NUMBERED 1-4 (not section numbers) do not carry grades or credit. Tuition is charged per clock hour. COURSES NUMBERED 5-9 may be graded (letter grade) or ungraded (pass/fail) or audit only. These courses may be credit or noncredit. Courses numbered 5-9 may not be applied toward a MHCC degree or certificate unless stated in specific AAS curriculums. COURSES NUMBERED 1-49 that do not carry credit cannot be applied to any degree or certificate. COURSES NUMBERED 10-99 may be graded or ungraded and may carry credit applicable to a MHCC professional/technical degree or certificate. Professional/ technical certificate/degree programs provide up to two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry. Exception: Please see Developmental Education Courses. COURSES NUMBERED 100-299 are acceptable for a MHCC degree or certificate and may or may not be eligible for transfer to four-year institutions. However, students should be aware the course or courses may be accepted as elective credit only or not at all if the credits do not fit in the student’s major discipline or major. Transfer acceptability is at the discretion of the receiving institution.
9
Academic Regulations cont.
10
Courses identified by the following course alpha prefixes do not normally transfer to a four-year institution. However, specific transfer articulation agreements may exist. The interested student should consult with the appropriate staff at the four-year institution. Up to 12 credits may be used as elective credit toward the Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree. AC
Accounting Technology
AH
Allied Health-General
AM/AMF Automotive Technologies AV/AVH Aviation CPL
Credit for Prior Learning
DH
Dental Hygiene
ECE
Early Childhood Education
ET
Architectural Engineering Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering
EET
Electronic Systems Technology
EMT
Emergency Medical Technology
ESS
Environmental Science and Safety
FI
Fisheries Technology
FSE
Funeral Service Education
FT
Forest Resources Technology
GD
Graphic Design
GA
Graphics Art
HOR
Horticulture
HS
Mental Health/Human Services
HT
Hospitality and Tourism Management
INR
Integrated Natural Resources
JT
Journalism Arts Technology
MFG
Machine Tool Technology
NUR
Nursing
OA
Office Administration
PHO
Professional Photography
PTA
Physical Therapist Assistant
RB
Radio Broadcasting
RT
Respiratory Care
SMT
Sheet Metal Technology
ST
Surgical Technology
TV
Television Production
WLD
Welding Technology
A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS or AAS degree. A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT degree.
Developmental Education Courses The following are all Developmental Education classes and are not acceptable for any MHCC degree or certificate: All DE prefix courses ESL 91, 92, 93, 94 HD 90 RD 9, 10 and 90 (formerly RD 11), RD 95 MTH 8 and 10 (formerly MTH 9) SKH 20, 30, 35 WR 9, 10, 20 and 90 (formerly WR 10)
Course Number Change In the event a course number has been changed from a professional/technical number to a transfer level number, the transfer level number will appear on the permanent record only for those who took the class after the change was approved. When available, an equivalent night class may be taken in lieu of a day class. Equivalency is determined by the division dean. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/certificate requirements for graduation.
Transfer Credits Transferring from MHCC. Institutions of higher education in Oregon, as a general practice, will accept no more than 108 quarter hours of transfer credit from a two-year college. Exceptions to this must be prearranged by the student directly with the institution to which he/she is planning to transfer. Transfer students are responsible for determining the requirements of the institution and program to which they plan to transfer. Transferring to MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College accepts college-level credits earned in academic certificate and degree programs from colleges and universities accredited by regional accrediting associations and with an “AG” symbol for credit acceptance as indicated in Transfer Credit Practices of Selected Educational Institutions. Students must request a transcript evaluation from the Admissions and Records Office if transfer courses are to be applied toward an MHCC certificate or degree.This evaluation will not be done until the student has enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College and is not official until a graduation application has been processed. Upon completion of the certificate or degree program, the transfer credits applied will be recorded on the MHCC student transcript.
Students should send official transcripts to the Admissions and Records Office. Transfer course work from foreign institutions will be evaluated in accordance with the institutions and policies listed in Transfer Credit Practices. Coursework must be considered to be at a post-secondary level, have comparable MHCC accreditation status and be parallel in content to MHCC coursework. Credit may be granted for military courses based upon The Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services and if the courses apply to the student’s MHCC major. No credit is given for general military service. Under a cooperative agreement with the University of Portland, MHCC students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) program offered on the University of Portland campus.The purpose of the program, which is administered by the Aerospace Studies faculty at the University of Portland, is to select and train students to serve as officers in the United States Air Force.AFROTC is available to men and women with a minimum of two years of college remaining. Scholarships are available on a competitive basis for those who qualify. Students who qualify may elect to pursue either, and credits earned are accepted as transfer credits to meet MHCC’s total credit requirements for graduation. For more information, check out the web site at www.up.edu/academics/ special_program/air_force_rotc and contact the Program Counselor at airforce@up.edu or 503 943-7216.
Non-Traditional Credit A maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can be applied toward an MHCC degree. The college provides a number of ways a student may earn credit toward a degree or certificate in addition to classroom experience: CHALLENGE, CLEP (College Level Examination Program), PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT and APP (Advanced Placement Program). A maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can be applied toward an MHCC degree. The office of Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, and Evening and Weekend College can provide interested students with procedures as follows:
Academic Regulations cont. College Level Examination Program (CLEP). MHCCD is an official CLEP testing center. Students enrolled at MHCC may receive credit from certain college courses by submitting official scores from the College Level Entrance Examination Program (CLEP). School policy currently allows credits to be granted based on scores of 500 and above for the humanities, social sciences and natural sciences general exams. Minimum scores of 46-54 are accepted on certain subject area exams. CLEP credit is not given for general exams of English and math. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. Successful CLEP exam results in grade and credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as CLEP. The office of Admissions and Records,Academic Advising and Transfer Center, and Evening and Weekend College can provide interested students with procedures.
Financial aid recipients CANNOT use financial aid dollars to register for a class by the “Portfolio Assessment” method. Please check with the Office of Financial Aid.
Challenge. Students who believe that they have the knowledge and skills from life experience, industry training or professional certification, may request to challenge a course by petition or by an examination in lieu of class attendance. (Laboratory classes may be challenged with the approval of the Division Dean.) Successful challenge results in grade and credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as credit for challenge. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, and Evening and Weekend College can provide interested students with procedures. A student may not drop or withdraw from a challenge.
High School Plus—Jump Start College
Financial aid recipients CANNOT use financial aid dollars to “challenge” classes. Please check with the Office of Financial Aid. Portfolio Assessment. Students who believe that they have the knowledge and skills from life experience, industry training or professional certification, equivalent to that gained in taking MHCC courses may have their knowledge evaluated for credit. Credit may be granted only after they have earned 12 credit hours at Mt. Hood Community College. Successful evaluation of the student’s portfolio results in credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as credit for Portfolio Assessment. A maximum of 22 credit hours earned through portfolio assessment may be applied toward a degree and/or certificate.The office of Evening and Weekend College can provide interested students with procedures.
Advanced Placement Program (APP). High school seniors who participate in the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program may seek advanced placement in a variety of disciplines. An entering freshman who has taken the APP tests should have the results sent to the Admissions and Records Office. Advanced placement and/or college credit may be granted upon recommendation of the appropriate Division Dean. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions and Records,Academic Advising and Transfer Center, and Evening and Weekend College can provide interested students with procedures. Mt. Hood Community College, in cooperation with MHCC district high schools, offers high school students the opportunity to earn MHCC college credit while enrolled in high school. Credits can be earned in both lower-division college transfer courses and professional-technical courses. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination, completion of course standards as approved by MHCC instructional staff or as detailed in program articulation agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Earning MHCC credit at district high schools does not automatically enroll a person in a MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. A list of courses approved to earn MHCC credit during high school is available in each high school’s counseling office or the MHCC High School Plus office. The list of High School Plus approved courses varies among high schools.
Absences Students are responsible for their attendance in courses for which they are enrolled. Absence due to serious illness may be excused. However, students who miss classes lose some of the content of the course. Being excused in no way excuses students from the work covered during absences.
Students are not automatically excused from other classes to attend field trips or intercollegiate functions. When schedule conflicts occur because of field trips, students should notify instructors of classes to be missed and, in cooperation with that instructor, make arrangements for completing the work missed. In case of an unsolvable conflict, students will not be penalized for missing the class or the field trip, whichever the case may be. Students whose absences are due to participation in intercollegiate functions and other cocurricular trips arranged by the college will be excused from class attendance but not from the responsibility to the work that they may miss during their absence for approved functions. A veteran’s failure to attend classes may result in reduction or termination of benefits.
President’s Honor Roll Students who achieve a grade point average of 3.85 or above with a minimum of 12 credit hours will be listed on the President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.
Vice President’s Honor Roll Students who achieve a grade point average of 3.65 to 3.84 inclusive with a minimum of 12 credit hours will be listed on the Vice President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.
Phi Theta Kappa Phi Theta Kappa is the international honor society for two year colleges. Rho Theta is the Mt. Hood Community College chapter of Phi Theta Kappa. To enter Rho Theta, a student must have achieved at least a 3.5 term GPA while taking six or more credits toward an associate’s degree and have accumulated a total of 12 credits at Mt. Hood. You must also maintain at least a 3.0 accumulative GPA. Additional information and application forms are available at the College Center desk.
Transcripts It is the student’s responsibility to arrange for correcting any errors in the MHCC transcript record within four academic terms (including summer). A MHCC transcript will be released upon written request of the student. Requests and payments for transcripts are made in the Admissions and Records Office. Please allow three business days for processing. A student’s academic and financial aid transcript may be held for any indebtedness to the college. Program advisers may obtain MHCC advising transcripts for their program majors.
11
Academic Regulations cont.
12
Document Replacement Fee. There will be a fee charged for a request to replace or duplicate an MHCC document such as a previously awarded degree, certificate, or recognition of completion. For information on the release of student records refer to pages 228-229.
Grade Point Average A
Excellent: 4 points for each credit hour
B
Above Average: 3 points for each credit hour Average: 2 points for each credit hour Below Average: 1 point for each credit hour Failing: 0 points for each credit hour Unsatisfactory: 0 points per credit hour
C D F U
Following are not included in GPA calculations: S Satisfactory: 0 points per credit hour N No basis for a grade: 0 points per credit hour I Incomplete: 0 points per credit hour K Continuing Progress: 0 points per credit hour X Audit: 0 points per credit hour W Withdrawal: 0 points per credit hour NR Not received from instructor Grades are assigned based on work completed at the end of the scheduled class time. Additional work or make-up after the ending date of the class is not justified unless an Incomplete was assigned. Grades and/or records found to be fraudulent will be changed. Incompletes. A student may be assigned an “I” (Incomplete) when insufficient work to justify a grade has been done by the student due to excusable reasons. Though individual circumstances may warrant unique decisions, it is commonly expected that the student will have completed at least 75 percent of the course requirements. Incompletes are to be made up prior to the end of the following term unless the student is no longer enrolled. Under these circumstances, the work must be made up in the term of the return with only a fourquar ter maximum (including summer) permitted. Incompletes not made up within these timelines do not automatically revert to a grade. They remain an “I,” unless changed by the instructor.
K Grade. A “K” (continuing progress) indicates that a student was registered for the course, was in attendance, met some of the objectives but did not advance far enough to receive credit for completion.This grade designation is limited to developmental education courses and to open entry/open exit courses (where the student is permitted to proceed at one’s own pace). A student who receives a “K” grade must reregister, repay, and pass the class satisfactorily to receive credit. The K grade remains on the transcript.A student completing a developmental education course may receive a “K’ grade up to two times for the same course and may only take the course a third time with the recommendation of the developmental education instructor and the Dean of Enrollment Services. Note: Students attempting a course for a third time who are receiving financial aid, veterans’ benefits or athletic eligibility must reregister for these credits above and beyond the hours necessary to maintain benefits. Pass/Fail Option. Certain courses offer the student an option to receive a grade of S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) instead of letter grade (A, B, C, D, or F). This option must be exercised at the time of registration or no later than the end of the seventh week of instruction for standard term-length classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for last day to change grading status for nonstandard term-length classes. S Grade. For evaluation and transferability purposes, the S grade is equivalent to a grade of C or better. Audit Option. Students electing to audit a class (no grade, no credit) must choose this option at the time of registration or no later than the end of the seventh week of instruction for standard term-length classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for last day to change grading status for nonstandard term-length classes.Auditing students pay in accordance with the tuition schedule and participate to a degree determined by them and the instructor. An instructor can override an X (audit) with an N (no basis for grade) if the student never attends. Grade Point Average Adjustment. A student may petition for a grade point average adjustment when a course has been repeated for a higher grade. Both courses must have been taken at Mt. Hood Community College and the initial course must have been completed spring term 1985 or later. Only one petition per course will be accepted.A course previously passed, when
repeated, does not count toward graduation. For GPA adjustments processed on courses transcripted prior to SU96, both the term and cumulative GPA is adjusted. For GPA adjustments process on courses transcripted SU96 or after, only the cumulative GPA is adjusted. Since some colleges count all grades in computing the GPA, a student should be aware that this possibility exists should the student transfer. See the Admissions and Records Office for more information.
Catalog Exception Under certain circumstances, a student is allowed to deviate from a prescribed curriculum and still meet graduation requirements. A student who wishes to waive a required course may petition the Dean of Enrollment Services via a recommendation for catalog exception form. Students are advised to discuss the proposed exception with their academic adviser. If the adviser and instructional dean approve the recommendation, the student is responsible for securing a second dean’s signature if the course is in an area other than the major. All approvals necessary for a catalog exception must be completed prior to the term the required course or replacement course is offered. Students admitted to a degree program are expected to complete the curriculum within a two-year period. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two years or more, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/certificate requirements for graduation. NOTE: The course requirements for professional-technical programs are subject to change each academic year. For MHCC certificate/degree requirements, a student must follow the program requirements the year the student is OFFICIALLY ADMITTED to the program or the year the student is COMPLETING the program.
For Standards of Academic Progress, please see page 239.
Degree Requirements Associate of Applied Science (Professional-Technical Programs) The Associate of Applied Science Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some programs may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses in a professional-technical curriculum as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes (e.g., course prefixes such as DH, FS, NUR, etc.) 5. Successfully complete required general education courses: Courses must be selected from an approved list.. Note: MHCC plans to reduce the number of general education hours from 24 to 18 credits for the Associate of Applied Science degree effective Summer term 2001 and thereafter.
General Education A. Health/Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in
13 Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Sur vival (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters) Six quarter credit hours in the social sciences and/or humanities. (Maximum of three credit hours in skill oriented classes). D. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Six quarter credit hours of science, mathematics (MTH20 or higher) and/ or computer science. E. Distribution Three additional quarter credit hours from any of the following areas: Health/ PE, Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters), Science/Mathematics/ Computer Science and Communications.
A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202 HE204 HE205 HE206 HE207 HE208 HE250 HE252 HE253 HE255 HE261 HE265 HPE291 HPE295 PE185 PE194 PE285OL PE292SWT PE294
Adult Development and Aging Diet and Weight Control Diet Appraisal Alcohol and Addiction: Risk Reduction for Life Stress Control Through Activity Intervention AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases Personal Health First Aid: Responding to Emergencies Wilderness Advanced First Aid Alcohol and the Family C.P.R. - Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Women’s Health Issues Lifeguard Training Health & Fitness for Life Physical Education (Coed) Professional Activities Wilderness Survival Water Safety Instruction Professional Activities
6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 7. Complete the application process and pay a nonrefundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g.., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AAS degree. The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program adviser.
B. COMMUNICATIONS (6 credits) BA205 RD117 SP100 SP111 SP112 SP114 SP115 SP218 WR101 WR102 WR121 WR122 WR123
Business Communications Power Reading Basic Speech Communication Fundamentals of Public Speaking Persuasive Speech Argument & Critical Discourse Introduction to Intercultural Communication Interpersonal Communication Workplace Communications I Workplace Communications II English Composition English Composition: Critical Thinking English Composition: Research
AAS Degree Requirements cont.
14
C. SOCIAL SCIENCE/HUMANITIES (6 credits) (ARTS AND LETTERS) Humanities (Arts and Letters) ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory ART117 Basic Design III: Three-Dimensional ART197 Gallery Design & Management ART201 Introduction to the History of Art ART202 Introduction to the History of Art ART203 Introduction to the History of Art ART211 Survey of Visual Arts ART212 Survey of Visual Arts ART213 Survey of Visual Arts *ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout *ART219 Calligraphy *ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I *ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II *ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III ART231 Drawing I ART232 Drawing II ART233 Drawing III *ART234 Life Drawing *ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I *ART241 Drawing - Cartooning II *ART254 Ceramics I *ART255 Ceramics II *ART256 Ceramics III *ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I *ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II *ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III *ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I *ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II *ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III *ART261 Photography I *ART262 Photography II *ART263 Field Photography *ART264 Portrait Photography *ART265 Color Photography I *ART266 Color Slide Photography *ART271 Printmaking I *ART272 Printmaking II *ART273 Printmaking III ART281 Painting I *ART288 Sculpture: Ceramics *ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting *ART291 Sculpture: Beginning *ART292 Sculpture: Intermediate *ART293 Sculpture: Advanced *ART294 Watercolor - Beginning *ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting *ART296 Watercolor - Intermediate: ASL101 American Sign Language - Beginning I ASL102 American Sign Language - Beginning II ASL103 American Sign Language - Beginning III ENG104 Introduction to Literature: Fiction ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama ENG106 Introduction to Literature: Poetry ENG107 World Literature: The Classic World ENG108 World Literature: The Renaissance to the age of Reason
ENG109 ENG112 ENG113 ENG201 ENG202 ENG203 ENG204 ENG205 ENG206 ENG212 ENG214 ENG218 ENG221 ENG222 ENG250 ENG253 ENG254 ENG255 ENG263 ENG275 ENL201R ENL201S ENL201W FA257 FA258 FA266 FR101 FR102 FR103 FR111 FR112 FR113 FR150 FR151 FR201 FR202 FR203 GER101 GER102 GER103 GER111 GER112 GER113 GER201 GER202 GER203 HUM100 HUM106 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112 HUM202 HUM210 HUM250 JPN101
World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings Introduction to Literary Genres: Science Fiction Introduction to Literary Genres: Fantasy Shakespeare: The Early Period (1591-1595) Shakespeare: The Middle Period (1596-1601) Shakespeare: The Final Period (1602-1611) British Literature I: Old English to Renaissance British Literature II: Renaissance to 18th Century British Literature III: Romantic Period to Present Hispanic Literature Asian-American Literature Arthurian Legends Introduction to Children’s Literature Images of Women in Literature Introduction to Mythology Survey of American Literature I: The Beginnings (1607-1865) Survey of American Literature II: The Age of Realism (1865-1920) Survey of American Literature III: Coping in the Modern World (1920 - Present) Introduction to Literary Genres: Detective Fiction The Bible as Literature Advanced Reading Advanced Speaking/Listening Advanced Writing Films and Society Understanding the Film The Great Film Directors First Year French I First Year French II First Year French III Beginning French Conversation I Beginning French Conversation II Beginning French Conversation III Beginning French I (Intensive) Beginning French II (Intensive) Second Year French I Second Year French II Second Year French III First Year German I First Year German II First Year German III Beginning German Conversation I Beginning German Conversation II Beginning German Conversation III Second Year German I Second Year German II Second Year German III Humanities Through the Arts British Life and Culture Contemporary Culture I: Human Values Contemporary Culture II: Changing Values Contemporary Culture III: Future Trends Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace Special Studies in Humanities Honors Colloquium First Year Japanese I
AAS Degree Requirements cont. JPN102 First Year Japanese II JPN103 First Year Japanese III JPN111 Beginning Japanese Conversation I JPN112 Beginning Japanese Conversation II JPN113 Beginning Japanese Conversation III JPN201 Second Year Japanese I JPN202 Second Year Japanese II JPN203 Second Year Japanese III JPN211 Intermediate Japanese Conversation I JPN212 Intermediate Japanese Conversation II JPN213 Intermediate Japanese Conversation III *MUP101 Symphonic Band - First Year *MUP105 Jazz Ensemble *MUP114 General Ensemble, Instrumental - First Year *MUP115 General Ensemble, Vocal - First Year *MUP121 Symphonic Choir - First Year *MUP123 Opera Workshop *MUP125 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - First Year *MUP131 Madrigals *MUP146 String Ensemble - First Year *MUP171-192Applied, Individual Lessons - First Year *MUP201 Symphonic Band - Second Year *MUP205 Jazz Ensemble *MUP214 General Ensemble, Instrumental - Second Year *MUP215 General Ensemble, Vocal - Second Year *MUP221 Symphonic Choir - Second Year *MUP225 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - Second Year *MUP231 Madrigals *MUP246 String Ensemble - Second Year *MUP271-292Applied, Individual Lessons-Second Year MUS101 Music Fundamentals MUS104 Music Manuscript MUS105 Music Apprec/Music for the Listener MUS111 Music Theory MUS112 Music Theory MUS113 Music Theory *MUS114 Sight Singing/Ear Training *MUS115 Sight Singing/Ear Training *MUS116 Sight Singing/Ear Training *MUS117 Electronic Music Production I *MUS118 Electronic Music Production II *MUS119 Electronic Music Production III *MUS124 Stage Band Arranging *MUS125 Stage Band Arranging *MUS126 Stage Band Arranging *MUS131 Group Piano: Skills for Majors *MUS132 Group Piano: Skills for Majors *MUS133 Group Piano: Skills for Majors *MUS137 Class Guitar I *MUS138 Class Guitar II *MUS139 Class Guitar III *MUS147 Class Percussion Beginning I *MUS148 Class Percussion Intermediate II *MUS149 Class Percussion Advanced III *MUS161 Jazz Improvisation *MUS162 Jazz Improvisation *MUS163 Jazz Improvisation *MUS191 Group Piano: Skills for Non-Majors MUS205 Introduction to Jazz History I
MUS208 MUS211 MUS212 MUS213 *MUS214 *MUS215 *MUS224 *MUS225 *MUS226 MUS261 MUS262 MUS263 *MUS265 *MUS292 *MUS297 PHL201 PHL202 PHL203 PHL208 R210 R211 R212 RD117 RUS111 RUS112 RUS113 SP100 SP111 SP112 SP114 SP115 SP130 SP218 SP229 SP262 SPAN101 SPAN102 SPAN103 SPAN111 SPAN112 SPAN113 SPAN150 SPAN151 SPAN201 SPAN202 SPAN203 TA101 TA106 TA107 TA109 TA141 TA142 TA143 TA148 TA241 WR226 WR241 WR242
Introduction to Jazz History II Music Theory IV Music Theory V Music Theory VI Keyboard Harmony I Keyboard Harmony II Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Music History I Music History II Music History III Jazz Studies Music Theatre Group Vocal Introduction to Philosophy Fundamental Ethics Elementary Logic Political Philosophy World Religions History of the Old Testament History of the New Testament Power Reading Beginning Russian Conversation I Beginning Russian Conversation II Beginning Russian Conversation III Basic Speech Communication Fundamentals of Public Speaking Persuasive Speech Argument and Critical Discourse Introduction to Intercultural Communication Business and Professional Speech Communication Interpersonal Communication Oral Interpretation Voice and Articulation First Year Spanish I First Year Spanish II First Year Spanish III Beginning Spanish Conversation I Beginning Spanish Conversation II Beginning Spanish Conversation III Beginning Spanish I (Intensive) Beginning Spanish II (Intensive) Second Year Spanish I Second Year Spanish II Second Year Spanish III Appreciating Theatre Introduction to Theatre I Introduction to Theatre II History of the American Musical Theatre Acting Fundamentals I Acting Fundamentals II Acting Fundamentals III Movement for the Actor Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles Creative Expository Non-Fiction: Biography, Autobiography and other Non-Fiction Forms Imaginative Writing (Fiction) Imaginative Writing (Poetry)
15
AAS Degree Requirements Cont.
16
WR244 WR245 WR246 *WR247 WR248
Advanced Poetry Writing Advanced Fiction Writing Editing and Publishing: Approaches to Refine and Market Your Own Writing The Literary Publication Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing *Skill oriented class
Social Sciences ANTH101 ANTH102 ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH211 ANTH212 ANTH213 ANTH215 ANTH231 ANTH232 EC115 EC201 EC202 EC203 EC204 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG206 GEOG214 GEOG290 HST110 HST111 HST112 HST195 HST201 HST202 HST203 HST204 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST225 HST237 HST240 HST264 HST270 HST271 HST272 HST292 HST293 IS110 IS111 IS210 IS211 IS212 IS251 PS104 PS105
Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Greek Archaeology Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest North American Indians Introduction to Economics Principles of Economics I (Micro) Principles of Economics II (Macro) Principles of Economics III International Economics Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Oregon Geography of Mexico & Central America Environmental Problems World Civilization: Ancient World World Civilization: Medieval World World Civilization: Modern World History of Vietnam War History of the United States History of the United States History of the United States Women in U.S. History Introduction to Peace Studies Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory Peace Studies: World Order Theory Women in World History America in the 1960s History of Oregon African American History History of Mexico History of Central America History of South America China: Past and Present Japan: Past and Present Introduction to International Studies I Introduction to International Studies II Comparative Culture Comparative Culture Comparative Culture Population and Global Resources Problems in American Politics Global Issues
PS200 PS201 PS203 PS204 PS205 PS217 PS220 PS225 PS232 PS241 PS242 PS297 PSY101 PSY151 PSY190 PSY201 PSY202 PSY203 PSY214 PSY216 PSY231 PSY232 PSY235 PSY236 PSY237 PSY239 SOC204 SOC205 SOC206 SOC213 SOC214 SOC215 SOC216 SOC223 SOC225 SOC232 SOC291
Introduction to Political Science American Government State and Local Governments Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology: Ideas about Government Politics of the Western Environment Political Terrorism The U. S. Intelligence System Introduction to Environmental Politics Psychology of Human Relations Introduction to the Social Sciences Special Studies: Stress General Psychology General Psychology General Psychology Introduction to Personality Social Psychology Human Sexuality Sexuality and Society Human Development I: Infancy to Adolescence Human Development II: Adolescence to Aging Human Development Introduction to Abnormal Psychology General Sociology General Sociology General Sociology Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Intro to U.S. Culture & Society Gender and Society Sociology of the Family Sociology of Aging Social Issues Death and Dying Data Collection & Analysis: Social Statistics
D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE (6 credits) AH11 BA231 BI101 BI102 BI103 BI121 BI122 BI132 BI145 BI188 BI211 BI212 BI213 BI231 BI232 BI233
Survey of Body Systems Information Technology in Business General Biology I General Biology II General Biology III Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II Introduction to Animal Behavior Principles of Ecology: Man & The Environment Biology Field Studies Biology I Biology II Biology III Human Anatomy and Physiology I Human Anatomy and Physiology II Human Anatomy and Physiology III
AAS Degree Requirements cont. BI234 BI235 BI240 BI273 BOT203 BUS31 BUS32 BUS33 CH104 CH105 CH106 CH151 CH170 CH221 CH222 CH223 CH241 CH242 CH243 *CS105/L *CS106 *CS107 CS133JA CS133PF CS133PS CS133SQL CS133VB CS133XML CS140 CS144 CS161 CS162 CS233JA CS233VB CS234JA CS234VB CS244 CS260 ENGR201 ENGR202 ENGR211 ENGR212 ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251 FW252 FW253 FW254 FW255 G143 G148 G165 G201 G202 G203 GE101
Microbiology Medical Microbiology/Immunology Pathology Ecology Plant Taxonomy Business Mathematics I Business Mathematics/Electronic Calculator Business Mathematics II General Chemistry I General Chemistry II General Chemistry III Basic Chemistry Environmental Chemistry General Chemistry I General Chemistry II General Chemistry III Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry III Computing Fundamentals/Lab Computing Fund: Structured Programming Computing Fund: Object-Oriented Programming JAVA - Design and Programming Beginning CGI Programming with PERL Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL Introduction to SQL Intro to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Introduction to XML Introduction to Operating Systems Problem Solving & Computer Systems Computer Science I Computer Science II Advanced Topics for Programmers Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Networking Topics for Programmers Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Introduction to Systems Analysis Data Structures Electrical Fundamentals I Electrical Fundamentals II Statics Dynamics Strength of Materials Forest Biology and Ecology Nutrition Principles of Wildlife Conservation Wildlife Resources: Mammals Wildlife Resources: Birds Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians, and Reptiles Wildlife Techniques Rocks and Minerals Volcanoes and Their Activity Regional Field Geology Principles of Geology Principles of Geology Principles of Geology Engineering Orientation
GE102 GE115 GS104 GS105 GS106 GS107 GS142 GS145 GS146 GS147 GS150 GS153 GS198 MTH20 MTH60 MTH65 MTH80 MTH85 MTH90 MTH95 MTH105 MTH111 MTH112 MTH211 MTH212 MTH213 MTH231 MTH241 MTH243 MTH244 MTH251 MTH252 MTH253 MTH254 MTH255 MTH256 MTH261 PH109B/C PH121 PH122 PH123 PH127 PH201 PH202 PH203 PH211 PH212 PH213
Engineering Computations Engineering Graphics Physical Science - Physics Physical Science - Chemistry Physical Science - Geology Universe: The Infinite Frontier Earth Revealed Planet Earth Earth, Sea and Sky Oceanus: The Marine Environment Science and Pseudoscience Introduction to Cosmology General Science: Independent Study Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra Beginning Algebra I Beginning Algebra II Technical Mathematics I Technical Mathematics II Technical Mathematics III Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics IIIGeometry Discrete Mathematics Elementary Calculus Probability and Statistics I Statistics II Calculus I Calculus II Calculus III Vector Calculus I Vector Calculus II Differential Equations Linear Algebra Observational Astronomy General Astronomy General Astronomy General Astronomy Preparing for General Physics General Physics I General Physics II General Physics III General Physics with Calculus I General Physics with Calculus II General Physics with Calculus III
*See 1994 Catalog Course Description
E. Distribution (3 credits) Three credits from any of the following areas: Health/Physical Education Communications Social Science/Humanities Science/Mathematics/Computer Science
17
Degree Requirements cont.
18
Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate of Arts) is a program of study that community college students can follow to fulfill all their lower division general education requirements for a bachelor’s degree. It is an agreement between the Oregon State System of Higher Education and Oregon’s community colleges to provide transfer of community college coursework to an Oregon state four-year institution. Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree can lead to junior standing, for registration purposes, for any student admitted to a college or university in the Oregon State System of Higher Education: University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University. However, some school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or grade point average may not be fulfilled by this program. Students considering transfer to private and out-of-state institutions will find the Oregon Transfer Degree to be excellent preparation for upper division study. A similar transfer agreement also exists between Mt. Hood Community College and Warner Pacific College. Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College, you need to be ready for collegelevel mathematics, writing and science in order to complete the Oregon Transfer Degree in two years. If you lack the necessary skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory courses and tutorial assistance to help you get on track quickly. This represents the Oregon Transfer Degree which Oregon University System institutions will accept as meeting institutional lower-division general education requirements but not necessarily school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or GPA. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information. The Associate of Arts Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #6 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.)
2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree. 4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses. The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program adviser.
General Requirements A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency One quarter credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. C. Mathematics Four quarter credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing Nine quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements* 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): A minimum of 12 credits chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language.
2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science: A minimum of 15 credits (including at least 12 credits in biological or physical sciences with laboratories) chosen from at least two disciplines. * Each course must be at least three credits. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/ certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits.The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/ technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes. Please see page 10 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College. 7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree.
AA-OT Degree Requirements cont. The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from your program adviser.
A. COMPUTER LITERACY (1 credit) ART214 ART225 ART226 ART227 BA231 *CS105 CS105L *CS106 *CS107
Computer Graphics: Page Layout Applied Design: Computer Graphics I Applied Design: Computer Graphics II Applied Design: Computer Graphics III Information Technology in Business Computing Fundamentals Computing Fundamentals Lab Computing Fund: Structured Programming Computing Fund: Object-Oriented Programming CS125 Software Applications CS133JA JAVA - Design and Programming CS133SQL Introduction to SQL CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming CS133XML Introduction to XML CS140 Introduction to Operating Systems CS144 Problem Solving and Computer Systems CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems CS161 Computer Science I CS162 Computer Science II CS233JA Advanced Topics for Programmers CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming CS234JA Networking Topics for Programmers CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis CS260 Data Structures GE102 Engineering Computations OA210 Office Software (If completed Summer 1999 or after) *See 1994 Catalog Course Description
B. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202 HE204 HE205 HE206 HE207 HE208 HE250 HE252 HE253 HE255 HE261 HE265 HPE291 HPE295 PE185 PE194 PE285OL PE292SWT PE294
Adult Development and Aging Diet and Weight Control Diet Appraisal Alcohol and Addiction: Risk Reduction for Life Stress Control Through Activity Intervention AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases Personal Health First Aid: Responding to Emergencies Wilderness Advanced First Aid Alcohol and the Family C.P.R. - Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Women’s Health Issues Lifeguard Training Health and Fitness for Life Physical Education (Coed) Professional Activities Wilderness Survival Water Safety Instruction Professional Activities
C. MATHEMATICS (4 credits) MTH105 MTH111 MTH112 MTH212 MTH213 MTH231 MTH241 MTH243 MTH244 MTH251 MTH252 MTH253 MTH254 MTH255 MTH256 MTH261
Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics IIIGeometry Discrete Mathematics Elementary Calculus Probability and Statistics I Statistics II Calculus I Calculus II Calculus III Vector Calculus I Vector Calculus II Differential Equations Linear Algebra
D. ORAL COMMUNICATION / RHETORIC (3 credits) SP100 SP111 SP112 SP114 SP115 SP218
Basic Speech Communication Fundamentals of Public Speaking Persuasive Speech Argument & Critical Discourse Introduction to Intercultural Communication Interpersonal Communication
E. WRITING (9 credits) WR121 WR122 WR123 WR227
English Composition English Composition: Critical Thinking English Composition: Research Technical Report Writing
F. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Humanities (Arts and Letters) (12 credits) ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory ART117 Basic Design III: Three-Dimensional ART197 Gallery Design & Management ART201 Introduction to the History of Art ART202 Introduction to the History of Art ART203 Introduction to the History of Art ART211 Survey of Visual Arts ART212 Survey of Visual Arts ART213 Survey of Visual Arts *ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I *ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II *ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III ART231 Drawing I ART232 Drawing II ART233 Drawing III *ART234 Life Drawing *ART240 Drawing - Cartooning *ART241 Drawing - Cartooning II *ART254 Ceramics I *ART255 Ceramics II *ART256 Ceramics III *ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I
19
AA-OT Degree Requirements cont.
20
*ART258 *ART259 *ART261 *ART262 *ART263 *ART264 *ART265 *ART266 *ART271 *ART272 *ART273 ART281 *ART288 *ART289 *ART291 *ART292 *ART293 *ART294 *ART296 ENG104 ENG105 ENG106 ENG107 ENG108 ENG109 ENG112 ENG113 ENG201 ENG202 ENG203 ENG204 ENG205 ENG206 ENG212 ENG214 ENG218 ENG221 ENG222 ENG250C ENG253 ENG254 ENG255 ENG263 ENG275 FA257 FA258 FA266 FR201 FR202 FR203 GER201 GER202 GER203
Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Photography I Photography II Field Photography Portrait Photography Color Photography I Color Slide Photography Printmaking I Printmaking II Printmaking III Painting Sculpture: Ceramics Sculpture: Metalcasting Sculpture: Beginning Sculpture: Intermediate Sculpture: Advanced Watercolor - Beginning Watercolor - Intermediate Introduction to Literature: Fiction Introduction to Literature: Drama Introduction to Literature: Poetry World Literature: The Classic World World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age of Reason World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings Introduction to Literary Genres: Science Fiction Introduction to Literary Genres: Fantasy Shakespeare: The Early Period (1591-1595) Shakespeare: The Middle Period (1596-1601) Shakespeare: The Final Period (1602-1611) British Literature I: Old English to Renaissance British Literature II: Renaissance to 18th Century British Literature III: The Romantic Period to Present Hispanic Literature Asian-American Literature Arthurian Legends Introduction to Children’s Literature Images of Women in Literature Introduction to Mythology Survey of American Literature I: The Beginnings (1607-1865) Survey of American Literature II: The Age of Realism (1865-1920) Survey of American Literature III: Coping in the Modern World (1920 - Present) Literary Genres: Detective Fiction The Bible as Literature Films and Society Understanding the Film The Great Film Directors Second Year French I Second Year French II Second Year French III Second Year German I Second Year German II Second Year German III
HUM100 HUM106 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112 HUM202 HUM210 HUM250 JPN201 JPN202 JPN203 MUS101 MUS105 MUS111 MUS112 MUS113 *MUS124 *MUS125 *MUS126 MUS205 MUS208 MUS211 MUS212 MUS213 MUS261 MUS262 MUS263 PHL201 PHL202 PHL203 PHL208 R210 R211 R212 RD117 SP100 SP111 SP112 SP114 SP115 SP130 SP218 SP229 SP262 SPAN201 SPAN202 SPAN203 TA101 TA106 TA107 TA109 TA141 TA142 TA143 TA241 WR226 WR241 WR242
Humanities Through the Arts British Life and Culture Contemporary Culture I: Human Values Contemporary Culture II: Changing Values Contemporary Culture III: Future Trends Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace Special Studies in Humanities Honors Colloquium Second Year Japanese I Second Year Japanese II Second Year Japanese III Music Fundamentals Music Apprec/Music for the Listener Music Theory Music Theory Music Theory Stage Band Arranging Stage Band Arranging Stage Band Arranging Introduction to Jazz History I Introduction to Jazz History II Music Theory IV Music Theory V Music Theory VI Music History I Music History II Music History III Introduction to Philosophy Fundamental Ethics Elementary Logic Political Philosophy World Religions History of the Old Testament History of the New Testament Power Reading Basic Speech Communication Fundamentals of Public Speaking Persuasive Speech Argument & Critical Discourse Introduction to Intercultural Communication Business & Professional Speech Interpersonal Communication Oral Interpretation Voice and Articulation Second Year Spanish I Second Year Spanish II Second Year Spanish III Appreciating Theatre Introduction to Theatre I Introduction to Theatre II History of the American Musical Theatre Acting Fundamentals I Acting Fundamentals II Acting Fundamentals III Intermediate Acting Techniques: Style Creative Expository Non-Fiction: Biography, Autobiography and Other Non-Fiction Forms Imaginative Writing (Fiction) Imaginative Writing (Poetry)
AA-OT Degree Requirements cont. WR244 WR245 WR246
Advanced Poetry Writing Advanced Fiction Writing Editing and Publishing: Approaches to Refine and Market Your Own Writing WR248 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing *Skill Oriented Class
Social Sciences (15 credits) ANTH101 ANTH102 ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH211 ANTH212 ANTH213 ANTH215 ANTH231 ANTH232 EC115 EC201 EC202 EC203 EC204 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG206 GEOG214 GEOG290 HST110 HST111 HST112 HST195 HST201 HST202 HST203 HST204 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST225 HST237 HST240 HST264 HST270 HST271 HST272 HST292 HST293 IS110 IS111 IS210 IS211 IS212 IS251 PS104 PS105 PS200
Introduction to Biological Anthropology Intro to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Greek Archaeology Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest North American Indians Introduction to Economics Principles of Economics I (Micro) Principles of Economics II (Macro) Principles of Economics III International Economics Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Oregon Geography of Mexico & Central America Environmental Problems World Civilizations: Ancient World World Civilizations: Medieval World World Civilizations: Modern World History of Vietnam War History of the United States History of the United States History of the United States Women in U.S. History Introduction to Peace Studies Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory Peace Studies: World Order Theory Women in World History America in the 1960s History of Oregon African American History History of Mexico History of Central America History of South America China: Past and Present Japan: Past and Present Introduction to International Studies I Introduction to International Studies II Comparative Culture I (3 - 6 credits only) Comparative Culture II (3 - 6 credits only) Comparative Culture III (3 - 6 credits only) Population and Global Resources Problems in American Politics Global Issues Introduction to Political Science
PS201 PS203 PS204 PS205 PS217 PS220 PS225 PS232 PS241 PS242 PS297 PSY101 PSY151 PSY201 PSY202 PSY203 PSY214 PSY216 PSY231 PSY232 PSY235 PSY236 PSY237 PSY239 SOC204 SOC205 SOC206 SOC213 SOC214 SOC215 SOC216 SOC223 SOC225 SOC232 SOC291
American Government State and Local Governments Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology: Ideas about Government Politics of the Western Environment Political Terrorism in Perspective The U. S. Intelligence System Introduction to Environmental Politics Psychology of Human Relations Introduction to the Social Sciences General Psychology General Psychology General Psychology Introduction to Personality Social Psychology Human Sexuality Sexuality and Society Human Development I: Infancy to Adolescence Human Development II: Adolescence to Aging Human Development Introduction to Abnormal Psychology General Sociology General Sociology General Sociology Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Intro to US Culture & Society Gender and Society Sociology of the Family Sociology of Aging Social Issues Death and Dying Intro to Data Collection & Analysis: Social Statistics
Science/Mathematics (15 credits, 12 being lab science) BI101 BI102 BI103 BI121 BI122 BI132 BI145 BI188C BI211 BI212 BI213 BI231 BI232 BI233 BI234 BI235 BI240 BI273 BOT203 CH104 CH105
General Biology I General Biology II General Biology III Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II Introduction to Animal Behavior Principles of Ecology: Man & the Environment Biology Field Studies Biology I Biology II Biology III Human Anatomy and Physiology I Human Anatomy and Physiology II Human Anatomy and Physiology III Microbiology Medical Microbiology/Immunology Pathology Ecology Plant Taxonomy General Chemistry I General Chemistry II
21
AA-OT Degree Requirements cont.
22
CH106 CH151 CH170 CH221 CH222 CH223 CH241 CH242 CH243 *CS105/L *CS106 *CS107 CS133JA CS133SQL CS133XML CS133VB CS140 CS144 CS16l CS162 CS233JA CS233VB CS234JA CS234VB CS244 CS260 ENGR201 ENGR202 ENGR211 ENGR212 ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251 FW252 FW253 FW254 G143 G148C G165C G201 G202
General Chemistry III Basic Chemistry Environmental Chemistry General Chemistry I General Chemistry II General Chemistry III Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry III Computing Fundamentals/Lab Computing Fund: Structured Programming Computing Fund: Object-Oriented Programming JAVA - Design and Programming Introduction to SQL Introduction to XML Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Introduction to Operating Systems Problem Solving & Computer Systems Computer Science I Computer Science II Advanced Topics for Programmers Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Networking Topics for Programmers Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Introduction to Systems Analysis Data Structures Electrical Fundamentals Electrical Fundamentals II Statics Dynamics Strength of Materials Forest Biology and Ecology Nutrition Principles of Wildlife Conservation Wildlife Resources II: Mammals Wildlife Resources III: Birds Wildlife Resources I: Fish, Amphibians, and Reptiles Rocks and Minerals Volcanoes and Their Activity Regional Field Geology Principles of Geology I Principles of Geology II
G203 Principles of Geology III GE101 Engineering Orientation GE102 Engineering Computations GE115 Engineering Graphics GS104 Physical Science - Physics GS105 Physical Science - Chemistry GS106 Physical Science - Geology GS107 Universe: The Infinite Frontier GS142 Earth Revealed GS145 Planet Earth GS146 Earth, Sea and Sky GS147 Oceanus: The Marine Environment GS150 Science and Pseudoscience GS153 Introduction to Cosmology GSl98C General Science: Independent Study MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions MTH112 Pre-Calculus II: Trig and Analytical Geometry MTH212 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II MTH213 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III MTH231 Discrete Mathematics MTH241 Elementary Calculus MTH243 Probability and Statistics I MTH244 Statistics II MTH251 Calculus I MTH252 Calculus II MTH253 Calculus III MTH254 Vector Calculus I MTH255 Vector Calculus II MTH256 Differential Equations MTH261 Linear Algebra PH109C Observational Astronomy PH121 General Astronomy PH122 General Astronomy PH123 General Astronomy PH127 Preparing for General Physics PH201 General Physics I PH202 General Physics II PH203 General Physics III PH211 General Physics with Calculus I PH212 General Physics with Calculus II PH213 General Physics with Calculus III *See 1994 Catalog Course Description
Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the degree in general studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area.The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and
general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a fouryear institution.The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,� for more information.
The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.
AGS Degree Requirements cont. Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses. The list is available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program adviser. A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Survival (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205.
C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes). D. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. E. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS degree. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2. 00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements.
The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records,Academic Advising andTransfer Center, or from your program adviser.
A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202 HE204 HE205 HE206 HE207 HE208 HE250 HE252 HE253 HE255 HE261 HE265 HPE291 HPE295 PE185 PE194 PE285OL PE292SWT PE294
Adult Development and Aging Diet and Weight Control Diet Appraisal Alcohol and Addiction: Risk Reduction for Life Stress Control Through Activity Intervention AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases Personal Health First Aid: Responding to Emergencies Wilderness Advanced First Aid Alcohol and the Family C.P.R. - Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Women’s Health Issues Lifeguard Training Health & Fitness for Life Physical Education (Coed) Professional Activities Wilderness Survival Water Safety Instructor Professional Activities
5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
B. COMMUNICATIONS (6 credits) BA205 RD117 SP100 SP111 SP112 SP114 SP115 SP218 WR101 WR102 WR121 WR122 WR123
Business Communications Power Reading Basic Speech Communication Fundamentals of Public Speaking Persuasive Speech Argument & Critical Discourse Introduction to Intercultural Communication Interpersonal Communication Workplace Communications I Workplace Communications II English Composition English Composition: Critical Thinking English Composition: Research
C. HUMANITIES (ARTS AND LETTERS) (12 credits) ART115 ART116 ART117 ART197 ART201 ART202 ART203 ART211 ART212 ART213
Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional Basic Design II: Color Theory Basic Design III: Three-Dimensional Gallery Design & Management Introduction to the History of Art Introduction to the History of Art Introduction to the History of Art Survey of Visual Arts Survey of Visual Arts Survey of Visual Arts
23
AGS Degree Requirements cont.
24
*ART214 *ART219 *ART225 *ART226 *ART227 ART231 ART232 ART233 *ART234 *ART240 *ART241 *ART254 *ART255 *ART256 *ART257 *ART258 *ART259 *ART257B *ART258B *ART259B *ART261 *ART262 *ART263 *ART264 *ART265 *ART266 *ART271 *ART272 *ART273 ART281 *ART288 *ART289 *ART291 *ART292 *ART293 *ART294 *ART295 *ART296 ASL101 ASL102 ASL103 ENG104 ENG105 ENG106 ENG107 ENG108 ENG109 ENG112 ENG113 ENG201 ENG202 ENG203 ENG204 ENG205
Computer Graphics: Page Layout Calligraphy Applied Design: Computer Graphics I Applied Design: Computer Graphics II Applied Design: Computer Graphics II Drawing I Drawing II Drawing III Life Drawing Drawing - Cartooning I Drawing - Cartooning II Ceramics I Ceramics II Ceramics III Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Photography I Photography II Field Photography Portrait Photography Color Photography I Color Slide Photography Printmaking I Printmaking II Printmaking III Painting I Sculpture: Ceramics Sculpture: Metalcasting Sculpture: Beginning Sculpture: Intermediate Sculpture: Advanced Watercolor - Beginning Watercolor: Figure Painting Watercolor - Intermediate American Sign Language - Beginning I American Sign Language - Beginning II American Sign Language - Beginning III Introduction to Literature: Fiction Introduction to Literature: Drama Introduction to Literature: Poetry World Literature: The Classic World World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age of Reason World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings Introduction to Literary Genres: Science Fiction Introduction to Literary Genres: Fantasy Shakespeare: The Early Period (1591-1595) Shakespeare: The Middle Period (1596-1601) Shakespeare: The Final Period (1602-1611) British Literature I: Old English to Renaissance British Literature II: Renaissance to 18th Century
ENG206 ENG212 ENG214 ENG218 ENG221 ENG222 ENG250 ENG253 ENG254 ENG255 ENG263 ENG275 ENL201R ENL201S ENL201W FA257 FA258 FA266 FR101 FR102 FR103 FR111 FR112 FR113 FR150 FR151 FR201 FR202 FR203 GER101 GER102 GER103 GER111 GER112 GER113 GER201 GER202 GER203 HUM100 HUM106 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112 HUM202 HUM210 HUM250 JPN101 JPN102 JPN103 JPN111 JPN112 JPN113
British Literature III: The Romantic Period to Present Hispanic Literature Asian-American Literature Arthurian Legends Introduction to Children’s Literature Images of Women in Literature Introduction to Mythology Survey of American Literature I: The Beginnings (1607-1865) Survey of American Literature II: The Age of Realism (1865-1920) Survey of American Literature III: Coping in the Modern World (1920 - Present) Literary Genres: Detective Fiction The Bible as Literature Advanced Reading Advanced Speaking/Listening Advanced Writing Films and Society Understanding the Film The Great Film Directors First Year French I First Year French II First Year French III Beginning French Conversation I Beginning French Conversation II Beginning French Conversation III Beginning French I (Intensive) Beginning French II (Intensive) Second Year French I Second Year French II Second Year French III First Year German I First Year German II First Year German III Beginning German Conversation I Beginning German Conversation II Beginning German Conversation III Second Year German I Second Year German II Second Year German III Humanities Through the Arts British Life & Culture Contemporary Culture I: Human Values Contemporary Culture II: Changing Values Contemporary Culture III: Future Trends Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace Special Studies in Humanities Honors Colloquium First Year Japanese I First Year Japanese II First Year Japanese III Beginning Japanese Conversation I Beginning Japanese Conversation II Beginning Japanese Conversation III
AGS Degree Requirements cont. JPN201 Second Year Japanese I JPN202 Second Year Japanese II JPN203 Second Year Japanese III JPN211 Intermediate Japanese Conversation I JPN212 Intermediate Japanese Conversation II JPN213 Intermediate Japanese Conversation III *MUP101 Symphonic Band - First Year *MUP105 Jazz Ensemble *MUP114 General Ensemble, Instrumental - First Year *MUP115 General Ensemble, Vocal - First Year *MUP121 Symphonic Choir - First Year *MUP123 Opera Workshop *MUP125 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - First Year *MUP131 Madrigals *MUP146 String Ensemble - First Year *MUP171-192Applied, Individual Lessons - First Year *MUP201 Symphonic Band - Second Year *MUP205 Jazz Ensemble *MUP214 General Ensemble, Instrumental - Second Year *MUP215 General Ensemble, Vocal - Second Year *MUP221 Symphonic Choir - Second Year *MUP225 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - Second Year *MUP231 Madrigals *MUP246 String Ensemble - Second Year *MUP271-292Applied, Individual Lessons - Second Year MUS101 Music Fundamentals MUS104 Music Manuscript MUS105 Music Apprec/Music for the Listener MUS111 Music Theory MUS112 Music Theory MUS113 Music Theory I *MUS114 Sight Singing/Ear Training *MUS115 Sight Singing/Ear Training *MUS116 Sight Singing/Ear Training *MUS117 Electronic Music Production I *MUS118 Electronic Music Production II *MUS119 Electronic Music Production III *MUS124 Stage Band Arranging *MUS125 Stage Band Arranging *MUS126 Stage Band Arranging *MUS131 Group Piano: Skills for Majors *MUS132 Group Piano: Skills for Majors *MUS133 Group Piano: Skills for Majors *MUS137 Class Guitar I *MUS138 Class Guitar II *MUS139 Class Guitar III *MUS147 Class Percussion Beginning I *MUS148 Class Percussion Intermediate II *MUS149 Class Percussion Advanced III *MUS161 Jazz Improvisation *MUS162 Jazz Improvisation *MUS163 Jazz Improvisation *MUS191 Group Piano: Skills for Non-Majors MUS205 Introduction to Jazz History I MUS208 Introduction to Jazz History II MUS211 Music Theory IV
MUS212 MUS213 *MUS214 *MUS215 *MUS224 *MUS225 *MUS226 MUS261 MUS262 MUS263 *MUS265 *MUS292 *MUS297 PHL201 PHL202 PHL203 PHL208 R210 R211 R212 RD117 RUS111 RUS112 RUS113 SP100 SP111 SP112 SP114 SP115 SP130 SP218 SP229 SP262 SPAN101 SPAN102 SPAN103 SPAN111 SPAN112 SPAN113 SPAN150 SPAN151 SPAN201 SPAN202 SPAN203 TA101 TA106 TA107 TA109 TA141 TA142 TA143 TA148 TA241 WR226 WR241 WR242
Music Theory V Music Theory VI Keyboard Harmony I Keyboard Harmony II Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Music History I Music History II Music History III Jazz Studies Music Theatre Group Vocal Introduction to Philosophy Fundamental Ethics Elementary Logic Political Philosophy World Religions History of the Old Testament History of the New Testament Power Reading Beginning Russian Conversation I Beginning Russian Conversation II Beginning Russian Conversation III Basic Speech Communication Fundamentals of Public Speaking Persuasive Speech Argument and Critical Discourse Introduction to Intercultural Communication Business and Professional Speech Interpersonal Communication Oral Interpretation Voice and Articulation First Year Spanish I First Year Spanish II First Year Spanish III Beginning Spanish Conversation I Beginning Spanish Conversation II Beginning Spanish Conversation III Beginning Spanish I (Intensive) Beginning Spanish II (Intensive) Second Year Spanish I Second Year Spanish II Second Year Spanish III Appreciating Theatre Introduction to Theatre I Introduction to Theatre II History of the American Musical Theatre Acting Fundamentals I Acting Fundamentals II Acting Fundamentals III Movement for the Actor Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles Creative Expository Non-Fiction: Biography, Autobiography and Other Non-Fiction Forms Imaginative Writing (Fiction) Imaginative Writing (Poetry)
25
AGS Degree Requirements cont.
26
WR244 WR245 WR246
Advanced Poetry Writing Advanced Fiction Writing Editing and Publishing: Approaches to Refine and Market Your Own Writing *WR247 The Literary Publication WR248 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing *Skill oriented class
D. SOCIAL SCIENCES (12 credits) ANTH101 ANTH102 ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH211 ANTH212 ANTH213 ANTH215 ANTH231 ANTH232 EC115 EC201 EC202 EC203 EC204 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG206 GEOG214 GEOG290 HST110 HST111 HST112 HST195 HST201 HST202 HST203 HST204 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST225 HST240 HST264 HST270 HST271 HST272 HST292 HST293 IS110 IS111 IS210 IS211 IS212 IS251 PS104 PS105
Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Field Archaeology Introduction to Greek Archaeology Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest North American Indians Introduction to Economics Principles of Economics I (Micro) Principles of Economics II (Macro) Principles of Economics III International Economics Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Oregon Geography of Mexico & Central America Environmental Problems World Civilization: Ancient World World Civilization: Medieval World World Civilization: Modern World History of Vietnam War History of the United States History of the United States History of the United States Women in U.S. History Introduction to Peace Studies Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory Peace Studies: World Order Theory Women in World History History of Oregon African American History History of Mexico History of Central America History of South America China: Past and Present Japan: Past and Present Introduction to International Studies I Introduction to International Studies II Comparative Culture I Comparative Culture II Comparative Culture III Population and Global Resources Problems in American Politics Global Issues
PS200 PS201 PS203 PS204 PS205 PS217 PS220 PS225 PS232 PS241 PS242 PS297 PSY101 PSY151 PSY190 PSY201 PSY202 PSY203 PSY214 PSY216 PSY231 PSY232 PSY235 PSY236 PSY237 PSY239 SOC204 SOC205 SOC206 SOC213 SOC214 SOC215 SOC216 SOC223 SOC225 SOC232 SOC291
Introduction to Political Science American Government State and Local Governments Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology: Ideas about Government Politics of the Western Environment Political Terrorism The U. S. Intelligence System Introduction to Environmental Politics Psychology of Human Relations Introduction to the Social Sciences Special Studies: Stress General Psychology General Psychology General Psychology Introduction to Personality Social Psychology Human Sexuality Sexuality and Society Human Develop. I: Infancy to Adolescence Human Develop. II: Adolescence to Aging Human Development Introduction to Abnormal Psychology General Sociology General Sociology General Sociology Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Intro to U.S. Culture & Society Gender and Society Sociology of the Family Sociology of Aging Social Issues Death and Dying Data Collection & Analysis: Social Statistics
E. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE (12 credits) AH11 BA231 BI101 BI102 BI103 BI121 BI122 BI132 BI145 BI188 BI211 BI212 BI213 BI231 BI232 BI233
Survey of Body Systems Information Technology in Business General Biology I General Biology II General Biology III Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II Introduction to Animal Behavior Principles of Ecology: Man and the Environment Biology Field Studies Biology I Biology II Biology III Human Anatomy and Physiology I Human Anatomy and Physiology II Human Anatomy and Physiology III
*See 1994-1995 course description
AGS Degree Requirements cont. BI234 BI235 BI240 BI273 BOT203 BUS31 BUS32 BUS33 CH104 CH105 CH106 CH151 CH170 CH221 CH222 CH223 CH241 CH242 CH243 *CS105/L *CS106 *CS107 CS133JA CS133PF CS133PS CS133SQL CS133XML CS133VB CS140 CS144 CS161 CS162 CS233JA CS233VB CS234JA CS234VB CS244 CS260 ENGR201 ENGR202 ENGR211 ENGR212 ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251 FW252 FW253 FW254 FW255 G143 G148
Microbiology Medical Microbiology/Immunology Pathology Ecology Plant Taxonomy Business Mathematics I Business Mathematics/Electronic Calculator Business Mathematics II General Chemistry I General Chemistry II General Chemistry III Basic Chemistry Environmental Chemistry General Chemistry I General Chemistry II General Chemistry III Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Organic Chemistry III Computing Fundamentals/Lab Computing Fund: Structured Programming Computing Fund: Object-Oriented Programming JAVA - Design and Programming Beginning CGI Programming with PERL Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL Introduction to SQL Introduction to XML Beginning MS Visual Basic Programming Introduction to Operating Systems Problem Solving & Computer Systems Computer Science I Computer Science II Advanced Topics for Programmers Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Networking Topics for Programmers Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Introduction to Systems Analysis Data Structures Electrical Fundamentals I Electrical Fundamentals II Statics Dynamics Strength of Materials Forest Biology and Ecology Nutrition Principles of Wildlife Conservation Wildlife Resources: Mammals Wildlife Resources: Birds Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and Reptiles Wildlife Techniques Rocks and Minerals Volcanoes and Their Activity
G165 G201 G202 G203 GE101 GE102 GE115 GS104 GS105 GS106 GS107 GS142 GS145 GS146 GS147 GS150 GS153 GS198 MTH60 MTH65 MTH80 MTH85 MTH95 MTH105 MTH111 MTH112 MTH211 MTH212 MTH213 MTH231 MTH241 MTH243 MTH244 MTH251 MTH252 MTH253 MTH254 MTH255 MTH256 MTH261 PH109B/C PH121 PH122 PH123 PH127 PH201 PH202 PH203 PH211 PH212 PH213
Regional Field Geology Principles of Geology Principles of Geology Principles of Geology Engineering Orientation Engineering Computations Engineering Graphics Physical Science - Physics Physical Science - Chemistry Physical Science - Geology Universe: The Infinite Frontier Earth Revealed Planet Earth Earth, Sea and Sky Oceanus: The Marine Environment Science and Pseudoscience Introduction to Cosmology General Science: Independent Study Beginning Algebra I Beginning Algebra II Technical Mathematics I Technical Mathematics II Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry Intro to Contemporary Mathematics Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry & Analytical Geometry Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III Geometry Discrete Mathematics Elementary Calculus Probability and Statistics I Statistics II Calculus I Calculus II Calculus III Vector Calculus I Vector Calculus II Differential Equations Linear Algebra Observational Astronomy General Astronomy General Astronomy General Astronomy Preparing for General Physics General Physics I General Physics II General Physics III General Physics with Calculus General Physics with Calculus General Physics with Calculus
27
AGS Degree Requirements cont.
28
Certificate Requirements The one-year certificate will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Successfully complete all required courses in a one-year certificate program as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 2. All programs of study of an academic year or more in length for which certificates are granted require a recognizable body of instruction in program-related areas of 1) communication, 2) computation, and 3) human relations. Refer to the individual program for the specific courses. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the certificate and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes. 5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). NOTES: Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS or AAS degree. A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT degree. Please refer to the Course Numbering System and Developmental Education courses with regard to courses not applicable toward a Mt. Hood Community College degree or certificate. Incomplete applications for graduation will remain in the Admissions and Records Office for a period of one year from the last term of attendance or one year from date of application. After that time, your application will be destroyed and you will need to re-apply for graduation.
Graduation Process 1. Students desiring to earn a degree or certificate from Mt. Hood Community College must process the graduation application with the Admissions and Records Office two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Spring and summer graduates not participating in commencement ceremonies must notify the Admissions and Records Office in writing on the graduation application in order to receive their degree cover in the mail. This also allows seat planning arrangements to be made more efficiently. Fall term and winter term graduates may participate in the following commencement if they wish and are requested to so indicate on the graduation application. 2. Students have their choice of following the curriculum in either the catalog of the year they began the program or the year they are ending the program but NOT a combination. Students admitted to a degree program are expected to complete the curriculum within the normal two-year period. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two years or more, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree or have prior approval or equivalent coursework substitutions. 3. Students should secure their graduation application forms from the Admissions and Records Office, complete the application and return the application to the Admissions and Records Office two academic terms prior to the anticipated completion of their degree.
4. The graduation application fee should be paid in the business office and a copy of the receipt attached to the graduation application. 5. Credits from accredited colleges or universities previously attended that are to apply toward a MHCC degree or certificate must be submitted via official transcripts and be on file in the Admissions and Records Office. 6. The Admissions and Records Office will evaluate the application and notify the student by mail with an evaluation of progress (part II of the graduation application). Students should complete part II of the graduation application with their adviser and return the application to the Admissions and Records Office. The student will be notified by mail of any deficiencies. 7. Final approval of the application for a degree or certificate is given only after grades have been posted for the last quarter’s work. Degrees or certificates are mailed to the student following this process. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/ certificate requirements for graduation. Graduation from Mt. Hood Community College makes one an automatic alumnus and eligible for membership in the alumni association.
Career Development Services The Academic Advising and Personal and Career Transfer Center Counseling The Mt. Hood Community College Academic Advising and Transfer Center provides a variety of services including test information, academic advising, and transfer information. You are welcome to stop by; however, drop-in visits may be time-limited. The best time to receive extended services is during non-registration periods, when appointments are available. For information call 503-491-7315.
Academic Advising Through academic advising, students learn to set educational goals and the strategies to achieve them. Professional Academic Advisers and Counselors provide guidance to new students and are the ongoing advisers for students still exploring options for careers and majors, and students preparing to enter limited- and restricted-entry programs.They assist students with information about program options, educational planning, degree and major requirements, college policies and procedures, and selection of courses. Students with declared majors are assigned a faculty program adviser who guides them through their major requirements. While MHCC advisers provide help and information to students working toward degree requirements, students must take the responsibility for satisfying those requirements.
Transfer Center Located in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, the MHCC Transfer Center provides easy access to transfer information for students. This includes transfer advising guides for popular majors, college catalogs, college reference guides, college and university videos and CDROMS, transfer admissions information, and Internet access to college and university Web sites. The Transfer Center sponsors a quarterly Transfer Day bringing college and university representatives to campus. In addition, admission representatives from area universities regularly offer transfer information sessions in the Transfer Center.
503-491-7432; room AC 2162; www.mhcc.cc.or.us
Personal Counseling If you have a personal issue that affects your ability to do well in college, you may receive short-term, solution-focused counseling from a trained, professional counselor.Typical problems for college students may include family and relationship issues, test anxiety, depression, chemical dependency, eating disorders and other addictions, adjustments to having a disability, and general transition issues. To see a counselor, please call for an appointment. Students in crisis will be accommodated on a drop-in basis.
Career Decisions If you are looking for help in making career decisions or in changing careers, you may want to visit the Career Planning & Counseling Center. Career professionals are available to assist you in choosing the most appropriate service(s) to help you make career choices and effectively reach your goals. The services we have available are career development and planning courses (in the quarterly schedule under Human Development), career counseling (please call for an appointment), career information workshops (in the quarterly schedule under Career Development Services), and the resources of a full-service Career Center (below).
Career Center The Career Center assists students with ongoing career development and the accomplishment of career goals. The center houses resources to aid in selecting careers and finding employment. Resources include a career resources library, computerized career assessments, web resources for career development, employment listings, materials to assist in resume writing, interviewing, and the job search, and a series of career placement courses (in the quarterly schedule under Human Development). There is no charge for the use of our services. The Career Center’s list of employment opportunities includes part-time, temporar y and summer employment, Cooperative Education/Internship positions, and full-time career placement opportunities. Community members are welcome to use the services of the Career Center, however, students receive first priority for access to services.
Business and Industry – The Career Center also assists business and industry in student recruitment for part-time, temporary, summer, Cooperative Education/ Internship positions, and for full-time employment. Employers are encouraged to contact the center for assistance in recruiting students. Recruitment activities range from posting opportunities to setting up information tables to arranging interviews on campus for students.
Testing Testing services include the administration of the College Placement Test (CPT), GED, and CLEP. Other types of assessments to assist students with career exploration and personal concerns are also available to students working with a counselor or through the Career Planning & Counseling Center. For CPT and GED testing information and scheduling, call 503-491-7678. If you are disabled and require special testing accommodation, contact the Disability Services Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.
Disability Services The Disability Services Office (DSO) strives to empower students to reach their potential and fosters independence of the individual. The DSO coordinates auxiliary aids/accommodations/services for persons with disabilities at Mt. Hood Community College. These services may include interpreters for deaf students, note taking assistance, readers, taping of textbooks, lab modification, enlarging material, testing accommodation, etc. The Disability Services Office operates and provides training in our Access Technology Lab on personal computers with a wide range of adaptive equipment. Study aids are also available to assist students in exploring new methods of learning and modifying study habits. Counseling and advising assistance is also available. Students are required to apply for services through DSO and submit documentation verifying their disability. Students requesting accommodations must contact DSO a minimum of two weeks prior to the beginning of the term to guarantee the availability oft he services for each term.
29
Career Development Services cont.
30
MHCC is an accessible campus. Ample disabled parking is available on campus and disabled parking permits are obtained through the Oregon Department of Motor Vehicles. Elevators are located in the lobby of the Library, the College Center, and the Allied Health wing of the Academic Center. Disability Services does not provide transportation to the school or between buildings at the campus; however, DSO has information available on access to public transportation.
International Student Services Application processing, orientation, crosscultural counseling, and other services for international students are also available at Mt. Hood Community College. For new student orientation assessment and placement, prospective students should contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, 503-491-7315. For other information, please contact the following:
For additional information concerning services or requests for accommodations, contact the Disability Services Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670TDD.
Applications ........................... 503-491-7165
Health and Wellness Center
The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a two-week program during summer session.We also offer a French immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec , call 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.
Health Services Health services are available to everyone on campus at the Health and Wellness Center and are provided without charge. The office is staffed by a registered nurse, acting under the direction of a consulting physician. Services include first aid and illness care, some immunizations, appropriate referrals, health insurance information, prevention education and wellness activities. Equipment is also available for women who are breastfeeding to express breast milk while they are away from their babies.Visit the Health and Wellness Center (Room AC 2161) for evaluation information or counseling about any health concern or problem, or for referral to community and private health care facilities.
Student Health Insurance Students at MHCC are responsible for their own medical coverage. This is not included in student fees. Health insurance brochures, including information on the Oregon Health Plan are available. A student health insurance plan can be purchased on a term-by-term basis for students registered for six or more credit hours. Those needing care for a minor illness or injury, or referral, please contact the College Health Coordinator, 503-4917600.
Advising .................................. 503-491-7315
Study Abroad
Transitions/Transiciones Program If you are a single parent or a displaced homemaker the Transitions program may be for you. The program provides free classes that help participants plan a career and prepare for school. Topics include life transitions, self-esteem, and communication skills, as well as career planning and college success skills. Transitions also offers financial assistance to qualifying individuals, as well as counseling, advising and support from mentors. Contact Transitions at 503-491-7680. The Transiciones program serves single parents and displaced homemakers who are native Spanish speakers. Students receive bilingual career development classes and services, financial assistance for English classes, and help transitioning into college programs. For information, please class 503491-6972.
Financial Aid Financial Aid (503-491-7262, FAX 503-491-7379, Room 1152) The Office of Financial Aid administers a variety of local, state and federal aid programs in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment to eligible students who need money to attend college.
Federal/State Student Aid Programs (Title IV) General Information: MHCC will accept all financial aid applications but students who plan to attend here should complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Returning students may either complete the “Renewal Application” (which usually will come to them by mail before January 1) or file a new FAFSA. The FAFSA is available in the Office of Financial Aid as early as mid-December. The FAFSA is also in electronic format on the Internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov.You and your parents (if you are dependent) must get a Personal Identification Number (PIN) before filing an electronic FAFSA. If you do not, you must be sure to click on the “submit” button and print out AND submit a “signature page.” If no printer is available, the processor will send you a form to sign. All required documentation must be received before April 1 to assure priority processing for the following academic year. Allow eight weeks for processing. Bank loans are separate applications (available in the financial aid office after loan counseling attendance) that require an additional two to three weeks for processing. The need for student aid is based on expected family contribution (as determined through the Congressionally mandated need analysis process) and average educational and living cost estimates for MHCC. Upon completion of the application review process, awards depend on eligibility for and availability of funds. Bank loans can help make up for a lack of grant, work or Perkins loan federal financial aid. Official grade transcripts are required from every school a student has attended, even if they did not apply for financial aid. Records of prior financial aid at prior colleges are collected electronically. Sometimes, you may be asked to contact those colleges directly for the information.
Financial Aid cont. Students must be at least 16 years old, a U. S. citizen or eligible noncitizen with a high school diploma or GED and be in pursuit of a degree or certificate. Men 18 years or older must be registered with selective service. Students at least 18 years old without a high school diploma or GED must have an adequate college placement test score for financial aid eligibility. MHCC does offer training programs that are not aid eligible. Eligible short-term certificate programs must be at least 24 credits or six months long. One-year certificate programs must require at least 36 credits. Occupational extension programs are not aid eligible. Students should talk to the Office of Financial Aid and/or consult the term class schedule if there is any question regarding the aid eligibility of their education program. (SEE INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS)
Grants (Funds that do not need to be repaid) Oregon State Opportunity Grant: A state grant available to full-time undergraduate Oregon residents based on income. Twelve months in Oregon prior to the start of school constitutes residency. Federal Pell Grants: A federal grant offered to undergraduates with at least one college credit and based on income. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG): A federal grant through the school, based on need and offered to undergraduates who will receive a maximum Pell Grant. (Attending at least 6 credits.)
Loans (Funds that must be repaid) Loans are financial aid. All students wanting loans must attend a loan counseling class prior to obtaining their first MHCC bank loan application. Later loans do not have this requirement. Students must contact the Office of Financial Aid to sign up for one of the sessions. Exit counseling is required for all loans (except PLUS) through the Business Office the term prior to leaving MHCC. Undergraduate students who have not defaulted on prior educational loans may apply for these loans based on need and/or the cost of education. First time borrowers at MHCC must complete 30 days of that term before bank loan funds can be released. MHCC deadlines for bank loan applications are approximately the eighth week of each term. Specific dates are available in the Office of Financial Aid. Students must repay loans regardless of satisfaction with the educational services of MHCC.
Federal Perkins/Nursing Loan: A 5 percent interest federal loan(s) through the school, to be repaid beginning nine months after enrollment drops below half-time. Students are eligible based on need. Federal Subsidized/Unsubsidized Stafford Loan: Loans through a bank (or other lender), to be repaid at a variable interest rate no higher than 8.25%. Repayment of the Federal Stafford Loan begins six months after enrollment drops below halftime. The Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan requires students to pay all of the interest that accumulates during their time of enrollment, their grace period, and periods of repayment and deferment.The Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan does not accrue interest until the repayment date. Federal Parents’ Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS): A loan through a bank (or other lender) to a student’s parent, to be repaid while the student is in school. Parents of dependent undergraduate students can apply for funds to assist with educational costs regardless of college calculated need, but are limited to the amount of the student’s budget. Neither the parent or student may owe a refund or be in default on past educational grants or loans. Note: Academic transcripts will not be released for students who owe an overpayment on federal aid programs or who default on educational loans through MHCC.
Employment Federal Work Study Program (FWS): A part-time employment program in which funds are paid as monthly pay checks. FWS is awarded based on need and student request. Awarded students must contact the Office of Financial Aid at 503-491-7424 to make an appointment for a student employment orientation, which is required before beginning work. Student Aide:A non-financial aid part-time employment program in most college departments for MHCC students enrolled at least six credits per term.
Receiving Awarded Funds Notification Procedure: An “Offer of Financial Aid” is mailed to each eligible student when their awarding process is completed. Students not eligible for grants, FWS or Perkins/Nursing loans are notified of bank loan eligibility. Offer letters must be signed and returned by the due date or offers of aid are withdrawn.
Payment of Awards: Awards are divided into each term attended. Students may charge tuition and fees to the aid they have been awarded (except bank loans) when they preregister. Beginning the first day of the term, a check for the unused portion of the funds is released in the Business Office; picture ID and an “Attendance Verification” form are required. These funds are to be used to help offset additional educationalrelated expenses. Checks may be picked up after normal business hours if the Business Office is contacted and can agree to a time. Grant and loan checks are not mailed. Students cannot pick up funds if they are not enrolled for the minimum number of credits for which their aid was awarded. Checks not picked up are cancelled. Attendance Verification: All students awarded Federal or State funds are required to attend class. Students pick up an “Attendance Verification” form in the Business Office or the Office of Financial Aid and take it to be completed and signed by one of their instructors each time a check is picked up. They then take the completed form to the Business Office to pick up their check. Even aid recipients with no funds to be picked up or who receive only FWS must turn in an Attendance Verification form.The form is only valid for seven days from the signature date. Satisfactor y Academic Progress (SAP): Financial aid recipients are required to maintain “satisfactory progress” each term and to understand what that means. Basically, the following applies: SAP is measured by completed credits and GPA on a term-by-term basis. Students must complete their “contracted credits” at a minimum 2.00 GPA to make SAP. Contracted credits means the number of credits the student agreed to attend based on the signed “Offer of Financial Aid.” Full-time is 12 or more credits, three-quarter-time is 9 - 11, half-time is 6 8 and less than half-time is 1 - 5. These are noted on the “offer” as 12, 9, 6 or 3 respectively. Students with pre-financial aid credits must have a 2.00 cumulative GPA and have completed two-thirds of their attempted credits to be considered for aid. Eligible students are aid eligible automatically up to 108 credits; all prior credits attempted at any postsecondary institutions attended, regardless of the degree or certificate pursued, are counted in this total. The Office of Financial Aid will require academic transcripts from all prior schools to be submitted to them as a part of the application process.An appeal must be submitted
31
Veterans’ Services
Financial Aid cont.
32
to (continue to) receive financial aid.All credits will be evaluated, in relation to their major, when the student awardee’s credits approach the 108 credit hour level.A successful appeal will state a specific academic path to follow to continue to receive financial aid. Transfer students must be making grade SAP at the time they come to MHCC. The 108 credit limit applies. A maximum of 12 credits for Cooperative Work Experience will be allowed for financial aid purposes unless more are REQUIRED in the program. SAP Appeal Process: If students in an aid denied status want to be considered for aid or if they want to get funds reinstated, they must file an official appeal form with the Office of Financial Aid. Note: A complete copy of our SAP rules and the financial aid appeal process is mailed with each first award offer. Student responsibilities are extensive, so it is important to read that document and ask questions if items are not understood.
Revising Enrollment Status Adding/Dropping Classes: Students should make all changes to finalize their enrollment status (file a “Revision form” at the Office of Financial Aid) BEFORE picking up financial aid unless their only aid is from private sources. Checks that arrive late in the term may not be released if the student is not enrolled for enough credits (see SAP policy.) Withdrawing From College: Students’ remaining financial aid for the academic year will be cancelled when they completely withdraw from college after receiving financial aid for the term. (See “SAP Appeal Process” above.) Students must officially withdraw through the Office of Admissions and Records within the full refund period or they will be required to pay for the classes.
Refund and Repayment Policy MHCC’s formal policy for tuition refund for students who withdraw from school is published in the MHCC catalog and quarterly schedules. The refund policy regarding recipients of Title IV financial aid funds is available in the Office of Financial Aid (see SAP policy, also).
Additional Assistance SCHOLARSHIPS (Funds that do not need to be repaid): Awards offered through private donors as well as MHCC may reduce the amount of financial aid that has been or will be awarded. (Pell and Oregon State Opportunity grants will not be reduced.) Application information is available in the Office of Financial Aid. Individual applications are required. Eligibility (both initial and continuing) is dependent on the requirements of the donor. Private Scholarships: Announcements of competitive scholarships through private sources are posted throughout the academic year as the Office of Financial Aid is notified of availability. Recognition Awards: Tuition waivers are offered by the MHCCD Board of Education for several categories of students.These are offered the third week of each term for use the following term. Talent Grants: Tuition waivers awarded by MHCC to students who have demonstrated outstanding ability and achievement in such areas as athletics, performing arts or student government. Contact the adviser, coach, or instructor most directly related to your skills for application information. MHCCD Foundation Scholarships: Scholarships are offered at various times throughout the year. Additional information is available at the Office of Financial Aid.
Ineligible Programs Students receiving financial aid must first be pursuing a degree or certificate program and, secondly, that program must be an ELIGIBLE PROGRAM. Not all college programs are aid eligible. If students are pursuing INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS while receiving financial aid, they jeopardize future aid opportunities and will have to pay back any aid they received. Financial aid applicants are required by the Office of Financial Aid to clearly state, in writing, the degree or certificate they are pursuing and their major. If the program is ELIGIBLE, the student is expected to pursue that declared and specific program as it appears in the current college catalog and not take classes outside that specific curriculum. All financial aid recipients are encouraged to read the financial aid section in each of the quarterly schedule of classes carefully and pay attention to various class messages as they register for classes each term. The financial aid office does provide considerable student consumer information in these quarterly schedules that, if followed, could eliminate challenges for aid recipients.
Veterans’ Services The Office of Veterans’ Services, located in the Admissions and Records Office on the main campus, provides a one-stop, centrally located area for the student to deal with veteran-related problems. The office handles VA educational paperwork, changes in program, address, dependency status and problems with late or inappropriate benefit checks. The office also can refer students to agencies specializing in discharge upgrading, military-related problems and psychological and drug counseling. Eligible students should contact the veterans’ clerk for certification. The Veterans Administration Regional Office keeps a central file on each person receiving benefits and all enrollment information must first be processed by the college before any award is made. The veterans’ office continually audits the transcripts of each student receiving VA benefits to ensure that the veteran’s work leads toward the stated degree. Any class or grade which does not lead toward that degree will not apply to VA benefits. Veterans registering for classes which meet for less than the standard 10-11 week session will be certified by the number of credits for the class and paid accordingly.
Other Veterans’ Services Deferred Tuition. Initiating VA educational benefit checks generally takes six to eight weeks. Because of this, many veterans are unable to pay tuition at the time of registration.A note deferring tuition must be signed by the veterans’ clerk stating that the veteran will be receiving benefits. This note is an I. O. U. between the individual and the Business Office to register for and attend classes, and pay tuition once the VA check comes. Tutorial Assistance.Veterans and dependents needing extra help with class work, and unable to receive tutoring through the Independent Study Center, may have the cost of hiring a tutor reimbursed by the VA.
Veterans’ Satisfactory Progress Standards 1. All veterans or other eligible persons who receive veterans’ benefits must demonstrate satisfactory progress toward their educational degree/certificate goals to remain eligible to receive such benefits.
Student Services
Veterans Services cont. 2. Students should enroll for and successfully earn credit for only those credit hours for which they have been certified to the Veterans Administration. A 2.00 GPA must be maintained. Full-time 3/4 time 1/2 time Less than 1/2 time
12 credits 9-11 credits 6-8 credits under 6 credits
Full-time equivalency is defined as regularly enrolled for 12 or more credit hours. Students certified for less than full-time will have their eligibility proportionately extended. 3. Eligible students who fail to make satisfactory progress will be so notified. They will be granted one term of probation unless notified to the contrary. Students not achieving satisfactory progress during the probationary term will be reported to the Veterans Administration at the end of said term except in the case of extenuating circumstances. Students placed on probation may have their certification extended beyond one term due to extenuating circumstances. See No. 12. 4. Students transferring to MHCC from any post secondary educational institution, or who have otherwise been granted college credit, must submit a transcript of all prior credit records for evaluation and determination of prior credit granted as substitutions for MHCCD curriculum requirements prior to the end of the first term in residence. Appropriate reduction in the time allowed for completion of the student’s educational objectives will be noted on the transfer transcript evaluation. 5. Since the permanent record must reflect a withdrawal and re-enrollment in any course for which there was a withdrawal or no show (W or N) these marks will not be replaced by a subsequent grade. Subsequent grades will be entered on the transcript at the time the grades are achieved. W or N grades may not be changed or erased for any reason.The date of receipt of these nonpunitive grades will be reported to the VA Regional Office.
8. MHCCD will make available to the VA records that will substantiate whether the student is progressing satisfactorily at the rate for which he is certified. 9. Within restrictions imposed by the VA, students may be allowed to enroll in and receive benefits for a given deficiency course for a period not to exceed one academic term including summer session. Exceptions may be allowed when the course instructor recommends in writing that the student repeat. 10. All students covered by this regulation will be apprised of the MHCCD Satisfactory Progress Standards at the time of their initial certification for benefits. 11. All veteran students who drop or withdraw from any class after the fourth week and their credit-clock hour load is reduced to a lesser category (threequarter time, quarter-time, etc.) than the one for which they were certified will be liable for repayment of funds. 12. Extenuating Circumstances.Veteran students who fail to meet the Satisfactory Progress Standards may be partially or totally excused by filing documentation for one of the following reasons: a. Death in the immediate family. b. Serious illness extending over a period of three weeks or more must be documented by physician’s statement. c. Clerical error determined by the Dean of Enrollment Services to be an institutional error. d. Student improperly placed according to placement and/or diagnostic testing. 13. The Dean of Enrollment Services will review and make disposition of any appeal for reinstatement or modification of benefit reduction. 14. Students and the VA Regional Office will be notified in writing within 30 days of the date unsatisfactory progress has been determined.
6. A written statement signed by both the student and the instructor must be on file with the veterans’ clerk in order for the student to repeat a course.
15. Students are expected to maintain a cumulative 2.00 grade point average to meet graduation requirements for degrees and certificates.
7. A veteran student who fails all classes is deemed not to be making satisfactory progress.
NOTE: Veterans must notify the VA clerk of any changes in their enrollment status (adds, drops, etc.) in addition to processing through the registration office. Failure to do so may result in overpayment of benefits.
Student Government, Student Clubs, and Co-curricular Activities The activities of student government committees, departmental interest groups, and other student organizations provide exciting and interesting opportunities that are an important part of student life at MHCC. There are many reasons why students participate in activities. For students interested in leadership, there are dozens of roles with student-managed organizations that provide direct leadership experiences. Many students participate in student-managed organizations and events because they are an enjoyable break from their academic pursuits. Other students create or join groups out of a desire to provide service to their community. Involvement offers students unique opportunities for rewarding personal and social growth that are an integral part of the educational experience offered at MHCC. The range of activities offered at MHCC is impressive. Students initiate whitewater rafting trips, sponsor Halloween pumpkin carving contests, organize environmental conferences, and make decisions as student representatives on important institutional planning committees. Each year the student government prepares a sizable budget providing funding for numerous student projects.The student government supports the operations of the forensics team providing students competitive opportunities in debate and speech tournaments.The pristine wild areas of the Pacific Northwest are visited by Mt. Hood Wild Side participants who kayak, backpack, climb, hike and ski through the wilderness.The Gallery and Performance Program Committee brings musical groups and performers to the campus along with a series of art shows displayed in the College Center. Club sports, political groups, and organizations promoting cultural awareness provide numerous other activities each year. New groups are created each year to meet the changing needs of students at MHCC. The office of Student Leadership and Activities in the College Center can provide information on the full array of opportunities available.
Child Care As a practicum and observation site for a number of MHCC instructional programs, primarily Early Childhood Education, the center offers child care for children ages 10 months to five years of age. MHCC students have first priority for child care spaces. The
33
Student Services cont.
34
center offers a developmentally appropriate educational programs for each age group. Planned curriculum in each class offers a balance of individual and group experiences designed to promote creativity, self-esteem, language development, cognitive skills, fine and gross motor skills, physical fitness, environmental awareness and social skills. Center professional staff is assisted by Early Childhood Education students, college work study placements, and student aids. The Child Development Center is a state certified, and nationally accredited child care facility and operates year round Monday Friday from 7:00am - 6:00pm. The center is closed on legal holidays and any day when MHCC does not hold classes. Enrollment and fees are scheduled by the school term. For additional information, fees, and applications, please call 503-491-7169.
Campus Store The campus store is designed to serve the MHCC campus’ needs in course-related materials, supplies and services. In addition the store carries a wide variety of other items to enhance your academic life. Some of these items are academically priced computer software, reference materials and art supplies. The store also has a wide variety of greeting cards, magazines, snacks and insignia clothing. Among the services the store provides are Tri-Met tickets/passes, postage stamps and prepaid phone cards. The store also offers “Grab-n-Go” pre-wrapped sandwiches, juice and water after the food service facilities have closed for the day. M & K Caffe’, located in the store, offers an outstanding array of espresso drinks and Italian sodas.
College Center The College Center serves as a primary location for students, faculty and staff to gather for meetings, special events, and for informal social interactions.The Fireplace Lounge is often considered the living room of the campus. A variety of services are based in the College Center including food services, housing information bulletin boards, vending machines, an open computer lab, a FAX machine, a poster making machine, copy services, lockers, recreational games and access to public telephones. The building houses the offices of the Associated Student Government, the Student Activities Board, student clubs and other student groups. Friendly staff members answer questions all day at the campus information desk.Tri-Met bus schedules are available there as well.
The College Center is the location where many student activities and public forums are organized. Speakers on environmental, political and religious topics are common along with musical performances and cultural arts programs. Art exhibits are a regular feature of the College Center, and “Scrooge Lives” is an annual craft fair held in the building during the holiday season. Seasonal activities include activities like Halloween pumpkin carving contests, Winter Celebration, and Valentine’s Day dances.
Library Resource Center Whether you are a community member, a new college student or an interested high school student, we welcome you to Mt. Hood Community College Library.You will find that we have much to offer in the line of up-to-date research materials for your projects and papers. Our book collection of about 55,000 books, along with 415 periodical subscriptions and 2,790 media titles complement the educational programs of the college. Other services include photocopy machines, media listening and viewing facilities, audiovisual support for college programs, reserve materials, an ADA workstation, CD-ROM databases, Internet access, and reference assistance. Interlibrary Loan is available to staff and students through the national bibliographic database OCLC, which has access to over 35 million titles. Faculty librarians provide information assistance, give library lecture/ tours, assist in research searches and give advice on library assignments.The holdings of the library are available on-line through ALEX (Automatic Library Electronic Access) and are available from home through the Internet. This library is also a member of PORTALS (Portland Area Library System) which has access to the catalogs of 15 local libraries as well as many on-line state and worldwide library systems and databases. Library hours are 7:30am to 9:30pm Monday through Thursday, 7:30am to 5:00pm Friday and 10:30am to 6:30pm on Saturday. Hours for holidays, breaks and summer term are posted.
Planetarium MHCC planetarium shows, demonstrations and tours for the public are offered on a regular basis. Call 503-491-7297 for information.
Publications The student publications program at MHCC provides excellent opportunities for students to express their opinions and gain experience in the development of a campus newspaper (The Advocate), student news magazine (Venture), and a campus literary publication (Perceptions).These three formats provide writers with a diverse and challenging set of writing venues. Students write the material and manage the organizations that produce these publications. Contact the College Center Information Desk for information on how to be involved with these groups.
Sports Mt. Hood’s intercollegiate athletic programs include volleyball, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s basketball, baseball, softball and men’s and women’s track and field.The Saint’s athletic teams compete in the Southern Region of the NWAACC (Northwest Athletic Association of Community Colleges). A diversified intramural program consisting of over 15 activities is available to all students.
Aquatic Center The Mt. Hood Aquatic Center is a fourpool complex open to the public as well as students. There are three indoor pools; a six lane 25-yard pool, a warm water therapy pool and a hot tub. The outdoor 50-meter by 25-yard pool is open in the summer season. The Aquatic Center offers a full range of programs from children’s lessons to adult exercise. For more information or to obtain a complete schedule please call 503-491-7243.
Mt. Hood Rock Wall Introduce yourself to the exciting sport of rock climbing in a safe, controlled environment.The indoor wall features 1,800 square feet of climbing area, thousands of handholds and a variety of terrain to challenge you. The rock wall is located inside the Aquatic Center and is open to students, staff and the general public.
Tri-Met In cooperation with Tri-Met, your student association encourages you to POOL-IT. For more information and a list of people who are interested in car pooling, you may contact Carpool, 520 SW Yamhill Street, Portland, OR 97204.
Community Evening and Distance Services Weekend College Education Community services are an important element in the concept of “community college” at MHCC. It is the college’s goal to offer a variety of services which are in response to the direct needs of district residents. Located at the main focal point of the campus, the Office for Community Service functions as the campus information office. Persons arriving on campus seeking directions and those seeking specific information in person or by telephone are served by this office. As community liaison, the Office for Community Service assists groups desiring to use the campus for meetings or events. In addition, the Golden Age card program and other special events are coordinated by the Office for Community Service.
Golden Age Program Mt. Hood Community College offers Golden Age card privileges to district residents who are 62 years of age or older. There is no charge for the Golden Age card. Those who hold a Golden Age card are entitled to reduced tuition for college classes and reduced fees from the “Fee-B” column in the term schedules for noncredit community education classes. Services and material fees from the “FeeA” column must be paid in full. Cardholders also receive student rates for college activities and events, and may use the swimming and hydrotherapy pools at a discount. For further information, please see the MHCC quarterly schedule of classes or call 503-491-7449.
Community Use of College Facilities Community groups and organizations can use college facilities when they are not being used for instruction or student activities. Facilities and services are available for meetings, banquets, workshops, and presentations. For information about fees and available facilities, call the MHCC community services office, 503-491-7449.
“We build our schedule around yours!” Academic Center, Room 2655 Telephone: 503-491-7238 Email: ewc@mhcc.cc.or.us Complete your degree while working... At Mt. Hood Community College, it is important to make our classes and services convenient.The office of Evening and Weekend College has put together a degree completion program that enables you to earn your college degree in the evening and on weekends. Classes scheduled to fit your busy life... It’s our job to develop programs and courses that are flexible - offered during the evenings and on weekends.Through our office we coordinate evening and weekend • Courses for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree • Courses that are accelerated • Opportunities for credit for prior learning • Advice on degree planning Services to support your learning... Accessible services available during evenings and on weekends are critical to your educational success. The offices listed below remain open during evening hours to accommodate your needs. • academic advising • tutoring • testing • career and personal counseling • financial aid • admissions • business services • library • student bookstore • campus information Bachelor’s degrees available... Many of the evening and weekend classes you take through Mt. Hood Community College apply toward a two-year degree. Once you’ve finished the degree you can continue your education through a bachelor’s degree without leaving your community. Currently, several of Oregon’s four-year institutions offer classes at Mt. Hood Community College.
The Distance Education Program offers courses to students who are separated by time and/or space from the instructor.The program increases student flexibility and provides them with alternative methods of access to the educational offerings of the college. Courses are offered in a variety of modalities including: Telecourses: A telecourse is a learning system based on a series of television programs. These programs may be viewed through the local cablecast company for students residing with the MHCC perimeter. If you do not subscribe to AT&T cable, live West of I-205 or in Clackamas County, you can view these programs in the MHCC Library or have the option of renting the tapes from an outside company. Telecourses are supplemented by printed material and may have on-campus meetings. Telecourse with a Web Wrap Around: This is a series of television programming supplemented by printed material and the use of the Web. These courses required access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and e-mail. Online Courses: Many courses are offered over the Internet. These courses require access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and e-mail. Testing may be done online or through the use of a proctor. For additional information, please visit our web site at http://classes.mhcc.cc.or.us. Hosted Online Courses:These courses are offered by MHCC, but originate at another institution within the state. Access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and e-mail is needed for a hosted course. Testing may be online or through the use of a proctor. Distance Learning students have a full range of student services available to them including financial aid, phone registration, library, advising, and the bookstore which are now available online. For term by term Distance Education Program offerings, please refer to the current term schedule under “Learning at a Distance”. For additional information, please contact Dr. Jacqueline McCrady, Program Director, at 503-491-7286 or contact the Distance Education Program office at 503-491-6953 or e-mail dep@mhcc.cc.or.us.
35
Adult Basic Education 36
Adult Basic Education (ABE) Free Adult Basic Education classes are available to any adult, age 16 or over, who wants to improve basic skills. Those under age 18 must be released from the high school of legal residence. A volunteer literacy project provides tutoring for those who need to improve basic reading, writing and spelling skills. For more information call 503-4917333.
General Education Development (GED) The General Education Development program offers classes designed to develop the skills needed in reading, math, science, social studies, and writing in order to pass the GED tests. Adults age 16 or older are eligible to enroll.Those under age 18 must be released from the high school of legal residence. Classes are offered on the MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses and at several community locations. For more information call 503-491-7333. GED testing is available on campus. Call 503-491-7678 for scheduling.There is a fee for GED testing.
English As A Second Language (ESL) Non-Credit English as a Second Language classes include speaking, listening, reading and writing. There are beginning, intermediate and advanced classes held on the MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses and at several community locations. Students are required to buy books. For more information call 503-491-7333.
English As A Second Language (ESL) Credit Credit ESL courses provide skills in reading, writing and speaking to help them transition from non-credit to credit courses. Students are required to pay tuition and buy books for credit ESL courses.
Developmental Education Developmental Education The Developmental Education Division offers students an opportunity to build specific academic skills, develop learning strategies and, therefore, strengthen selfconfidence. Students are encouraged to enroll in these success-oriented, skill-building courses. Developmental Education courses below the 100 level do not count toward graduation.
Reading Reading classes at all levels are available. Placement is made according to test scores or individual classroom testing. Instruction may include lecture and/or practice in the Reading Skills Lab. For more information call 503-491-7366.
Study Skills Study Skills courses improve students’ learning efficiency. Tips for time management, effective note taking and test taking skills improve academic performance. Memory and learning styles units are also included.
Spelling and Vocabulary Improvement These lab courses are for students who want to improve their basic spelling and vocabulary. Instructor permission is required.
Developmental Writing Students needing review or preparation in writing are required to take WR90, a fourcredit course. Students study and apply grammar, usage, punctuation and composition skills needed for college-level writing. RD90 or above is a co-requisite.
Tutorial Services The MHCC Tutorial Center provides free tutoring to students in many academic subjects. Qualified tutors are available at scheduled hours, which are posted in the center. Study groups may be arranged by contacting the tutorial coordinator. For more information call 503-491-7108.
Citizenship Citizenship is a free class that prepares students to apply for and pass the United States Citizenship Test. For more information call 503-491-7333.
Computer Access Instruction Under the auspices of the Disabilities Services Office, students with disabilities are evaluated for appropriate computer access devices. Basic computer applications are taught using recommended adaptives. For information call 503-491-6923 or 503-4917670 TDD.
English As A Non-Native Language (ENL) English as a Non-native Language classes are for non-native English speakers and are offered for students who want to improve their English reading, writing and speaking skills. ENL is an intensive multi-level program designed to develop the students’ competence in English language skills at the college level. These classes are offered at the MHCC Gresham campus for credit. Students are required to pay tuition and buy books. Financial aid may help with these costs. For more information call 503-4917415 or 503-491-6912.
The Center for Community and Workforce Development The Center for Community and Workforce Development is designed to establish and maintain meaningful and lasting partnerships between Mt. Hood Community College and local businesses, industries, professional organizations, community groups, local school districts and individual residents.The primary purpose of Community and Workforce Development is to meet the needs of its students/clients by providing quality educational offerings, training activities and lifelong learning opportunities.The Center offers over 800 courses per year and serves over 12,000 students/clients. Courses and training activities are offered on a regular basis in 27 different off-campus sites.
Center Programs Business Development Center Provides free counseling, affordable workshops and up-to-date resources to help business owners solve problems and implement profitable business strategies.
Starting a Business Confidently A free, two-hour consulting workshop is held bi-weekly to get your new business off to a good start.
Workshops For Busy Business Owners Nominally priced short-term workshops to conveniently develop specific skills.
Business Resource Center An extensive library of small business books, directories, video and audio tapes and free access to a hands-on computer lab.
Small Business Management Program This 10-month series places a small business professional at your business location every month to develop over a year’s time the financial, marketing and management tools needed to oversee a stable business. Call 503491-7658.
Training and Employee Development
Professional Development
The Training and Employee Development program is designed to meet the increasing demand for training opportunities and stateof-the-art information necessar y for organizations to operate effectively.The program assists clients in developing and delivering individualized training programs for their employees, offering flexible times, dates and locations, custom-designed curriculum, high quality and affordable costs. Services offered include: group training activities, custom-designed training, professional upgrading, industry-based training and employee development opportunities, cooperative workshops and seminars with hospitals, businesses and professional associations.
Professional Development offerings provide career improvement and professional upgrading. They include workshops, short courses and seminars specifically designed to meet the needs of the professional. Tuition and fees vary according to the length and type of each class. Most offerings are non-credit but do provide continuing education hours required by professional licensing agencies. Call 503-491-7394.
Cooperative Education/Internship On-the-job training allowing a participant to work and receive college credit. Call 503491-7429.
Continuing Education Continuing Education offerings are primarily non-credit classes and workshops located at various sites including eight area high schools, churches and community centers.The majority of classes are evening and weekends with flexible scheduling ranging from one day to 10 weeks. Special interest courses include work and family issues, art, music, physical exercise, personal growth, and professional supplemental education. Tuition and fees vary according to the type and length of each class. Call 503-491-7428.
The Microelectronics Training Center The Microelectronics Training Center (MTC) is the result of continuing partnerships with Fujitsu Microelectronics Inc.; LSI Logic Corporation; area school districts; Multnomah County; and MHCC. The purpose of the MTC is to provide quality training for east Multnomah County residents that will lead to stable employment in family wage jobs.
Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium The Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium is an education partnership between Mt. Hood Community College and the eight high schools within the MHCC service district. The focus of the Consortium is to provide area high school students with various program links from their high school to MHCC programs and beyond to university.
37
MHCC Maywood Park Campus 38
MHCC Maywood Park Campus 10100 NE Prescott, Portland, Oregon 97220 Telephone: 503-491-6100 The MHCC Maywood Park Campus offers a variety of education services for the community. • Registration services • Business Office • Bookstore to purchase books and supplies for classes offered at the Maywood Park Campus • Academic advising • Financial aid assistance • Scholarship application assistance • Career exploration services • College Placement Testing • Child care referral • Social services referral Maywood Park Campus courses provide opportunities for: • Personal enrichment • Vocational studies • Job and career training • Skills upgrading • Cultural awareness • Leisure time activities • Self-Paced learning
Adult Basic Education/GED • ABE-GED courses assist individuals at all levels • Guidance in accomplishing the high school equivalency certificate (GED) • Upgrade existing skills • Set learning goals • GED taught in Spanish available
Workforce Connections Looking for a job or preparing for a career change? Workforce Connections could be the resource you are looking for. Workforce Connections is a federally funded re-employment program. Our Resource Center is available weekdays & Tuesday evenings to the public. Certain services require meeting eligibility and program guidelines. Services include... • One Stop Employment Services • Full-service resource center • Job search workshops • Labor market information • Career and skill assessment • Career counseling • Computer classes and computer lab • Vocational training and skills updating • English as a Second Language classes Call 503-252-0758 for information.
English as a Second Language • Non-native English speakers learn to speak, read, write and understand English.
Child Development and Family Support Program • Head Start/Oregon Head Start Prekindergar ten Program: Comprehensive preschool program including health, social services and parent involvement opportunities located at sites throughout the community. • Even Start: Family Literacy Program providing GED classes for parents and on-site preschool for children. • Parents as Teacher Program: Home visit and weekly group experience for parents with children ages 0-5. • Community Placements Program: Head Start services in family child care homes and child care centers for working families needing full-day/full-year child care services. • Services are available to low income families and families with special needs residing in East County outside the Portland Public School District. • Administrative Offices located at Maywood Park Campus. • Call 503-491-6111 for further information.
The Self-Paced Learning Center Learn computers at your own pace and convenience! Self-paced computer courses are designed to be done in the lab, at home or on the job. Classes range from beginning to advanced levels, and can be taken for credit or non-credit. Courses are designed to meet the most current job market needs. • Open seven days a week, including some evenings. • Register any time throughout the term, begin immediately, and take up to ten weeks to complete a course. • Instructors available on site to help guide you through your course. Other course offerings include, Medical Vocabulary, Electronic Calculator, keyboarding, basic mathematics, reading, writing and Independent Study Social Science courses. Call 503-491-6122 for more information.
Even Start Even Start is a family literacy program for young parents and their 2-, 3- and 4-yearold children. Parents are enrolled in GED classes and participate in their child’s preschool activities. Families are referred by their AFS case worker or through Head Start. Call 503-256-0432 for more information.
Steps to Success 1415 SE 122nd Portland, Or 97233 503-256-0432 The Steps to Success program, currently in its 13th year of operation, provides comprehensive educational, social and employment services to AFS clientele to enable them to gain the skills and qualifications necessary to obtain permanent jobs which will lead to economic self-sufficiency. The program, administered by MHCC through a contract with Oregon Adult and Family Services Division (AFS), is funded by federal and state dollars. Steps to Success offers participants skills and aptitude assessments, counseling, basic education, GED preparation, job skills training, work experience, job placement assistance, and a range of support services (such as help with child care, transportation, and clothing costs) to enable each student to be successful. To be eligible for Steps to Success, participants must be referred by their AFS case manager.
39
Educational Offerings • Transfer Information • Professional/ Technical Programs • Special Studies
Transfer Information 40
Transfer Information Mt. Hood Community College is an excellent starting place for students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC students can complete all or most of the general education requirements for both public and private colleges and universities. In addition, MHCC’s transfer subject areas allow students to begin work on the requirements of their chosen majors. The advantages of starting a four-year program at MHCC include smaller classes, lower costs, instructors’ focus on teaching excellence, and the availability of courses for improvement of skills in reading, writing and mathematics.
Planning for Transfer Different colleges and universities have different general education and graduation requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan ahead for transfer by reviewing catalogs and transfer advising guides for the various transfer schools.The MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center has information on colleges and universities and the degrees that they offer. Planning for transfer is an important part of one’s educational preparation. For example, some intended majors may require an early start on mathematics, or other courses. Certain majors include essential coursework at the sophomore level, so students may need to be attending their transfer schools after only one year at MHCC. Professional academic advisers, faculty advisers, and counselors are available to help students develop educational plans that will meet the requirements of their chosen majors and transfer schools.
Transfer Departments and Advisers Students can prepare for more than 60 transfer majors at MHCC! Those majors may lead toward hundreds of potential careers. The subject areas for transfer study are listed below. Advisers in major areas are assigned to assist students with appropriate educational planning, selection of transfer schools, and keeping updated on changing requirements and standards. Faculty advisers in the various major areas provide expertise to students majoring in their fields. Lists of advisers for all majors are updated annually. Students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the college departments listed below for the names of advisers in their chosen majors.
The Academic Advising and Transfer Center ......................... 503-491-7315 · Undecided and/or exploring majors
Business and Computer Technology . 503-491-7196 · · · · ·
Business Administration Business Education Computer Science Health Care Administration Hotel, Restaurant, and Tourism Management
Communication Arts ... 503-491-7410 · Journalism · Speech
Health and Physical Education .. 503491-7452 · Health and Health Education · Physical Education
Industrial Technology . 503-491-7470 · Industrial Management · Manufacturing Technology
Language & Literature 503-491-7290 · English · Foreign Languages · International Studies
Mathematics and Engineering ................. 503-491-7292 · Engineering · Engineering Technologies · Mathematics
Performing Arts .......... 503-491-6969 · Music · Theater
Science ........................ 503-491-7364 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
Agriculture Agri-Business Biochemistry & Biophysics Biology Chemistry Chemistry-Business Chiropractic College (pre-professional) Dental Hygiene Dentistry (pre-professional) Entomology Environmental Sciences Fisheries and Wildlife Science Forest Resources (pre-professional) General Science General Studies in Science Geology Medical Technology (pre-professional) Medicine (pre-professional) Microbiology Nursing (pre-professional)
· · · · · · ·
Occupational Therapy (pre-professional) Optometry (pre-professional) Pharmacy (pre-professional) Physical Therapy (pre-professional) Physics Veterinary Medicine (pre-professional) Zoology
Social Science ............. 503-491-7480 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
Anthropology Criminal Justice Administration Economics Education General Social Science Geography History Peace Studies Philosophy Political Science Psychology Religious Studies Sociology
Visual Arts .................. 503-491-7309 · Fine Arts · Art Education · Art History
Undecided or “Exploring Majors” Students Many students use their first two years of college to explore options for future majors and careers. The counselors and professional academic advisers on the staff of the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and the Career Planning and Counseling Center work with undeclared students, helping them to plan programs of study that include the opportunity to explore possible educational paths. In addition to educational planning, counseling faculty help students with career decision-making through career counseling and career development courses and workshops. Solid career goals can help students to select their majors. Students who decide on majors as a result of such exploration are referred, as appropriate, to faculty advisers in their major departments.
Transfer Center Many resources can be used to research potential transfer colleges, and to learn about their major programs and requirements. MHCC’s Transfer Center offers a wealth of such resources for student use. The center’s resources include a library of college catalogs from all over the country, comprehensive college directories, and transfer advising guides for Oregon colleges and universities. View books and videos produced by various colleges are also available for students to review.
Transfer Information cont. Students may use the center’s computer to access Web pages for hundreds of colleges and universities. They can pick up current applications for many of Oregon’s public and private schools. Regular visits by transfer college representatives also enable MHCC students to make personal inquiries related to their transfer plans.
Transfer Days Each fall, winter and spring term, representatives from colleges and universities visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These conveniently scheduled and located “fairs” give students the opportunity to investigate several colleges at one time. Personal contact with college reps offers a chance to ask for detailed information about transfer subjects and procedures. For information on upcoming Transfer Days, students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center in AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.
Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree This is a degree designed for students planning to complete an associate’s degree before transferring into a bachelor’s degree program at one of Oregon’s public universities (University of Oregon and Oregon State University; Eastern, Western, and Southern Oregon Universities; Portland State University; Oregon Institute of Technology). All of these universities accept the AA-OT as a “block transfer,” enabling a student to enter as a junior with all of the transfer school’s lower division general education requirements met. The AA-OT offers students the flexibility to choose courses that interest them and still meet requirements at their transfer schools (see the AA-OT degree requirements on pages 18-22). A limited number of private and out-ofstate institutions also accept the AA-OT. These include Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University. Some of these schools have unique general education requirements that must also be met. Advisers and counselors can assist students planning for those courses.
It is important to note that the AA-OT is not the best choice for all majors, even when students are transferring to schools that accept the degree (see below, “Direct Transfer”). Also, lower division courses required for admissions to specific programs (e.g., Business Administration) are not automatically met through completion of the AA-OT. Students should consult advisers in their major areas for educational planning related to required (or “tool”) courses in their majors.
Direct Transfer Transfer without an AA-OT is also a viable option for MHCC students. Students in certain majors may need to transfer after one year, in order to take advantage of critical major courses offered in the sophomore year. Or, a student may select a major and transfer school, then take only the specific courses required for that major and/or college. When a student opts for direct transfer, MHCC courses are evaluated and accepted on a course-by-course basis by the transfer school. Direct transfer students must meet the transfer schools’ requirements for transfer credits and grade point averages. Students with fewer than the minimum number of transfer credits must apply as freshmen and meet more stringent admissions requirements. Catalogs from transfer institutions contain information about credit-hour requirements and transfer application procedures. The Associate of General Studies degree may be a useful alternative for direct transfer students (see degree requirements on pages 22-26).This flexible degree option enables a student to complete an associate’s degree that is tailored to the general education requirements of the transfer school. Students must exercise caution in using the AGS option, as the degree does not guarantee transferability of courses completed. Educational planning for the Associate of General Studies should be done with the help of an adviser or counselor. It is each student’s responsibility to learn the program requirements of any prospective transfer school, and to keep up to date on changes in those requirements. Therefore, students should periodically contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the transfer schools for updates.
Successful Transfer Success in the transfer process is largely the result of careful planning and attention to the requirements of transfer colleges. Transfer success is a student’s individual responsibility. However, prudent use of available resources and advising can help to ensure smooth transition to a four-year institution. Students can benefit from following these tips for successful transfer: · Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College Success and/or contact an adviser during your first term at MHCC to develop an educational plan. If you need help with choosing a major or career, enroll in HD110 or HD208. · Maintain Contact: Establish early contact with admissions representatives and major advisers at MHCC and transfer colleges. Keep in touch with them in order to keep up to date on major and transfer requirements. · Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA and transfer credit policies, application deadlines and both general education and major course requirements of transfer schools. · Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not all 100-200 level courses transfer to all four-year schools.Transfer colleges have the “last say” on transferability. · Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog, the Transfer Center, quarterly Transfer Days; and MHCC faculty advisers, academic advisers, and counselors are key sources of information and guidance. · Ask for Help: Make sure you have current and complete information; ask for what you need to complete the transfer process successfully.
Transfer Hotline If a student has a problem transferring classes to a college or university, the student should first try to resolve the problem through contact with the transfer school. MHCC advisers and counselors may be of assistance in such cases. However, if after some effort, such a problem cannot be resolved, the student may call the Transfer Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department of Education for help. The hotline number is 503-378-8609, ext 367.
41
Professional-Technical Programs 42
Program Description
Occupational Extension Programs and Courses
Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional technical education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have learned basic skills and competencies.
In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree and certificate programs designed to prepare students for entry into occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers occupational extension programs. The purpose of these programs is to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve employment stability or advancement.
The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood Community College are: • To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and ethics, customer relations, human relations in industry, and the responsibilities of citizenship. • To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by providing professional-technical offerings to meet changing industrial conditions. • To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge, safety and employer-employee relations for those already employed in industry. • To provide professional-technical education students with the opportunity to extend their educational achievements through participation in a program leading to an associate degree. • To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing conscientious, productive, intelligent workers. There are two basic types of professional-technical programs offered by MHCC: The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry: The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of shorter duration than the associate degree program. Selected transfer courses may be substituted for general education requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or certificate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be approved by the appropriate associate dean. Professional-technical programs that include general, related or approved electives as part of the curriculum require that the student obtain approval to take such courses PRIOR to registration.
Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply occupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension programs are not financial aid eligible. The following occupational extension programs and courses are offered: Emergency Medical Technician (EMT).... ........... Call 503-491-7113 Nursing Assistant..................................... ............. Call 503-491-7113 R.N. Surgical Orientation......................... ........... Call 503-491-7113 R.N./L.P.N. Refresher............................... ............. Call 503-491-7113
Apprenticeship Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the state Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training Committees: Brickmasons Glassworkers Machinists Plumbers/Fitters Sheetmetal Tilesetters For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call the State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800 NE Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood Community College Apprenticeship Program Coordinator at 503491-7401.
Alternative Credit 2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Tech Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn credit as outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination or as detailed in the program agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep does not automatically enroll a person in an MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. Your local high school can provide interested students with procedures.
Professional Technical Programs Program Index Accounting Technology – Degree ..................................................... 44 Accounting Clerk – Certificate ......................................................... 45 Architectural Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert ...................... 65 Automotive Technology – Chrysler CAP – Degree .................... 46 Automotive Technology – Evening (Recognition) ........................ 49 Automotive Technology – Ford ASSET – Degree ........................ 47 Automotive Technology – IMPORT – Degree .............................. 48 Aviation-Professional Pilot Airplane – Degree .............................. 50 Aviation-Professional Pilot Helicopter - Degree .......................... 51 Business/Industry-Based Education – Deg/Cert ........................... 52 Business eCommerce Marketing and Management – Degree .. 53 Civil Engineering Technology – Degree .......................................... 66 Computer Applications Specialist – Deg/Cert ........................ 54-56 Computer Science (Transfer Curriculum ....................................... 57 Cosmetology-School of Hair Design – Degree ............................ 58 Dental Hygiene – Degree ................................................................... 59 Digital Copy Preparation – Certificate ........................................... 80 Early Childhood Education – Degree .............................................. 60 Early Childhood Education – Certificate ........................................ 61 Education-Elementary and Secondary (Transfer Curriculum) ...................................................................... 62 Electronics Technology – Degree .................................................... 64 Engineering (Transfer Curriculum) .................................................. 68 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Degree ............. 69 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Certificate ....... 70 Environmental Science and Safety – Degree ................................ 71 Environmental Science and Safety – Certificate .......................... 72 Fire Science Technology – Degree .................................................. 73 Fire Science Technology – Certificate ............................................ 74 Fisheries Technology – Degree ......................................................... 75 Forest Resources Technology – Degree ........................................ 76 Funeral Service Education – Degree .............................................. 77 Gerontology – Certificate ................................................................. 78 Graphic Arts Technology - Degree .................................................. 79 Graphic Design – Degree .................................................................. 81 Horticulture – Degree .................................................................. 82-83 Horticulture – Certificate ................................................................. 83 Hospitality and Tourism Management – Degree ......................... 84 Hospitality and Tourism Management – Certificate ................... 85 Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer Curriculum) . 86 Instructional Assistant - Certificate ................................................ 63 Integrated Natural Resources Technology – Degree ................. 87 Integrated Natural Resources Technology - Certificate ........... 88 Journalism Arts Technology – Degree ............................................ 89 Legal Administrative Assistant – Degree ....................................... 90 Machine Tool Technology – Degree ................................................ 91 Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control (Recognition) ................................................................... 92 Mechanical Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert ......................... 67 Medical Assistant – Degree ............................................................... 93 Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition) ............................................ 94 Medical Office Coding - (Recognition) .......................................... 95 Medical Office Specialist – Degree ................................................. 96 Medical Office Specialist – Options ................................................ 97 Medical Receptionist (Recognition) ................................................ 98 Medical Transcription – Degree ....................................................... 99
Mental Health/Human Service – Degree ..................................... 100 Mental Health/Human Service - Youth Worker - Certificate .. 101 Nursing – Degree ............................................................................... 102 Occupational Therapy Assistant – Degree ................................... 103 Office Assistant – Certificate ......................................................... 104 Office Management/Administrative Assistant – Degree ........... 105 Office Software Specialist - Certificate ......................................... 106 Outdoor Education (Recognition) ................................................. 107 Physical Therapist Assistant – Degree ........................................... 108 Professional Photography – Degree .............................................. 109 Radio Broadcasting – Degree .......................................................... 110 Respiratory Care – Degree ............................................................. 111 Sheet Metal Technology - Degree ................................................... 112 Surgical Technology – Degree .......................................................... 113 Television Production Technology – Degree ............................... 114 Trade and Industrial Technology – Degree .................................. 115 Welding Technology – Certificate, (Recognition) ....................... 116 Note: To review course descriptions for specific courses in the professional technical programs refer to pages 122-237.
43
Accounting Technology (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
44
Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/ or money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s Accounting Technology program, you will be able to pass placement agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete for positions as Accounting Manager, full charge bookkeeper, staff accountant, accounts payable manager, etc. Although some companies still require a four-year degree, more and more employer’s are recognizing that MHCC’s Accounting Tech Students have the knowledge and skills to handle their accounting needs. You will focus on developing your knowledge of Accounting, Business and Computers with a limited emphasis on “Liberal Arts Courses”, as the following recap of classes demonstrates: Type of Number of Courses Courses Accounting 12 Business and Computers 15 Other (English, Social Science, Health/Physical Ed) 5 TOTAL 32
Third Quarter
15-16 94-98
Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III* ........................................ 4 Introduction to Economics or EC201 Principles of Economics I .......................... 3 Office Records and Technology .................................. 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3
17 Fourth Quarter AC38 BA215 BA220 BA222 HPE295
Intermediate Accounting I* .......................................... 3 Cost Accounting I* ......................................................... 3 Tax Accounting* .............................................................. 3 Finance* ............................................................................ 3 Health and Fitness for Life‡ ......................................... 3
15 Fifth Quarter AC39 BA177 BA206 BA226 WE280AC WR227
Intermediate Accounting II* ......................................... 3 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ........................................ 3 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 Introduction to Business Law I ................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Technical Report Writing* or Related Electives .................................................... 3-4
15-16 Sixth Quarter AC240 BA228 BA271 BUS24
Fund Accounting* ........................................................... 1 Computer Accounting Applications* ......................... 3 Financial Statement Analysis* ...................................... 3 eCommerce ..................................................................... 3 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ .......... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3
16 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
Program Advisers (Business and Computer Technology): Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682
BA211 CS105 CS105L OA11S OA16
Cr
Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II* .......................................... 3 Information Technology in Business* ........................ 4 Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or CS125___ Software Applications (Spreadsheet) ............................................................. 1 English Composition ...................................................... 3
15
OA244
The courses are scheduled to accommodate various work or family schedule limitations by offering most of the first year courses both in the day and evening every quarter. The second year accounting courses are offered during the day one year and during the evening the next year to meet the needs of students with restricted schedules. Students are also encouraged to earn credit from their accounting work experience in a Cooperative Education Internship by accomplishing goals on the job that are beneficial to the employer and provide the student with a growth opportunity.
BUS32
WR121
BA205 BA213 EC115
Number of Credits 34 45-48
Upon successful completion of this Accounting Technology Degree you will: · have a solid foundation of accounting concepts · have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial accounting package and electronic spreadsheets · be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements · be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting information to assist management in becoming more profitable and efficient. Employment opportunities are available at every step in the Accounting Programs. Many students start to work either parttime or full-time before completing their studies and supplement their “on the job training” by continuing to take courses in the accounting programs. Most employers recognize the benefit that continued accounting education will have on their employee’s ability to contribute on the job and support them in their effort to grow and learn either financially or by providing flexible working hours.
First Quarter
Second Quarter BA101 BA212 BA231 OA210___
Cr
Business Math/Elect Calculator or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elem Fund & OA220 Electronic Calculator ........................................... 4-5 Principles of Accounting I ............................................ 4 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1 Keyboarding/Formatting* ............................................. 2 Business Editing* ............................................................ 3
17-18
Related Electives Any Business course(s) with the prefix BA, BUS, CS, OA116, OA210 (or other courses subject to instructor approval) may be used as a related elective. Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate. ‡See pages 13-17.
Accounting Clerk (Certificate Program) Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportunities for growth and recognize your achievements every step of the way? Start the Accounting Clerk program and you will receive a certificate of completion recognizing the employable skills you have acquired at the end of each of the first and second quarters. After completing the third quarter you will receive the Accounting Clerk certificate documenting your completion of the one year program.
A career in accounting is for people with above-average mathematical and analytical skills who have good communication skills and want to work in a business environment. Today, more than ever, the accountant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interacting and working in small groups is encouraged and developed in many of the courses in the accounting programs. Computer skills are also developed throughout the programs and incorporated into courses whenever appropriate.
Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school graduates who need employable skills in a relatively short period of time, small business owners or prospective small business owners who need the accounting basics and business office skills, and returning students who want retraining into a career that provides continued opportunities for advancement all find this program attractive. Many accounting students work part or full time.
Program Advisers (Business and Computer Technology): Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 kohlerj@mhcc.cc.or.us
Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry level office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use and understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/ or electronic organization and maintenance of office records, as well as a general understanding of business terminology and business math including the use of an electronic calculator. Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the few job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements. In addition to learning the basic principles and applications of computer technology you will be proficient in using computer spreadsheets, the accountant’s most important computer tool. Business communication skills and the ability to use electronic mail, electronic scheduling, and multi-line telephone systems will further strengthen your ability to make a contribution in any business environment. Completion of the one year program will enable you to help managers use accounting information when making decisions. You will also gain experience trouble shooting how to record accounting transactions which are encountered less frequently and make recommendations when there are reporting options. Your ability to use a commercial accounting software package and apply electronic spreadsheets to various accounting situations will enable you to be efficient as well as knowledgeable. The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. It is an EASY TRANSITION from the one year Accounting Clerk program to the two year Accounting Technology Degree program. Many students start the accounting Clerk program and then decide they want to expand their knowledge and skills and be rewarded for performing even more challenging job responsibilities by earning the two year Accounting Technology degree. All of the courses in the one year Accounting Clerk program can be applied to the two year Accounting Technology program. If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in the accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer degree program. You will also have the opportunity to take additional advanced accounting courses to strengthen your preparation for upper-division course work at a university. Consult a faculty adviser for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which may be of most benefit to you.
LEVEL I BA101 BA211 BUS32 OA210__
OA11S
Cr Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Business Mathematics/Electronic Calculator** ................................................................ 4 Software Applications (Word Processing) or CS125__ Software Applications (Word Processing)*** .............................................. 1 Keyboarding/Formatting*** ......................................... 2
15 LEVEL II BA177 CS105 CS105L CS125___
OA16 OA116
Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or OA210___ Software Applications (Spreadsheet) ......................................................... 2-3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Office Systems Applications ......................................... 3
15-16 LEVEL III BA213 BA228 OA244 PSY101 WR121
Principles of Accounting III* ........................................ 4 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3 Office Records and Technology .................................. 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3
16 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** BUS31 Business Mathematics I and OA220 may be substituted for BUS32. *** OA121 may be substituted for OA11S and CS125 Word Processing. Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.
45
Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
46
The Chrysler Dealer Apprenticeship Program (CAP) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Chrysler Corporation dealerships (Chrysler, Plymouth, Dodge, Jeep, and Eagle). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The CAP program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring Chrysler dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from Chrysler Corporation CAP program. Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.
Chrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the CAP program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.
The Sponsoring Dealer Chrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage. Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.cc.or.us Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.cc.or.us
AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH60 WR101
SP100
Cr
Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra II or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3
17 Fourth Quarter Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101
Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering & Suspension Theory .................................... 2 Steering & Suspension Lab ......................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
18 Sixth Quarter AM280 HPE295
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
9 Seventh Quarter
Cr
Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
19 Second Quarter AM280
AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217 MTH65
AM280
The CAP Student
First Quarter
Third Quarter
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
6
AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259
Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 Social Science/Humanities Req‡ ................................. 3
15 Eighth Quarter AM280
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
6 ‡See pages 13-17.
FORD ASSET – Automotive Technology (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The FORD ASSET Program
Third Quarter
The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program (Asset) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor Company’s current and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to upgrade the technical competency and professional level of the incoming dealership technician, ASSET is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at sponsoring Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships. The curriculum was developed by MHCC in conjunction with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an associate degree in Ford Asset automotive technology.
AMF132 AMF133 AMF136 AMF137 AMF216 AMF217 MTH65
Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period, including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.
SP100
17 Fourth Quarter AMF280
Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6
6
The FORD ASSET Student Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across the nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest technical schools have been selected as program sites, and all instructional facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and professional equipment available. ASSET students have not only the reassurance that a major corporation is placing stock in them by their selection for training, but they also have relatively certain employment options for the future. Being chosen for the ASSET program means learning from Ford-certified instructors and being paid for on-the-job experience.
Fifth Quarter AMF251 AMF252 AMF253 AMF254 AMF256 AMF257 PSY101
Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering & Suspension Theory .................................... 2 Steering & Suspension Lab ......................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer
18
Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropolitan area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two- year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms, and an hourly wage.
Sixth Quarter
Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after they have met the selection criteria for the program.
AMF152 AMF153 AMF156 AMF157 AMF258 AMF259
Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Jerry Lyons 503-491-7203 - Room IT 44 lyonsj@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter AMF110 AMF111 AMF118 AMF119 AMF120 MTH60 WR101
AMF280 HPE295
Second Quarter Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6
6
Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
9 Seventh Quarter
Cr
Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
19
AMF280
Cr
Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra II or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3
Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 Social Science/Humanities Req‡ ................................. 3
15 Eighth Quarter AMF280
Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6
6 ‡See pages 13-17.
47
IMPORT – Automotive Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
48
The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IMPORT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for independent and import manufacturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The IMPORT program is a twopart experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and the sponsoring import dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in automotive technology and a certificate of completion in IMPORT auto repair. Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, and summer terms both years.
Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217 MTH65 SP100
17 Fourth Quarter AM280
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
IMPORT Student
6
Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IMPORT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the IMPORT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.
The Sponsoring Dealer Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.
Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101
Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering & Suspension Theory .................................... 2 Steering & Suspension Lab ......................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
18 Sixth Quarter
Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for the program.
AM280 HPE295
Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.cc.or.us Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.cc.or.us
Seventh Quarter
First Quarter AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH60 WR101
Cr
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
9 AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259
Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 Social Science/Humanities Req‡ ................................. 3
Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
Eighth Quarter
19
‡See pages 13-17.
Second Quarter AM280
Cr
Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Beginning Algebra II or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
6
15 AM280
Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
6
Automotive Technology (Evening Recognition of Completion) WHAT IS IT?
Fifth Quarter
The Automotive Technology evening program is a 36 credit, nine quarter program designed to prepare students for entry level employment as an automotive technician, or to upgrade those presently in the automotive service industry by offering training in the fundamentals of automotive service theory and lab practice in typical automotive repair procedures.
AMX 37 AMX 38
WHAT ARE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROGRAM? The evening automotive program is open to anyone who wishes to pursue a career as an automotive technician. The college placement test (CPT) is recommended for all students starting the program to ensure basic skills needed for success in automotive technology. The student should score the same level as the day program students. A basic set of hand tools and protective attire is required.
WHAT’S IN IT FOR ME? A recognition of completion is awarded upon completion of all nine evening quarters. Applications for completion are available through the Industrial Division. Entry level employment as an automotive technician is available to you at this time. If you are currently employed as an automotive technician, the latest technology covered in these courses can open the door for further advancement. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Jerry Lyons 503-491-7203 - Room IT 44 lyonsj@mhcc.cc.or.us Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.cc.or.us Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.cc.or.us Don Smith 503-491-7130 - Room IT 47 smithdo@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter AMX 18 AMX 19
Cr
Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2
4 Second Quarter AMX 10 AMX 11
Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 2 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2
4 Third Quarter AMX 12 AMX 13
Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 2
4 Fourth Quarter AMX 16 AMX 17
Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 2
4
Cr
Fuel Systems Theory ...................................................... 2 Fuel Systems Lab ............................................................ 2
4 Sixth Quarter AMX 28 AMX 29
Engine Performance Theory ........................................ 2 Engine Performance Lab ............................................... 2
4 Seventh Quarter AMX 20 AMX 21
Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 2 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 2
4 Eighth Quarter AMX 30 AMX 31
Suspension and Steering System Theory .................. 2 Suspension and Steering System Lab ........................ 2
4 Ninth Quarter AMX 14 AMX 15
Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 2
4
49
Aviation – Professional Pilot Airplane (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
50
The Aviation-Professional Pilot Airplane program is designed to prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification necessary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, airlines, and military aviation.
Sixth Quarter AV104 AV220 AV221 HD209
Cr
Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3 Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II ..................................... 3 Getting a Job or Related Elective ............................... 3
Program entry Requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Certificate.
14 Seventh Quarter
Graduates receive:
AV230 AV231 AV235 AV256
Associate of Applied Science Degree Private Pilot Certificate Commercial Pilot Certificate Instrument rating Multi-Engine rating
Multi-engine Pilot ........................................................... 3 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III .................................... 3 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School or Related Elective or WE280AV Cooperative Education Internship ............................................. 3-5
13-15
All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in order to progress to the next course in the program.
** Students who select HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity.
Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Amy L Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49 hoovera@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter AV110 AV111 MTH65 WR121
Cr
Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 Private Pilot Flight Lab I ................................................ 3 Beginning Algebra II* ...................................................... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3
14 Second Quarter AV120 AV121 MTH95 WR122
Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Private Pilot Flight Lab II .............................................. 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry* ............................................................... 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ....... 3
16 Third Quarter AV108 AV131 HPE295
MTH111
Aviation Meteorology ................................................... 4 Private Pilot Flight Lab III ............................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health** or HE252 First Aid: RTE** ........................................ 3-4 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4
14-15 Fourth Quarter AV200 CS105 CS105L
Instrument/Commercial Pilot ..................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1
7 Fifth Quarter AV210 AV211 SP111
Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 6 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I ...................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3
15
Additional Costs Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simulator instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to complete the course. Students may require additional instruction. If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsibility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school directly. Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students, they must be selected to contribute to the individual’s program or continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are suggested but not limited to AV100, GEOG180, PH201, PH211, or BA101.
Acceptance of Transfer Credit Transfer credit for FAA certification to meet course prerequisites may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for credit does not mean that FAA Certification will automatically be approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved the Program Coordinator or Dean. Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical fight tests.
Transfer Students: *Students participating in the Oregon Institute of Technology four year Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer to four year institutions should select MTH111, MTH112, and MTH211; WR121 and WR122. ‡ See pages 13-17.
Aviation – Professional Pilot Helicopter (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Professional Pilot Helicopter program is designed to prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification necessary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, and military aviation. Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Certificate
Graduates receive:
Sixth Quarter AV104 AV220 AVH221 HD209
14 Seventh Quarter AV230 AV235 AV256
Associate of Applied Science Degree Private Pilot Certificate Commercial Pilot Certificate Instrument rating Multi-Engine rating
AVH256
Multi-engine Pilot or Related Elective ..................... 3 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School or Related Elective or WE280AV Cooperative Education Internship ............................................ 3-5 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 or Related Elective ........... 3
13-15
All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in order to progress to the next course in the program.
** Students who select HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity.
Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Amy L Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49 hoovera@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter AV110 AVH111 MTH65 WR121
Cr
Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 1 ................................................. 3 Beginning Algebra II* ...................................................... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3
14 Second Quarter AV120 AVH121 MTH95 WR122
Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 ................................................. 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry* .............................................................. 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ...... 3
16 Third Quarter AV108 AVH131 HPE295
CS105 CS105L
Aviation Meteorology ................................................... 4 Helicopter Flight Lab 3 ................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health** or HE252 First Aid: RTE** ........................................ 3-4 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab .................................... 1
14-15 Fourth Quarter AVH200 AVH211
Helicopter Flight Lab 4 ................................................. 4 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 ................................................. 3
7 Fifth Quarter AV210 AVH221 SP111
Cr
Aircraft Systems ............................................................. 3 Commercial Pilot ........................................................... 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 7 or Related Elective ........... 3 Getting a Job or Related Elective .............................. 3
Instrument Pilot ............................................................. 6 Helicopter Flight Lab 6 or Related Elective ........... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ............... 3
15
Additional Costs Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simulator instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to complete the course. Students may require additional instruction. If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsibility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school directly. Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students, they must be selected to contribute to the individual’s program or continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are suggested but not limited to AV100, GEOG180, PH201, PH211, or BA101.
Acceptance of Transfer Credit Transfer credit for FAA certification to meet course prerequisites may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for credit does not mean that FAA Certification will automatically be approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved the Program Coordinator or Dean. Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical fight tests. Transfer Students: *Students participating in the Oregon Institute of Technology four year Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer to four year institutions should select MTH111 and MTH112; WR121 and WR122. ‡ See pages 13-17.
51
Business/Industry-Based Education (Certificate/Degree Program)
52
This associate degree program with a one-year certificate option is designed to meet the educational and training needs of employees of local business and industries. It represents a cooperative and collaborative business and education partnership designed to promote and encourage preparing and maintaining a skilled and competitive work force. Business and industry training programs and courses which have been reviewed and approved by the college can be included in this business and industry-based program. Employers interested in providing this educational incentive to their employees should contact the Center for Community and Economic Development (491-7429).
INSTITUTIONAL AND GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS All candidates for an associate of applied science degree must complete 24 credit hours of Mt. Hood Community College coursework. The required 24 hours of general education that is recommended to satisfy this requirement is specified below:
Degree
Cert.
Students interested in this degree should contact their employer’s training/development office.
Communications‡ .................................................. 6 ........................ 3 Social Science/Humanities‡ .................................. 6 ........................ 3 Math, Science and Computer Science‡ ............. 6 ........................ 3 Health and Physical Education‡ ........................... 3 Approved General Education elective from above distribution areas‡ ................ 3 ........................ 3
Current Degree Programs:
T O TA L
Credit Union Management Emergency Medical Services Heavy Duty Bus Mechanic Microelectronics Technology Printing Technology - Certificate
Note: Minimum credit hours required for the associate of applied science degree. ............................................... 90 Note: Minimum credit hours required for the one-year certificate. ............................................................................. 45
Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242.
BUSINESS/INDUSTRY-BASED EDUCATION
‡See pages 13-17.
l - 66 credits
Up to 66 credits for approved business and industry-based education may be applied toward the associate degree and up to 33 credits of approved coursework may be applied toward a oneyear certificate. Approval is based upon review of the classes, coursework and instructor qualifications by the Office of Instructional Services.
EXPERIENCE-BASED CREDIT
l2 - l8 credits
Minimum of 12 to maximum of l8 credits for prior learning through experience-based credit may be applied toward the 66 credits for business/industry-based education.
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION INTERNSHIP
24*
* Twelve hours of general education are required for the 45 credit hour certificate option.
12 credits
Upon recommendation of the employee’s supervisor and approval by the Office of Cooperative Education, the employee may register for up to 12 credits of approved cooperative work experience or internship. These credits may be applied toward the 66 credits for business/industry-based education.
Business eCommerce Marketing and Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more competitive than ever; eCommerce, for example, is growing dramatically between both business and consumer and business-tobusiness. In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes, and leadership abilities that will determine which companies succeed and which fail. The Business eCommerce Marketing and Management Program will prepare and train you to be the business leader who survives and succeeds in this new environment. You will receive a “leading edge” education in management and marketing with a hands-on approach. If you are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills, or if you are a new entrant to the business world and you want to become an effective business leader, then this program is for you. Learn to be effective in a wide variety of settings, large or small, in eCommerce, manufacturing, retail, service industries and/or government agencies with the knowledge and skills you acquire in the Business eCommerce Marketing and Management program. Professional business recognitions are available after completing five to seven courses in specific business areas (contact the Business and Computer Division at 491-7196, or the advisers listed below for specific recognition certificate requirements. ) Complete these courses and acquire a recognition of completion to show you have attained additional skill and knowledge in eCommerce, marketing, supervision, management, small business management, computer applications, or finance. Professional business recognition certificates provide you with evidence of increased knowledge for use on a resume or for improving chances of promotion. Program Advisers (Business and Computer Technology): Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.cc.or.us Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2784 lackeyl@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter BA101 BUS31 CS105 CS105L WR121
Third Quarter BA205 BA212 BUS22 BUS24 SP100
15 Fourth Quarter BA213 BA226 BA255 BUS21 EC201
Principles of Accounting III* ........................................ 4 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) .............................. 3
14 Fifth Quarter BA222 BA238 BA243 BUS23 BUS25 HPE295
Finance* ............................................................................ 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Introduction to Consumer Behavior ........................ 3 Successful Negotiation .................................................. 1 eManagement .................................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
16 Sixth Quarter BA224 BA239 BUS28 EC202
Human Resources Management ................................. 3 Advertising in Business ................................................. 3 eBusiness Project Management* ................................ 3 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................ 3 Related Electives ............................................................. 3
15 Cr
Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Business Mathematics I* ............................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 1
15
Related Electives BA285 CS144 ENT39 WE280BLA
Leadership and Human Relations .............................. 3 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3 Cooperative Work Experience ................................... 3 Any CS or OA software applications class (word-processing, spreadsheet, database, operations) Any web-related classes
Second Quarter BA206 BA211 BA223 BA231 PSY101
Cr
Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Principles of Accounting II* .......................................... 3 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1 eCommerce ..................................................................... 3 Basic Speech Communication ..................................... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 1
Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3 Information Technology in Business* ........................ 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
17
* Prerequisite: See course descriptions in back of catalog.
‡See pages 13-17.
53
Computer Applications Specialist (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
54
Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry to apply PC computer technology in such jobs as help desk operators, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry level data base applications developers and programmers, web masters and internet applications. This program is also designed to help people become more productive in their existing jobs or professions. It adapts to the requirements of the business world and responds to technological changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or content will change over time. Many of our students are already employed, and take classes to improve their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are taught in the evening or on the weekend (Friday evening and all day Saturday). With careful planning, an entire degree or certificate can be earned this way. If you already have a rewarding career, as a number of our students do, you may select from most of these classes to improve your skills in specific areas. The program may be started at any time and you may take as few or as many classes as fit your schedule and goals. Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7407 Program Advisers (Business and Computer Technology): Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.cc.or.us Gary DeRoest 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2684 deroestg@mhcc.cc.or.us Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.cc.or.us Paul Morris 503-491-7303 - Room AC 2781 morrisp@mhcc.cc.or.us Jack van Luik 503-491-7125 - Room AC 2779 jack@mhcc.cc.or.us
CS105L CS140 CS144 CSX13 CSX20JS CSX30__ CSX20Z CS125__
Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 Introduction to Operating Systems* ......................... 3 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 Writing Documentation ............................................... 1 Intermediate PC Operating Systems/Utilities* ....... 1 Intermediate Windows* ............................................... 1 Computer Hardware Troubleshooting ..................... 1 Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing or OA210___ Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing ....................................................... 2 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet or OA210___ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet ................................................................ 2 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Database or OA210___ Beginning & Intermediate Database .................................................................... 2 CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1 PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ............................. 3 WR121 English Composition* or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3 Second Year BA231 Information Technology in Business* ........................ 4 CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project* ............................ 2 WE280CSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
40-41 Concentrations Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite possible to add additional concentrations after you have completed one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some of those classes have already been completed.
PC Support Specialist To receive a certificate, you must complete the Core Requirements plus one of the Concentrations. To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Education Requirements and related electives listed on the last page. If you complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Letter of Completion” issued by the Business and Computer Technology Division. If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more challenging, or arrange a challenge exam. Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any sequence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to customize your education but may not qualify you for a degree.
Core Requirements
Cr
Completing the Core Requirements gives you a set of skills that makes you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Our students who take some or all of these classes are making sure that their job skills do not become obsolete and that they can compete effectively in the job market. Completing the Core Requirements is required if you want to pursue any of the concentration areas that follow. If your schedule allows, take these in the order shown. BA101 CS105
Introduction to Business or any ENT course .... 3-4 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3
Program Advisers: Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.cc.or.us Jack van Luik 503-491-7125 - Room AC 2779 jack@mhcc.cc.or.us A PC Support Specialist helps others use computers effectively. They may do so while having a regular job title, where these additional skills make them more valuable, or they may do this full time. Specific skills taught include “people skills”, the ins and outs of operating systems and how to work with “help desk” software. In addition to the core requirements add: .............. Cr BUS21 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 BUS22 Managing Conflicts ......................................................... 1 CSX30H LAN .................................................................................... 1 CSX30HD Help Desk Software ...................................................... 1 Select 7 credits from: CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/LINUX 1 .................................... 1 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/LINUX 1 .......................................... 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2 CSX30NA Beginning Windows NT Workstation* .................... 1 CSX30NT Supporting MS Windows NT Server or CSX30WKK, Supporting MS Windows 2000* . 4
11
Computer Applications Specialist, continued (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist
effectively create and maintain them.Application Programming Specialist is a highly skilled occupation. Our classes show you the upto-date theoretical base to get you off to a solid start. Select either Visual Basic or JAVA.
Program Advisers: Gary DeRoest 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2684 deroestg@mhcc.cc.or.us
In addition to the basic core requirements add:
Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed because most businesses depend on computer networks. While some day they may become as simple to use as the phone, that day is not even on the horizon. Companies are clamoring for network specialists. If you have been pressed into service to maintain your company’s network, but are floundering, or if you are looking for a position that is in high demand, consider becoming skilled in this area. To become valuable, you need to also consider taking one of several network certification exams offered by vendors through special testing centers. Some of these require further study.
CS133SQL CS244 CS125ACT CS125PDF CS133XML
Cr
Introduction to SQL ...................................................... 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis* ............................. 3 Advanced Access ............................................................ 1 Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 XML ................................................................................... 3
In addition to the basic core requirements add: Cr CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems* .............. 3 CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview ................................. 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management* ...................................... 2 CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO I ............................. 4 CSX30NT Supporting MS Windows NT Server or CSX30WKK, Supporting MS Windows 2000* . 4
choose from either: CS133JA JAVA Design and Programming* ................................. 4 CS233JA JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers* ............... 4 CS234JA JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers* .......... 4 or: CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming or CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured Programming ......... 3-4 CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming* ................................................................ 3 CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming* .... 3
14
20-23
Network Engineer Support Specialist
PC Business Application Support Specialist
Program Adviser:
Program Advisers:
Paul Morris 503-491-7303 - Room AC 2781 morrisp@mhcc.cc.or.us Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies which are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking. As a specialist, you will be able to help in the planning and construction of a LAN (local area network) and configuration of routers. In today’s technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader in Internetworking hardware. If you are looking for an opportunity that is in high demand, you might want to consider a course of study in network engineering. After completion, you will be prepared to seek a CCNA certification offered through many local-area testing centers. In addition to the basic core requirements add: Cr CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO 1 ............................ 4 CSX30NFS Router Configuration: CISCO II ................................ 4 CSX30NFT LAN Design: CISCO III ................................................ 4 CSX30NFW WAN Design: CISCO IV .............................................. 4 CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ........ 1
17 Data Base and Application Programming Specialist Program Advisers: David Todd 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2783 toddd@mhcc.cc.or.us Jack VanLuik 503-491-7125 - Room AC 2779 Jack@mhcc.cc.or.us Data Base Applications Specialists skills will allow you to stand out from the people who know how to do word processing and spreadsheets. Much of corporate data needs to be processed and stored in databases, and relatively few people know how to
Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.cc.or.us Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.cc.or.us Jack van Luik 503-491-7125 - Room AC 2779 jack@mhcc.cc.or.us PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by companies to help other employees keep their equipment functioning. They also need people who can plan, who can determine what the next computer system, the next network, the next application software, should be. In some organizations this eventually becomes a Systems Analyst position. In others, it becomes an added responsibility for someone with a primary job in a completely different area. In either case, the person with these skills is valuable. In addition to the core requirements add: Cr CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems* .............. 3 CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis* ............................ 3 CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview ................................. 1 CSX20U Data Communications .................................................. 1 BUS24 eCommerce ..................................................................... 3
11
55
Computer Applications Specialist, continued (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
56
Web Master Program Advisers: Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.cc.or.us The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World Wide Web is integrated into the business environment, and it has become clear that there is a definite need for individuals who possess the technical skills and expertise to design, develop and maintain web sites. Several areas of emphasis are available: Site development emphasis where the focus is on design and maintenance of actual web pages/sites, programming emphasis where the focus is on the supporting and underlying programs that support web activities, network emphasis where the focus is on internal/ external network requirements. In addition to the core requirements add: Cr CS125HTF/S/T Begin, Interm & Advanced HTML ............................... 3 CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS ....................................................... 1 CS125PDF Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 CS125JSF Beginning JavaScript* ..................................................... 2 CS125WBF Web Site Development* ............................................... 2 CS125WDF Web Page Design* .......................................................... 1 CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL* .................................................................. 2 Related Electives* ........................................................... 7
19 * Related Web Master Electives chosen from:
Cr
Site Development emphasis CS125GWF Graphics for the Web* .................................................. 1 CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript* ............................................... 1 CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1 CS125PSS Intermediate Photoshop* ............................................. 1 CS125PST Advanced Photoshop* .................................................. 1 CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver ............................................... 1 CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver* ....................................... 1 CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver* ............................................ 1 CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1 CS125FLF Beginning Flash ................................................................ 1 CS125FLS Intermediate Flash* ........................................................ 1 CS125FLT Advanced Flash* ............................................................. 1 CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks ...................................................... 1 CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks* .............................................. 1 CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks* .................................................... 1 CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1 Programming CS125ACT CS125DWF CS125JSS CS125EPF CS125WDF CS125VBF CS125WSU CS125WSN CS133JA
emphasis Advanced Access* .......................................................... 1 Web Pages and Databases* ......................................... 4 Intermediate JavaScript* ............................................... 1 E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1 Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1 Beginning VB Script* ...................................................... 2 UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1 NT Web Servers* ........................................................... 1 JAVA Design and Programming* ................................. 4
CS133PS Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL* .......... 2 Network emphasis CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1 CS125WSN NT Web Servers* ........................................................... 1 CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System* ....... 1 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System* ............. 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management* ...................................... 2 CSX30IF Internet Firewalls* .......................................................... 2 CSX30IS Internet Security ............................................................. 2 CSX30N LAN .................................................................................... 1 CSX32WP Beginning Windows 2000 Professional ..................... 1
Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree To earn the associate degree, students must complete the requirements for the certificate program plus required additional general education courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits total for graduation. These credits must include as follows:
General Education Requirements
Cr
Communications Distribution: WR122 or WR102 plus choice of any speech course: ......................................... 6 Health and PE: HE250**, HE252**, HPE295: ..................... 3-4 Mathematics/Science Elective‡ .................................................. 3 Social Science and/or Humanities Electives‡: ....................... 3 Electives (including CS125___) .................................... 11-24
26-40 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students who select HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity. ‡See pages 13-17.
Computer Science (Transfer Curriculum) The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College provides a solid foundation for the student who wishes to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at a four-year institution. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science prepares a student for careers in the computing industry or for graduate school. A Computer Science graduate might work for a software development firm, a research organization, or a commercial or manufacturing firm. A graduate might be involved in designing and writing commercial application programs, companyproprietary applications, or projects such as operating systems, compilers, computer architecture, artificial intelligence, or database management systems. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree program. It is intended to lead the student to graduate from MHCC with the AAOT degree. The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division Computer Science program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science - Computer Science, and of other professional Computer Science schools. This is intended, specifically, for Computer Science and Computer Engineering majors. In all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer institution AND also the College (School) of Computer Science. The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended high school preparation is four years of mathematics, science and English. High school programming or computer applications courses should not be taken in place of other college preparatory courses. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC Computer Science transfer program adviser or Advising and Counseling (see below). You should also make early contact with an adviser at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to do so because the requirements at each institution may vary by Computer Science specialty. General education requirements vary from institution to institution, so students should consult with the four-year school they plan to transfer to for general education requirements. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements from the school that you plan to attend. The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Computer Science. Specific classes outside the major that are part of the associate degree are the responsibility of the student to select. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): David Todd, Ph.D., 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2783 toddd@mhcc.cc.or.us For additional information: Business and Computer Technology Division 503-491-7511 Advising and Counseling 503-491-7315 It is highly recommended that you meet with the program adviser prior to beginning your first term.
Computer Science-related Curriculum First Quarter CS161 MTH251 PH211 WR121
Cr
Computer Science I ....................................................... 4 Calculus I .......................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I .................................. 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3
16 Second Quarter CS162 MTH252 PH212 WR122
Computer Science II ...................................................... 4 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
16 Third Quarter CS260 MTH253 PH213 WR227
Data Structures ............................................................... 4 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3
Total
16 48
Other General Curriculum related to AAOT degree: Other General Education courses: SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .................. 3 Health and PE‡ ............................................................... 3 Humanities‡ .................................................................. 12 Social Sciences‡ ........................................................... 15 Electives (such as): BI211 Biology I CH221 General Chemistry I MTH254 Vector Calculus I CS133/233/234VB MS Visual Basic Programming Total Other Credits ........................................................................... 45+ (No more than 108 credits are generally transferable to fouryear institutions; minimum 90 required for AAOT degree and junior standing.) Notes 1. General education requirements vary from institution to institution. Student should consult with the four-year school to which they plan to transfer for specific general education requirements. 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Computer Science courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-Computer Science curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC. 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer Science discipline and a four-year Computer Science school, students should review their planned curriculum with the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at their fouryear school. This will help avoid missing necessary classes and taking unnecessary one. ‡See pages 13-17.
57
Cosmetology – School of Hair Design (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
58
The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative field full of color, fashion, and diversity.The instructors in the MHCC cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students acquire the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair design, nail technology and facial technology. The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in- depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, facial technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and sculptured nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course consisting of lecture, lab, clinic time, general education and related elective classes, the student will be prepared to take the state board examination. After passing this examination, the student will receive a certificate to practice in his/her new career. The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. Depending upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowledge and creativity, licensed cosmetologists can utilize their new skills in a variety of settings.
Fourth Quarter COS__ COS__
10 Fifth Quarter COS__ COS__ PSY101
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Mathematics/Science Requirement‡ ......................... 3
16 Sixth Quarter COS__ COS__ HPE295
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3
What are the requirements of the job?
16
The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of time are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new techniques quickly and apply these in their own work. What are the requirements of the program? The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average of 30 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and satisfying the placement criteria, the student is placed on the admission list. New students may begin any term when space becomes available and their curriculum will be adjusted accordingly. Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires attendance during the summer. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Lynn D’Angelo 503-491-7194 - Room AC 1127 dangleol@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter COS__ COS__ ENT11 WR101
Cr
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
16 Second Quarter COS__ COS__ BA250
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3
16 Third Quarter COS__ COS__ ENT39 MTH20
Cr
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra or AC110 General Accounting I ........................ 3-4
16-17
Seventh Quarter COS__ COS__
Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3
16 * COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring terms. COS12 - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 COS19 must be taken in sequence. COS20 and COS21 are offered Summer term; COS22 and COS23 are offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not sequential and are taken in the term they are offered. Course placement is based on the term in which a student begins and the student must see the program adviser for placement.
Related Electives In selecting related courses, the student must consult with the program adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s goals. Examples of approved related electives are: Business: AC120; BA223, BA224, BA238, BA239, BUS15, BUS16; BUS32; CS144 Entrepreneurship: Any ENT class Performing/Visual Arts: ART115, ART116, ART117 Cooperative Education Internship: WE280 ‡See pages 13-17.
Dental Hygiene (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic instruction in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruction in dental hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clinical settings to provide a total learning experience for the dental hygiene student. Having completed the program and passed National and Regional Board examinations for dental hygienists the graduate can be licensed to practice. Some institutions and agencies require a baccalaureate degree for employment. To this end, many courses in the Mt. Hood Community College dental hygiene curriculum are transferable to four-year colleges and can be applied toward a bachelor’s degree.
Second Quarter
Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7341 or 503-4917165)
DH131 DH132 DH134 DH135 DH136 DH137 SP111
Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health, etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excellent, particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist begin with a strong belief in the importance of good oral health and include an aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime importance are manual dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine interest in science and an ability to work with people. NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program students must satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the equivalent, as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 must be completed prior to the application deadline. During the program students must maintain a “C” grade or better in all dental hygiene courses to progress and to be recommended for dental hygiene licensure examinations. Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, BI232 and BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy and physiology requirement and provides a stronger foundation for the science based dental hygiene curriculum. All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by DH) except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to the dental hygiene program. Program Adviser (Allied Health): Teresa H. Tong 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726 tongt@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter DH111 DH112 DH113 BI121 BI234 WR121
Cr
Introduction to Dental Hygiene ................................. 2 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ........................ 3 Dental/Oral Anatomy .................................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Microbiology .................................................................... 4 English Composition ...................................................... 3
18
DH121 DH122 DH123 DH124 DH125 BI122 HPE
Cr
Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................... 2 Dental Hygiene Clinic I ................................................. 3 Oral Histology/Embryology ......................................... 1 Oral Radiology I ............................................................. 3 General Pathology .......................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ........ 1
17 Third Quarter Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II .............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic II ................................................ 3 Oral Radiology II ............................................................ 2 Oral Pathology ................................................................ 2 Pharmacology .................................................................. 3 Head and Neck Anatomy ............................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3
18 Fourth Quarter DH211 DH212 DH213 DH214 DH215 DH216 DH217 HPE
Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III ............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic III .............................................. 5 Expanded Functions ....................................................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2 Dental Materials ............................................................. 2 Community Dental Health .......................................... 2 Local Anesthesia ............................................................. 2 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ........ 1
17 Fifth Quarter DH221 DH222 DH223 DH224 FN225 PSY201
Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ............................ 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV .............................................. 5 Public Health and Dental Research ........................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II .................. 2 Nutrition ........................................................................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3
17 Sixth Quarter DH231 DH232 DH233 DH234 SOC204 WR123 HPE
Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V .............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic V ................................................ 5 Ethics and Jurisprudence .............................................. 2 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues ............................................................ 2 General Sociology .......................................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................... 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ........ 1
17 ‡See pages 13-17.
59
Early Childhood Education (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
60
The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work with children from birth through school age in both public and private school settings. This program is designed for persons of all ages and backgrounds, with special attention given to individual student needs and abilities. A two-year program leading to an associate degree is available. Graduates are trained to work in a variety of educational and child-care settings, including nursery school, pre-school, day care, private kindergarten, and as paraprofessionals in the public schools. Course work and practical work experience emphasize knowledge of normal growth and development, guidance skills with young children, and the planning and directing of activities for children which foster positive intellectual, social, emotional and physical growth and development. Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, only a limited number of practicum opportunities are available and enrollment in this aspect of the program is available only upon consent of the program faculty. Many of the courses also are excellent for parents and others who work with young children. With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the program competencies for practicum experiences with young children. The safety and well-being of children is always of primary importance. Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate practicum settings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. Students with questions about the nature of the program should arrange for an individual appointment with a program adviser. Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS programs. Consult ECE program advisers regarding your individual needs. Program Advisers (Social Sciences): Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.cc.or.us Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16 skeldins@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 PSY235 WE280CDA
Third Quarter ECE121 ECE122 ECE144 ECE148
Cr
Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2 Health & PE Requirement‡ .......................................... 3 Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4
15-16 Fourth Quarter ECE156 ECE223 ECE231 ECE244 ECE246 ECE250 WE280CDA
Cooperative Planning Seminar III* ............................. 1 Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2 Child Development ........................................................ 3 Observation for Curriculum Development ............ 3 Parent/Family Relations ................................................ 2 Curriculum: Physical/Motor ......................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3
17 Fifth Quarter ECE156 ECE224 ECE245 ECE251 ECE253 WE280CDA
Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ............................ 1 Early Childhood Math and Science ............................ 2 Guiding Challenging Children ..................................... 2 Curriculum: Social-Emotional ...................................... 3 Early Childhood Environments ................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4
16-17 Sixth Quarter ECE156 ECE252 ECE260 WE280CDA
Cr
Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3
15 Second Quarter ECE120
Curriculum Methods: Creative Arts in Early Childhood ....................................................................... 2 ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 2 ECE150 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 2 WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3
15
Cooperative Planning Seminar V* .............................. 1 Curriculum: Cognition .................................................. 3 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education .... 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Distribution Requirement‡ .......................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities requirement ................... 3
15 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term. Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term. ‡The following classes are recommended to meet some of the general education requirements: Also see pages 13-17. Distribution: SOC204 or SOC213 Humanities/Social Sciences: PSY101, PSY201 Health & PE: HPE295 Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program advisers will determine individual eligibility. MHCC has articulation agreements with several local colleges and universities including PSU and Warner Pacific. Consult ECE program advisers. Students who prefer the A.A. (transfer) degree must complete additional coursework. See pages 18-22.
Early Childhood Education (Certificate Program) Successful completion of the curriculum for a one year certificate allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a ‘C’ grade average.) A one year certificate prepares a student to enter the field of early childhood education as a teacher, or assistant teacher in child care centers and private preschools or as a nanny. Program Advisers (Social Sciences): Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.cc.or.us Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16 skeldins@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 PSY235 WE280CDA WR101
Cr
Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 Coooperative Education Internship* ........................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3
15 Second Quarter ECE120
Curriculum Methods: Creative Arts in Early Childhood ....................................................................... 2 ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 2 ECE150 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 ECE156 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 2 WE280CDA Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 WR102 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................................................................... 3
15 Third Quarter ECE121 ECE122 ECE144 ECE148 PSY101
Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4
15-16 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term. Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term. Special topic courses will be offered throughout the year. These courses are designed for additional professional training. Please check the quarterly schedule for selections.
Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn while you earn! Our Compreshensive Assessment Program (CAP) can help you earn a degree or certificate while you’re working in early childhood education. You may be able to gain college credits for your prior training and current job experience. An ECE faculty adviser will work individually with you to outline a degree path using a combination of traditional classes, on-site evaluation of your teaching and caregiving experience and non-traditional credit for prior learning. · Get credit for what you know · Cut the time required to earn your college degree · Maintain your employment CAP can provide the flexibility you need to make your dream of a college degree a reality! (All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum competencies required for graduation. College and program requirements apply.)
61
Education Elementary and Secondary Education (Transfer Curriculum)
62
The education transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division educational requirements of the universities educational program. The courses listed fulfill both the AAOT associate degree as well as lower division course requirements for the baccalaureate degree in elementary or secondary education. Some colleges and universities have specific requirements beyond the list of recommended classes. Contact the education advisor at Mt. Hood Community College for more detailed information. For information on elementary and secondary education at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. Program Advisers (Social Sciences): Dave Shields 503-491-6965 – Room AC 2671 shieldsd.mhcc.cc.or.us Composition WR121, 122, 123 English Composition .......................................... 9
ENG104, 105, 106 Literature ............................................................. 9 PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy ......................................... 3 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................... 3
Basic Design ..................................................................... 3 Music Fundamentals or MUS105 Music Appreciation ............................................................... 3 Appreciating Theatre .................................................... 3
Health and Fitness HPE295 PE185
Health and Fitness for Life .......................................... 3 Physical Education Activity .......................................... 2
Social Science GEOG107
Intro to Cultural Geography or PS201 American Government or SOC204 General Sociology ................................... 3 HST110, 111, 112 World Civilizations or HST201, 202, 203 History of the United States .............................................................. 9 PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Science* BI101, 102 BI103 GS104
Intro to Contemporary Mathematics, or above (for Secondary Education Social Science, and Humanities majors) ............. 4 MTH211, 212, 213 Fundamentals of Elementary Math I, II, III (for Elementary Education majors) ..................... 9 MTH251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, II (for Secondary Education Mathematics majors) ............................................. 12 *** In terms of the AAOT degree, MTH211 is an elective only and not eligible as a general education math distribution. Education ED200 ED209A/B ED230 ED260
CS105
Introduction to Education ........................................... 3 Education Theory and Practicum (both) ................. 3 Educational Psychology ................................................ 3 Instructional Strategies ................................................ 3
General Biology I, II ....................................................... 8 General Biology III (optional**) ................................. 4 Physical Science-Physics or GS105 Physical Science-Chemistry or GS106 Physical Science-Geology ......................... 4
* Science majors must take 200 level science sequence classes. ** In terms of the AAOT degree, BI103 is optional for only Elementary Education and Secondary Education Math majors.
Computing Fundamentals or above ..................... 1-4 Transfer electives (see adviser)**** ...................... 0-5
Total Credits
Fine Arts
TA101
MTH105
Computers
Humanities
ART115 MUS101
Math***
....................................................................................... 90-93
**** The number of transfer electives needed to complete the AAOT requirements vary because of the different curriculum requirements of each transfer major. Please see your adviser.
Education Instructional Assistant (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)
The Instructional Assistant Program is designed to meet the professional development needs of instructional assistants. The program consists of 44-45 credits. Students who complete the program will earn an Instructional Assistant Certificate. Most credits will apply towards an Associate of Arts Degree and are transferable if a student wishes to earn a Bachelor’s of Arts Degree and a teaching license. A program coordinator will be available to assist students as they move through their programs of study. Each course within this curriculum is designed to further the professional development of instructional assistants. Education classes are scheduled in the late afternoon or early evening to meet the needs of students who are currently employed by school districts. General education courses are scheduled across all time slots. For additional information on the Instructional Assistant Program at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. Program Adviser (Social Science): Dave Shields 503-491-6965 – Room AC 2671 shieldsd.mhcc.cc.or.us
Education Courses ED123 ED130 ED200 ED209A/B ED230 ED235 ED260 ED258 ED268 ED269
Cr
Classroom Techniques in Reading and Language ... 3 Classroom Management ............................................... 3 Introduction to Education ............................................ 3 Education Theory and Practicum* ............................. 3 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3 Instructional Technology ............................................... 3 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3 Multi-cultural Education ............................................... 3 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped .............. 3 Overview of Students with Special Needs .............. 3
Math and Computer Science Courses CS125___ CS125___ MTH60
Computer Applications (Word) ................................. 1 Computer Applications (Excel) .................................. 1 Beginning Algebra I or MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics** or MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I ................................... 3-4
General Education Courses PSY201 SP111 WR121
General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3
44-45 * Both, ED209A and ED209B are required. ** MTH105 is approved as a general education course for the AAOT degree.
63
Electronics Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree/Certificate Program)
64
Join the growing field of electronics by becoming an electronics technician. The Electronic Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hand-on training necessary to become a professional electronics technician. Career possibilities include: · automotive & transportation · avionics · business electronics (finance, retail, legal, service) · communications & telecommunications · computer electronics · consumer electronics · entertainment electronics · industrial & manufacturing electronics · instrumentation electronics · medical electronics · military electronics · power generation & distribution · Semiconductor manufacturing Electronic technicians are needed to perform system installation, maintenance, troubleshooting, repair, field service, quality control testing, fabrication, technical sales support, and support of research & development of today’s electronic equipment as well as research and development of tomorrow’s systems. Choose between a one-year certificate program, Certificate in Electronics Technology or a two-year degree program, Associate of Applied Science. To earn the one-year certificate, successfully complete the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree.
HIGH SCHOOL TECH-PREP ELECTRONICS
Program Advisers (Math & Engineering Division): Jack Fassel 503-491-7672 - Room AC 1274 fasselj@mhcc.cc.or.us Stanley Hochman 503-491-7427 or stanhochman@yahoo.com - Room AC 2668
First Quarter EET111 EET120 WR121
17 Second Quarter EET140 EET156 MTH111
Semiconductors .............................................................. 8 Functional Analysis ......................................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4
15 Third Quarter EET160 EET163 CH104
Digital Electronics .......................................................... 8 Technical Visual Basic ..................................................... 3 General Chemistry I or PH201 General Physics I .................................. 5
16 Fourth Quarter EET214 EET220
Linear Integrated Circuits ............................................ 3 Microprocessors ............................................................. 8 Communications Requirement‡ ............................... 3
Students over the age of 16 who wish to pursue careers in electronics may attend electronic classes at MHCC as part of their junior and senior years with permission from their local high school counselor. To enroll, students must have completed or be currently enrolled in Algebra 3-4. Regular tuition rates apply.
Fifth Quarter
Your high school may offer electronic classes that are directly transferable to MHCC through 2 + 2 articulation agreements.
EET232 EET240
14
INDUSTRY PARTNERSHIPS Mt. Hood Community College is actively involved in professional training for business and industry. Technicians often take electronic courses at MHCC to update their skills and meet the certification requirements of individual manufacturers.
EVENING ELECTRONICS COURSES Persons working a full time job during the day may find our evening electronics program the solution for job enhancement or for beginning a path that will lead to an associate degree in electronics. Core courses along with professional upgrading courses are offered in the evening each term.
PROFESSIONAL UPGRADING Major manufacturers use MHCC as a site for their update training programs for technicians working in the industry.
Cr
Introduction to Electronics Technology ................... 3 DC & AC Fundamentals ............................................... 8 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3
Lasers & Fiber Optics ................................................. 3 Electronic Communications ...................................... 8 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ .............. 3
14 Sixth Quarter EET252 EET260 HPE295
Programmable Controllers (PLCs) ........................... 3 Control Systems ........................................................... 8 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
14 WE280 Cooperative Education Internship is encouraged in the Summer, not required. ‡See pages 13-17.
Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical… (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs) Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that involves the practical application of science and mathematics along with engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activities in design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering technicians provide a critical link between design professionals and craftspeople doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for men and women in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving occupation. Mt. Hood Community College offers Associate in Applied Science degrees in three areas of specialization which are Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering Technology. Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework focusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in industry on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a technician participating in engineering related fields include: computer literacy, problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibility, and the ability to work in teams. With the tremendous range of jobs related to engineering technology, some employers may require only a few of these skills where others may need all of them and more. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. It is recommended that prospective students arrange for an interview with a program adviser before registering to clarify the emphasis of the program. Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered. Questions may be directed to the program adviser as listed for each engineering degree.
(One-year certificate also available) This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in the construction industry which include; building design, construction management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find employment with structural design firms, general and specialty contractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job opportunities also exist in various parts of federal, state and local government. The AET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the twoyear AAS degree. Contact the AET adviser for more information. AET Adviser (Engineering Division): Mike Brayson 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681 braysonm@mhcc.cc.or.us ET120 ET123 ART115 MTH60 WR121
ET154 MTH80 WR122
Cr
Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I ............................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3
16 Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 WR227 PSY201
Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II* ............................................. 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3
17 Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 PH201
Computer Aided Design II ........................................... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 General Physics I ............................................................ 5 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3
15 Fifth Quarter ET231 ET234 ET240 HPE295
Architectural Engineering Technology Degree
First Quarter
Second Quarter ET135 ET144
Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Project Design I .............................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
13 Sixth Quarter ET250 ET263 ET264 ET265 WE280ET
Project Design II ............................................................. 3 Structures ......................................................................... 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3 Site Development ........................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ......................................................... 4
17 * MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80,85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122.
Cr
Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Basic Design I or Related Elective ......................... 3-4 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3
15-16
If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it is suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter and the related elective be taken in the fifth quarter. Related electives listed on page 66. ‡See pages 13-17.
65
Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs)
66
Civil Engineering Technology Degree
Fifth Quarter
The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The civil engineering team also supports the work of architects by designing building sites, foundations and the structural framework on which the actual building is constructed. Typical job titles for this degree include civil engineering technician, survey technician, design drafter, construction inspector and materials technician. See page 65 for admissions criteria.
ET222 ET231 ET234 FT228
CET Adviser (Engineering Division): Bill Kenney 503-491-7690 – Room AC 2667 kenneyb@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter ET120 ET123 HPE295 MTH60 WR121
15 Second Quarter ET144 ET154 MTH80 PSY201 WR122
Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I ............................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3
16 Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 WR227
Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II* ............................................. 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3
14 Fourth Quarter ET200 ET204 ET221 PH201
13 Sixth Quarter ET232 ET263 ET264 ET265
Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................. 3 Structures ......................................................................... 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3 Site Development ........................................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement .................. 3
16
Cr
Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3
Route Surveying .............................................................. 4 Computer Aided Design II or FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 General Physics I ............................................................ 5
16
Cr
Fluid Mechanics ............................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3
* MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80, 85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. ‥See pages 13-17.
Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs) Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree
Fifth Quarter
(One-year certificate also available)
ET222
This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineering support activities required by industry. These courses give students experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included in the scope of many courses is the use of state of the art computer-aided design equipment (CAD). MET students could find employment in any type of manufacturing thus creating a wide variety of job possibilities such as an engineering technician, drafter, and CAD technician in light to heavy product design industries. Typical employers would be manufacturers of material handling equipment, transportation equipment, medical equipment, recreation equipment and materials testing. The MET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the MET adviser for more information. See page 65 for admissions criteria. MET Adviser (Engineering Division): Troy Donaldson 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579 troy@mhcc.cc.or.us For additional information: Math & Engineering Division 503-491-7293
First Quarter ET122 ET123 HPE295 MTH60 WR121
Cr
Engineering Drawing ...................................................... 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3
Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I ............................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3
16 Third Quarter ET132 MTH85 WR227 PSY201
Engineering CAD Drawing .......................................... 3 Technical Math II* ........................................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3
13 Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 BA255 PH201
Sixth Quarter ET250 WE280ET
Project Design II ............................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‥ ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 6
16
Related Electives (for programs indicated)
Second Quarter
ET154 MTH80 WR122
17-19
* MTH95,111,112 may be substitue for MTH60, 80, 85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122.
15 ET135 ET144
ET231 ET234 ET240 MFG212
Cr
Fluid Mechanics or PH202 General Physics II .................................... 3-5 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Project Design 1 ............................................................. 3 CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4
Computer Aided Design II ........................................... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 General Physics I ............................................................ 5
15
Related electives must be approved by the program adviser for the degree being sought. ART115 Basic Design I(MET) CH151 Basic Chemistry (AET, CET, MET) ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET) ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET) ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET) FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (AET) G201 Principles of Geology (AET, CET) MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab (CET, MET) MTH241 Elementary Calculus (AET, CET, MET) WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET) Approved Computer Science courses ‥See pages 13-17.
67
Engineering (Transfer curriculum)
68
The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and other professional engineering schools. This is intended, specifically, for Civil, Electrical and Mechanical engineering majors. In all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer institution AND also the College (School) of Engineering. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree program. The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC engineering transfer program adviser or Advising and Counseling (see below). You should also make early contact with an advisor at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to do so, because the requirements at each institution may vary by engineering field. General education requirements vary from institution to institution, students should consult with the four year school they plan on transferring to for general education requirements. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements from the school that you plan to attend. The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Engineering. A bachelor’s degree in engineering prepares a student to plan, design, and build projects in both private industry and the public sector, with high income earning potential. The Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree is not recommended for this major. Additional classes other than those listed below will be required to acquire an associate degree. Program Advisers: Nikolene Schulz. 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581 or AC 2459 schulzn@mhcc.cc.or.us; fax 503-491-6080 For additional information: Math and Engineering Division 503-491-7292 Advising and Counseling 503-491-7315 It is highly recommended that you meet with the program adviser prior to beginning your first term. General Curriculum
First Quarter GE101 MTH251 CH221 WR121
Cr
Engineering Orientation ............................................... 4 Calculus I .......................................................................... 4 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3
16 Second Quarter GE102 MTH252 CH222 SP111
Engineering Computations ........................................... 3 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 4 General Education Requirements .............................. 3
19
Third Quarter GE115 MTH253
Cr
Engineering Graphics ..................................................... 3 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 General Education Requirements .............................. 9
16 Fourth Quarter ENGR201 ENGR211 MTH254 PH211
Electrical Fundamentals I .............................................. 4 Statics ................................................................................ 4 Vector Calculus I ............................................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus I .................................. 5
17 Fifth Quarter ENGR202 ENGR213 MTH256 PH212
Electrical Fundamentals II ............................................. 4 Strength of Materials ..................................................... 4 Differential Equations .................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5
17 Sixth Quarter ENGR212 PH213
Dynamics .......................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5 General Education Requirements .......................... 6-9
15-18 Total
99-102
(Necessary to meet four-year college general education requirements.) Notes 1. General education requirements vary from institution to institution. Students should consult with the four year school they plan on transferring to for general education requirements. 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s engineering courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-engineering curriculum. Students should note that not all of the courses listed are required for each type of engineering curriculum (civil, mechanical, and electrical) at different engineering schools. Nor is every course required by the various disciplines at different schools offered at MHCC. 3. Upon selection of a particular engineering discipline and a four year engineering school, students should review their planned curriculum with the MHCC engineering adviser and an adviser at their four year school.This will help avoid missing necessary classes and taking unnecessary ones.
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working for a small business? The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program will prepare you for self-employment and careers in small business. The program will include instruction and training in evaluating small business ideas and opportunities, developing skills and understanding the resources necessary to go into business.
Third Quarter ENT20 HUM202 CS125___
What are the opportunities in small business?
15-17
In the last seven years small businesses with fewer than 20 employees have been the major contributing factor to employment growth in Oregon. In addition, almost 90 percent of the businesses in Oregon and nationwide employ fewer than 20 people. What this means is that small business is where the new and existing jobs are, and small businesses hire people with the education, knowledge and experience relating to the needs of their small business. This program is directly focused on the practical, hands-on aspects of small business. As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however, is that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the risks and don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a business or work for an already existing business. You will be able to custom design your own program to fit your individual needs. Specialized courses in your area of interest such as automotive, graphic design, cosmetology and others may be applied toward your entrepreneurship degree. At the completion of this program, you will not only have a degree, but you also will have newly developed, practical skills to feel confident that you can start and successfully run a small business. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 - Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.cc.or.us ENT10 ENT11 BUS31
PSY101 WR101
Finding and Evaluating Business Opportunities ...... 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 ICDP Electives* or WE280 Cooperative Education Internship ............................................. 6-8 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3
15-17 ENT30 ENT39 HPE295
Business Plan-Marketing ............................................... 3 Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 ICDP Electives* or WE280 Cooperative Education Internship ............................................. 6-8
15-17 Sixth Quarter ENT32 BA222
Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3 Finance .............................................................................. 3 ICDP Electives* or WE280 Cooperative Education Internship ................................................. 6 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3
15 Cr
Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 Business Mathematics I or BUS32 Business Mathematics/Electronic Calculator ................................................................ 3-4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
15-16 Second Quarter BA250 BA211 CS105 CS105L WR102
Fourth Quarter ENT19 BA238
Fifth Quarter
What are the requirements needed in small business?
First Quarter
Cr
Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3 Software Applications (Interm. Spreadsheet or Wordprocessing, or Introduction to PageMaker) .............................................................. 1-3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 8
Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Workplace Communications II ................................... 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 2
16
*Individual Custom Designed Program (ICDP) Electives The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program allows for students to develop with their adviser an individual custom designed program that meets their small business needs and specific interests. The program allows students 28-32 credits (about a third of the program) to specialize in a specific area relating to their chosen field in small business. Upon entering the program each student will meet with his/her adviser and mutually develop an individual custom designed program that will provide them with the necessary expertise to be a successful entrepreneur. A maximum of 12 credit hours of WE280, Cooperative Education Internship, may be applied toward the degree. ‡See pages 13-17.
69
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (Certificate Program)
70
· What is it like to own and operate your own business? · Would you like to start and operate a business from your own home? · How do you find and evaluate small business opportunities? · Would you like to learn about franchising? · Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business of you own? · What is actually involved in operating a small business? · What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss? · What are the important skills involved in operating a successful small business of your own? The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program will help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your own business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business opportunities. They will learn the necessary steps in registering and forming a business, as well as how to successfully manage and operate it. Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be interested in starting their own business within a short period of time. They most likely would already have a set of skills or interests that they want to use to start and operate their own business or franchise. For those students who want more education or training in a custom-designed program, they should investigate the two-year associates degree in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. The two-year program allows students to customize their own individual program of skill , development and training by choosing to take more elective courses. All of the courses in the one-year certificate program are necessary in the two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy for a student who gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for a two-year degree. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter Developing Entrepreneurial Opportunities ENT10 ENT11 ENT19 CS105 CS105L WR101
Cr
Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................ 3 Developing a Small Business ....................................... 3 Finding and Evaluating Business Opportunities .... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab .................................... 1 Communication Skills I ................................................. 3
16 Second Quarter Managing as an Entrepreneur ENT30 BA211 BA238 BA250 CS125__
Business Plan-Marketing ............................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................ 4 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Computer Software Applications .............................. 3
16 Third Quarter Planning as an Entrepreneur ENT20 ENT32 ENT39 BA222 HUM202
Marketing for Small Business ...................................... 3 Business Plan-Operating/Financial ............................. 3 Customer Service & Employee Relations ............... 3 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace .......... 3
15
Environmental Science and Safety (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Environmental Science and Safety program provides students a basic understanding of the environmental science and safety issues. The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in math and chemistry in order to understand and work more effectively in this field. The program includes lectures, class projects, and an internship.The curriculum would be suitable for high school graduates, people now working in industry in the areas of occupational safety or environmental management, and those with no related job experience wanting to change careers. Persons assigned new duties in this area may find individual courses will fulfill their needs for continuing professional education. Students completing an Associate’s Degree in the ESS program may transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Science degree in different environmental fields. Interested students should contact the program adviser for additional information. What are the Possibilities for Employment? The Environmental Science and Safety program prepares students for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental and safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one person responsible for environmental and/or safety issues. Employment in the environmental field include such jobs as program managers, regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab technicians, scientists, researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment in the safety field include such jobs as safety technicians, safety officers, accident investigators, industrial hygienists, risk managers, program developers, and program managers. Program Adviser (Science Division): Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter ESS100 ESS101 CH104 MTH95
SP111
Cr
Introduction to Environmental Science and Safety .................................................................... 2 Environmental Regulations I: Hazardous Materials Regulations ............................................... 3 General Chemistry I* .................................................... 5 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3
17-18
Third Quarter ESR285 ESS171 AH11 CH170 WR122
Cr
Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3 Survey of Body Systems*** .......................................... 4 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
17 Fourth Quarter ESS221 ESS225 ESR271 CS105 CS105L WR227
Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ..................................................... 4 Human & Environmental Toxicology ......................... 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4 Computing Fundamentals** ......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab** ................................. 1 Technical Report Writing or WR123 English Composition: Research .............. 3
18 Fifth Quarter ESS201
Environmental Regulations II: Compliance with Environmental Law .......................................... 3 ESS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies**** ............... 3 PE185 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Approved Humanities/Social Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
18 Sixth Quarter ESS222
Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........................................................................ 4 ESS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3 WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Approved Humanities/Social Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
14 Second Quarter ESR281 ESS143 BI145 CH105 WR121
Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 Principles of Ecology: Man and the Environment*** .................................................. 3 General Chemistry II* ................................................... 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3
17
* CH221 and CH222 may be substituted for CH104 and CH105. ** Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted. *** BI101 and BI102 or BI211 and BI212 may be substituted for BI145 and AH11. **** Students with first aid card may take HPE295. Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the ESS Program, are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour HAZWOPER (EPA 165.1) training without additional cost. ‡See pages 13-17.
71
Environmental Science and Safety (Certificate Program)
72
Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Science and Safety. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in industry in the areas of environmental management or occupational safety or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program. Program Adviser (Science Division): Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.cc.or.us
Safety and Regulations Electives (3 required) ESS221 ESS225 ESS201 ESS222 ESR285
Basic Course Requirements ESS100 ESS101 ESS171 ESR281 CS105 CS105L CH104 CH170 MTH95
PSY101 SP111 WR121
Cr
Introduction to Environmental Science and Safety .................................................................... 2 Environmental Regulations I: Hazardous Materials Regulations ............................................... 3 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ........................................ 4-5 Psychology of Human Relations ................................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................... 3 English Composition ..................................................... 3
In addition to basic course requirements above, add:
Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ..................................................... 4 Human & Environmental Toxicology ......................... 3 Environmental Regulations II: Compliance with Environmental Law .......................................... 3 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........................................................................ 4 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3
Science and Technology Electives (3 required) ESS143 ESS230 ESS243 ESR271
Cr
Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4
* Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted.
Fire Science Technology (Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) This program is designed for fire service agency employees and volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments. No open enrollment classes are scheduled. What is it? This is a one-year certificate with an option for a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program in Fire Science Technology with areas of specialization in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression and Fire Management. Fire personnel may earn either a certificate or an associate degree in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression or Fire Management. The certificate or associate degree option is designed for experienced fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters who want to earn a certificate or associate degree in Fire Science. Fire personnel who want to earn an associate degree must complete a certificate in an area of specialization. What are its objectives? The primary objective of this program is to provide a career development education and training system for local fire service agencies.
Fourth Quarter EMTX12
Cr
Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5 General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives
17
Fifth Quarter EMTX13 MTH60
Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives
17
Sixth Quarter General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives
15 * Prerequisite MTH20 Applied Algebra & PreAlgebra or by placement examination.
Specific objectives include:
Related Electives
1. To upgrade agency employees in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression, and Fire Management.
Prior to selecting related electives the student must consult with an adviser to determine a selection of courses that is appropriate to the area of specialization and to the student’s goals.
2. To allow agency employees to progress in their certification under the Oregon Fire Standards and Accreditation Board. Who may participate? Since this curriculum is approved as an occupational supplementary program and not occupational preparatory, we have designed the courses for fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters. The college also has developed a procedure whereby fire service agencies may contract to have program courses provided at their own facilities and scheduled to fit their shift patterns. Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242. Note: Fire Science courses are not being offered currently as regularly scheduled classes.
First Quarter
Cr
Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15
Second Quarter Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15
Third Quarter Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15
FF14 FF18 FF21 FF28 FF29 FF31 FF36A FF37 FF38 FF39 FF40 FF44 FF48 FF50 FF51 FF52 FF53 FF54 **FF10 **FF11 **FF13 **FF15 **FF17
Fire Company Organization and Station Management Fire Service Rescue Practices Building Construction for Fire Suppression Natural Cover Fire Protection Fire Department Communications Introduction to Building Codes Aircraft Fire Rescue Industrial Fire Protection Hazardous Materials for Inspectors Firefighters’ Law Fire Prevention Inspection Fire Insurance Fundamentals Major Emergency Strategy and Tactics Fire Codes and Ordinances II Advanced Detection and Protection Systems Fire Prevention Education Programs Introduction to Emergency Services Instructor I Introduction to Fire Protection Firefighting Skills I Elementary Fire Science Firefighting Skills II Fundamentals of Fire Prevention
** These courses will not be offered by Mt. Hood Community College. Credit may be acquired by Experience-Based Credit procedures. ‡See pages 13-17.
73
Fire Science Technology (Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Certificate Program)
74
This program is designed for fire service agency employees and volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments. No open enrollment classes are scheduled.
Second Quarter
Fire personnel may earn a certificate in one of the following specialized areas of instruction: fire prevention, fire suppression or fire management. Students completing a certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Fire Science Technology.
FF30 FF46 FFX25
FF23 FF24
Cr
Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers .............................................................. 3 Arson Investigation ........................................................ 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 Uniform Building Code ................................................. 3
15 Third Quarter
Fire Management First Quarter FF16 FF41 FF46 PS203 SP111
Cr
Fire Science I - Physics or PH201 General Physics I ..................................... 3-5 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3
15-17
PSY101
Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3 Fire Officer Management Responsibility .................. 3 Fire Planning and Research (Municipal Budgets) .................................................. 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3
15
SDP204 WR101
15
Fire Suppression FF22 FF23 FF27 FF46 WR101
Fire Command I .............................................................. 3 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ..................................... 3 Labor-Management Relations ...................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3
15
Second Quarter
FF21 FF24 FF26 FF47
Third Quarter
Fire Prevention FF20
FF25 PS203 SP111
Fire Science II-Chemistry or CH104 General Chemistry or CH151 Basic Chemistry ...................................... 3-5 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3
15-17
Fire Science I - Physics or PH201 General Physics I ...................................... 3-5 Building Construction for Fire Suppression ............ 3 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers ............. 3 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................ 5 Fire Command I .............................................................. 3
17-19 FF12
First Quarter
Fire Service Hydraulics ................................................. 3 Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
15 FF16
Third Quarter FF47 CJA212
WR101
Fire Codes and Ordinances I ...................................... 3 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3 Water Distribution Systems ........................................ 3 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ...................................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
First Quarter
Second Quarter FF25 FF27 FF43 FF45
FF33 FF34 FF35 CJA212
FF25 FF34 FF41
Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and Operation .................................................................... 3 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3
15 Note: See certificate requirements under the Degree Requirements section of catalog.
Fisheries Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree curriculum is to prepare students for successful careers with private, federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery technician. Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish husbandry and fishery techniques, a significant portion of the program will provide hands-on experience through field and propagation projects, including operations in the campus fish hatchery.
Fourth Quarter
Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased by the student. Students completing the program will usually assist in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of the rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condition is a necessity.
Fifth Quarter
Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are advised that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Program Adviser (Science Division): Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.cc.or.us Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room AC 2588 hannat@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter FI101 BI101 MTH20 WR101
FI201 FI205 FI211 FI221 WLD116
17 FI202 FI212 FI222 FI231 HE252
Fishery Techniques I ....................................................... 4 General Biology I ............................................................ 4 Applied Algebra & Pre-algebra .................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
14
Fish Husbandry II ............................................................ 6 Field Projects II ............................................................... 2 Equipment Maintenance and Repair .......................... 4 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3
16 Sixth Quarter FI203 FI213 FI241
Cr
PS297 WR227 SP100
Fish Husbandry III .......................................................... 3 Field Projects III .............................................................. 3 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .............................................................. 2 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 Basic Speech Communications or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3
17 *VT10FIA may be taken any quarter including the summer.
Second Quarter FI102 FI112 OA210__ OA210__ MTH60 WR102
Fishery Techniques II ...................................................... 4 Fish Biology I ................................................................... 4 Spreadsheet or CS125__ Spreadsheet ..................... 1 Wordprocessing or CS125__ Wordprocessing ...... 1 Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II ................................... 3
16 Third Quarter FI103 FI113 FI121 MTH65 PE185FSW VT10FIA
Fishery Techniques III .................................................... 4 Fish Biology II .................................................................. 4 Data Collection Techniques ......................................... 4 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 Fisheries Swimming & Water Safety .......................... 1 Special Projects* ............................................................. 1
17
Cr
Fish Husbandry I ............................................................. 6 Fisheries Lab Techniques ............................................... 2 Field Projects I ................................................................ 2 Building Maintenance and Repair ............................... 4 General Welding I ........................................................... 3
‥ See page 13-17
75
Forest Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
76
The Forest Resources Technology program prepares students for positions of technical responsibility in natural resources management and research. Forest technicians serve in a wide variety of capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as reforestation, mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation, timber appraisal, land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife habitat enhancement, and fire fighting. Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of weather are important for those interested in outdoor field positions. There are also more limited opportunities for those who would prefer to stay indoors. These would include positions in computerized mapping, aerial photointerpretation and database management. Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students learn field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests, parks and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically advanced equipment and software into the field data collection and analysis. In addition, each student completes a cooperative work internship, which gives college credit for on-thejob work experience. Students desiring to enter the Forest Resources program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications are accepted year-round. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office at 503-491-7342 for application materials. Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several four-year institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. Check with the program adviser for current information. Program Adviser (Science Division): Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter F111C F141 FT160 CS90 MTH60 PE285OL
Cr
Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3 Forest Measurements II ................................................ 4 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
16 Fifth Quarter F111A FT228 FT244 FW251 PSY101
Current Issues in Forest Resources .......................... 1 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation .......................... 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‥ ................ 3
16 Sixth Quarter FT211 FT235 FT238 FT246 WE280FT WR227
Forest Products .............................................................. 2 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Timber Harvesting ......................................................... 3 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics ....... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3
17
Cr
Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Forest Fire Management & Ecology ........................... 3 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3
Second Quarter Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Forest Insects & Diseases ............................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4 English Composition ...................................................... 3
16 Third Quarter F200 F240 BOT203 MTH85
FT220 FT222 FT242 FT226 WR122
* Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280FT during the summer between their first and second years.
15-16 F112 FT122 FT144 MTH80 WR121
Fourth Quarter
Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4 Forest Biology & Ecology ............................................. 4 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4
16
Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111, MTH112 Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR227 Suggested Social Science/Humanities Requirements: ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ANTH232 North American Indians EC201, EC202 Principles of Economics GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography GEOG290 Environmental Problems PS201, PS202, PS203 American Government SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking SP112 Persuasive Speech SP218 Interpersonal Communication See adviser for baccalaureate curriculum. ‥See pages 13-17.
Funeral Service Education (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community College is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. Transfer credit from an accredited college or university may apply against comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each transferred course must have a grade of C or higher. Objectives: 1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral directors and embalmers. 2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the funeral service profession. 3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills necessary of the profession. 4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the funeral service profession to the community at large. 5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct. 6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of instruction. 7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service. 8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service professionals. The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned by following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six quarters in residence. Advanced standing from accredited institutions may allow a student to complete his/her professional course work in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each fall quarter. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. Program Adviser (Science): Bill Malcom 503-491-6941 - Room AC 1556 malcomw@mhcc.cc.or.us Doug Ferrin 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555 ferrind@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter FSE121 AH11 AH12 CS105/L WR121
PSY201 SP111
Cr
Funeral Service Law ....................................................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ......................... 4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ .......... 3
16 Fourth Quarter** FSE211 FSE221 FSE219 FSE225 FSE226
Embalming I ...................................................................... 4 Funeral Home Management I ...................................... 3 Embalming Chemistry ................................................... 3 Funeral Directing ............................................................ 3 Funeral Service Psychology ......................................... 3
16 Fifth Quarter FSE212 FSE216 FSE222 FSE214 FSE227
Embalming II ..................................................................... 4 Funeral Service Microbiology or BI234 Microbiology ............................................... 3-4 Funeral Home Management II ..................................... 3 Restorative Art ............................................................... 3 Funeral Service Counseling ......................................... 3
16-17 Sixth Quarter FSE213 FSE217 FSE240 FSE245
Embalming III ................................................................... 3 Funeral Service Pathology ............................................ 3 Funeral Service Internship*** ..................................... 6 Funeral Service Issues ................................................... 3
15 Cr
Funeral Service Orientation ........................................ 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 Medical Vocabulary or MA14 Medical Terminology I .............................. 2-3 Computing Fundamentals/Lab or BA231 Information Technology in Business ...... 4 English Composition .................................................... 3
16-17 Second Quarter FSE122 BA226 CH104 HPE295
Third Quarter FSE124 AC110
Funeral Service Sociology ............................................ 3 Introduction to Business Law I ................................... 3 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5 Health and Fitness For Life or HE250 Personal Health* or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* .......................................................... 3-4 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3
17-18
* Students who select HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. activity. ** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point average for acceptance into fourth quarter. *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits (FSE240A) in fall or winter and then again in spring for 3 credits. Note: While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student can be admitted to the Funeral Service Education program. These same standards also require that a recent health certificate be submitted to the college prior to acceptance in the program. The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those applicants who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is given to those with related work experience. Another criteria, gives priority to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority for Washington, Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states are treated equally. Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada and Washington automatically pay in-state tuition. ‡See pages 13-17.
77
Gerontology (Certificate Program)
78
The Gerontology Certificate Program is designed for a variety of students and residents in the community including health care professionals, elders and caregivers. Courses can be taken: to increase ones understanding of aging to promote excellence in providing care for elders to complete a Gerontology Certificate to use as a related elective Admission is open and the student may enter at any quarter. Classes are offered through the Evening and Weekend College. Courses may also be offered by request at individual clinical facilities. Cooperative learning may be designed according to the student’s individual focus of study.The certificate by itself does not qualify the recipient for employment. The courses in this program emphasize a holistic approach in working with elders. Aging is viewed as part of the life cycle and elders are recognized as valuable contributors to society. Students will be provided with a foundation to gain an understanding of the aging progress and its impact on health and wellness. Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Sue Byers 503-491-7436 - Room AC 2772 byerss@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter GRX10 AH12 HPE295
Cr
The Aging Process .......................................................... 3 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Mathematics Requirement‡* ................................... 3-5 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3
14-16 Second Quarter GRX50 PSY237 SP100 SOC232
Fundamentals of Elder Care ........................................ 3 Human Development .................................................... 4 Basic Speech Communication ..................................... 3 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3
16 Third Quarter GRX15 HS111 WE280HSA WR121
Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention ....... 3 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3
14 * MTH20 or higher ‡See page 28.
Related Electives GRX20 GRX22 GRX30 GRX40 GRX60 VT10AHC
Cr
Mental Health and Elders ............................................. 3 Alzheimer’s Care ............................................................ 2 Chronic Disease ............................................................. 3 Public Policy and Elder Health Care ......................... 3 Essentials of Caregiving ................................................ 3 Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4
Graphic Arts Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The field of Graphic Communications offers countless opportunities in graphic-related occupations in a wide variety of production environments. As a result of the ever-increasing demand for communication materials there is also a constant and increasing need for skilled specialists who can produce this material. Some examples are books, magazines, newspapers, brochures and business forms etc. Salaries for industry professionals such as artists, electronic imagers, camera specialists, strippers, press people, binders and sales personnel will vary. Students completing one year of the program are eligible to take the State of Oregon Offset Printer II Examination. The possibilities for advancement are very good. A graduate may begin their career in one phase of production and advance through various specialties becoming more valuable as they gain experience. If the student shows leadership abilities he or she may move into supervisory positions. Good manual dexterity and physical condition are two general requirements. Aptitude in English and mathematics are recommended in addition to self-motivation and the ability to work with people. Applications will be accepted on a limited entry first-come, firstserved basis once a year for the fall term. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Students with respiratory or manual dexterity problems should check with the program adviser prior to registration. The Printing Technology courses will cover the following: design process and layout; electronic imaging, production techniques in copy generation; graphic photography including dark room procedures, halftones and special effects; stripping techniques and plate production; offset printing and maintenance utilizing various presses, paper and inks; bindery operations including folding, trimming, stitching, collating and padding. Other areas include estimating, material procurement, quality and production control. Program Adviser (Communication Arts): Dana Sewall 503-491-7631 - Room AC 1372 sewalld@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter GA90 GA100 GA144 HE252
GA118 GA146 GA247 BA250
Cr
Offset Press I ................................................................... 3 Introduction to Photoshop .......................................... 2 Digital Output ................................................................. 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3
14 Fourth Quarter GA221 Advanced Production Printing I ................................. 6 GA246 Digital Copy Prep III - Quark ...................................... 3 WE280GAB Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 4 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3
16 Fifth Quarter GA222 Advanced Production Printing II ................................ 6 WE280GAB Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 4 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3
16 Sixth Quarter GA223 Advanced Production Printing III ............................... 6 WE280GAB Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 4 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3
16 Related Electives In selecting related courses students should consult with their adviser to determine which courses will best meet their academic and professional goals.
Cr
Basic Macintosh .............................................................. 1 Introduction to Graphics Technology ....................... 5 Digital Copy Prep I - PageMaker ................................ 3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies‡ .................... 3 Mathematics/Science Requirement‡ ......................... 3
15 Second Quarter GA113 GA114 GA145 PE185
Third Quarter
Stripping and Platemaking ............................................ 3 Graphic Photography ..................................................... 3 Digital Copy Prep II - Illustrator ................................ 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6
16
‡See pages 13-17.
79
Graphic Arts Technology
Digital Copy Preparation (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)
80
The Digital Copy Preparation certificate is designed to provide skills in materials and file development for offset printing. Courses may be applied toward an associate degree in Graphic Arts Technology. Admission is based on date of application and application criteria. Students must contact program adviser before registering. Program Adviser (Communication Arts): Dana Sewall 503-491-7631 - Room AC 1372 sewalld@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter GA90 GA100 GA144
Cr
Basic Macintosh .............................................................. 1 Introduction to Graphics Technology ....................... 5 Digital Copy Prep I - PageMaker ................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3
12 Second Quarter GA113 GA114 GA145
Stripping and Platemaking ............................................ 3 Graphics Photography ................................................... 3 Digital Copy Prep II - Illustrator ................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3
12 Third Quarter GA146 GA247
Introduction to PhotoShop ......................................... 2 Digital Output ................................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Electives ............................................................. 3
11 Related Electives In selecting related courses students should consult with their adviser to determine which courses will best meet their academic and professional goals. ‡See page 28.
Graphic Design (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technology to communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols, and images, the graphic designer creates and manages the production of pieces designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a specific audience. While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and with computer technology it encompasses film, television, video, animation and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and magazines, posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive multimedia presentations and web pages are just a few examples of work created by graphic designers. As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment with project management skills to develop overall communications strategies for their clients. When a design concept is decided upon graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, producers, editors and printers to complete a compelling design that communicates the client’s message effectively. Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and written communication skills are important for understanding instructions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts. Macintosh computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics software are required at all levels of employment. MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in graphic design. It is a restricted-entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria have been met and a portfolio review conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are sequential, students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students may be able to enter during winter and spring terms. Students interested in this program should contact the Graphic Design program director to discuss curricula, employment opportunities, aptitude, etc.
Second Quarter GD115 GD121 GD144 ART231 WR122
Cr
Digital Typography II ...................................................... 4 Graphic Design II ............................................................ 4 Digital Production Methods ........................................ 4 Drawing I .......................................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II .............. 3
18 Third Quarter GD116 GD122 GD145 ART203 SP111
Digital Typography III ..................................................... 4 Graphic Design III ........................................................... 4 Digital Imaging ................................................................. 4 Introduction to the History of Art ............................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3
18 Fourth Quarter GD232 GD245 GD249
ART167
Advanced Graphic Design I ......................................... 4 Advanced Digital Imaging ............................................. 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship .................................................................... 4 History of Graphic Design ........................................... 3 Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
18 Fifth Quarter GD233 GD235 GD246
Program Adviser (Visual Arts): Christina Maier 503-491-6992 - Room VA 23 maierc@mhcc.cc.or.us
Advanced Graphic Design II ........................................ 4 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers ........... 4 Digital Publication Design ............................................ 4 Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3
15 Sixth Quarter
Graphic Design First Quarter GD113 GD114 GD120 WR121
Cr
Digital File Preparation ................................................. 4 Digital Typography I ........................................................ 4 Graphic Design I ............................................................. 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3
15
GD236 GD247 GD249
HPE295
Portfolio ............................................................................ 4 Interactive Media Design .............................................. 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship .................................................................... 4 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3
15 ‡See pages 13-17.
81
Horticulture (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/ Certificate Program)
82
Are you interested in ornamental plants or in improving the environment through intelligent use of plants? Does growing, caring for or marketing ornamental plants, equipment or supplies sound exciting? Are you currently working in the industry and need to upgrade your skills or prepare for a license exam? If this sounds exciting to you, then you should consider a career in the number-one agronomic industry in Oregon: Horticulture.
Landscape Design and Management Option: Students completing this option will be prepared to work as residential designers for garden centers, building contractors, or start their own design business. They will also be prepared to work in the area of landscape management & maintenance (groundskeeping) or start their own landscape maintenance and/or construction business.
The field of horticulture includes some of the most technical aspects of agriculture. Northwest growers use elementary principles of mathematics, chemistry, biology, engineering, and electronics to produce some of the best ornamental plants grown in the United States. Oregon ranks third in the nation in wholesale sales of ornamental plants.
HOR100 HOR101 HOR150 MTH60 WR101
Horticulture is an important business. Annual wholesale sales of ornamental plants in Oregon exceeded one-half billion dollars in 2000. Include Christmas trees and sales totaled over $700,000,000. Home owners and US industries spend large sums of money to beautify their surroundings. Indoor and outdoor gardening continues to increase as leisure time increases and individuals become more aware of the environmental benefits of ornamental plants and flowers. Even in difficult economic times this industry continues to grow.
Employment Opportunities Positions are available for horticultural graduates in the areas of production, marketing, research, pest management, landscape design and management, floriculture, teaching, government inspection, the health care industry, public gardens and many other related industries. Qualified students often find jobs prior to graduation. Part-time jobs are also available for students wishing to work while continuing their studies. Starting salaries for horticulture graduates compare favorably with other areas of agriculture.
Transfer Credit Nearly all horticulture courses will transfer to local colleges and universities with horticulture programs. Students are encouraged to seek advising early in the year of their arrival if their expectations are to transfer to a four-year institution.
Program Outline A one-year certificate and a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree are offered to students in the MHCC Horticulture Program. Students may select from two areas of interest: Greenhouse & Nursery Management, and Landscape Design & Management. Students in each of these areas complete studies in a core curriculum. Individuals working and attending classes part-time may complete their selected program over a period of several years. Individual classes are also open to any individual desiring to upgrade their skills or prepare for licensing exams.
Additional Costs Cost lists of hand tools, texts and miscellaneous items are available from the division office. In addition, foul weather gear is highly recommended. Program Adviser (Science): Erric Ross 503-491-7402 or 503-7477 - Rooms AC 2590 and HF 14 rosse@mhcc.cc.or.us; FAX 503-491-6096
First Quarter
Cr
Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** .................................................. 3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ............... 3 Beginning Algebra I ........................................................ 3 Workplace Communications I ................................... 3
16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR102
Plant Identification II** ................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices I .............................. 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ........................ 3 General Chemistry I ..................................................... 5 Workplace Communications II .................................. 3
17 Third Quarter HOR102 HOR151 HOR152 HOR157 HOR160
Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Plant Identification III** ................................................ 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ........................ 3 Landscape Management & Maintenance .................. 3 Intro to Landscape Design and Construction ....... 3
16 Fourth Quarter HOR203 HOR205 HOR217 PE185 PSY101
Pest Identification & Control II*,** ........................... 3 Landscape Design I ........................................................ 4 Turf Management I ......................................................... 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
14 Fifth Quarter HOR231 HOR232 HOR235 HOR237 CS105 CS105L
Arboriculture** .............................................................. 3 Interiorscape Management .......................................... 3 Landscape Design II ....................................................... 3 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab .................................... 1
16 Sixth Quarter HOR260 WE280HR HE252
Advanced Landscape Design & Construction ....... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3 Humanities/Social Science Requirement‥ ............... 3
13 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification. ‥See pages 13-17.
Horticulture, continued (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/ Certificate Program) Greenhouse & Nursery Management Option: Students completing this option will be prepared to work for a commercial greenhouse or nursery or start their own wholesale/retail greenhouse or nursery business.
First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR150 MTH60 WR101
Cr
Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3
16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR102
Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices I ............................... 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5 Workplace Communications II ................................... 3
17 Third Quarter HOR102 HOR151 HOR152 HOR160 PSY101
Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Intro to Landscape Design & Construction ............ 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
16 Fourth Quarter HOR103 HOR203 HOR204 PE185
Greenhouse Construction & Maintenance ............. 3 Pest Identification and Control II*,** ........................ 3 Fall Greenhouse & Nursery Practice** .................... 5 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 Humanities/Social Science Requirement‥ ................ 3
15 Fifth Quarter HOR231 HOR234 HOR237 HE252
Aboriculture** ................................................................ 3 Winter Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ........... 5 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3
14 Sixth Quarter HOR254 HOR265 CS105 CS105L WE280HR
Spring Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ............. 5 Horticulture Marketing & Customer Service ......... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
16 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification. ‥See pages 13-17.
Horticulture Certificate Due to an increase in the minimum wage, many employers can no longer afford to train new employees. The horticulture certificate option provides the basic training needed for individuals seeking employment or wishing to expand their knowledge in the broad field of horticulture. If additional training is needed, the certificate program design allows for easy expansion into the two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree.
First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR160 MTH60 WR101
Cr
Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Introduction to Landscape Design and Construction ...................................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3 Communication Skills I ................................................. 3
16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104
Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices I ............................... 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5
14 Third Quarter HOR102 HOR150 HOR151 HOR152
Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3
PSY101
Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
16 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification.
College Transfer Students completing an Associate of Applied Science Degree in Horticulture may transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Agriculture and Horticulture. Individuals selecting this option should enroll in CH104, 105, 106; PSY201, 202, 203; MTH111 and/or higher; and WR121, 122, 123 to insure transfer of credit for these areas of study to institutions of higher education. Students will need to work with the horticulture program adviser to select appropriate horticulture courses for their area of interest to transfer to higher education institutions.
83
Hospitality and Tourism Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
84
Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree program designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality and tourism industry. The curriculum includes instruction and training in hotel, travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention and meeting planning and related service industries. In addition to formal instruction, cooperative education internships are an integral part of the program and allow for on- the-job experiences in a wide variety of settings and occupations directly related to each student’s career objectives. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Court Carrier 503-491-7486 – Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.cc.or.us Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 – Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter HT104 HT106 HT140 BUS31 PE185 WR121
HT260 BA238 CSX30IN
Cr
International Hospitality and Tourism ....................... 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry .................................................. 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing or HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing ...................... 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Beginning Internet .......................................................... 1 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3
16 HT160 HT170
Cr
Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................... 3 Business Mathematics I or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I .................................... 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3
Second Quarter
HT240 CS105 CS105L WR122
HT204 HT242
Fifth Quarter
16 HT41 HT107
Fourth Quarter
Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management ................................................................ 3 Convention and Meetings Management ................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115 Intro to Intercultural Communication .... 3
16 Third Quarter HT105
Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers or HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations ........................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System Training ........................................................... 3 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HE250 Personal Health‡ ........... 3 PSY201 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
16
Hotel/Resort Operations Management .................... 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls or HT47 Airlines, Cruises and Tours .......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 CS125HTF Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 1 Related Elective* ............................................................. 3
14-15 Sixth Quarter HT215
Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry or HT48 etravel.com ......... 3 HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends ...................................... 3 WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Related Elective* ............................................................. 3
16 * Instructor approval required. Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for those courses which require a prerequisite.
Related Electives Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism courses. In selecting related courses, the student should consult with an adviser to determine which courses are most appropriate to the student’s goals and area of interest. ‡See pages 13-17. Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.
Hospitality and Tourism Management (Certificate Program) Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Management and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tourism, Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Management, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students completing the certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management. Program Advisers (Business and Computer Technology) Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.cc.or.us Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.cc.or.us
Basic Course Requirements:
Food Service Management Concentration
Cr
In addition to basic course requirements, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls (Winter) .......................................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3
Cr
HT41 HT104 HT106 HT230 AC110
Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ......................... 4 BA238 Sales ................................................................................... 3 CS105 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 CS125HTF Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 CSX30IN Beginning Internet .......................................................... 1 PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 WE280HT Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 WR101 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 Program Specialties (See Below) Hotel/Resort Operations or Travel and Tourism Operations or Food Service Management or Convention and Meetings Management or Recreation and Leisure Management.. .... 15-17
Certificate Program Concentrations Travel and Tourism Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Wi/Sp) .... 3 HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ......................... 3 HT180_ Airline Computer Travel Reservation System Training (Worldspan - Winter) or (Apollo - Spring) ........................................................ 3 HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism (Fall) .............................................................................. 3 HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing (Fall) .............................. 3
Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Winter) . 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3
Convention and Meetings Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT33 Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr) or HTX32 Trade Show Convention and Event Facilities Mgmt (Wi - alternate yrs) ......... 3 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT240 Convention and Meetings Management (Winter) ............................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3
Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management (Winter) ............................................. 3 HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) ............. 3 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives .................... 6
Short Term Travel Training (HTX43) Offered by The Center for Travel Career Training · A ten-week, 250-hour intensive, up-to-date training program. · Internship training at a professional travel/tour-agency. · Extensive hands-on computer training to prepare you for an exciting career in the travel industry. · Instruction by experienced travel professionals at an accredited degree-granting college. · Earn 15 credits that can be applied to the MHCC Hospitality and Tourism Program (HT42, HT104, HT140, HT180W and WE280HTA) · Professional placement and expert job search · assistance. · Taught in a simulated real life travel agency environment. Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.
85
Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer curriculum)
86
The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism Program offers tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested in a four-year degree transfer program. Students have transferred to numerous colleges and universities in programs ranging from Hotel/Resort Management, Restaurant and Foodservice Management, Travel and Tourism Operations, Convention and Meetings Management, and Recreation and Leisure Management. Active transfer agreements exist with the Portland State University School of Business, Southern Oregon State University, University of Nevada-Las Vegas, United States International University-San Diego, Hawaii Pacific University, and Sierra Nevada College in Lake Tahoe. An agreement with Washington State University in Pullman, Washington (Hotel-Restaurant Management) is under development at the time of this publication. The following curriculum is designed for the PSU, School of Business Administration transfer. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.cc.or.us Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter (Fall) HT104 HT106 HT140 MTH243 WR121
Fifth Quarter (Fall) HT204 HT242 HT260 HT205 BA211 CSX30IN
17 Sixth Quarter (Winter) HT160 HT170 BA212 CS125HTF EC201 GEOG105
Hotel/Resort Operations Management .................... 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls ............... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 3 Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) .............................. 3 Introduction to Physical Geography .......................... 3
16 Seventh Quarter (Spring)
Cr
Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I ............................................ 4 English Composition ...................................................... 3
16
HT230 BA205 BA213 BA231 EC201
Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 Business Communications ........................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) .............................. 3
18 Eighth Quarter (Summer) WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 EC203 Principles of Economics III (optional*) ..................... 3
7
Second Quarter (Winter) HT41 HT240 CS105 CS105L MTH244 SP111
Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Convention and Meetings Management ................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Statistics II ........................................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3
17 Third Quarter (Spring) HT105 HT181
HPE295 BA101 PSY201
Cr
International Hospitality and Tourism ....................... 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry .................................................. 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................................... 3 Travel & Tourism Marketing ......................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Beginning Internet .......................................................... 1
Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers ........................................... 3 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System Training ........................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3
16 Fourth Quarter (Summer) WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
4
* Students may take course during the summer or wait and take an upper division course after transfer. Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for those courses which require a prerequisite.
Integrated Natural Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Integrated Natural Resources Technology program is designed to educate technologically advanced field technicians for all facets of natural resource management. This ecosystem centered program prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands, wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and in private industry. A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences both in the classroom and in the field. Each student in the program is also required to complete a cooperative work internship. The curriculum culminates with a final field project which allows the students to integrate all of their previous coursework into a “real-life” situation. Students desiring entry into the Integrated Natural Resource Program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office at 491-7342 for application materials. Program Adviser (Science Division) Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591or shrinerw@mhcc.cc.or.us Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2587 hollerak@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter F141 F111C CS90 GEOG290 MTH60 PE285OL
Cr
Tree and Shrub Identification ..................................... 3 Introduction to Natural Resources .......................... 3 Computer Applications (optional) ......................... (1) Environmental Problems .............................................. 3 Beginning Algebra I ........................................................ 3 Wilderness Survival ...................................................... 3
Second Quarter Computer Applications in Forestry .......................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 Technical Mathematics I ............................................... 4 English Composition ..................................................... 3
16 Third Quarter BOT203 FW253 MTH85 F200
Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Technical Mathematics II .............................................. 4 Introduction to Forest Surveying .............................. 4
15 Fourth Quarter FT220 FT226 FT242 BI273 WR122
Cr
INR224
Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management ...................................................... 3 FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 FW255 Wildlife Techniques ........................................................ 2 HD209INT Interviewing Techniques ............................................... 1 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ............... 3
15 Sixth Quarter INR228 FI231 FI241
Field Projects ................................................................... 3 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .............................................................. 2 FW254 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and Reptiles ........................................................................ 4 WE280NR Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 3 WR227 Technical Report Writing ............................................ 3
16
15-16 F112 FT122 FW251 MTH80 WR121
Fifth Quarter
Aerial Photointerpretation ......................................... 3 Fundamentals for Resource Mapping ....................... 3 Watershed Processes ................................................... 3 Ecology .............................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3
16
Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111, MTH112 Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR227 Suggested Social Science/Humanities Requirements: ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ANTH232 North American Indians EC201, EC202 Principles of Economics GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography PS201, PS203 American Government PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking SP112 Persuasive Speech SP218 Interpersonal Communication ‡See pages 13-17.
87
Integrated Natural Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)
88
Students may earn a certificate in Integrated Natural Resources Technology. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working for industry or public agencies in the areas of forest and conservation work or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program. Program Adviser (Science Division) Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 or shrinerw@mhcc.cc.or.us Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2587 hollerak@mhcc.cc.or.us
Basic Course Requirements BI273 BOT203 F111C F112 FI231 FT122 FT220 FT228 FT242 FW251 FW252 FW253 FW255 MTH60 MTH80 PSY101 WR101
Cr
Ecology .............................................................................. 4 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Introduction to Natural Resources .......................... 3 Computer Applications in Forestry .......................... 3 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Aerial Photointerpretation ......................................... 3 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 Watershed Processes ................................................... 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Wildlife Techniques ........................................................ 2 Beginning Algebra I ........................................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I ............................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations ................................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3
51
Journalism Arts Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Journalism as a career for both men and women should have a strong appeal to those who possess a wide variety of communication talents. The field includes: newspapers, magazines, company (in- plant) publications, electronic journalism (radio-TV), photography, public relations, advertising, production and computer design. All of these fields have in common the ability to work and react well under pressure. Journalism requires the craft of the artist, the imagination of the showman and the urge to perform in the public service. An ability to write, to generate ideas, to understand the visual world and to have a sense of history and government all play a part in the makeup of the journalism specialist. Journalism Arts Technology is a limited entry two-year program which leads to the Associate of Applied Science degree. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Students gain practical experience through work on the campus newspaper and magazine. In addition, on-the-job training on newspapers, company publications and in other media fields is available. Program Adviser (Communication Arts): Bob Watkins 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383 watkinsb@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter J215A J216 J226 JT124 JT149A ART261 OA11F
Fourth Quarter J215 JT145 JT149B PS203
Cr
Publications Lab*** .................................................... 1-2 Layout Design .................................................................. 2 Journalism Workshop* .................................................. 2 State and Local Governments .................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
14-15 Fifth Quarter J134B J205 J215B WR248 WE280JTB
Introduction to Photojournalism .............................. 2 Public Relations .............................................................. 3 Publications Lab*** ........................................................ 2 Advanced Professional Writing .................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives**** ............................................... 4
14 Sixth Quarter J215B JT114 PSY101 WE280JTB
Publications Lab .............................................................. 2 Advanced Reporting ..................................................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives**** ............................................... 4
12
Cr
Publications Lab .............................................................. 1 Reporting I ....................................................................... 3 Introduction to Journalism Production ................... 2 Typesetting for Publications ........................................ 1 Journalism Workshop* .................................................. 2 Photography I .................................................................. 3 Basic Keyboarding** ...................................................... 2 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
17
* The Journalism Workshop runs during the three weeks immediately preceding fall term. ** OA11F may be waived with the equivalent of one year high school typing. *** Second credit is available with instructor permission only. **** Students should consult with program adviser to determine what courses might qualify as related electives.
Second Quarter
Related Electives
J215A J217 J225 SP100
In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.
Publications Lab .............................................................. 1 Reporting II ...................................................................... 3 Introduction to Advertising ........................................ 3 Basic Speech Communications .................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Elective .............................................................. 3
16 Third Quarter J202 J211 J215A J218 JT128C GA146
Information Gathering .................................................. 4 Introduction to Mass Communications ................... 3 Publications Lab .............................................................. 1 Copy Editing .................................................................... 3 Editorial Writing ............................................................. 3 Introduction to PhotoShop ......................................... 2
16
‡See pages 13-17.
89
Legal Administrative Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
90
If you are bright, hard-working, and interested in the law, then this is the program for you! As the “communication hub” in a law office, a well prepared Legal Administrative Assistant possesses initiative, flexibility, organizational, secretarial, and computer skills. These attributes are rewarded with one of the highest entrylevel salaries in the administrative assistant fields. This program provides hands-on development of professionallevel office skills with an emphasis on communication with clients. Learn to create legal documents and court pleadings from actual Oregon cases in an up-to-date, computerized classroom utilizing the most commonly used word processing software, WordPerfect and Word. The employment opportunities in the Portland metropolitan area are exceptional. Positions are available in law firms, government, banks and large corporations. Requests for full-time employees are frequently referred to the Mt. Hood Community College Legal Administrative Assistant Program adviser, who will guide you through the six-term program. If you would like additional information about the Legal Administrative Assistant program, please call 491-7196 and request the information packet that will detail how you can begin this openentry program. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780 shieldsp@mhcc.cc.or.us
Fourth Quarter OA123 OA131 OA132 WR121 HD209
Cr
Information Processing* ............................................... 3 Law Office Simulation*** ............................................. 3 Pleadings and Practices I*** ........................................ 4 English Composition* ................................................... 3 Getting a Job or Related Elective ................................................... 3
16 Fifth Quarter OA133 BA205 BA226 WE280LAB
Pleadings and Practices II**** ..................................... 4 Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Introduction to Business Law I .................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ......................................................... 4 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 1
16 Sixth Quarter OA41
Trial Case Management in Multnomah County**** .......................................... 2 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life‡ ........................................ 3 WE280LAB Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ....................................................... 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ............... 6
15 First Quarter OA16 OA101 OA116 OA124A OA210WNL OA210___ CS105 CS105L
Cr
Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey*** ............................................ 1 Office Systems Applications ........................................ 3 Beginning Computer Skillbuilding** ......................... 3 Beginning Windows 98 ................................................. 1 Word - Level I ................................................................. 1 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1
16 Second Quarter OA19 OA122 OA210___ OA210___ OA244 AC120
Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Professional Keyboarding* ........................................... 3 Word - Level II ............................................................... 1 Word - Level III .............................................................. 1 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3
14 Third Quarter OA17 OA130 OA203 OA225 BUS31 OA124B
Electronic Typewriter ................................................... 1 Law Office Systems**** ................................................ 3 Word Processing/WordPerfect* ................................ 3 Document Processing**** ........................................... 3 Business Mathematics* ................................................. 3 Intermediate Computer Skillbuilding* or Related Electives ....................................................... 3
16
Related Electives and Office Software Applications Specialist Option In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. A student may choose to complete the Office Software Applications Specialist certificate through specific choices of related electives, or choose a selection of courses across divisional areas, or a concentration of courses within a specific division that is more appropriate to the student’s professional goals. Business Administration (BA) courses Computer Science (CS) courses Criminal Justice Administration (CJA) courses Medical Office specialty (MA/MO) courses Office Administration (OA) courses to include OA124B Office Software Application (OA210) courses * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students with no previous typing instruction should enroll in OA121 (Keyboarding Principles). *** These courses offered fall term only. Check with program adviser. **** These courses offered winter and/or spring term only. Check with program adviser. ‡See pages 13-17.
Machine Tool Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum is to prepare students for entry into the machining occupations. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in study and actual operation of industrial equipment and tools used by machinists. This includes emphasis on the setup and operation of a CNC (computer numerical controlled) lathes and milling machines. Students will also be introduced to CAD/ CAM (computer assisted design/computer assisted manufacturing) software and its applications. The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the metalworking occupations. Students will also be able to complete skill building necessary for participation in an individual credential from NIMS (National Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS are nationally recognized skill standards established by companies involved in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are expected to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to progress in the program. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Employment Opportunities Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology program are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce leading to careers such as: - manual and CNC machine operators - maintenance machinist - tool and die maker - quality assurance technician - engineering technologist - CNC programmer - instrument makers Employment opportunities exist that provide support for industries such as: - forest products/paper/lumber - medical technologies - aerospace technologies - computer hardware technologies - heavy industrial manufacturing - hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing - and many other manufacturing settings Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible Fall, Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications. See advisers for details. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.cc.or.us Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter MFG110 MFG111 MFG113 MFG116 MTH60 WR121
Second Quarter MFG130 MFG131 MFG134 MFG135 MFG136 MTH80
Cr
Machine Shop II Theory ............................................... 3 Machine Shop II Lab ...................................................... 3 Metallurgy Theory ......................................................... 3 Metallurgy Lab ................................................................ 1 Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3 Technical Mathematics I ............................................... 4
17 Third Quarter MFG115 MFG150 MFG151 MFG153 MFG137
Industrial Safety .............................................................. 3 Machine Shop III Theory .............................................. 3 Machine Shop III Lab ..................................................... 3 CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining .................................................................... 4 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design ............... 2 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
18 Fourth Quarter MFG213 MFG214 MFG215 MFG216 WLD116
Integrated Machine Shop I Theory ........................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab .................................. 3 Inspection and Measurement ..................................... 4 CNC/CAM Applications .............................................. 4 General Welding I .......................................................... 3
16 Fifth Quarter MFG212 MFG231 MFG232 MFG236 WR122
CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory .......................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab ................................. 3 Quality Control - Statistical Methods ...................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
18 Sixth Quarter MFG250 MFG251 MFG256
Applied Machine Shop Theory ................................... 3 Applied Machine Shop Lab .......................................... 3 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) ..... 3 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health* or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* ......................................................... 3-4 WE280MFA Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
18-19 Cr
Machine Shop I Theory ................................................ 3 Machine Shop I Lab ....................................................... 3 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading & Sketching ................................................. 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2 Beginning Algebra I ........................................................ 3 English Composition** ................................................. 3
17
* Students who select HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity. ** Optional for students to take WR101 Workplace Communications I in place of WR121 and WR102 Workplace Communications II in place of WR122. Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult with program advisers early in the first quarter. ‡See pages 13-17.
91
Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control (Evening Program/Recognition of Completion)
92
Machine Tool Operator
NIMS 00000000 Preparation
The purpose of the Machine Tool Operator evening program is to prepare students for entry level employment or to upgrade present skills of employees in the manufacturing trades as well as earn credits applicable toward an associate degree. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in the study, setup, and operation of manual and CNC machine tools used by machinists working in metals manufacturing. The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the manufacturing trade. This program requires that all students have a basic set of machinist tools. Students must meet program entry requirements.
Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing Exam will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill building for the practical test through the Machine Tool Applications Lab class. Those interested need to contact program advisers for information on exams and the development of the necessary skills documentation for taking the exam. See Machine Tool Technology Program page for additional information on NIMS.
Upon completion, a recognition of completion will be awarded. Applications are available in the Industrial Division. Some credits may be applied toward an associate degree if approved by the program adviser and area manager. Interested students should contact the Machine Tool Technology adviser, Industrial Technology Division. Watch the class schedule for other program courses that maybe offered in evenings and on weekends to enable students working day shifts to complete course work towards the associate degree. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.cc.or.us Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Year First Quarter (15 weeks, Sept. - Feb.) MFG110 MFG111
Machine Shop I ............................................................... 3 Machine Shop I Lab ....................................................... 3
Machine Shop II .............................................................. 3 Machine Shop II Lab ...................................................... 3
6 Second Year First Quarter Introduction to CNC Operations ............................ 3 Beginning Algebra I ........................................................ 3
6 Second Quarter MFG153
Machine Tool Applications Lab ................................... 2
CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) Students in the CAM program will receive instruction in the use of CAM software for programming CNC code files for manufacturing parts on CNC machining and turning centers. These classes will focus on the use of Master CAM software. There are 2 options for study. These will focus on programming CNC milling machines and CNC turning machines. The programs are to upgrade the current skills for those in CNC manufacturing positions. Students interested in these programs should contact a Machine Tool Technology adviser for answers to specific questions.
Option 1 Cr
6
MFG136 MTH60
MFGX11
Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.cc.or.us Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.cc.or.us
Second Quarter (15 weeks, Feb. - June) MFG130 MFG131
Fall, Winter, Spring
CNC Machining .............................................................. 4
4
CNC Milling
Students in the CNC Milling option will focus on the methods of applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs. This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufacture of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems through an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX27 MFGX28
Option 2
MasterCAM MasterCAM MasterCAM MasterCAM
Mill Mill Mill Mill
-
Level Level Level Level
I ............................................ 2 II ........................................... 2 III .......................................... 2 IV ......................................... 2
CNC Turning
Students in the CNC Turning option will focus on the methods of applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill and lathe applications. Later courses will focus on applying Master CAM in the development of CNC turning programs.This will include study of all tooling options and program documentation. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX31 MFGX32
MasterCAM MasterCAM MasterCAM MasterCAM
Mill - Level I ............................................ 2 Mill - Level II ........................................... 2 Lathe - Level I ....................................... 2 Lathe - Level II ....................................... 2
Medical Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and administrative skills for careers in doctor’s offices and other healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to perform a wide range of duties including preparing the patient for the exam, giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the reception desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other functions in the ever-changing modern medical office. After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehensive two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associate of Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a variety of settings: medical centers, HMOs, government healthcare facilities, chiropractic clinics, and specialized medical offices. While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student starts the Medical Assistant program. Students who enter the program should be prepared with minimum keyboarding skills, high school or college biology and/or chemistry. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Sue Boulden 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2786 bouldens@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter MA14 MA19 BI121 CS105 CS105L WR121
Cr
Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Assisting .............................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* .. 4 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1 English Composition* ................................................... 3
Second Quarter Medical Terminology II* ................................................ 3 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ....................................... 3 Medical Calculations ..................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* . 4
16 Third Quarter MA23 MA25 MO24 MO26 HPE295
Cr
Clinical Procedures I* ................................................... 5 Medical Coding I* ........................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ......................................................... 3
17 Fifth Quarter MA21 MA24 MA26 WE280MAB
Clinical Procedures II* .................................................. 5 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Basic Electrocardiography Techniques* ..................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
13 Sixth Quarter MA40 MA46 MO30 WE280MAC
Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* ....... 1 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Test Lab* ................ 1 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8
13
16 MA15 MO10 MO25 MO47 BI122
Fourth Quarter MA20 MO31 PSY201 SOC232 SP100
Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations .... 3 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* ................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II* .................................... 3 Health & Fitness for Life‡ ............................................ 3
15
* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. Students must have health exams and must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) before entering the fourth quarter of the program. All completed health forms must be on file. Please contact the Business and Computer Technology Division for the appropriate forms. Additional costs for lab fees, health exams, immunizations and supplies will be the responsibility of the student. Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide evidence of current Level C CPR and current first aid training which may be obtained from any certified training site. Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses. ‡See pages 13-17.
93
Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition of Completion)
94
Medical claims analysts process healthcare insurance claims in physicians’ offices, government health agencies, insurance companies, and hospitals. This program comprises two to three terms of basic knowledge and skills in medical language, anatomy and physiology, medical coding and billing, computer usage, and communication skills. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Business and Computer Technology Division. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter (Fall Term) MA14 MA25 MO10 MO31 AH11
MA14 MA24 MO10 MO31 AH11 OA220
Cr
Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1
17 Second Quarter (Spring Term)
Cr
Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4
16 Second Quarter (Winter Term) MA15 MA24 MO30 MO32 BUS21 OA220 WE280MAB
First Quarter (Winter Term)
Medical Terminology II* ................................................ 3 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
18
MA15 MA25 MO30 MO32 BUS21 WE280MAB
Medical Terminology II* ................................................ 3 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
17 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Students should have keyboarding competency on computers before enrolling in classes in this program. A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses. Other courses suggested for the Medical Claims Analyst program include: MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations, MO33 Telephone Techniques for Medical Office MO40 Medical Office Billing II MO47 Medical Calculations OA201 Word Processing Technology. Note: Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program.
Medical Office Coding (Recognition of Completion) Coding is one of the nation’s fastest growing industries. Medical coders are responsible for accurately assigning diagnostic and procedural codes of information found in medical records. Coding is done to meet government standards that insurance companies and third-party payers must meet in order to receive maximum reimbursement for medical services. Coders work in hospitals, clinics, government agencies, insurance companies, and medical offices. The job requires organizational skills, computer and ten-key competency, and attention to detail, as well as the ability to prioritize multiple projects, to sit for long periods of time, and to communicate with a diverse population. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter MA14 MA25 MO10 MO25 MO31 CS105L OA220
Cr
Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ....................................... 3 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1
17 Second Quarter MA15 MA24 MO26 MO30 MO32 CS105
Medical Terminology II* ................................................ 3 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures II* .................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3
18 Third Quarter MA23 MO40 MO41 WE280MAB
Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations .... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Coding III* ........................................................ 4 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 8
18 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Students should have keyboarding accuracy of 40 wpm on computers before enrolling in classes in this program. A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.
95
Medical Office Specialist (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
96
Medical office specialists work in healthcare facilities as administrative secretaries or unit/ward secretaries, accounting clerks or office supervisors. Today’s rapidly changing and demanding medical office environment requires skills in office administration, medical transcription, communication, and medical office operations. The Medical Office Specialist program includes a core of classes and four concentrations for specialization: Administrative Secretary, Unit Secretary, Accounting, and Management. Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency (30 wpm) and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program. Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.
SP100
Cr
Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ......................................................... 3
17 Second Quarter MA14 MO25 BA231
Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ....................................... 3 Information Technology in Business* ........................ 4 Specialty Options ....................................................... 6-7
16-17 Third Quarter MA15 MO24 MO26 MO31 WR121
Cr
Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Health & Fitness for Life‡ ............................................ 3 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Specialty Options ........................................................... 5
15 Fifth Quarter MA24
Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 Specialty Options ........................................................ 11
14 Sixth Quarter MA23
Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations .................................................. 3 BUS21 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 WE280MAB Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4 Social Sciences/Humanities Requirement‡ ............. 3 Specialty Options ....................................................... 4-5
* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
Basic Core Requirements: MO10 AH11 CS105 CS105L PSY101
BA205 HPE295 OA16
15-16
Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Medical Terminology II* ................................................ 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* ................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II* .................................... 3 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 English Composition* ................................................... 3 Specialty Options ....................................................... 1-3
16-18
The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.
Specialty Options The student should consult with an adviser when selecting an option. See next page. ‡See pages 13-17.
Medical Office Specialist Options Administrative Secretary Option
Management Option
A Medical Office Specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers, scheduling, and billing. This option appeals to one who enjoys helping people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers a variety of job assignments.
A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage office operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to eventually manage some segment of a medical organization.
In addition to basic course requirements, add:
BA206 BA211 BA224 BA226 BA255 MO30 MO32 MO40 MO41
AC120 MA25 MO30 MO32 MO34 MO40 MO47 OA19 OA123 OA244
Accounting for Professional Services or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ............................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ..................................................... 3 Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Information Processing* ............................................... 3 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3
30-31 Accounting Option A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts receivable billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance recordkeeping, and budget and financial records. Generally, an Accountant prefers to spend time on the job working with financial reports and records, billing, and computers. In addition to basic course requirements, add: BA101 BA177 BA211 BA212 BA222 MO30 MO40 MO47 OA220 OA244
Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................ 4 Principles of Accounting II* ......................................... 3 Finance* ............................................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing* .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ..................................................... 3 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3
30
In addition to basic course requirements, add: Management Fundamentals* ....................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................ 4 Human Resources Management ................................ 3 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Supervisory Management ............................................ 3 Medical Office Billing* .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Coding III* ........................................................ 4
29 Unit Secretary Option A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the center of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he works in a dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secretary include strong communication skills, flexibility, professionalism, and responsibility. In addition to basic course requirements, add: BI121 BI122 MA25 MO32 MO34 MO36 MO47 OA220 OA244
Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I** ..................................................... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ...................................................... 4 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ............................................... 3 Medical Transcription II* .............................................. 3 Medical Calculations ..................................................... 3 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3
27 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** AH11, Survey of Body Systems must be taken as a prerequisite for BI121.
97
Medical Receptionist (Recognition of Completion)
98
A medical receptionist holds a key position in the medical officein greeting patients, scheduling appointments, processing patient information, managing the reception desk, and assisting with other responsibilities. In today’s modern medical office environment, the medical receptionist requires skills in human relations, data processing, communication, and medical office operations. Job opportunities are found in doctors’ offices, hospitals, clinics and government medical facilities. Characteristics for success as a medical receptionist include an interest in medicine; a desire to work with physicians and other health care professionals; a positive, caring personality; high energy and a desire to help people. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Business and Computer Technology Division. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter (Winter Term)
Cr
MA14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 MA24 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ....................................... 3 MO31 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 OA220 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1 OA210WWU Beginning Word 97 ........................................................ 1
17 Second Quarter (Spring Term) MO24 MO26 MO30 BUS21 OA16 WE280MAB
Introduction to Medical Transcription* ................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II* .................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
17 First Quarter (Fall Term)
Cr
MA14 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 MO25 Medical Office Procedures I ....................................... 3 MO31 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 OA16 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 OA220 Electronic Calculator .................................................... 1 OA210WWU Beginning Word 97 ........................................................ 1
17 Second Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO24 MO26 MO30 BUS21 WE280MAB
Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* ................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II* .................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
17
Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses. Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program. Other courses suggested for the Medical Receptionist program include the following: AH11 Survey of Body Systems CS105/LComputing Fundamentals/Lab* MA15 Medical Terminology II* MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations MA25 Disease Processes* MO40 Medical Office Billing II* Note: Keyboard skills (typing by touch, not sight) are necessary for enrolling in classes. *Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
Medical Transcription (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into comprehensive records that accurately communicate medical information. These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects of each patient’s care. These reports function as legal documentation and fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They also serve as references for scientific research. Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of healthcare settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, laboratories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance companies, medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilitation centers, legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical facilities, and associations representing the healthcare industry. Transcriptionists may also choose to work out of their homes as employees of transcription services or hospitals, or as independent contractors. Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medical transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive medical knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive reasoning, and excellent English and computer skills. This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level positions. Academic courses include science and English, with practical courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and medical record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe authentic physician-dictated medical reports organized by body system or medical specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, speed, and medical knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart notes, history and physical examination reports, consultations, emergency room reports, and discharge summaries. Students will use reference materials and other resources. Students will edit and proofread each report, using proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter MA14 MO10 MO24 AH11 CS105 CS105L
Third Quarter MA25 MO36 BUS21 HPE295 OA19
Cr
Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Transcription II** ............................................ 3 Active Communicating ................................................. 1 Health and Fitness for Life‡ ........................................ 3 Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Social Sciences/Humanities Requirement‡ ............. 3
16 Fourth Quarter MO44 BI121 PSY201 SP115
Medical Transcription III** ........................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ........... 3
13 Fifth Quarter MA24 MO31 MO46 BI122
Medical Law and Ethics ................................................ 3 Medical Coding I* .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription IV** ........................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ...................................................... 4 WE280MAB Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
17 Sixth Quarter MA23
Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ............................................................... 3 MO32 Medical Coding II* ......................................................... 3 WE280MAC Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 8
14
Cr
Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription** ................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1
17
* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may elect to complete transcription classes by using either standard keyboard and/or the stenograph machine. Additional classes to develop stenograph skills are: MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory I MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory II MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding I MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding II MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding III
Second Quarter MA15 MO34 MO47 OA16 WR121
Medical Terminology II* ................................................ 3 Medical Transcription I** ............................................. 3 Medical Calculations ..................................................... 3 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 English Composition* ................................................... 3
Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required.
15 ‡See pages 13-17.
99
Mental Health/Human Service (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
100
The Mental Health/Human Service program is a six-term sequence of day or evening/weekend classes leading to an associate degree. Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to prepare the student to work in community and institutional treatment facilities. These facilities deal with the emotional, social and physical needs of the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the mentally ill and the elderly, as well as others. Courses include basic information in group dynamics, community resources, case management, interviewing, recording and other helping skills. A substantial portion of the academic credit may be transferred to baccalaureate degree programs. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7342 or 491-7165) Program Advisers (Allied Health Division): Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 Leslie Milan 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2792 Earlyn Smith 503--491-6245 x 8847 (Evening/Weekend Adviser)
First Quarter HS101 HS107 HS111 WR121
Cr
Introduction to Human Services ............................... 3 Orientation to Mental Health Careers ................... 3 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 English Composition ..................................................... 3
11 Second Quarter HS112 HS121 HS150 PSY235 WR122 HE 207
Interviewing Skills II ...................................................... 2 Case Management .......................................................... 3 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach . 3 Human Development I-Infancy to Adolescence ... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ..................... 1
15 Third Quarter HS113 HS291 PSY236 PSY239 SW201 WE280HSB
Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ....................... 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Human Development II-Adolescence to Aging ..... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ..................... 3 The Field of Social Welfare ......................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
Sixth Quarter
13 Curriculum Tracks A) Generalist PSY201 PSY202 PSY203 HDFS224
Fourth Quarter Intervention Strategies I .............................................. 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Psycho-Social Development I ..................................... 2 General Sociology* ........................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4
14 Fifth Quarter HS266 Intervention Strategies II ............................................. 3 HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................ 4 Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ........................ 3
12
General Psychology ....................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1
B) Chemical Dependency Counselor HS141 HS142 HS143 HDFS224 HE208
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Addiction Theories ......................................................... 3 Treatment of Addiction ................................................. 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1
C) Youth Worker HS141 HS154 HS153 HDFS224 HE208
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Principles of Youth Development** ........................... 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1
D) Gerontology HS141 PSY222 SOC232 HE202
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Adult Development and Aging .................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3
E) Community Corrections HS141 CJA112 CJA113
18 HS265 HS291 PSY225 SOC206 WE280HSB
Cr
HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 PSY226 Psycho-Social Development II ..................................... 3 WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1 Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3
HDFS224 HE208
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Court System .................................................... 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ............................................ 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1
Related Electives HS144 HS154 HS155 HS156 NAX45 PSY222 *
Dual Diagnosis II ............................................................. 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3 Basic Activity Director Training .................................. 4 Treatment of Chronically Mental Ill Persons .......... 2
SOC213 or SP115 may be substituted for SOC206 ** HS153 offered alternate years. ‡See pages 13-17.
Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker (Limited Entry, Certificate Program) (Proposed, awaiting final approval from Oregon Department of Education) The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who have a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree and want to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it is designed to prepare the entry-level youth worker for employment in youth serving agencies. Course work is theory and experiential-based. The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend courses. Students may elect to attend part time. Students may also elect to take selected courses from the certificate program listing. Students who complete this certificate may work in community justice programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recreational and community facilities. All coursework (44 credits) can be applied toward the associate of applied science degree in Mental Health/Human Services. Program Advisers (Allied Health Division): Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.cc.or.us Leslie Milan 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2792 milanl@mhcc.cc.or.us (Evening/Weekend Adviser) Earlyn Smith 503-491-6245 x 8847 smithe@mhcc.cc.or.us Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certificate for a total of 38 credit hours. Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from the specialty course listing.
Core Courses First Quarter HS111 HS154 PSY225 WR121
Cr
Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Specialty Course ............................................................. 3
13 Second Quarter HS150 HS155
The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1 Specialty Course ............................................................. 3 Math/Science requirement‥ ......................................... 3
10 Third Quarter HS113 HS153 HS156 HS291 WE280HSB
Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural ........................ 3 Principles of Youth Development ............................... 3 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
15 Fourth Quarter HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4
6 Specialty Courses CJA230 HDFS224 HS141 HE208 PSY222
Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ... 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances ............. 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases .... 1 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ...... 2
‥See pages 13-17.
101
Nursing (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
102
Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RN) can independently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and nursing needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable or unstable. The RN can delegate responsibilities and supervise auxiliary workers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing are abundant in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College generally find employment within three months of graduation. After completion of program requirements, the student is eligible for licensure examination as a registered nurse after seven terms. Licensure is necessary to practice nursing as a registered nurse (RN) and is obtained by satisfactory completion of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) through the Oregon State Board of Nursing. Required and related general education courses are part of the basic curriculum. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization and Tuberculin skin test (PPD) (within 6 months of entering the second quarter), and CPR (level C, valid through June of the first year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to entry into second quarter (Fall). Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactorily completing qualifying criteria. Applications are available from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165) Placement of Licensed Practical Nurses into the program is based on completion of curriculum requirements and current licensure in Oregon. Packets describing this procedure should also be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. LPNs seeking this consideration should contact Counseling and the Program Director early for an individualized plan of study. Applicants to the nursing program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the nursing profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. It is the student’s responsibility to make known any disability in which accommodation in class or testing is being requested prior to the activity. Verification of all disabilities must be made by the Disabilities Services Office. Persons with questions concerning particular qualifications are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Paula Gubrud-Howe 503-491-7446 - Room AC 2776 gubrudp@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter (Summer) BI234 PSY201 FN225 WR121
Cr
Microbiology .................................................................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Nutrition .......................................................................... 4 English Composition ..................................................... 3
14
Second Quarter (Fall) NUR101 NUR111 NUR121 NUR122 WR122 PSY237
Cr
Nursing I* ......................................................................... 5 Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) .. (2) Nursing Lab I ................................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical I ........................................................... 2 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................ 3 Human Development .................................................... 4
15-17 Third Quarter (Winter) NUR102 NUR131 NUR132 PSY239
Nursing II .......................................................................... 5 Nursing Lab II .................................................................. 1 Nursing Clinical II .......................................................... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or BI240 Pathology ........................................................ 3
12 Fourth Quarter (Spring) NUR103 NUR141 NUR142 PSY239
Nursing III ........................................................................ 4 Nursing Lab III ................................................................ 1 Nursing Clinical III ......................................................... 4 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or BI240 Pathology ........................................................ 3
12 Students must complete BI240 and PSY239 by the end of the first year.
Fifth Quarter (Fall) NUR201 NUR211 NUR222 NUR231
Nursing Nursing Nursing Nursing
IV ........................................................................ 5 Pharmacology ................................................. 3 Clinical IV ......................................................... 4 Lab IV ................................................................ 1
13 Sixth Quarter (Winter) NUR202 NUR220 NUR221 NUR232 SP115
Nursing V .......................................................................... 5 Nursing Assessment ...................................................... 2 Nursing Assessment Lab .............................................. 1 Nursing Clinical V ........................................................... 4 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ...... 3
15 Seventh Quarter (Spring) NUR203 NUR242 HPE295 WR227
Nursing VI*** ................................................................... 4 Nursing Clinical VI ......................................................... 6 Health and Fitness for Life‡ ........................................ 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................ 3
16 * Students must complete BI231, BI232 and BI233 before enrolling in NUR101. ** Beginning Fall 2002, students must complete WR121 before applying to the program. *** NUR203 must be taken concurrently with WR227. Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required. ‡See pages 13-17.
Occupational Therapy Assistant (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Occupational Therapy is a health and rehabilitation profession that helps individuals achieve independence in their lives despite disabilities. Occupational Therapy Assistants work with people of all ages who, because of physical, developmental, social, or emotional problems, need specialized assistance to lead productive and satisfying lives. The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. AOTA’s phone number is (301) 652AOTA. Graduates of the program will be able to sit for the national certification examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of this exam, the individual will be a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA). Most states require licensure in order to practice; however, state licenses are usually based on the results of the NBCOT Certification Examination. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165) Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Chris Heideman 503-491-7129 - Room AC 2767 heidemac@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter (Summer) BI121 BI122
Cr
Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ......................................................... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ........................................................ 4
8 Foundations I ................................................................... 3 Foundations II ................................................................. 2 Foundations III ................................................................ 3 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2 Therapeutic Use of Self ................................................ 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 1 General Psychology* ..................................................... 3
17 Third Quarter (Winter) OTA110 OTA120 OTA121 OTA122 OTA140 PSY237 WR101
Conditions I ..................................................................... 3 Life Tasks and Skills I ..................................................... 2 Life Tasks and Skills II .................................................... 2 Life Tasks and Skills III ................................................... 3 Experience I ..................................................................... 2 Human Development .................................................... 4 Communication Skills I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3
19
Cr
Conditions II .................................................................... 4 Applications I ................................................................... 3 Experience II ................................................................... 2 Foundations V .................................................................. 2 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 1 Workplace Communications II or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ............... 3
15 Fifth Quarter (Fall) OTA201 OTA210 OTA230 OTA231 OTA240 HPE
Foundations VI ................................................................. 1 Conditions III .................................................................. 4 Applications II ................................................................. 2 Applications III ................................................................ 3 Experience III .................................................................. 2 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 1 Social Science/Humanities requirement .................. 3
16 Sixth Quarter (Winter) OTA211 OTA232 OTA250
Second Quarter (Fall) OTA100 OTA101 OTA103 AH12 AH17 HPE PSY201
Fourth Quarter (Spring) OTA111 OTA130 OTA141 OTA200 HPE WR102
OTA234
Conditions IV .................................................................. 2 Applications IV ................................................................ 2 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities or OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities .......... 7 Applications VI ................................................................ 1
12 Seventh Quarter (Spring) OTA220 OTA233 OTA234 OTA251
Life Tasks and Skills IV .................................................. 2 Applications V .................................................................. 2 Applications VI ................................................................ 1 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities or or OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities ... 7 Approved Elective .......................................................... 3
15 Approved Electives In selecting approved electives the student must consult with a program adviser. NOTE: Minimum of “C” grade is required in all OTA classes. *Sociology requirement - incoming students recommended to complete this course during Fall quarter, 1st year. ‡See pages 13-17.
103
Office Assistant (Certificate Program)
104
Office support staff are employed in offices where documents are created, edited, and formatted; records are managed; customers are welcomed; and information is transmitted. The efficiency of any organization depends upon office support professionals. Each job will require a person with good communication skills (both verbal and written), a variety of computer and clerical skills, and good human relations although specific duties vary with different positions. Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time work in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office support personnel is high in both the private and the public sector. Those individuals who are eager to enter the world of work at an entry-level position will find this program appealing. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter (Filing Clerk)
Cr
OA16 OA101 OA122
Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey .................................................. 1 Professional Keyboarding* or OA121 Keyboarding - Principles* ........................ 3 OA244 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3 OA210___ Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ...................... 1 OA210___ Word - Level I or CS equivalent ............................... 1 OA210___ Word - Level II or CS equivalent .............................. 1 CS105 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1
17 Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist) OA19 OA116 OA124A
Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Office Systems Applications ........................................ 3 Beginning Computer Skillbuilding* or OA122 Professional Keyboarding* ...................... 3 OA203 Word Processing/WordPerfect* ................................ 3 OA210___ Word - Level III or CS equivalent ............................. 1 AC120 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 WR121 English Composition* ................................................... 3
19 Third Quarter (Office Clerk) OA117 OA123 OA225 OA210___ OA210___ BA205 PSY101
Office Systems Management ....................................... 3 Information Processing* ............................................... 3 Document Processing* ................................................. 3 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Access - Level I or CS equivalent ............................. 1 Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
18 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
Related Programs In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Software Specialist certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in business, legal, medical or computer applications.
Office Management/ Administrative Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Today’s Office Management personnel handle many of the traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents and CEOs. They are often called upon to oversee support staff, hire support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel, work directly with managers, and resolve conflicts. Other responsibilities include budgeting, organizing office functions, equipment, and staff. While responsibilities and duties vary in different types of organizations, the job requires good organizational, analytical and clerical skills, initiative, flexibility, good human relations and interpersonal communication skills, and the ability to make decisions and work without supervision. Students will have project management expertise, Internet research skills, and an opportunity to take related electives in web page development, support, and maintenance. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed for using the Internet as an integral part of an office management support system. Students take a variety of Business Administration (BA) courses that stress higher level decision making and an ability to provide support for doing business on the Internet, i.e. eCommerce. Graduates from this program will be prepared for the International Association of Administrative Professionals exam. This exam covers topics in management, business law, economics, business relations, accounting, office technology, and behavioral science. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): (A-K) Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - -Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.cc.or.us (L-Z) Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter
OA19 OA117 OA203 OA210___ OA210___ OA210___ OA225 BUS22
Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey .................................................. 1 Beginning Computer Skillbuilding or OA121 Keyboarding-Principles* ........................... 3 OA244 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3 OA210___ Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ...................... 1 OA210___ Word - Level I ................................................................. 1 OA210___ Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ....... 1 CS105 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1
17 Second Quarter OA116 OA122
Office Systems Applications ........................................ 3 Professional Keyboarding* or OA124__ Computer Skillbuilding ........................ 3 OA210___ Word - Level II or CS equivalent .............................. 1 OA210___ Word - Level III or CS equivalent ............................. 1 OA210___ PowerPoint - Level I ...................................................... 1 AC120 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 BUS21 Active Communicating ................................................. 1
13
Cr
Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Office Systems Management ....................................... 3 Word Processing/WordPerfect* ................................ 3 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Publisher - Level I or CS equivalent ......................... 1 Document Processing* ................................................. 3 Managing Conflict .......................................................... 1
16 Fourth Quarter OA123 OA210___ OA210___ OA210___ BUS32 HPE295 WR121
Information Processing* ............................................... 3 Access - Level I or CS equivalent ............................ 1 Access - Level II or CS equivalent ............................ 1 Publisher - Level II or CS equivalent ........................ 1 Business Mathematics/Electronic Calculator* ....... 4 Health and Fitness for Life .......................................... 3 English Composition* ................................................... 3
16 Fifth Quarter BA205 BA206 BA226 CS125WEF HD209
Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Management Fundamentals ......................................... 3 Introduction to Business Law I .................................. 3 Beginning Web Publishing ............................................ 1 Getting a Job or WE280OP Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ................................................... 3-4 Social Science/Humanities‡ ......................................... 3
Cr
OA16 OA101 OA124A
* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ‡ See pages 13-17.
Third Quarter
17-18 Sixth Quarter BA231 BA224 WE280OP
Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 Human Resources Management ................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ..................................................... 3-4 Social Science/Humanities‡ ......................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 1
14-15 Related Certificate In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant Certificate and/or the Office Software Specialist Certificate or can expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in business, legal, medical or computer courses. An Office Management/Administrative Assistant who wishes to gain the skills necessary to provide web support may include courses from the following list to be taken as related electives: BUS28 eBusiness Project Management .......................... 3 CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ................................... 1 CS125HTF Beginning HTML .................................................... 1 CS125HTS Intermediate HTML ............................................. 1 CS125HTT Advanced HTML .................................................... 1 CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ............................................ 1 CS125WDF Web Page Design ................................................. 1
105
Office Software Specialist (Certificate Program)
106
Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as technicians in a variety of software applications that may include word processing, desktop publishing, microcomputer or data entry. The ideal candidate may have previous office experience and simply wish to update their computer skills. These professionals are technically trained on popular software and hardware. They produce quality publications from handwritten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the cutting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field. Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoftapproved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the MOUS (Microsoft Office User Specialist) exams. Students will become prepared to take MOUS exams indicating that they have an understanding of the core and possibly the expert features in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access and Outlook in Microsoft Office software programs. By passing one or more MOUS certification exams, students can demonstrate proficiency in a given Office application to employers. The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excellent. Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for advancement. They possess problem solving and technical skills and are prepared for tomorrow’s challenges. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter OA16 OA101 OA116 OA122 OA210__ OA210__ OA210__ CS105 CS105L
Cr
Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey .................................................. 1 Office Systems Applications ........................................ 3 Professional Keyboarding* or OA124A Computer Skillbuilding ......................... 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ...................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ....... 1 Computing Fundamentals* .......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* .................................. 1
17 Second Quarter OA203 OA210__ OA210__ OA210__ OA210__ OA244 OA124__ WR121
Word Processing/WordPerfect* ................................ 3 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Word - Level II or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Word - Level III or CS equivalent ............................. 1 Office Records and Technology ................................. 3 Computer Skillbuilding* or OA122 Professional Keyboarding* ...................... 3 English Composition* ................................................... 3
16
Third Quarter OA19 OA123 OA210__ OA210__ OA210__ HD209
PSY101
Cr
Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Information Processing* ............................................... 3 PowerPoint - Level I or CS equivalent .................... 1 Access - Level I or CS equivalent ............................. 1 Access - Level II or CS equivalent ............................ 1 Getting a Job or WE280OP Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ............................................. 3-4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
15-16 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
Related Electives In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in business, legal, medical or computer applications. Note: Individuals who do not desire to pursue a one-year certificate program may want to consider obtaining within three months a Recognition of Completion in Office Software Applications. Applications are available in the Business and Computer Technology Division.
Outdoor Education (Recognition of Completion) “Education Outdoors� is the Mt. Hood Community College academic Outdoor Program. This program offers a wide range of courses in land and water-based outdoor activities as well as courses in Outdoor Leadership and Adventure Education. We provide instruction for individual activities as well as training for current and future outdoor professionals. The last few years have brought a dramatic increase in recreational use of wilderness lands in every region in the U.S.. This has been paralleled by rapid growth in the job market for outdoor professionals. Jobs in field-based outdoor education, environmental education and interpretation, wilderness recreation, adventure tourism and teambuilding adventure courses are now to be found in every region of the country. The Pacific Northwest is no exception. Dozens of programs are operating within the Portland Metropolitan area. The number of programs more than triples if the circle is widened only slightly to include Salem, Eugene, Bend and Hood River. This growth in the outdoor profession has also been matched by a growing need for trained professionals to lead high quality safe educational outdoor programs. Education Outdoors at Mt. Hood currently offers a Recognition of Completion Program in Outdoor Education. This program is open to individuals interested in pursuing careers in outdoor education and those interested in integrating outdoor education into their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor education techniques in their professions include; school counselors, physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, community organizers and group- home recreation coordinators. The classes offered each term are open to anyone as applied to the recognition of completion program or on an individual course-by-course basis. If you want to acquire the experience and training that will help you move into this exciting field, this is a great place to start. The program includes one internship placement per term, which provides students with hands-on field experience and the opportunity to develop valuable contacts in the outdoor community. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Health and Physical Education Division. Program Adviser (Health and Physical Education): Steve Rubinstein 503-491-7353 - Room PE 155 rubinsts@mhcc.cc.or.us
Required Courses
Cr
HE253 PE233 PE234 PE235 PE285OL PE285ON PE185OH PE185ON PE185RK PE185RKI PS217
Wilderness Advanced First Aid .................................. 3 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ....... 2 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods ....................... 2 Place Mapping: Leadership ............................................ 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3 Outdoor Leadership ...................................................... 2 Adventure Education ..................................................... 1 High Angle Rescue ......................................................... 1 Beginning Rock Climbing .............................................. 1 Intermediate Rock Climbing ....................................... 1 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation ...................................... 3 WR121 English Composition: Nature Writing ...................... 3 WE280PEA Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6 Activity Electives* ........................................................... 4 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3 Wilderness First Responder National Certification Challenge Course Advanced Skills
38 Activity Electives* Select four credits from the following: PE185KY PE185OA PE185OA PE185OD PE185OF PE185OG PE185OJ PE185OK PE185OL
River Kayaking ................................................................ 1 Backpacking: Cascades .................................................. 1 Backpacking: Coastal ..................................................... 1 Beginning Sea Kayaking ................................................ 1 Winter Camping ............................................................ 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ...................... 1 Mountaineering Fundamentals ................................... 1 Mountaineering Field Skills ......................................... 1 Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I ................................... 1
Related Electives** Select three credits from the following: (others may be selected with permission of adviser.) ANTH231 F141 FT235 FW252 FW253 PE292SWT
Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ............... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ..................................... 3 Outdoor Recreation ..................................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Water Safety Instruction ............................................. 3
107
Physical Therapist Assistant (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
108
The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community College is two years (six quarters) in length, leading to an associate degree. Course work consists of lecture and laboratory instruction on campus, and supervised clinical experience in health care facilities in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout the state. Upon taking the state board examination and becoming licensed, the assistant is qualified to work in any health care facility which provides supervision by a licensed physical therapist. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165) Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the physical therapy profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. Persons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Advisers (Allied Health Division): Jane Cedar 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775 cedarj@mhcc.cc.or.us Debbie VanDover 503-491-7461 - Room AC 2790 vandoved@mhcc.cc.or.us
Fourth Quarter PTA216 PTA216L PTA220 PTA226
18 Fifth Quarter PTA217 PTA217L PTA221 PTA227 HPE
Physical Therapy Procedures IV ................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab IV ................................................... 2 Pathological Conditions II ........................................... 5 Clinical Affiliation III ...................................................... 5 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 1
16 Sixth Quarter PTA228
Clinical Affiliation IV ...................................................... 6 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 1 Related Electives ............................................................ 5
12 * The WR121, WR122 sequence is acceptable in combination with a speech elective.
Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine the most appropriate courses. ‡See pages 13-17.
First Quarter PTA111 PTA112 AH12 AH140 BI121 HPE WR101
Cr
Patient Care Skills .......................................................... 3 Introduction to Physical Therapy ............................... 3 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2 Clinical Emergency Procedures ................................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I .... 4 Physical Education Requirement‡ ............................. 1 Workplace Communications I* ................................. 3
18 Second Quarter PTA114 PTA114L PTA130 BI122 HPE PSY201 WR102
Physical Therapy Procedures I .................................... 3 PT Procedures Lab I ...................................................... 2 Issues in Physical Therapy ............................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ... 4 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 1 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II* ................................ 3
19 Third Quarter PTA113 PTA115 PTA115L PTA125 HE207
Cr
Physical Therapy Procedures III ................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab III ................................................... 2 Pathological Conditions I ............................................. 5 Clinical Affiliation II ........................................................ 5 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ............... 3
Clinical Kinesiology ....................................................... 4 Physical Therapy Procedures II .................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab II .................................................... 2 Clinical Affiliation I ......................................................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ..................... 1
13
Professional Photography (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills. In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent operator. Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level positions in general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, and free-lance photography. Employment will also be found as technicians in professional processing labs, electronic imaging and multimedia service bureaus, and as members of film or television production crews. Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires mastery of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, problem-solving, teamwork and communication. For this reason, the curriculum ranges from basic black-and-white, color and lighting photography courses to courses in psychology and small business management. Second-year students have three terms of a photo business practicum that attempts to simulate business environments by servicing the college’s internal photographic needs. Finally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the professional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan area. Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if space is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of the application criteria by a stated deadline. Students accepted in the program will be expected to complete prior to the first quarter ART261 (Photography I) or have the program adviser’s waiver. Program Adviser (Communication Arts): Dana Spielmann 503-491-7412 - Room AC 1384 speilmad@mhcc.cc.or.us
ART117 ART262 ART266 PHO131 WR121
Cr
Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .................................. 3 Photography II ................................................................. 3 Color Slide Photography ............................................. 3 Basic Photographic Lighting ........................................ 3 English Composition ..................................................... 3
15 Second Quarter (Winter) ART264 ART265 PHO271 SP111
Cr
Field Photography .......................................................... 3 Color Photography II .................................................... 3 Small Product Photography ......................................... 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Math/Science/Computer Sci Requirement‡ ........... 3
15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) PHO226 PHO267 PHO272 HPE295
Photography Business Practicum I ............................ 4 Photoshop I ..................................................................... 4 Stock Photography ........................................................ 3 Health and Fitness for Life .......................................... 3
14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) PHO227 PHO268 ART214 J134
Photography Business Practicum II ........................... 4 Photoshop II .................................................................... 4 Computer Graphics: Page Layout .............................. 3 Introduction to Photojournalism .............................. 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ............... 3
17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) PHO228 PHO269 PHO281 WE280PH
Photography Business Practicum III .......................... 4 Digital Photography III .................................................. 4 Photography Portfolio .................................................. 4 Cooperative Education Internship* ...................... 3-4
15-16
Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, Photography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each summer through spring term.
First Quarter (Fall)
Third Quarter (Spring) ART263 PHO132 PHO270 BA250
Portrait Photography .................................................... 3 Color Photography I ..................................................... 3 Photographic Style ......................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communications ................ 3 Math/Science/Computer Sci Requirement‡ ........... 3
15
* WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree. ‡See pages 13-17.
109
Radio Broadcasting (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
110
Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities nationwide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion, as air-talent, news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation managers, program managers, production directors, and music directors. In radio, women and minorities are in great demand and are being employed on the air and in production and promotion. Salaries vary with the job and market size. X58, a modern rock, student operated station, serves the campus, the community on AT&T Cable, and the world at X58radio.com. All students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a core staff of second-year student managers, housed in state-ofthe-industry digital facilities. Students are trained in digital production (Pro-Tools, Cool Edit Pro), digital music rotation (Selector), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is an equal emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom, getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the production room, and internships at local Portland area stations. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement criteria and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The program begins fall quarter, but classes fill much earlier. Applications may be obtained from Jeri Anderson in the Admissions and Records office, 503-491-7342. Information packets can be mailed to you; please call Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506.
Fourth Quarter RB222 RB235 RB240 CS90
14 Fifth Quarter RB223 RB224 RB225 J205
RB110 RB111 RB112 OA121
Sixth Quarter RB226 RB228 RB230 WE280RB
Cr
Introduction to Radio Broadcasting ......................... 3 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab ................. 2 Broadcasting Practices I ............................................... 2 Keyboarding-Principles* ............................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
Second Quarter Radio Scriptwriting ........................................................ 3 Radio Scriptwriting Lab ................................................ 2 Broadcasting Practices II .............................................. 2 Related Elective .............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
16 Third Quarter RB116 RB117 RB118 RB120 RB121 J211
Broadcast Station Operation ...................................... 4 Broadcasting Practices VI ............................................. 2 Broadcast Sales ............................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship** or Related Elective ..................................................... 3-4 General Education Requirement ............................... 3
15-16
16 RB113 RB114 RB115
Broadcast Advertising Practices ................................ 3 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab ........................ 2 Broadcasting Practices V .............................................. 2 Public Relations .............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Elective .............................................................. 3
16
Program Adviser (Communication Arts): Jeff Young 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385 youngj@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter
Cr
Broadcasting Practices IV ............................................ 2 Broadcast News Reporting II ..................................... 3 Radio Operator’s Certificate Preparation .............. 2 Computer Applications ................................................ 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
Radio Traffic ..................................................................... 3 Radio Traffic Lab ............................................................. 2 Broadcasting Practices III ............................................. 2 Broadcast News Reporting I ...................................... 3 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab .............................. 2 Introduction to Mass Communications ................... 3
* OA121 may be waived with one year high school typing, keyboarding or the equivalent. ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.
Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. Students in the Radio Broadcasting Program may specialize with an emphasis in radio sales, taking courses in the first or second year. Radio Sales: RB230 RBX40 BA238 J225
Broadcast Sales Commercial Broadcast Sales* Sales Introduction to Advertising
* This course is sponsored by the Oregon Association of Broadcasters. Scholarships may be available; contact the Radio program director.
15 ‡See pages 13-17.
Respiratory Care (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treatment of abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Practitioners work in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, home care, research, education, and medical equipment sales. The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both campus and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, which includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, acute and intensive care. The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both local and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take the national entry level examination and the national advanced practitioner level examinations administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care. Passing these examinations serves to fulfill state licensure testing requirements. The respiratory care profession continues to develop and diversify. Studies by the American Medical Association indicate that the need for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue to grow. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Respiratory Care Practitioner include a general aptitude for the biological and physical sciences. The Respiratory Care Practitioner is required to understand the physiology and pathology of circulation and respiration. Also required is the emotional maturity to deal with decision making in critical life and death situations. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. (503-491-7341 or 503-4917165) Program Adviser (Allied Health): George Hicks 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768 hicksg@mhc.cc.or.us
Second Quarter RT121 RT122 BI122 BI234 WR122
Cr
Respiratory Care Procedures .................................... 5 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................ 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* . 4 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II .............. 3
10-18 Third Quarter RT131 RT141 RT142 RT150
Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ................ 6 Mechanical Ventilation .................................................. 4 Mechanical Ventilation Lab .......................................... 2 Clinical Clerkship ........................................................... 1 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 3
16 (Optional Summer Quarter) BI234 PSY101
Microbiology .................................................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3
7 Fourth Quarter RT211 RT220 RT251
Pulmonary Assessment ................................................. 3 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care .............. 4 Clinical Practice I ........................................................... 8
15 Fifth Quarter RT230 RT252 PSY101
Adult Critical Care ........................................................ 4 Clinical Practice II .......................................................... 8 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology* ................................ 3
12-15 Sixth Quarter
(Optional Summer Quarter) BI121 BI122
Cr
Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I .... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ... 4
RT253
Clinical Practice III ...................................................... 10 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ............... 3
13
8 * See Optional (Summer Courses)
First Quarter RT111 RT112 AH12 BI121 WR121
Cardiopulmonary Physiology ...................................... 6 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab .............................. 1 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ............... 3
12-16
‡See pages 13-17 for Health/P.E. and Social Science/Humanities options.
111
Sheet Metal Technology (Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
112
The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for individuals serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individuals who have been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship program affiliated with Mt. Hood Community College. This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeship-training program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related industry training and general education courses leading to journeyman status and the awarding of the A.A.S. Degree. For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the MHCC Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in room IT27 in the Industrial Technology building at MHCC. For additional information regarding the application process into the Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal Training Center at 503-257-1022. The degree requirements are as follows:
Related Training
60 credits
A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through apprenticeship training must be completed. Three credits are awarded for each 48 hours combination of lecture and lab.
Supervised Trade Experience
12 credits
Supervised trade experience is a process of education, which combines work experience with college instruction as an integral part of the community college curriculum. It is dependent upon employers and educators cooperating to form a more complete educational program for the students. It is a unique plan of education designed to develop skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding by integrating classroom study with planned supervised work experience. A maximum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the degree.
General Education
18 credits
In addition to the related training and industrial work experience, a minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is required to satisfy the general education requirements.
Total Credit Hours Required
90 credits
1st Year
Cr
SMT110 SMT111 SMT112 SMT113 AAP280S
Introduction to Sheet Metal ........................................ 3 Sheet Metal Transitions ................................................. 3 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ........................ 3 Sheet Metal Triangulation I ........................................... 3 Supervised Apprentice Trade Experience .............. 12 Communications Requirement* ............................. 6-7
2nd Year SMT120 SMT121 SMT122 SMT123
Sheet Metal Triangulation II .......................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal I .......................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal II ........................................ 3 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout ........................... 3 Science/Math/Computer Science Requirement** ............................................................. 6
3rd Year SMT230 SMT231 SMT232 SMT234
Cr Introduction to Environmental Systems .................. 3 Advanced Environmental Systems ............................ 3 Gas Metal Arc Welding ................................................. 3 Plans and Specifications ................................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement*** ........... 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement**** ... 3
4th Year SMT240 SMT241 SMT242 SMT243
Sheet Metal Triangulation III ........................................ 3 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems ............................................................. 3 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding .............. 3 Food Service Equipment ............................................... 3
5th Year SMT250 SMT251 SMT252 SMT253
Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3 Industrial Sheet Metal ................................................... 3 Introduction to Detailing ............................................. 3 Advanced Detailing ........................................................ 3
* Select WR101 and WR102, or WR121 and WR122, or three credits in writing and RD117, or three credits in writing and BA205. ** Select from any of the following: CS105, CS106, CS133, CS140, CS161, CS162, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213, GE101, GE102, GE115, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH111, MTH112, MTH241, MTH243, MTH251, MTH252. *** Select from any of the following: EC201, EC202, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST201, HST202, HST225, PS104, PS201, PS203, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202. **** Select from any of the following: HE202, HE204, HE205, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE294.
Surgical Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length leading to an associate of Applied Science degree. It is designed for selected men and women who wish to prepare for a paramedical career as members of a multidisciplinary team caring for patients in the operating room and in the surgical practice setting. The program combines academic study with clinical practice in metropolitan hospitals.After completion of this program the graduate is eligible to take the national certification examination. Successfully passing this exam is a requirement for employment in many hospitals. The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series upon acceptance to the program. Accepted students must have verification of second dose of measles (Rubeola) immunization, Tuberculin skin test (PPD) and must document initiation of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series prior to entering first quarter. Prior to registering for second quarter, the student must document having received the second dose of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series. Prior to registering for the third quarter, the student must document completion of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series. Must also show proof of CPR Level C, valid September through June of the second year. The surgical technologist assists with patient care and related services in the operating room by performing as a member of the surgical team. This role includes preparing supplies and equipment for surgery and using correct surgical technique while performing as a sterile team member. In addition, anticipating and meeting the needs of the surgical team is a continuing challenge. Background knowledge in human anatomy, physiology, microbiology and pathology is necessary.
Program Advisers (Allied Health Division): Jackie Morfitt 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766 morfittj@mhcc.cc.or.us Tracy Woodsworth 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764 woodswot@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter ST101 AH12 BI234 HE
Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and on a space available basis after academic criteria have been met. Application packets are available in the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7342 or 503-491-7165) Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. Persons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to contact the Office of Admissions to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application.
Cr
Surgical Technology Theory I ...................................... 4 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ....... 3 Approved Communications Requirement‡ ............ 3
16 Second Quarter ST102 ST111 BI121
Surgical Technology Theory II ..................................... 4 Surgical Technology Lab ............................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ......... 3 Approved Communications Requirement‡ ............ 3
16 Third Quarter ST103 ST112 BI122
Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions and responsibilities of the surgical technologist. In the specialty area of operating room patient care, the ability of the personnel to function independently, as well as cohesively, is of prime importance. The students are encouraged to learn as much about themselves as possible and how to interact effectively with other professionals. The laboratory/ clinical practice follows theory lectures as closely as possible so that the student will be able to relate principle to practice in the shortest amount of time.
113
Surgical Technology Theory III .................................... 6 Surgical Technology Lab ............................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ...................................................... 4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ......... 3 Approved General Education Requirement** ....... 1
16 Fourth Quarter ST204 ST205 ST221
Surgical Technology Theory IV ................................... 4 Surgical Technology Theory V ..................................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6
14 Fifth Quarter ST206 ST207 ST222
Surgical Technology Theory VI .................................... 4 Surgical Technology Theory VII ................................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6
14 Sixth Quarter ST208 ST209 ST223
Surgical Technology Theory VIII ................................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory IX ................................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6
14 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** In selecting general education courses, the student should consult with an adviser. ‡See pages 13-17 for Health and Physical Education options, Social Science options and Communications options.
Television Production Technology (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)
114
Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940’s and moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960’s powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our news and information. The space age brought television equipment down in size as well as cost. Video production tools that only a few years ago would have cost thousands and required the services of electronic engineers are now as accessible as the medium itself. The World Wide Web offers a glimpse at the next level of change. With increasingly accessible technology has come a growing demand for people trained in all facets of video production. Perhaps the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training in television production techniques is to enroll in the twoyear associate degree program. Over the last 20 years MHCC’s Television Production Technology program has placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of television related jobs. A production oriented curriculum benefits from a fully equipped multi-camera studio, portable field production units, and editing facilities that train from basic to nonlinear. Our instructors are working professionals with experience in every aspect of this field. Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at the fall term. Mid-year entry will be considered when there is space available. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from Jeri Anderson in the Admissions and Records Office, 503-491-7342. Information packets can be mailed to you; please call Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506.
J211 TV100 TV110
Cr
Introduction to Mass Communications ................... 3 Critical Viewing ............................................................... 3 Introduction to Television ............................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
Second Quarter Television Production ................................................... 3 Television Production Lab ........................................... 3 Introduction to Television Scriptwriting .................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
15 Third Quarter TV113 TV114 TV116 ART261
16 Fifth Quarter TV232 TV233 TV236 WE280TVA
Television Directing ....................................................... 3 Television Directing Lab ............................................... 4 Closed Circuit Systems ................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ....................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
16 Sixth Quarter TV234 Advanced Telecasting .................................................... 3 TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab ............................................ 4 WE280TVC Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ....................................................... 8
15 Related Electives
Among suggested courses are:
15 TV111 TV112 TV115
Cr
In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.
Program Adviser (Communication Arts): Jack Schommer 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1371 schommej@mhcc.cc.or.us
First Quarter
Fourth Quarter
TV230 Intermediate Video ........................................................ 3 TV231 Intermediate Video Lab ................................................ 4 WE280TVA Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ....................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
Television Applications .................................................. 3 Television Applications Lab .......................................... 3 Television News Reporting ......................................... 3 Photography I .................................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
15
TV120 TV121 TV122 TV225 TV227
Introduction to Cinema ............................................... 3 History of Television ..................................................... 3 History of Cinema II ..................................................... 3 Community TV Survival Techniques .......................... 3 Community TV Career Preparation ......................... 1
‡See pages 13-17.
Trade and Industrial Technology (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The two-year associate degree curriculum in Trade and Industrial Technology is designed primarily for people in trades or industrial occupations. The curriculum recognizes previous trade or industrial experience and provides preparation in related training, occupational upgrading, general education and related specialty courses. Evaluation of credit for prior learning or industrial experience must be requested through the Office of Evening/Weekend College prior to applying for graduation. For additional information, contact Valerie Ward 503-491-7239 Note: The college has an established charge for course challenge exams or credit for prior learning. Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Joe Dunlap 503-491-7471 - Room IT 47 dunlapj@mhcc.cc.or.us
Trade and Industrial Experience
0-22 credits
A journeyman in any trade or craft who has completed a bonafide apprenticeship program or can provide satisfactory proof of equivalent training and experience resulting in journeyman status, may be credited with a maximum of 22 credits (APP200E) toward an associate degree. An additional option to fulfill this experience requirement would be enrollment in APP280, Supervised Apprenticeship Trade Experience. The authority for granting credit for previous education and training toward apprenticeship training requirements is delegated by law to each local joint apprenticeship committee. NOTE: A journeyman may request credit from the joint apprenticeship committee for previous experience. If the previous experience was outside the supervision of the joint apprenticeship committee, the apprentice must submit his request in writing to the joint apprenticeship committee and furnish such records, affidavits, or other bona-fide evidence as the joint apprenticeship committee shall require to substantiate his claims.
General Education In addition to trades and industrial experience and trade or industrial training, a minimum of 24 credit hours are required to satisfy general education requirements. See pages 13-17. Credits needed for the curriculum degree requirement of 90 and not received for trade or industrial experience may be selected from curriculum-related subjects agreed upon between the student and the appropriate associate dean.
Related Trade or Industrial Training
27-36 credits
A minimum of 27* and a maximum of 36* quarter hours of credit (APP200T) may be earned through completion of apprenticeship-related training, journeyman upgrading or other approved course work. Nine credit hours are allowed for each 144 hours of verified related training or similar training.
Other Required Related Electives
8-17 credits
Selection of these courses should be made with consultation of an adviser.
Total Credits
90-105
* Credit for trade or industrial experience and training will be granted upon completion and recommendation by the appropriate local training committee. College fees for the degree assessed at the time of application will be based upon three conditions: 1) Number of credits recommended by appropriate local training committee; 2) Current college fee per college credit; 3) Number of credits previously paid for.
115
Welding Technology (Limited Entry Certificate Day Program) (Recognition of Completion Evening Program)
116
The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no welding skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and confidence. Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their welding skills or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Tech is an AWS accredited welding testing facility. The day program is a participating organization in the American Welding Society entry level welder program. Students may receive certification from AWS for successful completion of the program.
What are the employment opportunities? Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satisfactory level of competence in welding should be able to secure employment in many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrication, construction and maintenance welding. Most companies require the prospective employee to pass a welding test as a condition of employment. This program will assist the student in preparing for the welder qualification testing. Admission to the day program is based on date of application. Upon acceptance a placement evaluation maybe required. Applicants may enter fall or winter term. Contact the instructor for placement.You are required to have the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding. High top boots, “safety toes.” One pair gauntlet gloves. Leather welding jacket, burning glasses. Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners, igniter, slag .......................................... hammer and tool box. Welding and blueprint reading textbooks. Welding helmet. Safety glasses and ear plugs.
Second Quarter WLD130 WLD131 WLD132 WLD133 WLD134
17 Third Quarter WLD150 WLD151 WLD152 WLD153 PSY101
Fabrication Practices ..................................................... 2 Fabrication Practices Lab ............................................. 3 Welding Processes and Procedures .......................... 2 Welding Certification Preparation Lab ..................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............................................................ 3
14 ‡Recommended General Education Requirements: Communications (3 cr): WR101 or higher, RD117, or SP100
Welding Technology (Evening Program) Recognition of Completion First Quarter WLD110 WLD111A
Cr
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ............................ 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2
4
Lab Fees A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. All electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are furnished by the college.
Second Quarter
Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Division): Vern Porter 503-491-7209 - Room IT 41 porterv@mhcc.cc.or.us Wendall Johnson 503-491-7217 - Room IT 51 johnsonw@mhcc.cc.or.us
WLD131A
WLD130
Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ................................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2
4 Third Quarter WLD150B WLD153A
Welding Technology (Day Program)
Blueprint Reading ........................................................... 2 Welding Certification Prep Lab .................................. 2
4
9-Month Certificate First Quarter WLD110 WLD111 WLD114 WLD118 WLD119 MTH20
Cr
Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ....................................... 4 Welding Metallurgy ........................................................ 3 Welding Metallurgy Lab ................................................ 1 Automated Manufacturing ........................................... 4 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3
Cr
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ........................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) ................... 4 Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................... 3 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) ............................... 2 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ....................... 2 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra or higher .......... 3
16
Additional Supporting Courses WLDX11 WLDX13 WLD116 WLDX16 WLDX17 WLDX34 MTH20 VT10WE
TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2 MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding ............................ 2 General Welding I ........................................................... 3 General Welding I ........................................................... 2 General Welding II .......................................................... 2 CNC Burning ................................................................... 3 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra .............................. 3 Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4
‡See page 28.
Special Studies Programs General Studies ........................................ 117 Performing Arts ........................................ 117 Special Studies Music ................................................. 118 Theatre Arts ................................ 119-120 Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100- 299�, for more information. The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credit hours which must include one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard Training, or PE285OL (3 credits) satisfies the total HPE requirement. A student successfully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters). (Maximum of six credit hours in skill-oriented classes.) D. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. E. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS degree. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.
4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program,Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university within one year from the date of last attendance at MHCC. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the course work. 6 . Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Please see pages 22-27 for additional information on Associate of General Studies degree.
The Performing Arts The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to attain an optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The programs also provide a basis for those who may later wish to expand into more specialized areas. The special studies program is a two-year associate of General Studies degree program designed to provide students with the basic skills and techniques necessary for the development of their music or theatre interests. It differs from a transfer program in that the course requirements provide for breadth as well as an opportunity to concentrate in special interest areas. Specialized courses not otherwise available in a transfer program are included. Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community College with this associate degree should fulfill all the requirements in one of the curricula. Provision for related electives adds flexibility to the programs. Substitutions can be made for parallel or related courses on either the transfer or nontransfer levels with the approval of the associate dean. The special studies curricula are not intended to meet prerequisites or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any student who is planning to enroll in a special studies curriculum should understand thoroughly this situation and the intent of the special studies programs, and thus avoid possible disappointment later. Students who intend to earn a four-year degree in the arts should choose a college transfer program.
117
Special Studies: Music 118
The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of music and in the development of skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which he/she would like to specialize. It includes course work in music and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.
First Quarter MUS111 MUS114 MUS131 MUS147 MUP MUP WR101
Fifth Quarter MUS212 MUS215 MUP MUP
Cr
Music Theory I ................................................................ 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test .......................................................... 2 Class Percussion Beginning I ....................................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons .......................................... 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
Cr
Music Theory V ............................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony ....................................................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons .......................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
13-14 Sixth Quarter MUS213 MUS224 MUP MUP HE250
Music Theory VI .............................................................. 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ......................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons .......................................... 1 Personal Health* ............................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Elective .............................................................. 3
16-17
15-16 Second Quarter MUS112 MUS115 MUS132 MUS148 MUP MUP WR102
Music Theory II ............................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test .......................................................... 2 Class Percussion Intermediate II ............................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons .......................................... 1 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
15-16 Third Quarter MUS113 MUS116 MUS133 MUP MUP PE PSY101 SP111
Music Theory III .............................................................. 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or Proficiency Test .......................................................... 2 Music Performance Group ...................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons .......................................... 1 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Fundamentals of Speech .............................................. 3
15-16 Fourth Quarter MUS211 MUS214 MUP MUP
Music Theory IV ............................................................. 3 Keyboard Harmony ....................................................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons .......................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
13-14
* Students who select HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity.
General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.
Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 22-27.
Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director) Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting and directing and one in stage technology and design. The ActorDirector program is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of drama and in the development of skills in acting and directing. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 96-101 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager. Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.
Fifth Quarter
Cr
TA35 Theories of Directing ................................................... 3 TA112 Theatre Technology II ................................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA280A/B/C Theatre Workshop ...................... 1-3 TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................ 1 TA213 Stage Lighting Design .................................................... 3 SP262 Voice and Articulation .................................................. 3
14-16 Sixth Quarter
Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director) First Quarter TA106 TA141 TA153A WR101
Cr
Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3 Acting Fundamentals I .................................................. 3 Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
16 Second Quarter TA107 TA142 TA153D WR102
Introduction to Theatre II ........................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals II ................................................. 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre ................... 2 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6
17 Third Quarter TA101 TA143 TA153A
Appreciating Theatre .................................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals III ................................................ 3 Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 9
16 Fourth Quarter TA111 TA114A TA227 TA241 SP229 HE250 PE
Theatre Technology I .................................................... 3 Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA153A Theatre Workshop ................................... 1 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles .................... 3 Oral Interpretation ....................................................... 3 Personal Health* ............................................................ 3 Physical Education* ........................................................ 1
17
TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA253A/B/C Theatre Workshop ...................... 1-3 TA113 Theatre Technology III .................................................. 3 TA144 Improvisation ................................................................... 3 TA148 Movement for the Actor .............................................. 2 TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................ 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
13-15 * Students who select HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity. ** Must be taken concurrently with TA111, TA112, TA113.
General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 22-27.
119
Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Technician-Designer)
120
Fifth Quarter
Cr
The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in the planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and design, sound systems and stage management. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.
TA213 Stage Lighting Design .................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop .................................. 1-3 HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 9
Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.
Sixth Quarter
Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Technician Designer) First Quarter TA106 TA111 TA114A/B/C TA227 WR101
Second Quarter Introduction to Theatre II .......................................... 3 Theatre Technology II ................................................ 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ............................. 1-3 Costuming ....................................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................................................... 3 Related Elective ........................................................... 3
16-18 Third Quarter TA101 TA113 TA114A/B/C TA211
TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop .................................. 1-3 HE250 Personal Health .............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Elective .............................................................. 6
13-15
Cr
Introduction to Theatre I ............................................ 3 Theatre Technology I .................................................. 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ............................. 1-3 Theatrical Makeup ..................................................... 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ............................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ........................ 3
16-18 TA107 TA112 TA114A/B/C TA121 WR102
16-18
Appreciating Theatre .................................................. 3 Theatre Technology III ............................................... 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ............................. 1-3 Scene Design ................................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ........................ 3 Related Electives .................................................... 0-2
13-17 Fourth Quarter TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ............................. 1-3 PE Physical Education ...................................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ........................ 9 Related Electives .................................................... 3-5
14-18
Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 22-27.
MHCC Courses on International Education “Work to create an interculturally literate citizenry so that students can be successful living and working in the increasingly interconnected global community.”** Courses dealing with an international perspective give the student understanding of the world as a global community consisting of interdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in Asian, European, or Latin American studies provide an opportunity to examine carefully a specific area of the world.These courses are valuable for students who are interested in international issues, in learning about life in countries other than the United States, in working for corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic service and other international careers or experiences. The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of the United States, but also of other countries and cultures.
BUSINESS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH231 ANTH232 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG214 HST110, 111, 112 HST195 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST264 HST270, 271, 272
HT140 HT204 WE280
HST292 HST293
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW North American Indians Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Mexico & Central America World Civilizations History of Vietnam War* Introduction to Peace Studies* Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory* Peace Studies: World Order Theory* African American History* History of Mexico, Central America, South America* China: Past and Present* Japan: Past and Present*
IS110 IS111 IS210, 211, 212 IS251
Introduction to International Studies I Introduction to International Studies II Comparative Culture I, II, III* Population and Global Resources*
PS105 PS204 PS205 PS220 PS225 PS241
Global Issues Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations* American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology Political Terrorism
SOC213 SOC214
Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society
Travel and Tourism Geography International Hospitality & Tourism Cooperative Education Internship
COMMUNICATION ARTS SP115
Introduction to Intercultural Communication
LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND HUMANITIES FR101, 102, 103 FR111, 112, 113 FR150, 151 FR201, 202, 203
First-Year French I, II, III Beginning French Conversation I, II, III Beginning French (Intensive) Second-Year French I, II, III
GER101, 102, 103 GER111, 112, 113 GER201, 202, 203
First-Year German I, II, III Beginning Conversation I, II, III Second-Year German I, II, III*
JPN101, 102, 103
First-Year Japanese I, II, III
SPAN101, 102, 103 SPAN111, 112, 113 SPAN150, 151 SPAN201, 202, 203 SPAN211, 212, 213
First-Year Spanish I, II, III Beginning Spanish Conversation Beginning Spanish (Intensive) Second-Year Spanish I, II, III Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III
ART201, 202, 203
Introduction to the History of Art
ENG107, 108, 109 ENG250 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112
World Literature: Introduction to Mythology Contemporary Culture: Introduction to Human Values Contemporary Culture: Changing Values Contemporary Culture: Future Trends
R210
World Religions
SOCIAL SCIENCES ANTH101 ANTH102
Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory
* Offered at irregular intervals ** From MHCC Mission Statement
Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a twoweek program during summer session. We also offer a French immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec, call 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.
121
122
Course Descriptions
Understanding Course Requirements Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success. The college offers courses for students who need additional academic preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students are proficient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these basic skills before they can enroll in most college courses.
Proficiency is defined as course placement above: RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills WR90 Basic Writing Skills MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will meet the reading, writing, or math proficiency requirement.
Reading, Writing, and Math Proficiencies Reading Proficiency A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract, or vocabulary is difficult.
Writing Proficiency A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic. The writing will be free of distracting technical errors. The student may have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions. They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph essays or lab reports.
Proficiency Levels Proficiency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined by taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully completing previous college course work.There are two proficiency levels: Proficiency needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels for each course can be found at the end of individual course descriptions.
Proficiency Needed All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must meet the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either through the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can be used only if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer credits. Students enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that they are expected to possess the needed reading, writing and math proficiencies to enroll in the specified course.
Proficiency Required All students registering for proficiency-required courses will be required to take the CPT and place above RD90, WR90 and MTH20 or prove proficiency with successfully completed college course work regardless of the number of credit hours taken.
Other Helpful Course Description Terms Proficiency: Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or experience.
Prerequisite: A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking the course.
Co-Requisite: Math Proficiency A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and percentages. Note: A student who places beyond a specific course may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses.
A requirement or course that must be either successfully completed beforehand or taken in combination with the course.
Concurrent: A course that must be taken in combination with another course.
Recommended/Suggested Requisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated requirement in order to be better prepared for the course.
123
Course Descriptions
Course Descriptions
124
AC38 Intermediate Accounting I
AC240 Fund Accounting
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting learned in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more indepth understanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles will enable students to determine whether information has been properly recorded (recognized, measured and classified) and clearly develop solutions to bring the financial statements into compliance. Recognizing both the value and the limitations of the financial statements, students will be ready to evaluate a company’s past performance and assess risks. Students will also develop their ability to research topics in accounting and present their findings both orally and in writing. This course will prepare students for accounting positions requiring them to detect and resolve accounting reporting problems. The students will also be prepared to make recommendations that will increase the efficiency and internal control of the accounting system. This course is also an excellent way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses required in four-year accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is an overview of accounting for governmental and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be on the budgetary process and the controlling or expenditures with in budget authorizations. This course can be offered in the traditional “instructor led” format, or as an on-line course. Prerequisite: BA212 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AC39 Intermediate Accounting II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to continue applying Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inventory, fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation, revenue recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting methods are available, students will make recommendations based on the resulting impact on financial statements. In addition, students will evaluate the merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: AC38. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AC110 General Accounting Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are recorded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements. The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
AC120 Accounting for Professional Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use in an office providing professional services. Using the cash basis of accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges, payroll procedures and required payroll forms. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Designed for a true novice to accounting theory. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ACX16 Basic Income Tax Preparation Credits 8 (8 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Basic Income Tax Preparation is designed to prepare students to pass the licensing exam of the Oregon State Board of Tax Service Examiners.The course will also assist established income tax return preparers to become more proficient in preparing personal income tax returns. The course is approved by the Oregon State Board of Tax Service Examiners. Offered fall term only beginning three weeks before fall term. Prerequisite: MTH20 or equivalent and WR115 or equivalent placement. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
ACX30 Accredited Business Accountant Review Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to help students prepare to successfully pass the “National Uniform Accredited Business Accountant Examination” and receive accreditation as an Accredited Business Accountant. This course does not include registration or fees to sit for the exam. Prerequisite: BA212, BA213, BA220, BA226, BA227 or consent of instructor.
AH11 Survey of Body Systems Credits 4 (3 Lecture Hrs - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiology. Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and function of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises that parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory course and for those who have no background in human biology. Concurrent enrollment in AH11L is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
AH12 Medical Vocabulary Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and suffixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student is able to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most commonly used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
AH17 Therapeutic Use of Self Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA13) This course addresses therapeutic use of self as it related to client-centered therapy. The course begins with an understanding of how the theories of Erickson, Maslow and Kohlberg impact the development of the self. Individual values, cultures and beliefs will be discussed as students develop selfawareness. Students will develop therapeutic styles and their application to diverse patient populations. Interpersonal problem solving as it pertains to stress management, time management and conflict resolution are an integral part of this course. Intended for those interested in working in a health career.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures commonly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting are examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Professional Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifications. Prerequisite: Current Standard First Aid:Workplace Training Certification. Concurrent enrollment in AH140L is required Limited to Physical Therapist Assistant majors..
AHX20 Central Service Technician Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course will provide instruction for students who wish to function in entry-level positions in central supply/sterile processing departments of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden the knowledge base of practicing central service technicians. This course is designed to prepare students for the National Certification Examination for Central Sterile Processing Department Technicians. Prerequisite: MMR immunization required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high school diploma or GED may be required for employment. (AM110 – AM280, except AM127, are restricted to students in the Automotive Chrysler CAP and IMPORT Program.)
AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required.
AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 is required.
AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting, and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM119 is required.
AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required.
AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.
AM127 Small Gas Engines Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances and operating principles of small gas engines.
AM132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.
AM133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AM132 is required.
AM136 Brake Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM137 is required.
AM137 Brake Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM136 is required.
AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AM153 is required.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
125
Course Descriptions
126
AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT
AM252 Engine Performance Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT
Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.
Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.
AM156 Power Train Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AM157 is required.
AM157 Power Train Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AM156 is required.
AM216 Engine Performance Theory I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM217 is required.
AM217 Engine Performance Lab I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.
AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM254 is required.
AM254 Steering & Suspension Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM253 is required.
AM256 Heating & Air Conditioning Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM257 is required.
AM257 Heating & Air Conditioning Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM256 is required.
AM251 Engine Performance Theory II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT
AM258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM252 is required.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM259 is required.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions AM259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors, computer control systems and vehicle computer communications on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM258 is required.
AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required. (AMF110 – AMF280 are restricted to students in the Automotive Ford Asset Program.)
AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required.
AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford Asset Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 is required.
AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF119 is required.
AMF132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics.The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered.This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.
AMF133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.
AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF137 is required.
AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF136 is required.
AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMF153 is required.
AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AMF152 is required.
AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF118 is required.
AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset
AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMF157 is required.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
127
Course Descriptions
128
AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMF156 is required.
AMF256 Heating & Air Conditioning Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF257 is required.
AMF257 Heating & Air Conditioning Lab - Ford Asset AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is required.
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF256 is required.
AMF258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Ford Asset
Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.
Credits 2 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF259 is required.
AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset
AMF259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Ford Asset
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF252 is required.
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF258 is required.
AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset
AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF251 is required.
AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF254 is required.
AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF253 is required.
AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience-Asset Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.
AMX10 Internal Combustion Engine Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is a lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for the modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings is also included. Concurrent enrollment in AMX11 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX11 Internal Combustion Engine Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMX10 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions AMX12 Brake Systems Theory
AMX19 Electrical Systems Lab
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern brake systems on late model import and domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMX13 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMX18 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX13 Brake Systems Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive brake systems on late model import and domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMX12 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX20 Automatic Transmission Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters, and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMX21 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX14 Heating & Air Conditioning Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating and air conditioning systems of late model import and domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMX15 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX21 Automatic Transmission Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AMX20 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX15 Heating & Air Conditioning Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Lab instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive heating and air conditioning systems on late model import and domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMX14 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX16 Power Train Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMX17 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX17 Power Train Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A lab course covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMX16 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX18 Electrical Systems Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition, and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMX19 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX28 Engine Performance Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine and its computer controlled fuel systems, including emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and electronic fuel systems. Developing the ability to analyze the operation of all engine accessories directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMX29 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX29 Engine Performance Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine and its computer controlled fuel systems, including emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and electronic fuel systems. Developing the ability to analyze the operation of all engine accessories directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMX28 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX30 Suspension/Steering System Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern suspension, steering systems and alignment on late model import and domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMX31 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX31 Suspension/Steering System Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension, steering systems and alignment on late model import and domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMX30 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
129
Course Descriptions
130
AMX37 Fuel Systems Theory
ANTH180 Language and Culture
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A theory course in terminology, principles and problems applicable to fuel systems and their components. Computer-controlled fuel systems will also be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMX38 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it acquired by children? How does language affect thought and our perception of the world? How is our language different from that of other animals? How did human language evolve and develop throughout history? Is ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course provides answers to these provocative questions by exploring the anthropological disciplines of descriptive, historical, and sociocultural linguistics. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
AMX38 Fuel Systems Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions systems are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMX37 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX39 Auto Certification Training Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to prepare the student for National Certification through the ASE exams. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in the Automotive program or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AMX44 Small Engines, Fuel and Ignition Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A theory and lab class covering fuel and ignition systems for small gas engines. Periodic maintenance and operating principles will be covered in depth. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Some knowledge of small engine operation.
ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution as they apply to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of human evolution is augmented by material on primatology and a discussion of human biological variation. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class topics include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an overview of world prehistory from the Mammoth hunters to the earliest civilization. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Students learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural analyses of various aspects of culture such as; religion, language, economy, and technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural differences. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field Archaeology Credits 4,4,4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific field archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological digs and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduction to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites central to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students will investigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze Age to Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can reconstruct ancient Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH231 Indian Cultures/Pacific Northwest Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (alternate years) This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific Northwest from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological findings, historical accounts and recent developments and issues are discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH232 North American Indians Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to provide the student with a broad introduction to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians north of Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of Native/U.S. relations and contemporary Native American issues are emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date ancient artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides hands-on experience with the analytical laboratory methods professional archaeologists use in solving the mysteries of the past. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional
ART198 Independent Studies: Applied Art
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class explores the process of using art elements and organizational principles of design in inventing visual images. This course structure is built on the articulation of visual language, terminology, and a survey of processes. Class preparations in theoretical knowledge will be applied in final works of art using a variety of art materials and tools. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 1-3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied art not normally covered in an existing course. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor and associate dean before registration. Maximum of three credits per term to a total of nine credits.
ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This class explores color theory and its applications in designing invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in designing final art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of three-dimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form, space and content. Assigned projects will help develop an understanding of sculptural and design considerations while expanding your conceptual and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and critical discussions will contribute to developing a working vocabulary of spatial relations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART167 History of Graphic Design Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the invention of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. The impact of technology, various art movements and styles upon graphics, advertising, fashion, architecture, and industrial design is emphasized.
ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed specifically for those wishing to explore the very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white prints in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be addressed. Non-art majors as well as students from the larger community seeking an enriching experience in printmaking are especially welcome.
ART197 Gallery Design and Management Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) The class provides an administrative and practical experience in the operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a museum, gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to be observed in the selection, documentation and exhibit design of artists’ work. Projects include planning, publicity and physical installation of artwork. Course requirements include independent reviews of current gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History of Art Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for non-majors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers c. 30,000 BC to c. 0 - prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, Aegean, Greece. ART202 encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD ancient Roman, Byzantine, Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 includes c. 1400 to the present - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, Realism, Impressionism, Modern. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms with emphasis on the observer, the artist, and the critic. Approximately half the course in any given term will involve field trips to museums, galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discussions of artist’s material, visual resources, newsletters, gallery memberships, gallery openings, periodicals, research, libraries, schools, vocations, and trends. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W (Formerly ART214CG) In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of combining type and images for the printed page. Applied projects will cover five major layout types: advertising, business stationery, brochure, editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Students will learn how to effectively format type, import graphics and photographs, and position elements according to a grid. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART219 Calligraphy Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an understanding and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You may start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman capitals.Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms. A variety of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring term. Layouts are developed in all alphabets.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
131
Course Descriptions
132
ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I
ART232 Drawing II
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly ART225CG) This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and a vectorbased drawing program as a visualization tool, and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh operating system and working with a variety of peripheral devices will be covered. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine artmaking tool. Through applied projects, students will learn how to use drawing tools, create paths, elemental graphic shapes, work with type and apply both color and gradient fills. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a larger variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an exploration of process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportunity to enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in composition, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ART226CG) This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and an imageediting program as a means to digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images. Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera, work with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods, color modes and file formats will be explored. Through assigned projects, students will learn how to alter, improve, create and manage bitmap images. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III
ART233 Drawing III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a portfolio of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this course. In addition to previous drawing course objectives, Drawing III students will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed media, a variety of formats, and color. Students in this course will be expected to articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media and to create a body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART234 Life Drawing I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces the student to life drawing. Students will follow drawing methods that lead to observational documentation of the human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students will explore the elements of line and value as enhancements to structure, issues in light, perspective, and surface anatomy. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ART227CG) In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn the basic principles of 3-D. Applied projects will cover the major model types, lighting and camera placement, rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Animation topics will include timeline controls, and spline-based motion paths. Simple animations will be created using a variety of approaches. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
ART235 Life Drawing II
ART231 Drawing I
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. Although students in ART236 will continue to draw directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond the basic form and structure of the figure to discover conceptual and media explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit a personal or expressive component beyond the classical descriptive studies done in ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended studies will be discussed in class and approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: ART235, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see perceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing tools, manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, shape and form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and mass through the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an intermediate level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234, Life Drawing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular structure. In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond to drawing the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended studies will investigate the potential of the human form as subject matter in explorations regarding color theory and composition. Prerequisite: ART234, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART236 Life Drawing III
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers character development and marketing for various types and formats of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is a continuation of ART240. Emphasis will be on the use of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design, development and production of cartoons. Applications introduced are: Adobe Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuartXpress. Ideagathering, refining of composition, hand-building and computer conversion are the major issues of the course, with preparation of files for printing also covered. Prerequisite: ART240 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART254 Ceramics I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be introduced to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary to create both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms. Beginning with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive processes and continuing through contemporary techniques, visual literacy will be developed through a study and application of the elements of design by creating both hand built and wheel thrown projects, utilizing various techniques of decorating and glazing, and evaluating student work. The theory and practice in loading and firing the electric kiln will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART255 Ceramics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques, materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills or a combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on wheel throwing will practice the skill necessary to create the five basic pottery forms. Those interested in hand building skills will explore construction methods using five of the basic techniques. Emphasis in both areas will be on the implementation of design elements and their application to form. A basic understanding of decorating, glazing and kiln firing will be covered as well as the theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART256 Ceramics III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic training in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be expected to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, development of form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Students will learn to understand and recognize the role of visual and conceptual elements as they affect structure and form. Stu-
dents will have the opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions of pottery as a business/profession and marketing techniques will be explored. The student will have the opportunity to experiment with and test glaze formulations, as well as participate in firing the glaze kilns. Evaluation through interaction with other students, instructor and self criticism. ART254,ART255, and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite:ART255 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp (Formerly ART257M) An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a marriage between the applied design principles of an art class and metalsmithing and jewelry as an art media. The course will further the student’s design awareness in combination with the continuing development of a sound, stepby-step metals technique, design application, craftsmanship skills and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation will be based upon a combination of applied design principles, original design concepts, craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in the use of tools. ART257,ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ART257MB) This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/metalsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ART258M) This course is the continuation of the study of applied design principles in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will continue to learn manipulative skills with hand tools and power equipment related to more advanced technical processes. Each student should gain greater insight into design opportunities and appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Prior experience in fundamental techniques and process allow the student to operate at higher levels of competency and have more latitude in their creative experiences. The use of related materials will be introduced as part of designing and the construction process. Both individual, and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it related to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implication will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257,ART258, and ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
133
Course Descriptions
134
ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ART258MB) This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmithing design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will develop greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools and power equipment through an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Each student should gain greater insights into design opportunities and a greater appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. As a result of prior experiences in fundamental techniques and processes, the student will be able to operate at intermediate levels of competency and will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences. Individual and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ART259M) The third term student will be expected to build on the skills acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will have more latitude in project selection, which will incorporate several advanced metalsmith techniques. Students will implement strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials. This experience will help develop an insight on the process in order to successfully complete areas of study selected. Students will discuss and critique each other’s work and discuss basic aesthetics of art metal design and construction, thus expanding the student’s perception of themselves within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ART259MB) The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed more latitude in project selection and development. Students will implement specific advanced strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Student work and basic philosophies in art metal design and construction will be discussed and critiqued, thus expanding the student’s aesthetic perception within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART261 Photography I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, exposure control, lighting, film processing and printing are ex-
plained and practiced through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis on design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Adjustable camera is necessary.
ART262 Photography II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp An intermediate black and white course designed to build proficiency beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, lighting and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students create a photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and white photographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART263 Field Photography Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An advanced black and white course in creative or applied photography through completion of student defined projects. Field trips provide experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. Emphasizes camera and darkroom skills and seeing photographically. Prerequisite: ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART264 Portrait Photography Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Studio portrait techniques in black and white or color, adapted to small camera formats with emphasis on lighting, model, personality and cosmetics, background setting, print and portfolio presentation. Covers basic black and white photographic processes and techniques; development of camera and darkroom skills; seeing photographically. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART265 Color Photography I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) -W/Sp Introduction to camera use, shutter and aperture relationship, lenses, and composition. Basic theory of three color negative color processes explained and demonstrated. Fundamentals of color and printing are emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART266 Color Slide Photography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to color slide photography using slides for assignments and critiques. This non-lab class introduces camera use, lenses, aperture and shutter relationships and exposure.The properties of color balance, light, color slide films, close-up photography and use of electronic flash are covered. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART271 Printmaking I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a course in the fundamental printmaking methods of Relief, using linocut and woodcut; Intaglio, using collagraph and drypoint; and Monotype, using a variety of monotype media and techniques. Approximately 1/3 of the course will be dedicated to each of these three methods. Black-and-white, color, and multiple-color techniques will be covered, dependent upon the individual student’s progress both technically and artistically. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ART272 Printmaking II
ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course allows the student to choose from the printmaking methods offered in ART271 in order to increase mastery in one or more area. The general printmaking methods included are relief, intaglio, and monotype. Coursework evaluation will be based on a higher level of mastery than ART271. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculptural forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil construction, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include several finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART273 Printmaking III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This is a course in the fundamentals of combining two or more methods of printmaking within the same fine art print. Methods will be selected from relief, intaglio, and or monotype processes, thus producing what is known as a “mixed-media” print. Monotype and collagraph processes will be emphasized. Prerequisite:ART272, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART281 Painting I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and materials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject matter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand the students perception of themselves as artists within an historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART282 Painting II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and materials of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical understanding of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and 3) to apply the above to the processes of painting. The student is encouraged to begin and sustain the process of self-examination by dealing with diversified subject matter in both “object” and “non-objective” idioms. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite:ART281.ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART283 Painting III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address the fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting, narrative painting and society and issues in painting. Both individual and group criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite:ART282. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction to working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to finished bronze or aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART290 Sculpture: Welding Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and forms of welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is fundamental, not only for finished sculptural forms, but also as a structural foundation for other materials, and for finishing cast metal pieces. Instruction will cover fabrication processes including welding, brazing, cutting and bending. Finishing processes such as grinding and surface treatment are also included. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART291 Sculpture: Beginning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construction are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form and content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own choosing, you will learn how material and process interrelate to create form. You will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and history with a view toward developing a personal form of expression. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
135
Course Descriptions
136
ART292 Sculpture: Intermediate
ASL101 American Sign Language-Beginning I
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and their application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encouraged to continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a variety of media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic will be emphasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course introduces communication techniques and culture information of Deaf people. The course includes the manual alphabet, numbers and approximately 400 vocabulary items along with a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues used both expressively and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART293 Sculpture: Advanced Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and content. Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific sculpture.Working independently, students explore their own creative philosophy while sculpting in any medium including metal, wood and mixed media. This course is also an introduction to metal casting, with instruction in mold-making and casting techniques for bronze and aluminum. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292, Sculpture: Intermediate; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART294 Watercolor - Beginning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on the technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as well as composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and principles. Imagery will include still-life, landscape, figurative, and abstract subject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, ART231 is highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. The course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of proportion and values in order to give the figure a feeling of form and vitality. Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART296 Watercolor - Intermediate Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite:ART294.Also,ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ASL102 American Sign Language-Beginning II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces conversational use of American Sign Language, increases vocabulary and linguistic devices used by the Deaf, and continues the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite:ASL101 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ASL103 American Sign Language-Beginning III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course continues instruction in American Sign Language, Deaf culture and receptive expressive communication as used by the Deaf. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
AV100 IFR Refresher Course Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F This course is for instrument rated pilots who wish to retain currency in IFR flight operations. Topics covered will include environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight and recent rule changes, IFR departure, enroute, and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV104 Aircraft Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Ground and simulator instruction that entails a detailed study of aircraft systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex single-and multi-engine aircraft. Aircraft in current use by industry will be studied and emphasis placed on basic operations, including emergencies. Applicable Federal Aviation regulations, including use of Minimum Equipment Lists, will be introduced. Prerequisite: AV110 with a grade of “C” or better or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
AV108 Aviation Meteorology Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is designed as an introduction to the fundamentals of meteorology and the understanding and application of basic weather concepts to flight planning and in flight operations. Emphasis is placed on maximizing aircraft performance and minimizing exposure to weather hazards. Study will include atmospheric circulation patterns and resultant weather systems. Detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts will place emphasis on pilot flight planning and decision making with respect to flight operations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions AV110 Private Pilot I
AV200 Instrument/Commercial Pilot
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Initial ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the Professional Pilot syllabus. Course involves an introduction to pilot training, human factors in aviation, and aviation opportunities. The student will obtain a basic working knowledge of subjects including fundamentals of flight, aerodynamics, aircraft instruments and systems, airspace and airport operations, air traffic control and radar services, radio communications, basic flight physiology, sources of flight information, fundamentals of weather theory, aviation weather hazards, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, predicting aircraft performance, controlling aircraft weight and balance, VFR charts, navigation and flight planning, and applicable Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to Private Pilot flight operations. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV111 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. For Aviation program majors only. NonMajors refer to course AV5 in the quarterly schedule.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Prerequisite: AV130 and AV131 with a grade of «C» or better, and a FAA Private Pilot Certificate. To enroll in this course, student must have Dean’s signature. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV111 Private Pilot Flight Lab I Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required. Prerequisite: Second class medical certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV120 Private Pilot II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W Continuing ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical knowledge and skills necessary to meet requirements of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and crew resource management. Subjects include cross country flight planning and VFR navigation, basic instrument flight, flight dispatching and crew coordination, radio navigation systems, physiological factors involved in flight safety, dealing with in-flight emergencies, accidents, incidents, applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, and aeronautical decision making. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete the course. Concurrent enrollment in AV121 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV121 Private Pilot Flight Lab II Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/W Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV131 Private Pilot Flight Lab III Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV210 Instrument Pilot Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and crew resource management. Includes study of aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, systems and equipment malfunctions, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, obtaining weather reports and forecasts for IFR flight, environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, radio navigation systems and operation, basic radio navigation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight, IFR departure, enroute and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Five hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV211 is required for all “Aviation Program” students. AV211 is not required for non-major students. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better, and FAA Private Pilot Certificate or instructor signature. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV211 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV210 is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV220 Commercial Pilot Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes study of advanced aerodynamics, aircraft performance, weight and balance, complex aircraft operations, advanced airplane systems, commercial operations, and Federal Aviation Regulations for commercial pilots and commercial flight operations, with emphasis on human factors, crew resource management and decision making.Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV221 is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV221 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV220 is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
137
Course Descriptions
138
AV230 Multi-engine Pilot
AVH111 Helicopter Flight Lab 1
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and multi-engine pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and crew resource management. Includes multi-engine aircraft systems and operations, aerodynamics of multi-engine aircraft, performance considerations, engine-out operations, emergency operations, multi-engine instrument operations, and high altitude operations. Four hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV231 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate with instrument rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Initial ground instruction on helicopter aerodynamics, systems, determining performance and helicopter navigation and flight planning. Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required. Prerequisite: Student Pilot certificate and Second Class Medical certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV231 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage final requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV230 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate with instrument rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AVH121 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to private pilot certification. Begin ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes study of advanced helicopter systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex helicopters. Begin flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to commercial pilot certificate. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AVH111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV235 Human Factors in Aviation Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An introduction to the field of human behavior and characteristics as critical factors in the design and operation of electronic/ machine systems. Emphasis is on crew resource management and human factors, including the study of human performance in complex systems with an examination of personality, stress, anxiety, fatigue, communication skills, leadership/followership, decision making, situational awareness, analysis of aviation incidents and accidents, and practical application of human factors and performance to modern aviation. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include fundamentals of instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in an interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. In conjunction with this course each student must complete three hours of flight simulator lab. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AVH131 Helicopter Flight Lab 3 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Includes study of helicopter performance, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, VFR charts, navigation and flight planning. Prerequisite: AV120 and AVH121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AVH200 Helicopter Flight Lab 4 Credits 4 (12 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes weather theory, advanced aerodynamics, Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to commercial pilot operations, aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight. FAA Private Pilot Certificate required. Prerequisite: AVH131 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AVH211 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Co-requisite: AVH200 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions AVH221 Helicopter Flight Lab 6
BA205 Business Communications
Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant acquire the instructional knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively teach and analyze the maneuvers and procedures required for the issuance of a flight instructor certificate rotocraft - helicopter. Prerequisite: AVH211 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in a business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an efficient tool for processing and presenting information in a business setting. Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing good, persuasive, and bad news letters and memos. They learn interpersonal and organizational communication skills for working with and in groups as well as with individuals. Students will collaborate to research, write, and present business reports. Students will use, in computer labs, e-mail, word processing, spreadsheets, on-line research, and presentation software to enhance the communication process. Prerequisite: CS105 and WR121, or CS105 and WR101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
AVH231 Helicopter Flight Lab 7 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Prerequisite: AVH211 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
AVH256 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include Fundamentals of Instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum, creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in a interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving oneon-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. Prerequisite: AVH231 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ***
BA101 Introduction to Business Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the various phases of business. Emphasis is placed on ownership and organization, marketing personnel management, and financial management. Its purpose is to prepare students for further business study. Proficiency Needed. Reading.
BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and meet the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students will act as the payroll accountant for a company for the 4th quarter, processing the bi-weekly payroll register and deposits. In addition, students will prepare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating the general ledger accounts and employee earning records, federal, state and city tax forms. Students will demonstrate indepth understanding of payroll by completing a manual and computerized payroll project for a 3-month cycle. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA206 Management Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in management. Major topics are evolution and scope of management, planning, decision-making, organizing, leading, and controlling. Current relevant management issues such as re-engineering, ethics, and managing in a global economy will be covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BA211 Principles of Accounting I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize external financial reporting for business enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and financial statement preparation will be covered with an emphasis on understanding, interpreting and applying accounting information. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA212 Principles of Accounting II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course emphasizes external financial reporting. Topics covered will include long-term assets, current and long-term liabilities, stockholder’s equity, the statement of cash flow, financial statement analysis, international accounting and intercompany investments. Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
BA213 Principles of Accounting III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of accounting information by managers. Topics covered will include managerial accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, cost behavior and analysis, profit planning, budgets, responsibility accounting, and capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments will be done using an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211 or equivalent and an electronic spreadsheet course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
139
Course Descriptions
140
BA215 Cost Accounting I
BA226 Introduction to Business Law
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing and services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the ramification of their behavior. The student will be able to make production and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make management decisions. The course focuses on cost management and covers activity-based costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: BA213 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The nature and functions of law, including areas such as torts, contracts and intellectual property, as they pertain to the business environment. There will be particular emphasis on recent developments in business law, such as electronic commerce. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to understand and apply rules of law. In both class and homework assignments, students will be asked to think critically by: identifying legal issues in given situations; identifying the law applicable to those issues; analyzing the facts of the given situations in light of the applicable law; expressing the most likely outcomes of those situations; and explaining lessons the student learned from such assignments. This reasoning process will enable students to identify legal issues in the business environment and will facilitate the students’ learning about the legal process in general. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BA220 Tax Accounting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual tax returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, 3903, 6251, and 4562. Students will review the state tax returns and also research tax issues. Students will also become familiar with the basic tax returns for S Corporations, partnerships and corporations. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA221 Production Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Presents an introduction to the production function and the organization of production systems in business. Investigates the development and use of analytical models and methods for resolving production problems such as work, measurement, materials handling, plant layout and plant location. Additional focus is on production/inventory, planning and control, product design, project management, and process design. Prerequisites: BA101 and BA103 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA222 Finance Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory study of financial management. The course covers issues such as the sources of capital financial statement analysis, the time value of money, capital budgeting, working capital management, financial structures and other factors that influence the financial decisions of management. Prerequisite: BA211 and either BUS31 or BUS32, or the equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA223 Principles of Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A general survey of the nature and significance of marketing in our contemporary economy. General emphasis is placed on how marketing decisions are made. Particular emphasis is placed on the marketing environment, buyer behavior, market research procedures and uses, product-market relationships, pricing and promotional policies, channels of distribution, strategic marketing, and international marketing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BA224 Human Resources Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current, and emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, realistic, and modern view of human resources management (HRM). Students study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervisor as well as functions of the HRM director in today’s business environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BA228 Computer Accounting Applications Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software, including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA231 Information Technology in Business Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with the basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information systems in the organization. This course describes how information systems can be applied to business processes by supporting communications, improving decision making, and increasing organizational performance. The components & development of the appropriate personal, workgroup and enterprise systems will be examined. Additional lab time is required for hands-on applications experience in the use of information and computer technology for communication and decision making. Prerequisite: CS105 or successful completion of CS105 equivalency test. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
BA233 General Motors Marketing Internship Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The General Motor Marketing Internship (GMMI) is offered through General Motors Corporation and Mt. Hood Community College (MHCC) in a unique partnership between education and industry.The internship is designed to give students a real marketing experience as a member of a student-managed marketing/communication agency. You and your classmates will become a marketing agency for the world’s largest corporation, General Motors. Your specific client is Weston Pontiac in Gresham, Oregon. During the quarter, you will be working with your client, with SGRO Promo, and with your instructor to develop an on-campus promotion for your client.You will be given a $2500 budget to research, design, present, execute and evaluate a custom-made promotion for the client. The plan developed by the class will be implemented at the end of the quarter. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions BA238 Sales
BA271 Financial Statement Analysis
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Emphasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process, prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the sale. Presentations give the students opportunities to apply sales concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable students to interpret and analyze real world financial reports of various manufacturing, retailing and service firms from the perspective of investors, creditors, and prospective employees. This analysis will be used to assess a company’s liquidity, profitability and solvency in order to judge whether there is a viable basis for relationship. Students will also develop their ability to locate comparable industry data, rating services and credit reporting services and apply this information in their evaluation of a company’s past performance and assessment of the company’s future risks and rewards. Prerequisite: BA212 and AC38 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA239 Advertising in Business Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Detailed examination of the purpose, preparation, placement, and analysis of the various types of advertisements within each of the media, such as television, radio and the newspaper. The relative merits of several media are then explored. The course involves practice in the planning and analysis of complete advertising campaigns and their coordination with other marketing strategies. Prerequisite: None. BA101 recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA243 Introduction to Consumer Behavior Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An analysis of the major determinants of consumer behavior and the consumer decision process.Theoretical concepts are explored, but special emphasis is placed on practical applications for all types and sizes of organization. Prerequisite: None. BA223 recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BA249 Retail Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course studies the total management efforts needed to operate a retail establishment effectively. It addresses the manager’s strategy of operation as well as the requirements of daily operation, and does so from the standpoint of the specific decisions a retail manager must make to achieve success. Prerequisite: Must have completed a minimum of 75 credit hours in the program or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA250 Small Business Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for a student to learn the practical and specific aspects of how to operate a small business. Creative thinking and leadership is discussed as well as planning and time-management. Other aspects of business management studied are: record keeping and controlling, buying and inventory, marketing, financing, and human resource management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA285 Leadership and Human Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Leadership and Human Relations can best be described as a management skills practicum. Students will examine the human side of the work environment. The focus will be on supervisory, subordinate, and peer relationships, and on the human relations skills necessary for career success. The course’s basic premise is that individuals possessing solid people skills dramatically increase their chances of becoming successful managers, regardless of an organization’s type or size. The course is organized as an integrated, comprehensive learning model designed to change behavior. The main objective is to change behaviors, not simply to teach new ideas. Key topics include assessment of management skills, self-awareness, stress management, solving problems creatively, communications, motivation, conflict, empowerment, and team building. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BI101, BI102, BI103 General Biology I Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) BI101 - Su/F/W/Sp, BI102 - Su/W/Sp, BI103 - Su/Sp Survey of principles and concepts of life. This sequence fulfills the college requirements for a year of laboratory science. General Biology has its basis in the physical sciences and, therefore, includes a simple introduction to physical and chemical concepts as they apply to the study of life. Normally, BI101 includes basic cell structure, function and cycles; BI102 includes meiosis, mendelian genetics, molecular genetics, gene technology, and evolution; BI103 includes population dynamics, community ecology, ecosystems, climate and biomes. Not to be taken out of sequence, except by consent of instructor. This sequence is designed for non-majors. Those students who are considering majors in biology or preprofessional health occupations are advised to take BI211, BI212, BI213. Concurrent enrollment in BI101L is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA255 Supervisory Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Discusses common problems and issues of first line supervision. General emphasis is on the role of the supervisor in creating a challenging, rewarding and productive work environment. Particular focus is on selecting, training, motivating, and evaluating employees.Additional topics include leadership styles and effectiveness, communication, handling grievances and ineffective employees, group work and quality circles. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
141
Course Descriptions
142
BI121, BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology I Credits 4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/F/ W A course designed to cover the basic anatomy and physiology for most Allied Health students. BI121 covers body organization, cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous (with special senses) and endocrine systems. BI122 covers the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive (with development) systems. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology, AH11, or BI101; or equivalent. High school chemistry or equivalent is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BI132 Introduction to Animal Behavior Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A general science course designed to provide students with an introduction to the field of animal behavior. The course takes a biological perspective to investigate both the proximate and ultimate causes of behavior. Topics include the genetics, development, and neural basis of behavior as well as strategies of habitat choice, foraging, defense, courtship, parental care and sociality. The laboratory provides opportunities to conduct research on animal behavior. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BI145 Environmental Problems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A non-majors course designed to provide students with an introduction to the principles of ecology and the impacts of humans on the environment. Through lectures and discussions students will consider major environmental issues facing modern society, both locally and globally. This course is also taught as GEOG290 for Social Sciences credit. The student may receive credit as BI145 or GEOG290, but not both. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BI211, BI212, BI213 Biology I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A pre-professional course designed for students planning to major in biology, conservation, pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, fish and game, range management, wildlife and biology education.This class is designed to teach the basic principles of biology with emphasis on molecular biology, cellular structure and function, genetics, evolution, physiological, organismic and developmental biology, botany, behavior and ecology. Field trips are likely in spring quarter. Not to be taken out of sequence. Co-requisite: CH104, CH151, or CH221 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BI231, BI232, BI233 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/ W This three-course series is designed for the pre-professional student planning a career in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, nursing (RN) or a related field of health care. The courses emphasize mastery of the body’s structure and function as well as the application of this knowledge, as in cas studies. BI231 covers cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the in-
tegumentary, skeletal, muscular, and endocrine (introduction only) systems. BI232 covers the nervous system, special senses, lymphatic/body defenses, and cardiovascular systems. BI233 covers the human respiratory system, urinary system, water and electrolyte balance, digestive system, nutrition and metabolism, endocrine system, lymphatic system, and reproductive system. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology or AH11, BI101 or equivalent; one year high school chemistry or CH104, CH151, or CH221. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BI234 Microbiology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp/Su This course serves to provide students with a basic knowledge of microorganisms and their role in the disease process. Emphasis is placed upon bacteria and viruses with some consideration of fungi and protozoans. Bacterial structure is examined in detail followed by discussion of growth, metabolism, and genetics of microorganisms. Application of the role which each of these topics plays in infection and disease is stressed. Concepts related to inhibition of microbial growth and the role of immunity and host defense mechanisms are also discussed. The course concludes with discussions of transmissible disease of concern to the health care provider. Laboratory techniques for the study and identification of bacteria utilizing aseptic techniques are also presented. Prerequisite: High school biology or BI101 or AH11; AND high school chemistry or CH104 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BI235 Medical Microbiology/Immunology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an extension of the concepts and principles presented in BI234, with emphasis upon bacteria, viruses and other agents that cause human disease. The course examines in depth mechanisms of pathogenicity and transmissibility. Discussion of disease etiology in the respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genito-urinary, nervous and integumentary systems are provided.Additionally, host defense mechanisms are examined in detail, with emphasis on inflammatory processes, types of immunity, cytotoxic reactions, and immune complex disorders. The companion laboratory serves to isolate and examine disease organisms, investigate and conduct epidemiological studies, and challenge the student with case studies. Prerequisite: BI234. BI121 and BI122, or AH11 are also strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BI240 Pathology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A survey of the fundamental nature of disease. Topics include injury and repair, inflammation, immunopathology, infectious disease, cancer, hemodynamic disorders, and pathologies of selected systems. Non-sequential course except for dental hygiene students, who should take this course in sequence or only after admittance to the Dental Hygiene Program. Prerequisite: BI234 and completion of BI121, BI231 or AH11. Co-requisite: BI122 or BI232. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BI273 Ecology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course studies the interrelationships of plants and animals with their environment. Different types of ecosystems are examined to better understand the composition and function of ecosystem components. Emphasis is on basic ecological principles,
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions concepts, and mathematical analysis rather than current environmental problems. Laboratories emphasize field sampling techniques and several are out-of-doors. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BUS28 eBusiness Project Management
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to the characteristics and classification of nonvascular and vascular plant groups with special emphasis on Angiosperm plant families and indicator species through lecture, laboratory and field experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an on-line business. Through establishing, developing and managing an on-line business, students will draw on previous course knowledge to solve business management problems. Students will have an opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors in the Business and Computer Technology Division. This is a final course in the Business/eCommerce Marketing and Management program. Prerequisites: CS105; and BA231 or Web development coursework; and BUS24 eCommerce; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BUS21 Active Communicating
BUS31 Business Mathematics I
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A detailed examination of interpersonal (non-written) communication. Highlighted topics include communication barriers, techniques to overcome them, personality and communication styles, listening, non-verbal interactions, gender and cross-cultural differences, and small group communication. The course will use interactive role plays and games to aid the student develop skills. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with a mathematical background for general business, office work, and consumer knowledge. The student will learn how to solve basic business mathematic problems, will learn to estimate answers, and will learn terminology associated with business mathematics. Prerequisite: MTH20 or equivalent; or one year of high school algebra with a “C” grade or better and consent of instructor; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BOT203 Plant Taxonomy
BUS22 Managing Conflict Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course provides students with a clear understanding of what interpersonal conflict is, what its positive and negative aspects are, how it occurs, and how to effectively deal with it.The course’s intent is to assist students in developing habits and behavior patterns that will allow them to be deal successfully with conflict occurring in organizations. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
BUS23 Successful Negotiation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Learn and practice a concise, step-by-step, proven strategy for negotiation successfully. You will also learn how to stay in control when under pressure, defuse anger and hostility, and reach agreements that satisfy both sides’ needs. Successful negotiations is a skill that will benefit you for life, no matter what job or career you choose. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
BUS24 eCommerce Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) (Formerly BA199C) This is a foundation course that provides an overview of the emerging digital economy, focusing on the current role of eCommerce. An in-depth analysis of the marketing and customer service issues as they relate to the of the Integration into overall business strategy for new and existing businesses. Prerequisite: None. However, BA223, Principles of Marketing is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
BUS25 eManagement Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course examines current and future management issues in electronic business. Strategic business models are evaluated. Revising business processes for electronic business is explored and practiced. Strategies and materials are related to “bricks and mortar” and “pure play” internet companies, developing and using electronic business. Prerequisite: BA101, BUS23, and CS105; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BUS32 Business Math/Electronic Calculator Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with a mathematical background for general business, office work, and consumer knowledge and, at the same time trains electronic printing/display calculator. The student will learn how to solve basic business mathematics problems, will learn to estimate answers, will learn terminology associated with business mathematics, and will learn to operate the electronic printing/display calculator by “touch”. Prerequisite: MTH20 or equivalent; or one year of high school algebra with “C” grade or better and consent of instructor ; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ***
CH104, CH105, CH106 General Chemistry I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture – 3Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/ F/W/Sp This course is taught on the assumption that the enrollee has had no previous introduction to the study of chemistry. The student must be proficient in general mathematics and must be able to handle elementary algebraic operations. The first term includes the major topics of inorganic chemistry - elements, compounds, atomic structure, nuclear chemistry, equilibrium, stoichiometry, bonding and structure. The second term includes gas laws, acidbase chemistry, solution chemistry, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. The third term continues with organic chemistry and introduces general topics in biochemistry, carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, and nucleic acids. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: CH104: MTH60 or the equivalent; CH105: CH104; CH106: CH105. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
143
Course Descriptions
144
CH151 Basic Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F CH151 is a basic course designed for students who want to take the CH201, CH202, CH203 or CH221, CH222, CH223 sequence but who lack sufficient math and chemistry background. This oneterm course includes mathematical applications appropriate for the first term of the above chemistry sequences as well as an introduction to classification of matter, atomic theory, stoichiometry, and nomenclature. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
CH170 Environmental Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This term deals with the fundamental aspects of the environment, primarily related to chemistry. The major objective of this course is to show the interaction between environmental problems and the science of chemistry. Prerequisite: MTH60 or higher and CH105. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
CJA111 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: Law Enforcement Agencies Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course surveys the structure and function of the criminal justice system in general and police agencies in particular. Topics include the types and impacts of crime, crime causation, objectives and functions of the police, as well as the various methods used to document crime in the U.S. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
CJA112 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: The Court System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the role of the courts in the criminal justice system. Topics include the structure and function of federal and state court systems, the judicial process from arresting to sentencing, the role of the various courtroom actors, and basic legal definitions and sentencing options. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
CH221, CH222, CH223 General Chemistry I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W This course offers the fundamental basis of chemistry for science, pre-professional, and chemical engineering majors. A strong emphasis is placed on a mathematical approach. CH221 covers atomic and molecular structure, stoichiometry, periodic properties, thermochemistry, and introductory chemical bonding. CH222 covers molecular bonding and molecular properties, gases, liquids, solids, physical states and changes of state, solutions, kinetics, and nuclear chemistry. CH223 covers equilibrium, introduction to acids and bases, spontaneity of reactions, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction and electrochemistry. Co-requisite: MTH111 or higher. Prerequisite: 3 years of high school mathematics and 1 year of high school chemistry (or a grade of “C” or better in CH151). High school physics is strongly recommended. CH222 prerequisite: CH221 with a grade of C or better. CH223 prerequisite: CH222 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
CH241, CH242, CH243 Organic Chemistry I Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F The study of aliphatic, aromatic and biochemical compounds. This sequence of courses meets the organic chemistry requirements for many science and pre-professional majors. CH241 includes a study of nomenclature, aliphatic hydrocarbons, structure, conformation, stereochemistry, resonance and aromaticity, addition mechanism, and infrared spectroscopy. CH242 involves the study of free radical, substitution, and elimination mechanisms involving alkyl halides, alcohols and ethers. Organic redox reactions, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and carbonyl chemistry are also studied. CH243 includes the study of carbonyl chemistry as well as polymers, heterocycles, proteins, carbohydrates and nucleic acids. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: CH106, CH203, or CH223. CH242: CH241; CH243: CH242. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
CJA113 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course examines what happens to a defendant once s/he is found guilty of a crime. Topics include the sociology of confinement, prison organization, prison treatment programs, probation and parole, as well as community corrections and current problems in prison systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
CJA123 Exploring Contemporary Issues in Criminal Justice Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course questions some of the basic assumptions that we have about crime and the criminal justice system in our country. Thus, we explore those assumptions and provide new light upon issues that have in some cases become distorted and inaccurate. This course is not designed to replace the introductory sequence in criminal justice (CJA111-113). It is a companion piece to that series of classes. Those courses provide a general description of criminal justice, which sets the stage for the current discussion. Prerequisite: CJA111, CJA112, and CJA113. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
CJA211 Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to survey the fundamentals of criminal law. It is intended for students who are considering employment in the field of law enforcement. Topics which may be covered include the history of criminal law, concepts of criminal responsibility and liability, and the characteristics of selected crimes. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, and CJA113 is helpful, but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
CJA212 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course surveys the essentials of criminal procedures. Topics which may be covered include search and arrest procedures, criminal court proceedings, federal and state reports and Oregon Criminal Code sections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions CJA213 Introduction To Evidence
COS12 Beauty Culture Theory II
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course surveys the fundamental legal rules which apply to the gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include the history of evidence law, the “hearsay” and “Miranda” rules, differences between public and private documents, the nature and use of circumstantial evidence, documentary and photographic evidence, and physical evidence. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, CJA113, CJA211 and CJA212 are helpful to the student, but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The clinic level lecture sessions begin to prepare the student to meet the requirements set by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology for sanitation. Other subjects are introduced to increase background information regarding histology of the skin and scalp, the recognition of diseases and disorders, client/stylist protection, retail sales, salon management, chemistry, and the action of products used in hair design. Prerequisite: COS10.
CJA214 Introduction to Criminal Investigation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course surveys the fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics which are covered include the history and theory of criminal investigation and the procedures which are used to investigate and document specific crimes. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
COS13 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic II Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp At the clinic level, students begin taking clients in salon simulation for all hair design services, cleansing and conditioning, haircutting and styling, and all chemical services. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; clipper hair cutting, beard trimming, creative technique in hair color, and custom perm wrapping. Students perform services under the supervision of instructors and further develop the skills learned in previous labs. Prerequisite: COS11
CJA219 Introduction to Community Policing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores how the police and citizens can work together to solve community problems. Topics include the history, current programs and future trends in community policing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines the history of juvenile justice in the U.S. Various theories of juvenile crime are explored as well as contemporary issues in this area of study. Consideration is also given to treatment programs in the future of juvenile corrections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. (COS10 – COS23 are limited to students in the Cosmetology – School of Hair Design Program)
COS10 Beauty Culture Theory I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp These lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for Cosmetology students to prepare for participation in the Cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, ethics, personality development, haircutting and styling, as well as all chemical services. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.
COS11 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic I Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp The Pre-Clinic Hair Design Lab sessions employ demonstration and practical application of the following subjects; cleansing and conditioning, haircutting for men and women, hairstyling both wet construction and thermal, chemical services such as hair coloring/ lightening, permanent waving, and curl relaxing. These sessions prepare the student to enter the clinic phase of cosmetology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.
COS14 Beauty Culture Theory III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This lecture series continues the chemistry of hair structure and cosmetics used in hair design chemical services such as; permanent waving, chemical relaxing, and hair color. The introduction of corrective hair-color and artistry in hairstyling, as well as, the review of terminology for; sanitation, bacteriology, and diseases and disorders of the skin and hair. Prerequisite: COS10 and COS12.
COS15 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic III Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The clinic level students are working on self-promotion and gaining request clients in salon simulation for all hair design, facial technology, and nail technology services. The clinic level student participates in reception desk and dispensary duty training. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; foil and paper weave hair color techniques, long hair specialty wraps for permanent waving, soft edge and texture cutting techniques, artistic and special occasion hair styling. Prerequisite: COS11 and COS13.
COS16 Beauty Culture Theory IV Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The study of corrective hair coloring/lightening, permanent waving, and the chemistry of the hair structure will be covered in this course as well as a review of terminology and practices of all subjects covered in Beauty Culture Theory I-III. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12 and COS14.
COS17 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic IV Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The lab/clinic sessions include demonstrations by the instructors and the practice by students with mannequins and/or models in the following areas: hairstyling finishing techniques, corn row braiding, hair extensions, hair weaving, long hair styling, hair coloring/lightening, speed wrap perm, spa facial services, sculptured nails fills and repairs, problem solving, flat nail art, raised nail art.The students will continue to service clients in salon simulation under instructor supervision and further develop techniques, skills, and speed in performing services, reception desk and dispensary duties training. Prerequisite: COS11, COS13 and COS15.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
145
Course Descriptions
146
COS18 Beauty Culture Theory V Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to meet the needs of the salon-ready student preparing to take the Oregon Board of Cosmetology certification exam.There will be a review of safety, sanitation and hygiene, followed by written and oral testing over all subjects covered in previous theory courses. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12, COS14 and COS16, COS 20 and COS22.
ments, and materials used in facial technology services. Emphasis is placed on safety, sanitation and hygiene for student and client protection while preparing and performing services.An introduction to Nail Technology lab is included in this term. Clinic level and advanced students will simultaneously continue to receive clients in salon simulation for hair design services and participate in advanced lab classes. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.
CPL120 Orientation to Credit for Prior Learning COS19 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic V Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp These lab/clinic sessions are designed for review and practice in all areas of practical applications performed in COS11-23.The emphasis will be on speed and finishing techniques of clinic services/tasks. During this course, the student will complete the clock hours, service requirements and the practical evaluation required by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology and prepare to take the certification exam in Salem, Oregon. Prerequisite: COS11, COS13, COS15, COS17, COS21 and COS23.
COS20 Beauty Culture Theory VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su The focus is nail technology and covers the following subjects: manicuring, pedicuring, sculptured nails, massage, nail diseases and disorders, Oregon Administrative Rules and Regulations, B.O.L.I, OHSA, MSDS, bacteriology, sanitation, the care and use of equipment and implements used by nail technicians. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course will provide students with information on the process of obtaining credit for life experience and learning. The course focuses on identifying personal, career and educational goals; defining college level learning; identifying and describing learning experiences; and deciding what courses are appropriately challenged versus documented to earn college credit.This course is applicable to Mt. Hood Community College courses only.
CPL121 Documentation/Credit for Prior Learning Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course guides students through the process of documenting college level learning acquired in work and life experience, in order to earn college credit for that knowledge. Students may earn up to 18 credits through this process. Before the credit for prior learning courses can be transcripted, the student must complete 12 credit hours at Mt. Hood Community College. Prerequisite: CPL120, Orientation to Credit for Prior Learning.
CS90 Computer Applications COS21 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic VI Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Su The pre-clinic nail technology lab sessions include demonstration by the instructor and practice by students in the following areas: manicuring, pedicuring, reflexology massage, sculptured nails with forms and tips, gel nails, wrap nails, fills and repairs, the use of equipment, implements and materials used in nail technology services. The emphasis is placed on safety, sanitation, and hygiene for the protection of the client and student. An Introduction to Facial Technology lab series is included in this term. Clinic level and advanced students will simultaneously continue to receive clients in salon simulation for hair design services and participate in advanced lab classes. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.
COS22 Beauty Culture Theory VII Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W The focus is Facial Technology and covers the following subjects: facial shapes, facial massage, cosmetics and facial make-up skin treatments, electricity and light therapy, and superfluous hair removal. Also included is the theory of massage, histology of the skin, disorders and diseases of the skin, safety, sanitation and hygiene, client and student protection, the care and use of equipment and implements used by facial technologists. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.
COS23 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic VII Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W The pre-clinic Facial Technology lab sessions include demonstration by the instructor and practice by students in the following areas: skin care, analysis of the skin, product knowledge, facial massage, facial treatments, masque application, superfluous hair removal, waxing, brow arching, make-up application, the use of equipment, imple-
Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for first-time computer users. Students will learn the fundamental parts of and how to operate a personal computer. Students will also learn essential aspects of the Windows operating system and basic software, how to create and use an email account, Internet navigation using a Web browser, and Internet search engine techniques. . Proficiency Needed: Reading.
CS105 Computing Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course discusses computer technology and how this technology is used in business, industry and at home. Emphasis is placed on evaluating work-related and personal situations, and then determining how software and computer-based systems can best be used to solve problems. The ethical, social and political implications of current and potential use are discussed. Students use the internet to research these topics. Co-requisite: CS105L. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will use email and a web browser, and portions of a commonly-used Windows-based suite of office products. The emphasis is on becoming proficient in the basics of the package and to understand how and where each product can best be used to solve a problem. Students use skills to solve problems typically found in business, industry and at home. The specific product portions used are word processing, spreadsheets, presentations, and integration of these products, including searching for data on the internet and adding it to various documents. Prerequisite: CS90. Suggested typing speed of 20 wpm (or take OA11F, OA11S, or OA121.) Students will be assessed for essential computer skills the first session of lab.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions Information regarding the computer assessment exam is available in Advising and Counseling, Admissions and Records, the Business and Computer Technology Division and the Campus Computer Center. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured Programming Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The second course of a three term sequence. Introduction to problem solving via algorithm design, data structures, and computer programming using a current computer language. Emphasis is placed on structured programming methods. Surveys common algorithms for data manipulation, searching and sorting. (May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS122 or CSB133 prior to Fall, 1994.) Prerequisite: CS105 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: CS125PDF. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS125 Software Application Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) One-credit-hour courses under this number examine the historical development, basic concepts, features, uses, costs, and benefits of various software packages. Students will get hands-on experience with the specific software package covered in the course. Maximum of 12 hours may be taken for credit, unless otherwise specified in curriculum. No duplication. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS133SQL Introduction to SQL Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp SQL (Structured Query Language) is used to get information to and from a database application. We cover database design, creating it with SQL, maintaining the data and extracting answers. Prerequisite: Must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS133VB Introduction MS Visual Basic Programming Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is for programmers and for developers experienced in procedural languages who wish to begin developing applications using Microsoft Visual Basic (VB). Students will learn capabilities of the Visual Basic programming system, capabilities of the development environment, and common programming techniques required to create simple, useful applications using VB. At course completion, students will be able to describe the event-driven programming model of VB, perform general programming operations of VB, operate VB, manage multiple projects of VB, and develop a simple application using VB. Prerequisite: Understanding of Microsoft Windows and sound knowledge of procedural programming. Knowledge of fundamental principles of program design is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS133XML Introduction to XML CS133JA JAVA - Design and Programming Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W JAVA is a new programming language, similar to C++, used for internet applications.This course concentrates on the design of the applications, and the basic programming and debugging techniques. Co-requisite: CS125PDF, Beginning Programming Design, or must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming w/PERL Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An introductory course which includes topics on CGI programming including: security, file handling and form data (from HTML documents) handling. Explores common CGI applications such as mail and counter programs. Introductory PERL requirements and specifications for input/output, variables, and various control structures are explored. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Introduction to HTML, CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS133PS Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An intermediate course which expands on CGI & PERL programming topics introduced in the introductory course. In addition, topics will include more depth on PERL, advanced file handling requirements, discussion/analysis of CGI Library and Server-side Includes, PERL commands for functions and subroutines. Prerequisite: CS133PF or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students will be given an overview of XML and its usage in today’s Internet applications such as Business-to-Business eCommerce data exchanges, browsers, and data exchanges between common programs. Students will write code to use XML (eXtensible Markup Language) to move both the data and the description of the data between applications. Prerequisite: from easy to more complicated: 1) basic familiarity with web-based browsers (e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape); 2) be familiar with the basics of HTML, either by experience or taking CS125HTF; 3) introductory knowledge of databases, preferably in Access. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
CS140 Introduction to Operating Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp CS140 introduces students to the history, terminology, functions, and uses of various operating systems. These concepts are taught with hands-on activities utilizing Windows, DOS and UNIX-based operating systems. The course covers general operating system concepts, data storage concepts, directory structure and navigation, file creation and manipulation, file processing, redirection, file access, communication tools, and printing. The course approaches these concepts from a user point-of-view, not from a systems architecture or administration viewpoint. Successful completion of this course meets any CSX20JF (Beginning PC Operating Systems) and or CSX30GF (Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System) program requirement. Prerequisite: CS105 and CS105L, or equivalent computer science vocabulary and concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
147
Course Descriptions
148
CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course typically explores various problem solving techniques and methodologies. It introduces students to the application of those techniques in various environments. Includes discussions of the various stages of problem solving, thought processes, team solutions, documenting, testing and evaluating solutions. Some experience with applications software is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS145 Consulting/Recommending Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course specifies criteria for selecting hardware and software and provides student practice in developing and critiquing a computer applications plan. Prerequisite: 2nd year CAS standing or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Visual Basic and knowledge of the fundamentals of event-driven programming using Visual Basic. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
CS234JA JAVA - Networking Topics for Programmers Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp JAVA topics covered: servers; clients and thin clients; two and three tier applications; database connectivity (JDBC); SQL; remote method invocation (RMI); applets and servlets; COM/DCOM; security. JAVA is changing rapidly, and the topic mix is likely to be updated regularly. Prerequisite: A first course in JAVA (CS107 or CS133JA) or equivalent experience. Suggested: CS140 (Intro to Operating Systems) and CSX30H (Local Area Networks), only to become acquainted with the terminology. Note: CS233JA is not a prerequisite. These two courses are at the same level and can be taken in either sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming
CS161 Computer Science I
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Introduction to software design, use of a variety of data structures, data abstraction, recursion. Application of recursion in software design. program correctness, verification and testing. Students will write a substantial computer program during the term. Prerequisite: CS161 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is for developers who have experience using Microsoft Visual Basic and who want to gain a thorough background in programming skills using Visual Basic. Students gain a detailed understanding of the features and capabilities of the Microsoft Visual Basic programming systems and the concepts needed to write sophisticated event-driven graphical programs for Microsoft Windows. At course completion, students will be able to build applications using multiple forms, dynamic controls and menus, on-line help, DDE and ActiveX, interface with custom controls and DLLs, and optimize VB features and capabilities for their environment. (May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS233VB prior to Fall, 1999.) Prerequisite: CS233VB (CSS199C prior to Fall, 1999) or equivalent experience using Microsoft Windows high-level tools that demonstrates language programming proficiency and understanding of the event-driven programming model. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS233JA JAVA-Advanced Topics for Programmers
CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Introduction to fundamental concepts of computer science. Problem solving, algorithm and program design, data types, control structures, subprograms. This course is primarily designed for Computer Science majors and those working on a minor in computers. Prerequisite: MTH111 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS162 Computer Science II
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W JAVA topics covered: file I/O, object serialization; versioning; multithreading; advanced AWT; JAVA beans; internationalization; native methods; and debugging. JAVA is changing rapidly, and the topic mix is likely to be updated regularly. Prerequisite:A first course in JAVA (CS107 or CS133JA) or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course serves as an intermediate course for students who have learned the fundamentals of Visual Basic programming. It will provide opportunity for the student to practice and reinforce basic skills as well as develop new ones. The emphasis will be on writing business applications in a business environment using Visual Basic. At course completion, students will be able to develop, test, and deploy applications using a variety of the features of the Visual Basic language. Students will be prepared for the in-depth exploration of Visual Basic language features in Advanced Visual Basic (CS234VB). (May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS199C prior to Fall, 1999.) Prerequisite: CS133VB, CS106, or instructor permission based on student familiarity with
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A study of information processing. Students will design, implement and evaluate systems that are similar to existing systems in business and industry. Prerequisite: Second year CAS standing or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CS260 Data Structures Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Data abstraction with formal specification. Elementary algorithm analysis. Basic concepts of data and its representation inside the computer. Linear, linked, and orthogonal lists; tree structures. Data structures are implemented as abstractions. Sorting and search strategies. Data management. Prerequisite: CS162 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CSX13 Writing Documentation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course is designed to provide practice in writing user documentation for existing software. Suggested prerequisite: Some Word Processing course work or experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project
CSX30GF Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The student and instructor will design a specific learning and/or practice experience and implement it. Instructor signature is required. Prerequisite: Second year CAS standing. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a hands-on, application-based course, which uses Linux to introduce students to the family of UNIX-based operating systems.The course covers general operating system concepts, directory structure and navigation, file creation and manipulation, file processing, redirection, file access, communication tools, printing, and how to configure your operating system environment. The course approaches these concepts from a user point of view; not from a systems architecture or administration viewpoint. Prerequisite: CS105 and CS105L or equivalent computer science vocabulary and concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX20JF Beginning PC Operating System and Utilities Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly CSX20J) This course is a hands-on, application-based course, which uses MS-DOS to introduce students to operating system concepts and skills.The course covers general operating system concepts, directory structure and navigation, file creation and manipulation, file processing, redirection, file access, printing, and how to configure your operating system environment.The course approaches these concepts from a user point of view; not from a systems architecture or administration viewpoint. Prerequisite: CS105 and CS105L; or equivalent computer science vocabulary and concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX20JS Intermediate PC Operating System and Utilities Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp CSX20JS extends the DOS concepts of the beginning DOS class (CSX20JF).Text required, as used in CSX20J. Prerequisite: CSX20JF or equivalent with instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Introduction to telecommunications concepts, terminology, hardware, software. Review of suppliers of phone equipment, local and longdistance carriers, rate structures, and voice/data considerations. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
CSX20U Data Communications Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Data Communications introduces the student to beginning data communication concepts via demonstration and hands-on application. The course takes a non-technical approach to teach what a personal or small business user needs to know in order to effectively use a modem and communication software. It introduces the student to concepts relating to modems, communication software needed to use a modem, how to do file transfers with a modem, PC faxes, Internet email via PINE, commercial online information services and one-to-one personal conferencing software. These concepts are taught in the context of connecting to different on-line services (computer bulletin boards, commercial on-line services, and Internet).
CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A hands-on, application-based course, which uses Linux to teach more advanced UNIX-based operating system concepts. The course teaches students file processing techniques and commands, and introduces file processing languages such as sed and awk. Students will also learn how to create shell scripts to automate various user and administrative tasks. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating Systems, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A hands-on, application-based course which uses Linux to teach advanced UNIX-based operating systems concepts. The course teaches students operating system installation, and administration. This course covers system security issues, system configuration, understanding the system boot sequence and installing and configuring software including the XWindows graphical user interface for Linux. Prerequisite: CSX30GS, Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30H LAN - Local Area Networks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to introduce the student to an overview of networks, in particular LANs. Included is a hands-on lab time that will set up computers to be network compatible, make cables necessary for LAN construction and will create 3 different LAN environments. The OSI model for data transfer is covered and particular attention is paid to TCP/IP. Students will learn how to use ping and traceroute for troubleshooting purposes. An overview of WANs and job opportunities in the networking market will be explored. Prerequisite: Knowledge of general computer science vocabulary and concepts (CS105 or equivalent.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX20Z Computer Upgrading/Maintenance Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to enable students to solve simple computer hardware problems. Procedures for identifying, ordering, and installing computer components are covered. Simple DOS commands are used to implement CD-ROM access to install Windows 95 on a newly formatted hard drive. Some Internet access is necessary to complete assignments. Prerequisite: Basic understanding of computer terms and vocabulary.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
149
Course Descriptions
150
CSX30HD Help-Desk Software
CSX30NA Beginning Windows NT Workstation
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course in required and innovative computer software tools that help manage requests for end-user support, resolve problems in a timely fashion and provide charge-back analysis. Various pieces of Software will be examined for features such as logging and tracking incoming calls, assigning and forwarding calls, audit trail, escalations, notification and follow-up, standard reporting, guided-help systems, and “gathered knowledge” or expert systems; some systems may also include inventory, configuration and purchasing modules. Instructor signature is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is intended for anyone who uses Windows NT on a standalone computer or on a LAN workstation. Support professionals, system engineers, serious home/office users, or computer enthusiasts would benefit from this class. Prerequisite: Strong background in DOS, previous versions of Windows; a thorough knowledge of hardware along with software installation; knowledge of network concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
CSX30HS Novell System Management Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course teaches students the skills needed to effectively manage a NetWare 5 network.Topics covered include setting up computers to connect to servers, directory structure and use, creating and managing user accounts, file management and security, printing, login scripts and administration tools like Z.E.N. works. Teaching methods include hands-on-training, lecture, and worksheets. Prerequisite: CSX20JF or CS140; or a working knowledge of the DOS operating system. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30IF Internet Firewalls Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course which covers the basics of building firewalls which prevent unauthorized access on the Internet. This course will identify various types of firewalls (dual-homed gateway, screened host gateways, and other topologies), basic concerns, firewall software (CERN, SOCKS and the Firewall Toolkit), server locations, and concerns and possible solutions. It explores various approaches and architectures and configuring various Internet services (telnet, ftp) to work within a firewall system. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating Systems, and CSX30IS, Internet Security; or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
CSX30IN Beginning Internet Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A practical introduction to using the Internet, including sending and receiving mail, finding and retrieving data, and locating research material. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester I curriculum. Industry standards and the OSI model are covered as well as network topologies, basic network design, IP addressing and subnet masks, and structure cabling solutions in a LAN environment. Prerequisite: Beginning knowledge of the Microsoft Windows environment and the Internet, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30NFS Router Configuration: CISCO 2 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester 2 curriculum. Router technology and configuration are covered as well as IOS,TCP/IP and IP addressing. Router components, startup, setup, configuration and protocols are major content. Prerequisite: CSX30NF. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30NFT LAN Design: CISCO 3 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester 3 curriculum. Topics include switching, VLAN, LAN Design, IGRP, Access Lists, and IPX.The predominant assignment is the threaded case study, woven throughout the semester. Prerequisite: CSX30NFS. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30NFW WAN Design: CISCO 4 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy semester 4 curriculum. Topics include WAN Design, PPP, ISDN, and frame relay. A review for the CCNA exam is also included, and as with semester 3, a threaded case study is woven throughout. Prerequisite: CSX30NFT; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
CSX30NT Supporting MS Windows NT Server
CSX30IS Internet Security Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course which covers the broad conceptual areas of web, host and site security and explores current security standards.This class introduces various security related concepts, such as trusted systems, encryption, protecting intellectual property, cryptography, digital IDs, and electronic commerce. In addition, it covers specific UNIX concerns and features of various related systems and software. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX V/LINUX Operating Systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides a foundation for supporting Microsoft Windows NT operating system including the skills to configure, customize, optimize, integrate networks, and troubleshoot. This course leverages content from the Support Fundamentals for Microsoft Windows NT: Self-Paced Training course to cover the latest enhancements, utilities, and improvements introduced in the Windows NT family of operating systems. This course assists with preparing students to meet the Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.x Certified Professional certification requirements. Prerequisite: Working knowledge of MS Windows, MS DOS, and Local Area Networks. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions CSX32WP Beginning Windows 2000 Professional
DH122 Dental Hygiene Clinic I
Credits 1 ( Hrs/Wk) This class is an overview of the Windows 2000 Professional operating system software. It provides a hands-on class for people who are considering upgrading from Windows 95/98 to Windows 2000 Professional such as small office users, home computer enthusiasts or technical support people. The class acquaints the student with the major features of Windows 2000 Professional. Topics will include reliability, installer services, trouble-prevention and management tools, the NTFS file system, plug-and-play device detection and configuration, user interface changes from Windows 95/98, folder options, scheduled tasks, device manager and customizing the Start menu. Prerequisite: Students should have a beginning knowledge of Windows 95/98. They should be able to use Explore, understand folder structure, know how to navigate among multiple windows, be able to create shortcuts and be proficient with file manipulation (copying, moving, deleting, creating and editing word processing files.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. ***
Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W Clinical experience in basic dental hygiene therapy with emphasis on patient assessment, oral prophylaxis and patient education techniques. Prerequisites: BI121, BI234, and “C” or better in DH111, DH112, DH113. Concurrent enrollment in DH121 is required.
DE9 Special Learning Projects
DH125 General Pathology
Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course handles students special learning needs that may not be covered in other classes. Consent of instructor required.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Basic pathologic processes, interrelationship of developmental defects and systemic disease, principles of inflammation, degeneration and repair. Concurrent registration required in DH123. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisites: BI121 and BI234.
(DH111 – DH234 are restricted to students in the Dental Hygiene Program.)
DH123 Oral Histology/Embryology Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Embryology and histology of the teeth, oral and craniofacial structures and histopathology of dental diseases. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH113.
DH124 Oral Radiology I Credits 3 (2 Lecture- 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Electrophysics of the x-ray machine; exposing, processing and mounting dental x-ray films; application of safe radiographic techniques for diagnostic purposes; evaluation of films and recognition of oral landmarks. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH113.
DH131 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II DH111 Introduction to Dental Hygiene Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course emphasizing the following: professional roles and responsibilities, principles of dental health education, etiology and management of selected oral conditions, dental deposits, techniques for assessing general and oral health, patient management, principles of infection control and professional environmental safety. A research paper is required.
DH112 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces principles of instrument design and application. Techniques will be related to oral anatomy and clinical dental hygiene therapy first on manikins, then with lab partners.
DH113 Dental/Oral Anatomy Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F A lecture and laboratory course on the development, function, eruption, morphology and clinical considerations for both the primary and permanent dentitions. The laboratory portion consists of curvature form and identification of all types of teeth.
DH121 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH122. A research paper is required. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH111, DH112, DH113.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH132. A case presentation is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH121 and DH122.
DH132 Dental Hygiene Clinic II Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of DH122, clinical experience in dental hygiene therapy. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH122 and DH124. Concurrent enrollment in DH131 is required.
DH134 Oral Radiology II Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of DH124. Clinical application of radiographic techniques for diagnostic purposes and interpretation of films to identify pathology and oral landmarks. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH124.
DH135 Oral Pathology Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Diseases and disorders of the oral cavity and their interrelationship with body systems: developmental anomalies of the teeth and jaws, manifestations of disease in the oral cavity, head and neck. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH122, DH123, and DH125.
DH136 Pharmacology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Basic dental pharmacopeia, drug actions and interactions, uses of cardiovascular agents, neurological agents, chemotherapeutic agents, agents affecting the autonomic nervous system. Includes local anesthetic agents, emergency drugs and procedures, and chemical dependencies. Prerequisites: BI121 and BI122.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
151
Course Descriptions
152
DH137 Head and Neck Anatomy
DH217 Local Anesthesia
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Study of the head and neck from both regional and systemic points of view. Anatomy will be related to dental and dental hygiene therapy.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Introduces principles related to local anesthetic injections and provides for the clinical application of techniques. Reviews related anatomical, neurophysiological and pharmacological considerations. Prevention and treatment of local and systemic complications of local anesthesia are stressed.
DH211 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH212. Investigates issues related to basic science, dental science and social science as they relate to clinical activities. A research paper is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH131 and DH132. Concurrent enrollment in DH212 is required.
DH221 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH222. A research paper is required. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH211 and DH212.
DH222 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV DH212 Dental Hygiene Clinic III Credits 5 (14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F Continuation of DH132 clinical experience in dental hygiene therapy with further emphasis on scaling, debridement root desensitization, caries prevention and instrument sharpening. Integrates radiographic procedures and analysis in clinical care of patient and provides continuing practice in expanded functions and conservative periodontal therapy. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH131 and DH132. Concurrent enrollment in DH211 and DH214 is required.
DH213 Expanded Functions Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture and laboratory course which prepares students to perform the expanded functions identified in the Oregon State Dental Practice Act. Selected procedures that may be delegated to dental hygienists in other licensing jurisdictions will be included.
DH214 Periodontology/Dental Hygiene I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Study of the pathogenesis of periodontal disease, its clinical manifestation, rationale and techniques for periodontal therapy, assessment of disease activity and patient management. Concepts will be applied in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: BI234. Concurrent enrollment in DH212 is required.
DH215 Dental Materials Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizes the chemical and physical properties of materials commonly used in dentistry. Professional environmental safety is stressed.
DH216 Community Dental Health Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Introduces the role of the dental health educator and involves students in community activities as such. Preventive measures are explored and methods for teaching prevention in the community include planning, conducting and evaluating health programs and oral health surveys in the community.
Credits 5 (14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W Continuation of DH212 clinical experience. Integrates radiographic procedures and analysis in clinical care of patients and provides continuing practice in expanded functions and periodontal therapy. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH211, DH212 and DH213 and DH214. Concurrent enrollment in DH221 and DH224 is required.
DH223 Public Health and Dental Research Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Presents principles of dental public health and dental research including design, basic statistical procedures and techniques for evaluating research. A research paper is required. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH216.
DH224 Periodontology for Dental Hygiene II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuation of DH214 with a more in-depth study and clinical application of periodontal therapy with emphasis on surgical procedures, referral, supportive maintenance, chemotherapeutic agents and wound healing. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH212 and DH214, BI234. Concurrent enrollment in DH222 is required.
DH231 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH232.A research paper is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH221 and DH222.
DH232 Dental Hygiene Clinic V Credits 5 (15 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of DH222 clinical experience. Integrates critical thinking and problem solving in assessing and practicing clinical dental hygiene therapy. Includes continuing experience in expanded functions and a Mock Board Exam in preparation for licensure examinations. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH221 and DH222.
DH233 Ethics and Jurisprudence Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Study of ethics and the law and its application to dentistry and the practice of dental hygiene. Review of the Oregon State Dental Practice Act. A research paper and class presentation are required.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions DH234 Practice Mgmt and Dental Hygiene Issues
EC204 International Economics
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Includes resume writing, job search strategies and interviewing skills.Variations in the practice of dental hygiene and dentistry and avenues for career development will be explored. Personal finance and taxes will be introduced and current issues in dental hygiene will be investigated.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces the student to the principal issues of international trade and finance. The course begins with a brief comparison of the economic status and performance among major trading nations. Then the course examines alternative trade theories on protectionism, trade restrictions, trade policies, trade liberalization, free trade agreements (e.g. NAFTA) and labor and capital migration. Finally the course examines international finance, including exchange rates, interest rates, and monetary policy. This course is designed for those students interested in an in-depth examination of international trade and finance. Prerequisite: EC115 or EC201 or permission of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
*** EC115 Introduction to Economics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introduction to the basic economic activities of producing, exchanging, consuming, saving, and investment for the purpose of preparing a student for the utilization of economics to real-life experiences. This course provides specific examination of the role of economics in the fields of agriculture/natural resources; mechanics and transportation; business and computer technologies; health and human services; engineering technologies; construction and design; and communication technologies. The course should not be taken by Business Administration transfer students. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introduction to the principles of economics with a focus on microeconomics, the behavior of individuals and individual firms. In this term, the student should learn of: the problem of scarcity and the workings of the market system; how consumers make economic decisions; how business makes economic decisions under conditions of perfect and imperfect competition; how businesses and consumers make decisions concerning the labor market. The course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp An introduction to the principles of economics with a focus on macroeconomics, the operation of the economy as a whole. In this term, the student should learn of: a description of economic systems and measurement of the U.S. economy; theories of why the economy operates at the level it does; the use of fiscal (taxation and spending) policies; the causes of unemployment and inflation, and how macroeconomic problems might be alleviated.The course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world. Prerequisite: EC201 or EC115, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
EC203 Principles of Economics III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp An examination of issues and problems in the world from an economic point of view, utilizing the economic tools learned in the previous two terms. The student will examine such topics as: the operation of the world economy, international trade, international finance problems, energy, transportation, crime, environment, poverty, discrimination, health care, and education. The course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of EC201, EC202 or EC115; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ECE120 Curriculum Methods: Creative Arts in Early Childhood Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Students will be presented with a wide variety of activities and methods for creating developmentally appropriate creative arts experiences for young children. In addition to art, dramatic play and music; crafts, singing and creative movements will be explored. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE121 Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will encourage students to explore the wide variety of sensory experiences and materials suitable for use with young children. Safety, aesthetics and sensory perception will provide the basis for activity choices. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE122 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp Describes the sequence of large and small muscle development in children and presents appropriate curriculum activities for use outside; adaptations presented for inclement weather. Sensory integration concepts as a foundation for academic learning will be presented. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE140 Introduction to Early Childhood Education Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course introduces the student to the field of early childhood education through selected readings, discussions, lectures and visitations to a variety of child-care and preschool facilities. The history of societal changes and contemporary trends in early childhood education will be studied. State and federal regulations, the availability of community resources and social services, and other pertinent subjects will be discussed. Career opportunities, and personal and professional qualifications for the teacher in early childhood education will also be discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE144 Observation of Young Children Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The student will learn to use objective techniques of recording and reporting patterns of growth and development of young children. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
153
Course Descriptions
154
ECE145 Techniques of Positive Guidance Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to familiarize the student with the principles of positive guidance. Techniques of guiding behavior will be studied. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
of development. Course may include topics such as book selection, curriculum development, storytelling methods and techniques for fostering language development in young children. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE224 Early Childhood Math and Science ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An examination of caregiving techniques for infants and toddlers, with special emphasis on group care practices for this age. This course will deal with practical aspects of caregiving routines, such as nutrition and feeding, diapering, sleep, etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE148 Toddler Curriculum Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Developmentally appropriate activities and materials for children in the toddler years - approximately 15 months to 2 1/2 years. Student will explore activity planning, designing the environment, and skill and concept development in the areas of physical/motor, social-emotional and cognition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE150 Curriculum: Play Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The introductory course to a four-part curriculum series, this first course is designed to introduce students to developmentally appropriate curriculum for young children. This course introduces students to music and movement, arts and crafts, dramatic play and sensory exploration activities that will enhance a child’s natural development. The course takes a very special practical orientation to children’s play as it develops through these experiences. Prerequisite: ECE140 and concurrent enrollment in WE280CDA or instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE156 Co-op Planning Seminar I-V Credits 1-2 - maximum 6 (1-2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is to be taken concurrently with WE280CD. It will focus on issues, concerns, and integrative skills necessary to achieve appropriate competency levels. Concepts of cooperative planning of programs and activities for children will be applied. Additional emphasis will be placed on self-evaluation, attitude analysis, and value clarification. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in WE280CDA and consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE165 Parenting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction to the many aspects of parenting including advantages and disadvantages of parenting, roles and stages of parenthood, special situations in single and step-parenting, extended families and the parenting of exceptional children. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE223 Early Childhood Literature and Language
Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Methods and materials for developmentally appropriate activities for children in the areas of math and science. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE231 Child Development Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A beginning course in child development concerned with basic theories and issues such as growth and development, the history of the field and children’s behavior from a developmental perspective. Prerequisite: PSY235 or instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE244 Observation for Curriculum Development Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The focus of this course is on individualized teaching through indepth knowledge of the child. Students will make and evaluate teaching decisions based on observations. The emphasis is on using observation to build curriculum. Prerequisite: ECE144 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
ECE245 Guiding Challenging Children Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will focus on principles and practices of guidance, with young children. Skills in managing large groups and children with high needs will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ECE145. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE246 Parent/Family Relations Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course emphasizes building and maintaining positive relationships among school, family and community. The student will learn to use conferences, family meetings, and other resources as effective methods for fostering cooperation and parent involvement. Prerequisite: Second year ECE student or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE250 Curriculum: Physical Motor Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is part two of a four-part series, which studies the curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that support physical development. Appropriate topics such as perceptual motor development (gross and fine motor), outside activities, blocks, woodworking, field trips and anti-bias curriculum may be included. Emphasis is placed on creating goals and objectives for typical age ranges and recognizing typical developmental domains. Prerequisite: ECE150 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will focus on language and literacy development in young children. Emphasis will be placed on activities supporting literature and language activities appropriate for different stages
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ECE251 Curriculum: Social-Emotional
ED122A, ED122B, ED122C Leadership III
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is part three of a four-part series which studies the curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that support social-emotional development. Appropriate topics such as social studies, literature, food, nature, self-esteem, dramatic play, conflict resolution, peer relationships and anti-bias curriculum may be included. Emphasis is placed on writing goals for individual children. Prerequisite: ECE250 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will assist learners to expand their set of leadership skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence regarding a variety of leadership skills, including diversity, networking, creating vision, implementing community action, project evaluation and self-evaluation. Learners will have opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reflection, practice and application. Instructor permission is required.
ED123 Classroom Techniques in Reading and Language ECE252 Curriculum: Cognition Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is part four of a four-part series that studies the curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that support cognitive development in young children. Appropriate topics such as creative problem solving, literacy, math, inquiry, science, listening, writing and speaking experiences may be included as well as helping children develop anti-bias critical thinking skills. Emphasis is placed on writing goals and objectives for clusters of children and total group settings. Prerequisite: ECE251 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE253 Early Childhood Environments Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores how the design and organization of indoor and outdoor areas influence the behavior and development of young children. Prerequisite: Second year ECE student or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ECE260 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Survey of current issues in the profession using values clarification strategies. Classroom dynamics, community ties and proficiency advocacy will be examined. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ED120A, ED120B, ED120C Leadership I Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – F This course will provide learners with a foundation of leadership theory and will examine a variety of leadership skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence in a variety of leadership skills, including leadership style, communication, critical thinking and problem analysis. Learners will have opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reflection, practice and application. Instructor permission is required.
ED121A, ED121B, ED121C Leadership II Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – W This course will assist learners to expand their set of leadership skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence regarding a variety of leadership skills, including small group dynamics, diversity, mentoring, motivation, coaching, problem analysis and planning. Learners will have opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reflection, practice and application. Instructor permission is required.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces the skills and techniques to supplemental reading instruction with elementary age students. Includes reading for meaning using the four cueing systems: comprehensive strategies, developing sight and meaning vocabulary, connecting reading and writing, and understanding appropriate use of graphophonics. Limited to Instructional Assistant majors only. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
ED130 Classroom Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Provides a foundation in comprehensive classroom management theory and application related to emotional education, management techniques and problem solving for effectively handling unproductive student behaviors in the classroom, the cafeteria, assemblies, on the playground, and on field trips. Limited to Instructional Assistant majors only. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230 and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ED200 Introduction to Education Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide an introductory overview to the philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations of education. The course will investigate issues prominent in education today including teaching methods, school resources, staff relations, staff and curriculum patterns, authority and discipline, and the law and ethics. Public and private school organization will be discussed and careers in education will be explored.This course is recommended for anyone considering a career in teaching. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
ED209A, ED209B Education Theory and Practicum Credits 1,2 (3,6 Lab Hrs/Wk – 6 Seminar Hrs/Term) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to address critical issues in education and to give students experience in schools as observers and participants. Students meet biweekly in one-hour seminar to reflect on their experiences, respond to readings, and otherwise deepen their understanding of the relationship between education and society. Co-requisite: ED200 or consent of instructor. Practicum hours to be arranged. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
155
Course Descriptions
156
ED230 Educational Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Educational psychology is a course designed for learning how to apply current psychological research to the classroom or other educational settings. Students will be expected to have a working knowledge of basic psychology principles. From this basis, the course will explore current research in student characteristics, human learning, instructional practice, classroom management, and testing. The goal of this course is to create informed, principled learners who aspire to become educators. Prerequisite: ED200 and PSY201, or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
ED235 Instructional Technology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces current advanced technology available in education, and provides tools and practice in evaluating, selecting, and implementing appropriate technology in instruction. Limited to Instructional Assistant majors only. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
(EET111 – EET260 are limited to students in the Electronics Technology Program.)
EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces the student to: (a) the role of the electronic technician, (b) problem solving techniques typically used in the field of electronics and (c) use of a word processor to write technical reports. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the mathematics placement exam or consent of instructor.
EET120 DC and AC Fundamentals
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces the philosophy, activities, and materials applied in developing a culturally sensitive multi-cultural classroom and curriculum. Limited to Instructional Assistant majors only. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This lecture & lab course presents fundamental electronics knowledge and skills that every technician relies on. Critical thinking skills are emphasized so that students acquire competencies in problem-solving, troubleshooting, circuit analysis, safety consciousness and good record keeping. Course topics include: voltage, current, resistance and power in direct current (DC) circuits and alternating current (AC) circuits, circuit analysis using fundamental theorems, circuit building, circuit simulation using a computer, circuit measurement, inductance, capacitance and resonant circuits. Soldering techniques will be introduced and used. This course assumes that students have no previous background in electronics. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the mathematics placement exam or consent of instructor.
ED260 Instructional Strategies
EET140 Semiconductors
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instructional Strategies is a course designed to provide an understanding of effective instructional methods from a variety of expert perspectives. Students are expected to achieve basic competencies in organizing teaching strategies, instruction planning, effective use of time, classroom management and evaluation skills. Collaborative planning and micro-teaching practicum activities will hone presentation skills. This course will prepare students for further professional development. Prerequisite: ED230. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This combined lecture and laboratory class is an introduction to basic semiconductor devices with an emphasis on their application in electronic circuits. Topics covered include low power diodes, LEDs, and Zener diodes, bipolar and field-effect transistors. Prerequisite: EET120 and MTH111 or consent of instructor.
ED258 Multi-cultural Education
ED268 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces theory and techniques for working with disabled students. Addresses services and funding provided for mildly and severely handicapped. Limited to Instructional Assistant majors only. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ED269 Overview of Students with Special Needs Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Disabilities and medical conditions that instructional assistants must be able to plan for in instruction/tutoring. These conditions include learning disabilities, mental retardation, severe emotional disturbances, physical handicaps, health impairments, autism, traumatic brain injuries, Tourette’s syndrome, and attention deficit disorder. Also addresses the needs of at-risk youth. Limited to Instructional Assistant majors only. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
EET156 Functional Analysis Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course expands on the theoretical methods of circuit analysis introduced in DC/AC Circuits. Emphasis is placed on applying the concepts on circuits and verifying results using computer circuit simulation software. Some of the concepts covered are Thevinin and Norton’s Theorems, loops and nodal analysis, complex numbers, equivalent AC circuits and Bode plots. Prerequisite: EET120 or consent of instructor.
EET160 Digital Electronics Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This combined lecture and laboratory class is an introduction to combinatorial and sequential digital logic with an emphasis on working with digital integrated circuits. Topics covered include decimal and binary-based number systems and conversion between the systems, Boolean algebra, logic elements, simplification of logic networks, timing diagrams, flip-flops, counters, shift registers and memory devices. Prerequisite: EET120 or consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions EET163 Technical Visual Basic
EET252 Programmable Controllers (PLCs)
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to introduce the electronics major to programming. No previous knowledge of programming is required.Topics include the basic structure of programs, use of an editor, inputs and outputs, loops, arithmetic calculations, Boolean operators used for making decisions, arrays, and subroutines. Laboratory exercises will emphasize problems relating to electronics. Prerequisite: EET111 or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: EET160.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This lecture & lab course presents fundamentals of programmable logic controllers (PLCs). Students will learn PLC architecture, hardware and software. PLC connections to the external world will be explored. Practical applications of PLCs will be introduced, built and analyzed. Fundamental programming concepts are introduced and reinforced by experimentation. Commercially available PLCs will be investigated. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.
EET214 Linear Integrated Circuits Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This combined lecture and laboratory class introduces the theory and applications of linear integrated circuits, specifically, the operational amplifier. The course covers the internal configurations and practical applications of basic linear IC’s with emphasis on troubleshooting and circuit analysis. Prerequisite: EET140 or consent of instructor.
EET220 Microprocessors Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This combined lecture and laboratory class builds upon the principles discussed in the Digital and Visual Basic classes to include both the hardware and software aspects of microcontrollers and microprocessors. Topics covered include processor architecture, input/output interfacing, assembly and higher level language programming, and system integration. Students will write programs that will allow the micro device to interact with switches, LEDs, sensors and other I/O devices. Prerequisite: EET140, EET160, EET163 and MTH111, or consent of instructor.
EET260 Control Systems Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This lecture & lab course presents fundamentals of basic components and subsystems used in industrial electronics. Various sensor types will be explored with particular attention to each sensor’s input and output characteristics. Control circuits will be built, tested and analyzed. Topics related to the control and monitoring of stepper motors, three-phase motors, robotics, PWM and PID controllers and microcontroller-based control systems will be included. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.
EL115A, EL115B, EL115C College Study Skills Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp College Study Skills is for students enrolled in college level classes. The emphasis is on study techniques for college: techniques which will enhance learning in all environments. Topics covered include time management, memory, note taking, textbook reading and test taking. Prerequisite: Reading placement score of 60 and/or successful completion of RD90. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
EET232 Lasers and Fiber Optics
EMTX12 Emergency Medical Training Basic
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lecture & lab course presents fundamental principals of laser technology and an introduction into fiber optics.The physics of lasers will be discussed and reinforced by experimentation using gas-tube lasers. Experiments will include the assembly and alignment of a laser-optical system. Laser applications will be studied. Fiber optic systems will be introduced and reinforced by experimentation with an LED/photo-diode. Prerequisite: EET140 or consent of instructor.
Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course represents the first phase of training in the emergency medical technician career structure. The course emphasizes the development of students skill in the recognition of symptoms of illness and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. In addition, the student is instructed in the basics of operation of the emergency ambulance within the emergency medical service system. Must be 18 years of age and possess an American Heart and/or American Red Cross Healthcare Provider CPR Card/ Certificate. Reading level requirement, RD90, documentation of prior college level course, or an appropriate score on the College Placement Test. Proficiency Required: Reading. Proficiency Needed: Writing. Note: Financial Aid is not available for this class.
EET240 Electronic Communications Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lecture & lab course presents the fundamentals of electronic communications systems, from simple amplitude modulation through digital encoded systems. Representative circuitry will be built and tested to verify theory. Computer simulations of circuit operation will also be used. A real commercial band FM transmitter will also be built and tested using skills that an electronic technician should possess.The students will also be introduced to digital communications for voice and data. Emphasis will be on digital encoding of information, it’s overwhelming advantages, new technologies based on digital, the use of the telephone network for digital communication and the background of understanding all aspects of the digital signal. Fabrication techniques will also be introduced including soldered-grid-prototyping and SMT components. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.
EMTX13 Emergency Medical Training Basic Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab - 1 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W This course represents the first phase of training in the emergency medical technician career structure. The course emphasizes the development of student skill in the recognition of symptoms of illness and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. In addition, the student is instructed in the basics of operation of the emergency ambulance within the emergency medical service system. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of EMTX12. Proficiency Required: Reading. Proficiency Needed: Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
157
Course Descriptions
158
ENG104 Introduction to Literature: Fiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students explore a wide range of fiction by examining the way authors use character, setting, plot, theme, and other elements to portray human experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Exploring a wide range of plays from various historical eras, students identify and discuss the various elements master playwrights to create effective drama as literature. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG106 Introduction to Literature: Poetry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Students examine the poet’s craft among a wide range of authors and historical eras, focusing on devices such as rhyme, meter, repetition, figurative language, and form to convey human experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG107 World Literature: The Classic World (7th Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to an array of Sumerian, Greek, Hindu, Hebrew, Asian, Arab, and European Classical literature, ranging from Lao Tzu to the Bhagavad Gita to the Koran, to the Japanese Pillow Book. While discussing themes and concerns significant to people of every culture and time within the context of extremely diverse attitudes and tastes, students explore the various characteristics of both classicism and great literature. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG108 World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age of Reason (1200-1800) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students survey a variety of literature from around the world, including The Tale of Genji, Hamlet,The Prince, Cantares Mexicanos, and the Chinese Novel The Dream of the Red Chamber. Students explore the nature of the great epochs from which the works are taken. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG109 World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings (1800 - present) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course delves into why and how the Modern world came into being by exploring the literature of the period. Representing diverse cultures and perspectives, works considered might include Chinua Achebe’s Things Fall Apart, Beaudelaire’s Fleurs du Mal, Goethe’s Faust, Silko Marmon’s Yellow Woman, and Senegalese Miriam Ba’s So Long a Letter. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.
ENG112 Introduction to Literary Genres: Science Fiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students explore a wide range of literature in the genre of science fiction, including its formal characteristics, the various devices employed by science fiction authors, and the themes and content associated with the genre. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG113 Introduction to Literary Genres: Fantasy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students explore a wide range of literature in the genre of fantasy, including the formal characteristics of fan, the questions it typically raises, and the themes it examines. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
ENG124 Literature of the Northwest Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course examines regional prose and poetry set in the Northwest or written by Northwest authors. Works are studies not only as literature, but in the context of the cultural and historical development of the Northwest in relation to American literary tradition. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG199C Ashland Repertory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su Students will travel together to Ashland to view live repertory theater. Emphasis will be on appreciation of dramatic form as it is presented in production. Literary, dramatic, historical, stylistic, and technical elements will be addressed. Prerequisite: none. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period (1591-1595) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students carefully analyze four or five plays, for example A Midsummer Night’s Dream, The Comedy of Errors, Henry IV, Pt. 1, Richard III, and Romeo and Juliet, investigating as they do Shakespeare’s stagecraft, characterization, and plot development, as well as aspects of Shakespeare’s life and times. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period 1596-1601)
ENG212 Hispanic Literature
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Like ENG201, this course delves into Shakespeare’s stagecraft, life, and times through close analysis of four or five plays written during the middle period of his career. Much Ado About Nothing,As You Like It, HenryV, Julius Caesar, and Hamlet are among the dramatic works from which readings are selected. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students explore selected Hispanic literature translated into English, with a focus on contemporary Latin American writing. This will include fiction (for example, magic realism), poetry, memory, and other genres. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG214 Asian-American Literature ENG203 Shakespeare: The Final Period (1602-1611) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Plays read are chosen from among the later, darker, and more tragic works of Shakespeare: Measure for Measure, Othello, King Lear, MacBeth, A Winter’s Tale, and The Tempest. Students consider some aspects of the life and times of Shakespeare himself to cast light on a close understanding of the plays read. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG204 British Literature I: Old English to Renaissance Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Focusing on literary analysis and on the intellectual history of European civilization as British literature represents it, this course surveys the great literature and their central ideas from 600 A.D. to 1450 A.D. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
ENG205 British Literature II: Renaissance to the 18th Century Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students investigate major works by British authors of the period, focusing on literary analysis and discovering insights into significant currents of thought which helped shape European civilization and modernity. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
ENG206 British Literature III: The Romantic Period to Present Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp For those interested in modern views on the individual and society, this course provides analysis and insight through the close reading and discussion of great works of literature from the period. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) While reading materials written in a variety of genres by Chinese-, Japanese-, and Korean-Americans, students focus on how to define “Asian-American” and how to place the Asian-American experience into the larger contexts of race and ethnicity and the promise of a liberal political democracy to incorporate “otherness” and tolerate diversity. Topics include racism, expatriation, immigration, the American dream, assimilation, hope, and individual and cultural autonomy. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG218 Arthurian Legends Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) By focusing on the legends of King Arthur and his court, students delve into the genre of romance and the quest motif as a major force for idealism, individualism, and spiritual renewal from medieval times to the present. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG221 Introduction to Children’s Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students examine various forms of literature written for children, such as the fairy tale, legends, fables, historical romance, nonsense, adventure, domestic realism, fantasy, and poetry. Students develop critical insights into children’s literature through methods of analysis and an understanding of the background and development of genres. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG222 Images of Women in Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys through various literary sources by providing an historical perspective the images of women from the middle ages to the present, then focuses on the roles of women in contemporary culture. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
159
Course Descriptions
160
ENG250 Introduction to Mythology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students explore ancient and modern mythology and folklore from around the world by considering subjects and motifs such as the hero’s quest, the descent into the underworld, creation, the role of the goddess, and regeneration. In addition, a variety of stylistic elements are considered: symbols, allusions, plot, characterization, and theme. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG253 Survey of American Literature I: The Beginnings (1607-1865) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Presenting a panorama of literature from the early American period, this course focuses on who Americans are and how they came to be, what makes them unique, and what qualities and characteristics come to the forefront to establish something called “American literature.” Some of the authors read include the Pilgrims, Ben Franklin, Nathaniel Hawthorne. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG254 Survey of American Literature II: The Age of Realism (1865-1920) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W By reading, among others, Mark Twain, Emily Dickinson, Henry James, Walt Whitman, and Stephen Crane, students focus on the nature and quality of American literature as it represents and forms the American spirit and experience from the end of the Civil War to the end of the First World War. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG255 Survey of American Literature III: Coping in the Modern World (1920 - Present) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Robert Frost, Ernest Hemingway, Norman Mailer, Sylvia Plath, the Beats, Tennessee Williams: these and many more authors provide a mosaic of voices, perspectives, beliefs, and experiences. Students explore writing from a variety of genres in order to discover the universal attitudes and qualities which make up America,Americans, and the American experience in modern times. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG263 Introduction to Literary Genres: Detective Fiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) While reading a wide variety of detective fiction, such as from Edgar Allen Poe, “hard-boiled” authors of the 30’s and 40’s, and British
authors, students explore the origins, themes, structure, and characterization of the genre. Also, students examine the values conveyed in detective fiction, the qualities of the hero, and specific aspects of style. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENG275 The Bible as Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Giving particular attention to genre, style, and structure, students explore the literary qualities of the English Bible by reading and discussing selected books of the Old and New Testaments from a literary perspective. In addition, the uses of Biblical materials in later literature are examined. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENGR201 Electrical Fundamentals I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A study of basic electrical circuit theory for engineers. Analyze voltage and current relationships. Covers circuit parameters of resistance, inductance, and capacitance. Includes basic DC,AC, and natural responses of circuits. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ENGR202 Electrical Fundamentals II Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study to understand the Fourier-Series representation of periodic time-varying functions. Improve the understanding of sinusoidal steady-state analysis. Learn the basic operation of three-phase circuits. Learn how to analyze electric circuits which contain mutually coupled coils. Learn how transformers function in circuits. Learn the characteristics of resonant circuits. Concurrent enrollment in MTH256 is required. Prerequisite: MTH252 and ENGR201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ENGR211 Statics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Analysis of forces induced in structures and machines by various types of loading. Includes 3-D equilibrium analysis, internal forces, centroids, moments of inertia, and frictional equilibrium. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
ENGR212 Dynamics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Kinematics, Newton’s laws of motion, work-energy relations, and impulse-momentum relationships, applied to engineering systems. Prerequisite: ENGR211, MTH252, and PH211. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing Math.
ENGR213 Strength of Materials Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course covers properties of structural materials, analysis of stress and deformation in axially loaded members, circular shafts, beams, and in statically indeterminate systems. Prerequisite: ENGR211 and MTH252. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ENL120R Intermediate Reading Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for the next level class, ENL201R. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94R, or consent of instructor.
and rewards of a business owner. Important elements of developing and operating a small business are briefly reviewed, and helpful traits as well as important skills of a small business owner are discussed. The course is practically oriented including interaction with business owners. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ENT11 Developing a Small Business
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on pronunciation, listening for sound discrimination, note-taking skills and oral presentations. Lectures for note-taking are introduced. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94S, or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The course is designed for students to learn important elements and steps involved in starting a small business. The business idea, testing it, protecting it and writing a business plan are discussed. Formulating a mission statement, start-up financing, choosing a legal structure, image-building, record keeping, financial statements, people decisions, selling, and insurance are also covered. In the process, students complete practical assignments including a final business concept paper which is presented to the class. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ENL120W Intermediate Writing
ENT19 Finding and Evaluating Business Opportunities
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve writing skills. Grammar and composition activities will prepare students for ENL201W. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94W, or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines how to find, evaluate, protect, develop, and introduce to the market new products. It discusses creative thinking and its role in the development of business ideas as well as the evaluation of those ideas in the real world of the consumer and competition. The course outlines important information needed to evaluate business opportunities and involves hands-on work in conducting market research to get this information. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ENL120S Intermediate Speaking/Listening
ENL201R Advanced Reading Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for RD115 or college level courses in major areas of study. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120R, or consent of instructor.
ENL201S Advanced Speaking/Listening Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on lectures and note-taking, speaking publicly in panel discussion, debates, interviews, and giving speeches. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120S, or consent of instructor.
ENL201W Advanced Writing Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve writing skills. It includes review and perfection of grammatical structures and mechanics as needed; however, emphasis is on writing the whole paper. Students refine abilities in paragraph and essay development techniques, writing a thesis statement, and beginning research and documentation. This class prepares students for WR115, Introduction to Expository Writing. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120W, or consent of instructor.
ENT10 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The course is designed for students who want to evaluate going into business for themselves or working for a small business. Opportunities in small business are discussed as well as the risks
ENT20 Marketing for Small Business Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of marketing for small business. Students will learn about the customers, what they are really buying and why, how to segment and target them. Students will also learn about the market, researching the market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in marketing and exploring many specific advertising and promotional techniques. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ENT30 Business Plan - Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed for a student to learn how to research and write the marketing portion of the business plan. Students learn how to find information about industries, their size, growth, trends and competitive situations. They learn how to segment and target customers. They also learn how to develop a market plan, involving choosing a distribution channel, location, setting a price structure, and promoting their product or service. The final product is a complete written marketing plan. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ENT32 Business Plan - Operating/Financial Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed in conjunction with ENT30, Marketing for Small Business. The two courses together comprise a complete business plan course.The ENT32 course covers all of the business plan except the marketing portion. Students learn about what comprises and how to write the complete business plan, including the following sections: company description, management, operations plan, and financial statements and projections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
161
Course Descriptions
162
ENT39 Customer Service and Employee Relations
ESS100 Introduction to Environmental Science and Safety
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The course is designed for students to learn about employees and customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Personnel selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are discussed. Students learn the fundamental skills of managing and communicating with people through a variety of methods including role playing. The course also focuses upon the customer and the systems, methods, and strategies used to establish and maintain quality customer service in order to reap resulting profit.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Introduction to Environmental Science and Safety is an introductory course designed to acquaint students with different aspects of the environmental science and safety fields. This course will specifically talk about the issues which have direct impact on our lives such as air and water pollution, underground storage tanks and its problems, household hazardous materials, recycling, etc. An overview of job opportunities in these fields will also be discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESL94R Transition ESL Reading
ESS101 Environmental Regulations I: Hazardous Materials Regulations
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for the next level class. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.
ESL94S Transition ESL Speaking/Listening Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on pronunciation, listening, for sound discrimination, and note-taking. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.
ESL94W Transition ESL Writing Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve writing skills. Emphasis is on grammar and composition activities. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.
ESR271 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will study the effects of air, land and water pollutants on the environment; the transfer and fate of pollutants in environment and water quality parameters and standards. Analysis of water quality in rivers, lakes, reservoirs and groundwater systems will be studied in detail. Prerequisite: CH170 and MTH 95, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESR281 Elements of Industrial Hygiene Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A basic course in industrial hygiene. A survey of toxic agents and stresses on employees; emphasis on recognition, evaluation and control of environmental factors or stresses arising in or from the workplace. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis on occupational safety and health hazards; recognition, investigation, prevention and control techniques in industry, construction, material handling and storage operations. New OSHA and state standards are stressed. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an overview of the basic topics necessary for understanding federal and state regulations. Topics include formation of regulations, overview of OSHA regulations (29 CFR), and DOT regulation (49 CFR). Interpretation of DOT Emergency Response Guide Book, ATA manual, NIOSH Guide to Chemical Hazards, and MSDS are also covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESS143 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs and Sampling Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course will cover test methods for evaluating solid wastes, physical and chemical methods (SW-846), test procedures and guidance which are recommended for use in conducting the evaluations and measurements needed to comply with the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). These methods are approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for obtaining data to satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR (Code of Federal Regulations) parts 122 through 270. Prerequisite: CH170 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESS171 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to the basic concepts of chemistry and physics which are essential for the characterization of the chemical hazards, such as: carcinogens, corrosives, explosives, flammable, oxidizers, and radioactive materials. Students will also become familiar with the chemistry of some elements, principles of chemical reactions, and the reference books such as Merk Index and CRC. Prerequisite: CH105 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESS201 Environmental Regulations II: Compliance w/ Environmental Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will summarize the regulatory and legal requirements associated with the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), Clean Air Act (CAA), Clean Water Act (CWA), Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA), and the federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).This course will underscore the critical impact of accurate and complete records upon the overall success of environmental and hazardous waste management programs. The basic elements of compliance auditing and examples of commonly required regulatory reports, forms, and record keeping will be introduced in the course. Oregon’s requirements will be the model presented in class whenever possible. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ESS221 Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –F This course is designed to introduce techniques of planning, organizing and administering practical hazardous materials emergency response management programs, with emphasis on planning and incident command. OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120) and related Federal rules will be studied in detail. Topics covered will include identifying the problem, analyzing the problem,...etc. Included will be demonstration and practice with personal protective equipment and procedures. Prerequisite: ESS171 and ESR281 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ESS222 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will address the legal, regulatory, and best management practices associated with building and managing a fully integrated environmental audit program. The course will rely on, and enhance the student’s existing environmental knowledge in RCRA, CWA, CAA, and CERCLA as a basis for this course. How the regulations impact an audit program either independently, or collectively will be discussed throughout the course. Prerequisite: ESS221 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
ESS225 Human and Environmental Toxicology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course reviews the more important effects on the human body of exposures from hazardous materials/wastes. Topics covered include routes of exposure, acute and chronic effects of exposure on human target organs and systems, dose-response relationships and interpretation, exposure and risk assessments, chemical longevity in the body and environment, bio-accumulation, chemical transformations in the body and environment, and environmental effects of hazardous contaminants. Demonstrations and short field trips may be included. Prerequisite: AH11 and CH105, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
ESS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides basic knowledge about the full range of concepts, principles and differences related to the theories of pollution prevention, source reduction and toxic use reduction.The course reviews the skills, tools and programs necessary to apply pollution prevention in a manufacturing or industrial environment. Specific methods of application are explored. Some specific industrial process opportunities are covered. Prerequisite: ESS101 and CH105, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
ESS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a basic approach to field sampling, measurement, and analytical testing. Procedures for handling samples to ensure proper preservation and compliance with the QA/QC programs is presented. Also, an introduction to the theory and application of instrumental methods of chemical analysis will be discussed. Included are infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, gas chromatography, mass spectroscopy, and atomic absorption. Prerequisite: ESS143 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
(ET120 – ET265 are limited to students in the Engineering Technology Programs.)
ET120 Architectural Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to basic architectural drawing and the skills necessary to draw a set of residential plans suitable for obtaining a building permit. Drawings will include floor and foundation plans, sections, and elevations.
ET122 Engineering Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an introductory course in engineering graphics. Subject material includes: use of drafting machine, scales, pencils and angles, orthographic projection, isometrics, obliques, sectioning, auxiliary views and dimensioning.
ET123 Introduction to Engineering Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to provide the student with a general overview of the major engineering disciplines, and introduce basic engineering fundamentals and problem solving techniques. Concurrent enrollment in MTH60 or consent of instructor.
ET130 Architectural CAD Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This class builds upon the skills and concepts introduced to the student in ET120, Architectural Drawing, by creating design development drawings for a daylight basement residence, using a combination of sketching and CAD drawing techniques. Codes and design situations that are related to multiple floor wood frame construction such as rafter and joist sizing, insulation details and stairway design, are covered. Universal and ADA design standards are also introduced and used in the design. Architectural, Engineering and Construction project terms and team member roles are discussed and integrated into the term project. Prerequisite: ET120 and ET154; or consent of instructor.
ET132 Engineering CAD Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of Engineering Drawing, emphasizing engineering applications of the skills acquired in ET122, to structural and mechanical drawings. Prerequisite: ET122 and ET154.
ET135 Practical Descriptive Geometry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Practical descriptive geometry as used by engineering technicians; problem analysis, auxiliary views, true length, shape, angle, and point-line-place through the use of revolution; introduction to graphical solutions of simple vector problems. Accent is on problem analysis. Prerequisite: ET120 or ET122 or consent of instructor.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
163
Course Descriptions
164
ET144 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to introduce the engineering student to the use of the computer (and computational devices) to solve engineering problems, present data, and format that information for ease of review. Specific topics covered include how a computer works, solving problems using programs, organizing data, and preparing reports and/or proposals. Standard applications programs will be used to gain familiarity with how the computer can be used as an engineering tool. Prerequisite: Engineering Technology majors.
ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study of stresses and deformations resulting from forces acting on structural materials. Prerequisite: ET221.
ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of ET222, involving series and parallel piping systems, open channel flow, flow measurement, pumps, sewer line design, and hydrology. Prerequisite: MTH85.
ET234 Engineering Economics
ET150 Plane Surveying Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Fundamental concepts of plane surveying. The use of mathematics in applying the correction to errors, calculation of angles and bearing, and the adjustment of traverses, along with field survey practice. Co-requisite: MTH85 or consent of instructor.
ET154 Computer-Aided Design I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W An exploration into the nature, uses and structure of the “AutoCAD” computer aided drafting program. Students will learn the basics of AutoCAD. Drawing, editing and display commands and functions are studied as they apply to two-dimensional drawings. Additional commands enable the user to create blocks that can be saved on the disk, dimension drawings and add text. Previous knowledge of computers or computer programming is not required, but strongly suggested. Prerequisite: ET120 or ET122 and co-requisite MTH80.
ET200 Route Surveying Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Route surveying for roads and pipelines. The calculation of curve data for the design and construction of horizontal and vertical curves. Field procedures for staking horizontal curves, grades, and slope staking. Earthwork calculation and highway safety design. Prerequisite: ET150 or consent of instructor.
ET204 Computer-Aided Design II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the second course in the CAD sequence. Along with teaching the function and use of commands not covered in the first class, this course also looks at customizing AutoCAD software. Topics include organizing and managing drawing files, productivity enhancement techniques, attribute database extraction, making 3-D drawings/solid models and customizing menus/toolbars. Prerequisite: ET154 or consent of instructor.
ET221 Statics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will cover the study of forces and the effect of forces acting upon rigid bodies at rest, including resolution of forces, equilibrium and resultants of force systems. Prerequisite: MTH85.
ET222 Fluid Mechanics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will cover the basic principles of fluid mechanics: hydrostatic pressure, buoyancy, flow rates, Bernoulli’s Equation, energy losses, viscosity, and laminar and turbulent flow. Prerequisite: ET221 and MTH85.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course will explain the principles and techniques required in making sound economic decisions about the acquisition and retirement of capital goods by industry and government. Students will study the evaluation of money transactions in engineering applications. Prerequisite: MTH85 or MTH112 or consent of instructor.
ET240 Project Design I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this advanced course, the student will gain experience in solving design problems common to architectural and mechanical engineering technology projects. The course is intended to bridge the gap between courses in drawing, manufacturing processes, mechanics, strength of materials, and computer applications. Engineering design process and problem solving techniques, while working in technical design teams, are emphasized. Students will take various projects from concept to completion and then communicate their design to others for development of presentation skills and critique. Prerequisite: ET144 and ET130 or ET132, or consent of instructor.
ET250 Project Design II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A course designed as a capstone project based course.The student will develop a real project schedule, progress reports, presentations, and team meeting agendas. Projects are composed of engineering analysis, graphics, and communication.The course is designed to allow students the opportunity to accomplish a project from concept to completion. Prerequisite: ET240 or consent of instructor.
ET263 Structures Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Wood, as a material, is used to introduce the elements of structural design. Fabrication, construction and connection devices are investigated by assigned problems. Prerequisite: ET221 and ET231, or consent of instructor.
ET264 Soils and Concrete in Construction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A study of the properties and behavior of soil, aggregates, and Portland cement concrete as they relate to construction operations. Topics include soil index properties, classification, compaction, and drainage; aggregate gradation, durability and applications; design of Portland cement mixtures and testing of concrete in plastic and cured states, use of concrete admixtures and field concreting practices. Prerequisite: ET213 and MTH85, or consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ET265 Site Development
F111A Current Issues in Forest Resources
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will allow the student to bring the basic principles of zoning, subdivision platting, and site design together in a practical project.Working individually and in teams, the students will follow typical city zoning ordinances and engineering practices to design all or portions of a subdivision plat, storm drainage systems, sanitary sewer, water system, and mixed-use multifamily/commercial building sites. The final project will be prepared on CAD, and be supported by a formal report. It is recommended that the student be concurrently enrolled in ET250 or ET232 and have completed WR227. Prerequisite: ET204 and ET150, or consent of instructor.
Credits 1 (1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – W This course investigates biological, social and political issues influencing forestry and natural resource management. Prerequisite: Forest and Natural Resource majors, field experience or consent of instructor.
ETX21 Basic 2-D AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Basic 2-D AutoCAD is an exploration of the uses of the AutoCAD operating system to create drawings. Items covered include basic hardware and software operation; setup procedures; and drawing, editing and display commands. Prerequisite: None, however, it is helpful to have had a previous drafting class and/or a typing/ computer class, MTH20 and a knowledge of angles.
ETX22 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD starts with a brief review of the previous class, and quickly moves on to more advanced drawing, editing and display techniques. Concepts such as dimensioning, layering, symbol creation, and entity manipulation are covered. Some of these commands enable the user to create a library of symbols and shapes to simplify the drawing tasks, to draw on different layers in order to create a complete drawing package, to adjust the layers to ensure the drawing is not cluttered, and to change color and/or linetype to highlight drawing information. Prerequisite: ETX21, or on-the-job experience.
ETX23 3-D AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp 3-D AutoCAD covers drawing in a three-dimensional coordinate system. The bulk of the course will be concerned with manipulation of the Use Coordinate System and Viewpoints for the purpose of constructing and editing wire frame and surface geometrics in 3-D.Additional topics will include multiple viewports, system variables, and use of paper space for plotting. Prerequisite: ETX22 or consent of the instructor.
ETX24 Menus & Lisp AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Menus and Lisp AutoCAD covers basic customization of AutoCAD. The course introduces the student to programming and use of a text editor by writing and executing SCRIPT files. Full customization of screen and button menus is covered, with discussion of other menus.At least half of the course will be spent on writing and executing AutoLISP programs, including reading and writing to files and manipulating entity date within selection sets. Additional topics will include configuration and the PGP file. Prerequisite: ETX21 and ETX22, or consent of the instructor.
F111C Introduction to Natural Resources Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W In this course, students are introduced to natural resources definitions, management and regulations, with an emphasis on forest ecosystems. Topics include an elementary approach to ecosystems structure, composition and function; fundamentals of forest, range, watershed, wetlands, recreation and wildlife management; and an overview of pertinent history and laws influencing natural resource policy and management. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
F112 Computer Applications in Forestry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the student to the use of personal computers in natural resources applications. Specific topics covered include: how a computer works, the use of word processing and spreadsheet software to organize data and prepare reports, how to access the Internet to search for information and send e-mail, and an introduction to GPS and electronic data collectors. Prerequisite: MTH60 or consent of instructor.
F141 Tree and Shrub Identification Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is devoted to the classification, field identification, and basic anatomy of important western trees and shrubs. Appropriate ranges, habitats, and consumer use of these species is presented as well as a survey of other major forest types of North America. Outdoor field trips are an integral part of the course.
F200 Introduction to Forest Surveying Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers the fundamental concepts of plane surveying. The use of mathematics in applying the correction to errors, calculation of angles and bearings, and the adjustment of traverses is emphasized, along with field survey practice. Co-requisite: Successful completion or concurrent enrollment in MTH85 or MTH112; or consent of instructor.
F240 Forest Biology and Ecology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course surveys the structure, function, and composition of forest ecosystems. It examines the relationships between the biological and physical components of a forest, and the influences of dynamic processes such as nutrient cycling, disturbance, and forest succession. Labs focus on various field techniques used to characterize forest stand structure and plant community composition, and the application of resulting data for making land management decisions. Prerequisite: F141 or consent of instructor.
***
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
165
Course Descriptions
166
FA257 Films and Society
FF13 Elementary Fire Science
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Using works from the silent era through the present, including fiction, documentary and propaganda films, this course explores how filmmakers have observed and commented upon social issues past, present and future, how films reflect the times in which they were made and remain relevant as times change. FA258 is recommended, but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Characteristics and behavior of fire; fundamentals of physical laws and chemical reactions occurring in fire and fire suppression; byproducts of combustion; analysis of factors contributing to fire— its cause, rate of burning, heat generation, travel, confinement, control and extinguishment.
FA258 Understanding the Film
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will study fire company organization and operation; company responsibilities in station recordkeeping, station communications and watch, housekeeping and house privileges; tours and public relations; company organization for response to alarms; and company morale.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines the language of film, using a variety of motion pictures from the silent and sound eras, narrative and documentary formats, to show the way filmmakers combine the elements of cinematography, editing, writing, musical scoring, etc. to tell stories, explore social issues and convey ideas and emotions. It does not involve the making of films by students, but concentrates on watching films with the intent of developing comprehension of cinematic technique. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FA266 The Great Film Directors Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A course in which a number of films by selected directors are chosen to explore the way these important and influential artists create works that maintain an individual stamp while attempting to balance the demands of popular entertainment and personal statement. Attention is given to the stylistic and thematic consistencies in a director’s body of work, the qualities that establish the filmmaker’s identity and secure a place in the medium’s history. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. (FF10 – FF54 are restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters.)
FF10 Introduction to Fire Protection Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the philosophy and history of fire protection; history of loss of life and property in fire; responsibility of fire departments in community; organization and function of fire protection agencies and allied organizations; sources of professional literature, survey of professional career opportunities and requirements, and development of resume.
FF14 Fire Company Organization and Station Management
FF15 Firefighting Skills II Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Continues to develop basic fire fighter skills learned in Firefighting Skills I while increasing technical knowledge of fire ground operations. Emphasizes team skills performed as an evolution by an engine company. Ladder and hose evolutions, power tools, rescue practices and procedures requiring teamwork are practiced. Prerequisite: FF11.
FF16 Fire Science I - Physics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Studies characteristics and behavior of fire, fundamentals of physical laws and chemical reactions occurring in fire and fire suppression. Analyzes factors contributing to fire: its cause, rate of burning, heat generation and travel, by-products of combustion, and its confinement, control and extinguishment. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
FF17 Fundamentals of Fire Prevention Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Philosophy and history of fire protection; review of life and property loss statistics; fire protection agencies; current and future fire protection problems; fire prevention programs; general public education; development and enforcement of fire prevention laws and regulations; responsibility of state fire marshals, local fire departments, and property owners; fire safety; reporting fire prevention activities; drills; policies; public relations; and DEQ regulations. Emphasis on “company inspections”.
FF11 Firefighting Skills I Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Studies basic tools, procedures, techniques and safety precautions utilized by the fire fighter during fire ground operations. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Hazardous Materials awareness and FSAB Basic Fire Fighter requirements are covered.
FF12 Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and Operation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A study of the different types of firefighting apparatus. The student will learn the theory, construction and principle of operation of fire service pumps and the principle of driving, drafting and pumping from a hydrant.The student also will learn the care and preventative maintenance of apparatus, pump operations used under emergency operation and review “rule of thumb” hydraulics.
FF18 Fire Service Rescue Practices Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide firemen with essential skills for rescuing victims trapped in a variety of situations. American Red Cross Multimedia First Aid course is included for basic first aid skills.
FF20 Fire Science II - Chemistry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn physical and chemical properties of substance; chemical bonds and reactions; ionization; covalent substances. Laboratory time is provided for clarifying demonstrations and experiments. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions FF21 Building Construction for Fire Suppression
FF28 Natural Cover Fire Protection
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Fire problems inherent in structural elements of buildings. How knowledge gathered through interpretation of blueprints and inspection of various building types provides a basis for applying effective extinguishments practices, with adequate safeguards for personnel.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The organization, methods, tactics, and strategy of safely controlling and extinguishing grass, brush and forest fires; uses of hand tools, portable pumps, motorized apparatus, aircraft and helicopters, chemicals, and other related equipment used in the suppression of natural cover fires; forest and wild land fire prevention techniques. An independent study version is available some terms.
FF22 Fire Service Hydraulics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will review basic mathematics and learn hydraulic laws and formulas as applied to the fire service; basic fire ground hydraulics with emphasis on rule of thumb operations; application of formulas and mental calculations to hydraulic problems; fire ground water supply problems; advanced fire ground hydraulics with emphasis on complicated pumping operations and underwriter requirements for pumps and accessories.
FF29 Fire Department Communications - Alerting Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn and demonstrate receiving, dispatching and radio communication procedures, FCC regulations; municipal alarm; telephone and tone-activated alarm; recording messages; tap-out procedures; and running cards.
FF30 Arson Investigation FF23 Hazardous Materials Technician I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Reviews basic chemistry. Studies the identity of hazardous materials by color, symbol and marking. Covers recommended practices for storage and handling of solids, liquids and gases, and studies fire control methods for these materials. Meets FSAB standards for awareness and operations level.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will study advanced investigation procedures, preservation of evidence, laws of search and seizure, laws of arson, and motive for arson. Other subject areas studied will include interrogation, case preparation, court room procedure, death and fraud investigation, and investigation of explosion.
FF31 Introduction to Building Codes FF24 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Portable extinguisher equipment, sprinkler systems, protection systems for special hazards, fire alarm and detection systems, and ventilating systems.
FF25 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides the student with the basic information needed to locate, isolate and protect the point of origin as well as recognizing and preserving clues and evidence. This course is designed for both pre-service and in-service students and will satisfy the training requirements specified by the Oregon State Fire Standards and Accreditation Board.
FF26 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) Offers an understanding of various principles involved in the chemistry of hazardous materials. Designed to provide first responders with an advanced knowledge of hazardous materials classifications, the reaction of chemicals and some basic tactics of what must be done in hazardous materials incidents that involve public safety concerns.
FF27 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Covers the fire command system, rescue, offensive and defensive fire attack, property conservation, staging and apparatus placement, sectoring, company functions, communications, and command procedures.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn the practices required in local, state and federal construction codes.
FF33 Fire Codes and Ordinances I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A study of building, fire and other codes: state fire marshal fire safety regulations and related state statutes; local ordinances; National Fire Protection Association and other standards relating to fire prevention and life safety.
FF34 Public Relations/Fire Service Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will study the fundamentals of public relations pertaining to fire service, including emergency operations, general public appearances, writing news releases, articles and speeches; and general media contact.
FF35 Water Distribution Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A study of the sources of water supply; fire flow requirement pumping stations, storage tanks and cisterns; main systems and high pressure systems, mobile supplies. Also covered are hydrants, their sizes, types, distribution and service testing and the measuring of available water in mains.
FF36A/B Aircraft Fire Rescue Credits 2,3 (2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide firemen with essential information and skills for aircraft fire rescue. It will cover aircraft fire fighting procedures, specialized vehicles, agents and dangerous materials, communications, pre-fire planning and rescue procedures.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
167
Course Descriptions
168
FF37 Industrial Fire Protection
FF46 Fire Department Leadership
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Specific concerns and safeguards related to business and industrial fire brigade organization and development; fire prevention programs; hazardous situations and prevention methods; gaining cooperation between the public and fire departments organization; study of elementary industrial fire hazards in manufacturing plants.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Explains the unique aspects of a company officer’s job, basic functions of management and principles of supervision, and self-analysis to become a better supervisor. Covers leadership concepts, types of supervisors, attitudes, cooperation, individual differences, motivation, communications, discipline, grievances, evaluating performance, planning, organizing, and making decisions.
FF38 Hazardous Materials for Inspectors
FF47 Fire Command I
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) How to handle inspections involving hazardous material. Covers the requirements for handling, storing, and reporting on the various hazardous materials.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is a course to provide the fire officer advanced training in emergency scene management. Included are such topics as preincident needs assessment, resource capability determination, command operations, communications, and acquiring and assigning resources. It seeks to provide the student with an understanding of complex emergency scene operations.
FF39 Firefighter’s Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Firefighters’ legal responsibilities in driving, inspection, alarms and communications, and other fire protection activities. Firefighters’ rights, duties, liabilities, and participation in legal activities including state and local fire marshal laws relating to fire protection.
FF40 Fire Prevention Inspection Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Methods of contemporary fire prevention inspection practices. Includes preparation, pre-approach information, written inspection notices, relations with owners and occupants, and compliances.
FF41 Training Programs and Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn purposes of fire service drills and training programs. He/she will participate in development and operation of the departments training program. He/she will know facilities and equipment necessary for modern training and how to select and train the instructional staff. Psychology of learning, four-step method, lesson planning, instruction techniques, training aids, tests, workbooks, training objectives, curriculum development, conducting conferences and meetings will be studied.
FF43 Fire Officer Management Responsibility Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Explains the responsibilities of the various supervisory levels of the fire service and the methods to accomplish the objectives of effective supervision.
FF44 Fire Insurance Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The relationship of fire defenses and fire losses to insurance rates, basic insurance principles, fire loss experience and loss ratio, applying the ISO grading schedule and state regulation of fire insurance.
FF48 Major Emergency Strategy and Tactics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Command, planning, logistics, and financial consideration of emergencies that exceed the scope of normal operations. Study of several types of major emergencies and the principles relating to incident priorities, resource management, and tactical operations. Critical stress issues and debriefing methods.
FF50 Fire Codes and Ordinances II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Covers the understanding and application of fire and building codes, national standards, and laws and regulations in relation to building construction and occupancy, general fire safety, occupant loads and exits, hazardous materials, specialized topics, and records and reports.
FF51 Advanced Detection and Protection Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Examines and evaluates specialized extinguishing systems; their suppression agents and principles; and their installation, maintenance, and testing requirements. Covers household warning systems; fire detection and alarm systems; protective signaling systems; explosion systems; water supply systems; and thermal, smoke and flame detection systems.
FF52 Fire Prevention Education Programs Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Participants will demonstrate their ability to utilize fire data, to analyze the prevention needs in a community, and to design one public fire education program directed to preventing or mitigating certain fires in that community. Prerequisite: FF17 or consent of instructor.
FF45 Fire Planning and Research (Municipal Budgets) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will be able to plan a local budget that is consistent with the mission of the fire department. He/she will be able to interpret the section of the local budget as it applies to the fire department.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions FF53 Introduction to Emergency Services
FI121 Data Collection Techniques
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Philosophy and history of Emergency Services. History of loss of life and property in fire, major medical emergencies, and natural disaster, responsibility of emergency services in a community, the roles and responsibilities of a paramedic and firefighter, overview of the ICS system, organization and function of emergency services agencies and allied organizations, education and certification, sources of professional literature, awareness and identification of hazardous materials, emergency services apparatus, fire behavior, detection and protection systems, cultural diversity, harassment in the workplace, survey of professional career opportunities and requirements, and developing a resume.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will stress the importance of neatness and accuracy in recording scientific data. Basic data summarization and statistical concepts used in analyzing data are studied and practiced. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent.
FF54 Instructor I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide fire fighters with an appreciation for the value of fire service instruction with primary emphasis on benefits and necessary skills. It will cover the learning-teaching process, course and lesson development, planning, organizing and managing instructional activities, the instructor’s role, methods of instruction, teaching aids, evaluation and testing, an introduction to training programs and training program management. (FI101 – FI241 are limited to students in the Fisheries Technology Program.)
FI101, FI102, FI103 Fishery Techniques I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F An introduction to the program of Fisheries Technology, the first term covers topics such as fisheries literature, identification and life histories of trout and salmon, anesthetics, marking and tagging fish, and fish culture operations. The second term deals with topics such as creel census techniques, population estimation, net making and repair, farm pond management, drawing maps of lakes and streams, and effects of exploitation. The third term emphasizes topics such as fish capture methods, boats and boat handling, habitat improvement, aquatic plants and their control, aquatic insects, water quality, fish stomach content analysis, plankton, and rough fish control. Series is sequential or requires consent of instructor.
FI112 Fish Biology I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of BI101, emphasizing tissues and organ systems of fish. Anatomical and physiological concepts considered system by system. Prerequisite: BI101, or consent of instructor.
FI113 Fish Biology II Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A continuation of FI112 that considers embryological and developmental concepts, basic genetics, as well as classification, life histories and distribution of major fish sub-groups (with the emphasis on Oregon fish groups) and commercially important invertebrates. Prerequisite: FI112 or consent of instructor.
FI201, FI202, FI203 Fish Husbandry I Credits 6 (4 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F Credits 6 (4 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) An introduction to fish husbandry with special reference to history and scope of fish culture. The first quarter typically covers topics such as world landing of fish, hatchery prophylaxis, fish diseases and their control, feeding methods, ingredients of food and nutrition. The second quarter emphasizes topics such as the determination of rearing capacities, reuse systems, hatchery management and records, spawning techniques, egg handling, care of fry, rearing fish, and the transportation of eggs and fingerlings. Many of these concepts are continued in the third quarter when new materials covering catfish and oyster culture, and the culture of miscellaneous fish and shellfish is introduced. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: FI103.
FI205 Fisheries Lab Techniques Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F This course will focus on the teaching of laboratory skills and techniques that are used in the field of fish culture.
FI211 Field Projects I Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F First course in a sequence designed to provide the second year students an opportunity to plan, develop, and carry out a study on their own initiative describing the results in a technical manner. The students will use the skills they have acquired in class to accomplish this project. The project will generally be of the students own choosing. Sequential.
FI212 Field Projects II Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a continuation of the project begun in the previous term. Prerequisite: FI211.
FI213 Field Projects III Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation and completion of the project conducted during FI211 and FI212. A final project report following the format of technical fisheries journals is required. Prerequisite: FI212.
FI221 Building Maintenance and Repair Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Instruction and practice in maintenance of buildings and households. Repair activities including working with wood, plumbing, basic wiring, concrete, building repairs, roof maintenance and painting.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
169
Course Descriptions
170
FI222 Equipment Maintenance and Repair
FR111 Beginning French Conversation I
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Instruction and practice in maintenance of equipment commonly found at a fish hatchery. Repair activities include basic automotive care and maintenance, and work on power tools, appliances, electric motors, pumps, batteries, hydraulics and refrigeration systems, furnaces, etc.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces students to French by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss French culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the French way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FI231 Current Issues in Natural Resources Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Provides insights into contemporary political, environmental and public relations problems as they relate to fisheries, wildlife, and natural resources. Prerequisite: Second year standing or consent of instructor.
FI241 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instruction and practice in conducting stream habitat assessment in accordance with procedures used by local government agencies. Also, instruction in current practices of stream habitat improvement.
FN225 Nutrition Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition. The biological functions and dietary sources of essential nutrients are studied, as well as the relationship of diet to health. Contemporary national and international nutritional concerns also are presented. The student is required to complete a computer-assisted, three-day diet survey and evaluation. Prerequisite: high school biology or BI101 or equivalent, and high school chemistry or CH104 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
FR101 First Year French I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course introduces students to the French language and the cultures of French speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FR102 First Year French II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of FR 101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in French while exploring the cultures of French speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work.
FR112 Beginning French Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Continuing from FR111, this course continues to offer students practice in speaking and listening in French while exploring the life of French speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: FR111 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
FR113 Beginning French Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course completes the introduction of French conversation skills. Student upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: FR112 or FR102. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FR150 Beginning French I (Intensive) Credits 7 (7 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W For students who need a faster introduction to the French language and French-speaking cultures, this course covers in one quarter the materials covered in FR101 and the first half of FR102. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
FR151 Beginning French II (Intensive) Credits 8 (8 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuing from FR150, this course presents the materials covered in the last half of FR102 and all of FR103. Upon completion, students will be able to carry on basic conversation in everyday situations in French. Prerequisite: FR150 or FR102. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FR201 Second Year French I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the French language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of French speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: FR103 or FR151 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FR103 First Year French III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the French language and French speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in French and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FR102 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
FR202 Second Year French II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of FR201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in French while exploring the cultures of French speaking countries.Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: FR201 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions FR203 Second Year French III
FSE212 Embalming II
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence of intermediate level French, students develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in the French language and within the day-to-day contexts found in french speaking cultures. Prerequisite: FR202 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This sequential course is a continuation of Embalming I. Lecture classes will place an emphasis on systemic circulation and microcirculation as applicable to the embalming operation. Students participate in practical embalming and restorative art lab throughout the course. Sequential. Prerequisite: FSE211.
FR211 Second Year French Conversation I
FSE213 Embalming III
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course supplements FR201 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proficiency in French. Co-requisite: FR201. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A sequential course continuation of Embalming II. Lecture classes concern special embalming problems, such as discolorations, decomposition, edema, dehydration, contagion and infection. Students participate in practical embalming throughout this course. Prerequisite: FSE211 and FSE212.
FR212 Second Year French Conversation II Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course supplements FR202 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proficiency in French. Co-requisite: FR202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FSE214 Restorative Art Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study of structural anatomy of the face and head, surface anatomy and physiognomical forms, reconstructions of facial tissues employing different media, general restorative treatments, projection, form and color in the restorative process. Concurrent enrollment in FSE212 is required.
FR213 Second Year French Conversation III Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course supplements FR203 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proficiency in French. Co-requisite: FR203. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
FSE216 Funeral Service Microbiology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A study of microorganisms with emphasis on pathogens and infectious processes. Applications are made to personal health and public health concerns of embalmers and funeral directors.
FSE217 Funeral Service Pathology (FSE121 – FSE245 are limited to students in the Funeral Service Education Program.)
FSE121 Funeral Service Orientation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey course of funeral history from ancient days to present. Specialized vocabulary of funeral service is introduced.
FSE122 Funeral Service Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course analyzes the interplay of societies and funeralization, surveys religious and ethnic funeral customs found in American society, and explores families and family roles in the funeral.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A survey of disease processes; etiology, pathogenesis, homeostatic mechanisms, and regressive tissue changes. Implications of forensic pathology for funeral service professionals. Prerequisite:AH12 or MA14.
FSE219 Embalming Chemistry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The course is a basic survey of inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistry as they relate to the embalming process. Emphasis is placed specifically on material delineated in the expectations published by the A.B.F.S.E. for chemistry. Prerequisite: CH104 or equivalent.
FSE221 Funeral Home Management I FSE124 Funeral Service Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A survey course of relevant legal principles. Mortuary law, probate law and business law are reviewed. Emphasis is placed on legal responsibilities of the funeral service practitioner.
FSE211 Embalming I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F In this first of a three-course sequence, students are introduced to practical embalming theory supported by learning of injection methods, types of embalming agents, postmortem conditions and their treatment. Students participate in practical embalming lab throughout the course. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing in the Funeral Service Education program.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The role and function of the funeral director as an effective manager is explored. Considerations in establishing a funeral home are covered. Emphasis is placed on management functions of planning, organizing, motivating, directing, and controlling. Human relations as they relate to management of personnel are discussed.
FSE222 Funeral Home Management II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This sequential course examines business operations within funeral service. Emphasis is placed on merchandising principles as they are related to the funeral business. Applications of basic accounting and finance principles are covered. Computer applications within the funeral home are discussed. Prerequisite: FSE221.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
171
Course Descriptions
172
FSE225 Funeral Directing
FT144 Forest Insects and Diseases
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the funeral directors responsibilities: funeral arrangements, conduct of the funeral, visitation, final disposition, responsibilities of the family in need.Two hours per week of Funeral Directing lab.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this course, major insects and diseases of Pacific Northwest forest trees are studied as they relate to forest health. Identification, biology, damage to trees, and the pathogen’s role in forest ecosystems are emphasized. Preventative and control measures are studied in the context of land owners’ management objectives. A discussion of the damaging effects of atmospheric pollutants is also included.
FSE226 Funeral Service Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Application of psychological principles to the funeral, bereavement and funeral home functions. Emotional behavior analysis, manifestations of grief, effect of personality on the bereaved and analysis of psychological studies of grief and mourning are discussed.
FSE227 Funeral Service Counseling Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Analysis of the funeral director’s role as counselor in matters pertaining to death, dying, grief, bereavement, and mourning. Counseling principles are applied to the funeral service setting. Prerequisite: FSE226.
FSE240, FSE240A Funeral Service Internship Credits 6,3 (1 Lecture – 15,8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp FSE240 (6 credits in Spring only) or FSE240A (3 credits each in Spring and Fall) A quarter-long internship experience served in local funeral homes, learning experiences are guided by faculty and supervised by a funeral home preceptor. FSE240A is recommended for students with little or no funeral service experience. Students take 3 credit hours of FSE240A in both fall and spring quarters of their graduating year, for 6 credits overall. Instructor permission required.
FSE245 Funeral Service Issues Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course elicits major issues facing funeral service in the present and future. Criticism of funeral practices and the profession is analyzed and alternatives and options for the profession are explored. Prerequisite: Student must have 2nd year standing in the program.
(FT122 – FT246 are limited to students in the Forest Resources Technology and Integrated Natural Resources Programs.)
FT122 Forest Measurements I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the student to field measurement of forest resources. Topics include fundamentals of field sampling, use of topographic maps, measurement of land area using compass and GPS, and estimation of tree heights, diameters, age and crown classes. Electronic data collection and analysis are integral. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: F112 or consent of instructor.
FT160 Forest Fire Management and Ecology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces the student to the role of fire in forested ecosystems. Areas addressed include: wildland fire prevention, detection, suppression and behavior; fuels management strategies and activities; basic fire ecology; and the use of prescribed fire as a management tool.
FT211 Forest Products Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers the technical aspects of handling raw materials from forested lands. The student is given an insight into the physical, chemical and economic processes involved in manufacturing finished wood products. Instructional topics include wood properties and treatments, and lumber, plywood and paper production. Field trips to mills are included.
FT220 Aerial Photointerpretation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course teaches the fundamentals needed to use aerial photographs as aids for field work and preliminary information gathering. Students learn to obtain 3-dimensional views from the photos, to relate the features on the photos to the same features on topographic maps and on the ground, and to estimate areas of land and heights of features on the photos. Timber typing, basic principles of photo attributes, and the use of photos as basic maps in the field are also included. Prerequisite: MTH80 or MTH95, and FT122 or consent of instructor.
FT222 Forest Measurements II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 5 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides instruction and training in estimating volume and quality of standing timber. Sampling methods and their associated field techniques are covered, with an emphasis on producing reliable and accurate data. Data computation, statistical evaluation, and the preparation of comprehensive timber cruise reports are required. Labs focus on field timber cruising using Atterbury’s Super A.C.E. program. Prerequisite: FT122 and MTH80, or consent of instructor.
FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F In this course, students produce maps for use in natural resources management. Raw field data as well as electronic data are used to construct computer-generated maps.Topics include map elements, coordinate systems, basic CAD commands, accessing data, and professional presentations of data. Prerequisite: F112.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems
FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course covers the fundamentals of how to manage, manipulate, and display spatially-referenced data for land-use planning and decision-making. Students will work with GIS software applications. Prerequisite: F112 and FT226, or ET144 and ET200, or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed for all fisheries and wildlife science majors and all other interested persons. The course covers the history of the conservation movement and natural resource use. It also involves the relationship of governmental and private agencies in applying management policies. This is a broad-based class that covers the principles and practices of fisheries and wildlife management and the role of research in management. This class is required in either the freshman or sophomore year for wildlife science and fisheries transfer majors.
FT235 Outdoor Recreation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores the use and management of forested recreational settings.Topics include the influence of social and economic values on recreational use and planning, techniques for environmental interpretation, facilities maintenance, and wilderness management issues.
FT238 Timber Harvesting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers the various techniques used to remove woody material from forest stands. Instruction focuses on selecting proper harvesting method and equipment to meet forest management objectives. Topics include the operations of ground-based, cable and aerial logging methods; environmental assessment of resource impacts; timber sale and road layout; and timber appraisal. Field trips to logging sites are integral to the course. Concurrent enrollment in FT246 is required or consent of instructor.
FT242 Watershed Processes Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines the basic hydrological processes occurring in forested watersheds. Natural factors influencing water quality and yield, fish and wildlife habitat, and soil and slope stability are covered. The effects of forest management activities on these processes are examined, with an emphasis on riparian areas. Prerequisite: FT122. Completion of F141 is helpful but not required.
FT244 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In FT244 and FT246, students are instructed in the practices of forest ecosystem management. This course focuses on the principles and applications for reforestation under a variety of forested conditions and landowner objectives. Topics include: silvical characteristics of forest tree species, site preparation, seedling selection and planting, brush and animal damage control, natural regeneration and reforestation evaluation. Prerequisite: F240 or consent of instructor.
FT246 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of Silviculture I. In this course students study the growth and development of stands and methods of prescribing stand management techniques, particularly thinnings, for a given forest type and landowner objective. It also includes evaluating the applicability of the major silvicultural systems of clearcutting, shelterwood and selection cutting for a given site and landscape. Prerequisite: FT244 or consent of instructor.
FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of mammals. Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with field research techniques. Includes several off-campus, outside laboratories. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
FW253 Wildlife Resources: Birds Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of birds. Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with field research techniques. Includes many offcampus, outside laboratories and a mandatory weekend field trip. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
FW254 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and Reptiles Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of fish, amphibians, and reptiles. Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with field research techniques with an emphasis on fish. Includes many off-campus, outside laboratories. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
FW255 Wildlife Techniques Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This non-sequential course is designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and those interested in pursing a career in wildlife biology. A field-intensive course, students will learn techniques used to study, survey, inventory and monitor wildlife populations and habitat. Through group projects students will also learn about experimental design, data analysis and presentation of completed products. The methodology covered is that used by consultants and wildlife biologists in their work for various agencies and businesses. Laboratories are hands-on, often physically demanding, and usually out-of-doors. Prerequisite: FW251 or FW252 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
173
Course Descriptions
174
***
G143 Rocks and Minerals Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A one term course on common minerals and rocks. In this course the formation, the chemical and physical characteristics and the identification of rocks and minerals will be covered. The laboratory will consist of exercises in physical, chemical and optical methods of rock and mineral identification. There may be field trips to selected rock and mineral locales. Geology majors should check with transfer institutions to ascertain applicability to major programs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
G148B, G148C Volcanoes and Their Activity Credits 2,3 (2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is an introductory course in volcanology, which is a branch of the science of geology. The student will develop an understanding of the types, origin, activity, products and hazards of volcanoes. No prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
G165A, G165B, G165C Regional Field Geology Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course consists of a field trip to an area of special geologic interest. The trip is arranged to illustrate various geologic aspects and special features unique to the selected region and includes studies of the age and origin, geologic setting, stratigraphy and structure, topography and significant events through geologic time. The course will begin with an on-campus meeting prior to the field trip and all students will be expected to become familiar with the geologic section for the region.
G201, G202, G203 Principles of Geology Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F General Geology is a three term, sequential course designed both for science majors and individuals needing a lab science or just desiring to gain a better understanding of the earth. G201 and G202 are concerned with principles of physical geology, including rocks and minerals, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, rock deformation, mass wasting, and the geologic processes of steams, oceans, ground water, wind and ice. Also covered is plate tectonics. G203 finishes with the physical aspects and also covers the principles of historical geology, including the origin and development of the earth, plant and animal life and their changes through geologic time. A number of field trips are utilized throughout the year to demonstrate areas of Oregon’s and Washington’s plentiful geologic history. Not to be taken out of sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. (GA113 – GA247 are limited to students in the Graphic Arts Technology Program.)
GA90 Basic Macintosh Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide students with the basics of the Macintosh computer platform.An overview of functions, tools, and methods will be presented along with an emphasis on the specialized computer-related vocabulary. Participants will learn cross application techniques that will serve them in future Macintosh computer-based courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GA100 Introduction to Graphic Arts Technology Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An overview of the printing industry including history, printing processes and some of the professions therein.The following basic areas of graphic production will be explored: design and layout, typography, digital imaging, process photography, stripping and platemaking, printing methods and paper. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Open to all students.
GA113 Stripping and Platemaking Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A course in the fundamentals of offset stripping and platemaking. Emphasis will be on production of various types of plates utilizing various registration techniques, multiple burns, step and repeat and tint combinations. Processing and care of plates and flats will also be presented.
GA114 Graphics Photography Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to process photography. Emphasis on basic line photography both negative and positive. Work will also be done with PMT (photo mechanical transfer) and contact photography. The course will include posterizations, densitometry halftone computers, screen tests, halftone production and proofing methods.
GA118 Offset Press I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Introduction to small offset presses with instruction and practice in set-up, operation, clean up, preventative maintenance and troubleshooting. This course will also include parts identification, vocabulary and use of tools. Prerequisite: GA113 and GA114; or consent of Graphic Arts Technology program adviser.
GA144 Digital Copy Prep I - PageMaker Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an introductory course in the use of Macintosh computers for the camera ready artist. Skill development and computer application focus is for the small design studio, print shop or art department. Emphasis is placed on basic computer operations, Pagemaker applications and terminology. Prerequisite: None
GA145 Digital Copy Prep II-Illustrator Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The purpose of this course is to demonstrate, through exercises, the uses of the Macintosh computer and current digital imaging software as a powerful tool in graphic production. The course will include an overview of basic terminology, operations, scanning, photo manipulation, drawing and basic design principles. Emphasis will be on the design and production of the printed page for offset reproduction utilizing Adobe Illustrator software. Prerequisite: GA144, or consent of Graphic Arts Technology program adviser.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions GA146 Introduction to Photoshop
GD114 Digital Typography I
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is an introductory course in PhotoShop designed for students who use the software application in their work but not as the primary focus of their job assignment. Students will learn the basic tools used in the application, how to capture images through the use of digital cameras and scanners, and how to prepare images for output to a print production goal. File management, use of related software and an awareness of the legal and ethical responsibilities needed to use PhotoShop will be covered. Prerequisite: Basic Macintosh skills, a basic Macintosh course (CS125MCI), enrollment in Journalism, Graphic Arts Technology or Television programs; or by consent of program director.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the first of a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms and their appropriate and effective use in visual communications. Typographic mechanics will be examined from both historic and contemporary perspectives. Applied black and white projects which explore the vocabulary, structure, formal and applied aspects of typographic composition will be assigned using page layout and drawing software on the Macintosh computer. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.
GA221, GA222, GA223 Advanced Printing Production I, II, III Credits 6,6,6 (4 Lecture - 8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A three-course sequence of print production skill development in a job-like working situation with emphasis on meeting deadlines and product quality. Strong emphasis will be placed on planning, teamwork, care of equipment and attitude. Advanced methods will be covered in all areas of production. Prerequisite: GA100 through GA145, or consent of Graphic Arts Technology program adviser. Prerequisite GA222: GA221; GA223: GA222.
GA246 Digital Copy Prep III - QuarkXPress Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will allow the student to thoroughly investigate and gain expertise in word processing, page layout, scanning and drawing programs on a Macintosh computer. Students will be expected to utilize layout and production skills in addition to limited design and typographic principles to produce advanced pieces suitable for offset reproduction. Emphasis will be on application of QuarkXPress software to produce complex layouts. An exposure to structure of catalogues and magazines will be included. Prerequisite: GA145 or consent of GAT program advisor.
GA247 Digital Output Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This introductory course will give the student an understanding of the use of output devices: from laser printers to imagesetting equipment with output to film, and high end printer capabilities with output to plate. This course will include basic terminology, page setups, configuring RIP or input, managing files, fonts and media. Prerequisite: Experience in Quark and/or PageMaker, or consent of instructor. (GD113 – GD249 are limited to students in the Graphic Design Program.)
GD115 Digital Typography II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second in a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms and their appropriate and effective use in visual communications. Students will use page layout and vector-drawing software on the Macintosh computer. Emphasis will be on working with color and editorial design principles. Sensitivity to the spatial relationships between letters, words, lines and columns of type with a concern for legibility is stressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD113, GD114, and GD120. Graphic Design majors only.
GD116 Digital Typography III Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is the third in a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms. Students will research, generate and apply an original PostScript typeface using font creation software on the Macintosh. The font will include multiple weights of a full character set. Finally, students will focus on aesthetic issues of complex typographic composition in an applied project. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD115, GD121, and GD144. Graphic Design majors only.
GD120 Graphic Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the first of a three-term sequence in the basic philosophy, theory and techniques of graphic design. This first term deals specifically with shape, including the conceptual, visual, relational and practical elements of two-dimensional design with the exclusion of color. Sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.
GD121 Graphic Design II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second of a three-term sequence in the basic philosophy, theory and techniques of graphic design. This second term specifically deals with “Content: Word and Image” with the inclusion of color theory, terms and principles. Sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only. GD113, GD114, and GD120.
GD113 Digital File Preparation
GD122 Graphic Design III
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an examination of the Macintosh operating system and the software used to prepare digital art for print reproduction. Students will develop basic skills in a Macintosh vector-based drawing program. Students will learn the craftsmanship required to produce accurate digital artwork and separations. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This term focuses on the development of a multi-faceted, unified design campaign. Students use skills from first and second terms in addition to three-dimensional design theory to express multiple components of a single visual theme. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD115, GD121, and GD144. Graphic Design majors only.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
175
Course Descriptions
176
GD144 Digital Production Methods
GD236 Portfolio
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is an advanced course in using the Macintosh computer and graphics applications as design and production tools. Emphasis will be on moving files between applications and using the computer to efficiently and accurately position and manage type, images, color and graphic elements in complex document construction. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD113, GD114, and GD120. Graphic Design majors only.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will cover various presentation techniques as well as the tools, materials and processes for creating and showing a design portfolio. Emphasis will be on the development of a final graduating portfolio and designing a creative resume. Students will perform practice presentations for the instructor and guest reviewers. Prerequisite: GD233, GD246, and second year standing. Graphic Design majors only.
GD145 Digital Imaging
GD245 Advanced Digital Imaging
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is the first in a two-term exploration of digital image manipulation and editing software for the Macintosh. Flatbed scanning, color separation, retouching and working with a variety of file formats will be covered. Original art will be created while investigating the full complement of digital imaging tools. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD115, GD121 and GD144. Graphic Design majors only.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the second in a two-term sequence exploring digital imaging software for the Macintosh. Students will develop mastery of both vector- and raster-based programs and learn to create increasingly complex artwork. Advanced scanning techniques, preparing files for optimum color reproduction, and strategic planning of both the creative image and its underlying digital file(s) will be emphasized. Photographic fundamentals including composition, lighting and cropping will be addressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD116, GD122 and GD145. Graphic Design majors only.
GD232 Advanced Graphic Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This class is the first in a two-term sequence in the study and application of principles and practices of visual communication design. The course will explore both two- and three-dimensional aspects of design problems, incorporating typographic, symbolic, pictorial and other graphic forms in visual structure. Emphasis will be placed upon processes in the development of solutions to realistic design problems. Prerequisite: Second year standing, GD116, GD122, and GD145. Graphic Design majors only.
GD233 Advanced Graphic Design II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This class is the second of a two-term sequence in the study and application of principles and practices of visual communication design. Emphasis will be placed upon expanding knowledge and practice in the formal, functional and structural aspects of visual communications and design. This course will explore two- and three-dimensional principles of design as applied to product packaging and promotional communications. Integration of the elements of design from product brandmark to package to point of purchase will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Second year standing and GD232. Graphic Design majors only.
GD235 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Graphic Design students will learn to produce basic documents in HTML, the hypertext markup language used on the World Wide Web. Students will gain experience with a variety of HTML editors and learn how different web browsers react to viewing pages. Typographic formatting will be covered as well as hyperlinks, tables and frames. Basic image processing, file naming conventions, navigational principles, and menuing will also be addressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD245. Graphic Design majors only.
GD246 Digital Publication Design Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course will allow the student to gain expertise in current page-layout, drawing and image-editing software programs on the Macintosh computer. Students will be expected to utilize design, layout and typographic principles learned in first-year graphic design courses to compose complex publications via the computer. Emphasis will be on the design of cohesive multi-page documents such as books, annual reports, magazines and catalogs, while utilizing the full complement of digital tools. An investigation into the organization and structure of editorial design will be included. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD245 and second-year standing. Graphic Design majors only.
GD247 Interactive Media Design Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to explore the multimedia potential of advanced Macintosh software applications. Students will learn interactive authoring software to produce pages for the worldwide web. Students will address issues of interactivity, lighting, motion, sound and sequencing while creating computer-based presentations. Effective information delivery systems, navigational tools and interface design will be examined. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD233, GD23, GD246 and second-year standing. Graphic Design majors only.
GD249 Graphic Design Practicum Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This class will simulate a real-life design studio where students compete with one another on real client projects. Emphasis will be on appropriate problem-solving, staying within budgetary constraints and producing high quality comprehensives. Job documentation and client presentation skills are also stressed. This will enable the student to understand, first hand, the processes involved in creating and producing actual printed pieces. Prerequisite: Second year standing. Graphic Design majors only.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions GDX40 Flash Animation
GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course allows advanced graphic design students to explore the vector animation features of Macromedia Flash software for the Macintosh computer. Students will learn how Flash interacts with other web-based programs and browsers. Sound integration, the use of interactive elements and the power of animation to communicate a message will be discussed.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course explores the relationship between human culture and the environment. Topics which may include culture languages, religions, subsistence and economic development, industrial development, urban systems, energy resources, and environmental degradation. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
GEOG180 Map Reading and Interpretation GE101 Engineering Orientation Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the first in a sequence of engineering orientation courses intended for students wishing to pursue a 4 year Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering. The course gives an introduction to the engineering profession and engineering problem solving. It includes an overview of various engineering fields and job functions, engineering education, professionalism and ethics, communication skills, engineering mechanics, electrical fundamentals, engineering economics, and basic programming techniques. A laboratory component is included which consists of a combination of group exercises, computer lab, and applied problem solving. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Map reading and interpretation is an important part of geographic exploration and research. This course is designed to assist the beginning student in developing the skills needed for this type of study. Emphasis is placed upon both the natural and human made environment. Topics include the history of geographic exploration and mapping, global coordinate systems, map projections and scale, map types, maps as propaganda, and the use of topographic maps of both U.S. and foreign origin. Prerequisite: None, however GEOG105, GEOG106, and GEOG107 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GEOG206 Geography of Oregon
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W To acquaint engineering students with the use and operation of the computer programming in the engineering problem-solving process. Computer programs will be developed and used by students in the typical engineering problems. Structured programming techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores the state from a geographical perspective. This perspective focuses upon where things are, what they are made of, why they are there and what their future is likely to be. Course topics include the history, culture, economics, politics, international trade links, transportation systems and natural environments of the state of Oregon. A portion of the class is also dedicated exclusively to Portland and its surrounding communities, which is the largest urban area in the state and a very important regional urban center. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GE115 Engineering Graphics
GEOG214 Geography of Mexico and Central America
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to engineering graphics using manual and computer-aided drafting skills. Includes graphic communication, multi-view and pictorial representation, graphical analysis and solutions. Prerequisite: None, but recommend a Mechanical Engineering drawing course, Introduction to AutoCAD or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores Mexico and Central America from the geographical perspective.This perspective asks where things are, what they are made up of, why they are there, and what their future is likely to be. Topics include the history, culture, economics, international trade links, politics, international relations, transportation systems and natural environments of this neighboring portion of our world. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GE102 Engineering Computations
GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course surveys selected aspects of the physical environment. Topics that may be covered include: the atmosphere, energy flow, weather and climate, water and soils, Biogeography and biomes, land forms, tectonics and weathering, streams, glaciers, deserts and coasts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course examines the world geographic system on a regional basis. The differences in regions are examined in terms of physical environments and the adaptation which results from human response to those environments. Regions which may be covered may include: North America, Middle America, South America, Asia, Southeast Asia, Australia, Europe, Africa, Russia and the CIS, the Middle East and Oceania. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
GEOG290 Environmental Problems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction to the environment and the problems associated with the presence and activities of humans on earth. The basic principles of ecology are introduced. Renewable and nonrenewable resources, the pollution they create, and possible solutions are considered.This course is also offered for Science credit as BI145. A student may receive credit for BI145 or GEOG290, but not both. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
GER101 First Year German I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course introduces students to the German language and the cultures of German speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
177
Course Descriptions
178
GER102 First Year German II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of GER101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in German while exploring the cultures of German speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: GER101 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
GER103 First Year German III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the German language and German speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in German and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GER102 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GER111 Beginning German Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces students to German by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss German culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the German way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
of German speaking countries. Classroom instruction supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER103 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GER202 Second Year German II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A Continuation of GER201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in German while exploring the cultures of German speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER201 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GER203 Second Year German III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Completing the sequence of intermediate level German, students develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in the German language and within the day-to-day contexts found in German speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GRX10 The Aging Process Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is designed to provide an overview of the aging process and the impact on an elder’s ability to interact within their environment. Chronological, biological, social and psychological aspects of aging will be discussed.
GER112 Beginning German Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Continuing from GER111, this course continues to offer students practice in speaking and listening in German while exploring the life of German speaking cultures. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER111 or GER101 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GRX15 Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course emphasizes the value of health and wellness promotion and disease prevention with elders. Students will gain an understanding of primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention. Interventions will be discussed. Offered at irregular intervals.
GER113 Beginning German Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course completes the introduction of German conversation skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER112 or GER102 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GER198A, GER198B, GER198C German: Independent Study Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides an opportunity for intermediate and advanced students to expand skills in reading, writing, speaking and understanding the culture. Contact division for availability. Prerequisite: GER203 or equivalent. Instructor permission and a contract specifying learning objectives are required.
GER201 Second Year German I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the German language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures
GRX20 Mental Health and Elders Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course will present an introduction to issues in mental health and elders. The focus will be on a lifespan developmental perspective based on the assumption that current emotional problems can often be linked with earlier life events and patterns of coping with stress. Common conditions such as dementia, substance abuse, anxiety disorders, and bipolar disease will be discussed. Students will learn approaches to assessment and health promotion. Offered at irregular intervals.
GRX22 Alzheimer’s Care Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is modeled after The Best Friends Approach to Alzheimer’s Care. This Oregon state initiative is designed to provide training for all individuals who work with Alzheimer’s patients.This comprehensive person-centered, non-medical model of care prepares the learner to develop skills to respond to various situations, and adopt a successful model of caregiving for families and professional caregivers and how the art of friendship teaches about good Alzheimer’s care. This approach can be applicable to home care, adult day care and long-term care.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions GRX30 Chronic Disease
GS107 Universe: The Infinite Frontier
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course will provide the student with an awareness of chronic disease and the sociocultural, economic and personal impact on the lifestyle of elders. The roles of family and members of the health care team will be discussed. Options available in the continuum of care focusing on the elder’s strengths, and environmental adaptations will be discussed. Offered at irregular intervals.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a comprehensive series of 20 half-hour television programs describing the nature of our solar system, its constituent objects, our galaxy and the universe reflecting the latest understanding of how these structures came to take their present form. Included in these programs are interviews with leading astronomers, planetary scientists and astrophysicists. Visual material for this series includes images from observatories around the world as well as captivating three-dimensional computer animations and simulations. The course content is supported with a required textbook and optional student study guide. Prerequisite: MTH20 or the equivalent.
GRX40 Public Policy and Elder Health Care Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course discusses the public policy that may affect elder health care. Health care trends such as managed care and reimbursement sources including Medicare, Medicaid, and SSI will be discussed. Students will gain an understanding of the Older Americans Act and the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act. Current public policy related to health care will be explored. Offered at irregular intervals.
GRX50 Fundamentals of Health Care Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course provides the student with opportunities to demonstrate techniques used in the care of elders. Also included are safety and environmental factors, communication skills and interacting with members of the health care team.
GRX60 Essentials of Caregiving Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course provides a basic understanding of role changes within families, ethical aspects of caring for elders including abuse and neglect. Community resources that meet the specific needs of caregivers, care providers, and hiring and maintaining caregivers will also be explored.
GS104 Physical Science - Physics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The concepts of motion, forces, gravitation, radioactivity, energy, power, heat and light are approached from a conceptual point of view. The laboratory is utilized to investigate specific questions which arise in the lecture. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
GS105 Physical Science - Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The chemistry emphasis of physical science is developed from a descriptive point of view. The composition and reactivity of matter is explored utilizing a development which is based on fundamental principles and theories using current issues and problems. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
GS106 Physical Science - Geology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The earth science emphasis of physical science explores the various ways in which the earth’s crust is being changed. Elements of oceanography are combined with geology to provide an overview for the students. The evolution of land forms in Oregon is emphasized. Two field trips are offered, of these the student must attend one. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
GS142 Earth Revealed Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Earth revealed is an introductory study of the state of our planet – its interior, oceans, continents, mountains and volcanoes, energy and mineral resources. This course gives students a detailed update on our “new earth” and on the scientific advances that are helping us to rediscover it. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GS145 Planet Earth Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Planet Earth is an introductory study of the state of our planet – its interior, oceans, continents, mountains and volcanoes, energy and mineral resources, climate, sun and the atmosphere. This course gives students a detailed update on our “new earth” and on the scientific advances that are helping us to rediscover it. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GS146 Earth, Sea and Sky Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) An introduction to the earth sciences. This course surveys astronomy, meteorology, climatology, oceanography and geology. It stresses the scientific method and the enhancement of the powers of observation and interpretation. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
GS147 Oceanus: Marine Environment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces the student to oceanography and marine biology.The course focuses on the marine environment as a unique feature of the planet Earth and investigates areas of intense scientific and public concern. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
GS150 Science and Pseudoscience Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will discuss paranormal and fringe-science claims from an objective, scientific point of view. Included will be instruction in scientific methodology and critical thinking, with the hope that students enrolled may develop a healthy skepticism towards the unproven claims of others. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
179
Course Descriptions
180
GS153 Introduction to Cosmology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This introductory course is an investigation into the origin and evolution of the universe, with special attention given to the inflationary Big Bang theory. An overview of early cosmological models and a discussion of the methodology of science will prepare the student for an examination of current theories which seek to explain the origin of hydrogen, helium and the heavier elements. Galactic and stellar evolution, black holes, Dark Matter, supernovas, brown dwarfs and special and general relativity will also be discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
GS198 General Science: Independent Study Credits 1-3 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) The course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied biology or related fields. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved before registration. Contact division for availability.
exploration and development of life-planning skills through a process of analyzing predictable life transitions. Emphasis will be on developing and integrating skills in goal setting, decision making and plan implementation. This course is limited to Transitions students.
HD208 Career and Life Planning Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An in-depth career and life planning course designed to teach students the life-long process for choosing or changing careers. The course includes researching oneself, researching careers, assessing career options, and decision-making skills. Activities include interest and/or skills inventories, computerized career resources (e.g., SIGI and CIS). Students will learn how to make educational or training plans to support their career choices, conduct informational interviews and develop career portfolios. (A maximum of three credits will be awarded toward an MHCC degree to students who take both HD110 and HD208).
HD209 Getting A Job ***
HD90 Transition to College Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This pre-college course will prepare Transitions students to take appropriate college classes the following term.The class will include a one-hour lecture and a one-hour lab in which students will practice principles learned in lecture class. Students will learn how to find money for school, identify community and campus resources, create personal support systems, and develop basic planning and organizational skills for success in college classes. Competencies will include learning how to apply for financial aid, locate student employment, apply for scholarships, create and effectively use study groups for personal and academic support, deal with math anxiety, understand basic computer literacy, and create a realistic and effective personal and academic plan for the following term.
HD100 College Success Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course develops student understanding of the college culture and community. Course topics include college services, policies and procedures; goal setting; time management; educational planning; and student responsibility for his/her success.
HD110 Career Planning Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to teach students the process for making career decisions. Students will learn skills in self-assessment, career research and decision-making. Activities include interest inventories, computerized career resources, and informational interviewing. (Not open to students who have completed HD208.) An independent study option is available that consists of two three-hour workshop sessions followed by individualized independent study activities. (Not open to students who have completed HD208.)
HD202 Life Transitions Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is intended for persons involved in life changes who want to explore new directions, interests, and the tools for improving self-esteem and confidence. Students will focus on self-
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Uncover the hidden job market and speak the language of the employer. Research potential employers, target job objectives, develop effective paper work such as the resume, cover letter, and difficult applications. Learn how to do information interviewing. Learn good communication skills for the job interview. Practice through video taping. (A three-credit combination of HD209LOC, HD209RES, and HD209INT in that order.)
HD209INT Interviewing Techniques Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Research potential employers and target job objectives. Learn how to do information interviewing. Learn good communication skills for the job interview, including verbal and non-verbal communication. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have completed HD209.)
HD209LOC Locating Your Job Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Uncover the hidden job market and speak the language of the employer. Research potential employers and target job objectives. Learn how to do information interviewing. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have completed HD209.)
HD209RES Developing Your Resume Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Research potential employers, target job objectives, and develop effective paper work such as the resume, cover letter, and difficult applications. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have completed HD209.)
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions HDFS224 Abuse in the Family
HE207 Stress Control-Activity Intervention
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The topic of family violence is introduced as an integral part of the family and social system in which it takes place. The dynamics of the abusive family and abuse across the lifespan are examined. Responses of the treatment worker to the child, the adult, the family and the system are presented.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Stress Control Through Activity Intervention is designed to meet the needs of students by identifying the scope of stress as it relates to individual lifestyle and provides viable active solutions for maximizing efficient work output while minimizing ill effects of stress-related overload. Course combines mini-lectures, videos, assessments and active experience samples in meditation, yoga, breathing exercises, progressive relaxation and safe exercises program development.
HDFS226 Time to Grow Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course has as its principal themes the interplay of biological factors, individual personality, social structure and other environment forces which shape the growing child. It includes topics ranging from prenatal influences through middle childhood and adolescence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HDFS291 Parent Participation Credits 1 - maximum 3 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course involves participation in seminars and active participation in parent education opportunities provided in the on-campus Child Development Center. Students will select activities from a variety presented in the areas of administrative, parent-education, parent-child and support activities. An additional 10 hours of time in the Child Development Center will be required to complete the course. Offered at irregular intervals.
HE202 Adult Development and Aging Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to explore the concepts of normal aging, the prevention of disability, and the retirement of years. Issues to be addressed are physiological changes in aging, nutrition, exercise, community and mental attitudes. This course is eclectic in its orientation, presenting many interests concerning adulthood and aging. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
HE204 Diet and Weight Control Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course promotes and helps the student achieve knowledge in the areas of diet and weight control for today’s life styles as it relates to the student’s total well-being. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HE208 AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp AIDS and Other S.T.D.s is a course designed to examine the biological, social and personal implications of HIV as well as other S.T.D.s on one’s behavior, lifestyle choices and the community at large. The student will explore risk factors, how to reduce the spread of HIV and come to understand their own values and how they relate to AIDS and S.T.D.s.
HE250 Personal Health Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides information on a variety of personal health concerns for men and women living in our contemporary society. Topics include: positive self-image, sexuality and communication, childbirth, birth control, sexually-transmitted diseases, HIV and AIDS, rape, diet, weight control, exercise, alcoholism, drugs, cancer and the stages of death and dying. The telecourse explores the impact of health and wellness issues on the individual. The telecourse offers a plan whereby the student is encouraged to personalize the information toward the goal of achieving better health.The twenty, 30-minute, video programs include the topics of stress and emotional health, fitness, diet and weight management, sexuality and parenting, cancer and cardiovascular diseases, communicable and non-communicable diseases, drugs, alcohol and tobacco, as well as health care delivery systems.The course reflects the trend toward a more comprehensive approach to health education. In covering these issues, this contemporary production seeks to provide students with the information they require to make sound health decisions. Internet instructional components may also be added to compliment the telecourse at the instructor’s discretion.
HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies HE205 Diet Appraisal Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course will take an in-depth look at the American diet. Students will have the opportunity to analyze their individual nutrition habits and determine where improvements can be made. The course will include information on consumer issues involving nutrition. Development of a low fat, low salt, and low sugar nutrition plan will be emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Math.
HE206 Alcohol and Addiction: Risk Reduction for Life Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Research-based information will guide individuals in using steps to reduce the risk for alcohol addiction. Self-assessment will guide those making high-risk choices to understand and accept the need to make changes, either in their lifestyles or in choices that they make to avoid future problems. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The purpose of the First Aid American Red Cross First Aid - Responding to Emergencies course is to provide the citizen responder with the knowledge and skills necessary in an emergency to help sustain life, reduce pain, and minimize the consequences of injury or sudden illness until professional medical services arrive.The course content and activities will prepare participants to recognize emergencies and make appropriate decisions for first aid care.The course teaches the first aid skills the citizen responder will need in order to act as the first link in the emergency medical services (EMS) system. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
181
Course Descriptions
182
HE253 Wilderness Advanced First Aid
HOR102 Soils and Plant Nutrition
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge and skills necessary to help sustain life and minimize pain and the consequences of injury or sudden illness in the back country (defined as greater than one hour from definitive care.) Wilderness Medicine Society guidelines will dictate the course focus. Prerequisite: Student must possess a current First Aid and Adult CPR certification prior to admittance. MHCC courses HE252, HPE291, or PE285OL meet the necessary prerequisites. HE261 only meets the CPR component. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Soils are an integral part of the life of all living organisms. Topics covered in this comprehensive course include the importance of soil, soil origin and development, the physical properties of soils, soil water, water conservation, irrigation and drainage, soil organic matter and microorganisms, soil fertility, pH, plant nutrition, fertilizers, soil amendments and more. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HE255 Alcohol and the Family Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Identifies the physiological effects of alcohol on the body. Discusses alcoholism, treatment for the alcoholic as well as family members, and responsible decision-making. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
HOR103 Greenhouse Construction and Maintenance Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course for students interested in the construction, operation and maintenance of greenhouse structures common to the Horticulture industry. Study areas include greenhouse interior and structural design, greenhouse covering materials, greenhouse nomenclature, heating, cooling, ventilation, irrigation, and materials handling systems. Students will assist in maintaining MHCC horticulture program growing facilities. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HE261 CPR-Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course will provide training and American Red Cross certification in rescue breathing, rescue skills for airway obstruction (choking), and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) for infant, child, and adult victims. The American Red Cross Community CPR card will be awarded upon successful completion of all skill and written exams.
HE265 Women’s Health Issues Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will concentrate on selected health issues and their physical and emotional effects on women. Topics include, but are not limited to: birth control health risks, weight training and conditioning for women, menopause, osteoporosis, and the super woman myth. The student will learn where to find the latest research on these topics and how to think critically about what they have discovered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR100 Introduction to Horticulture Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W An introductory course for students interested in ornamental horticulture. Study topics include subject matter from all areas of the MHCC Horticulture program. Study areas include basic botany, nursery practices, landscape design, landscape maintenance, floral design, soils, fertilizers, plant nutrition, greenhouse structures and systems. Hands-on laboratory activities include plant ID, plant propagation by seed and cuttings, seasonal floral arrangements, pruning, basic landscape design and growing medias. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR101 Plant Identification I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Identification of floral and woody ornamental plants, their characteristics and growth requirements. Emphasis is placed on deciduous trees, and both deciduous and evergreen shrubs, ground covers and potted flowering plants. This course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used to describe them. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR131 Plant Identification II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Identification of floral foliage and woody ornamental plants, their characteristics and growth requirements. Emphasis is placed on evergreen trees, winter/spring flowering trees and shrubs, annuals, perennials and indoor foliage. This course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used to describe them. Note: HOR101 and HOR131 are not sequential and have no prerequisites. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR132 Horticulture Business Practice I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course to specific business practices used in the landscape and nursery industry. Instruction includes: professional responsibilities, schedules and contracts, insurance and licensing requirements, cost estimating and bidding, building codes and nursery practices. The use of the computer in horticulture will be examined by the student in a laboratory setting, using industry examples. Students will prepare a business plan. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR133 Chemical Safety and Application Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study of pesticides (fungicides, insecticides, herbicides, rodenticides, and molluscides), personal protective equipment and application equipment. Included are laws and licensing, labels, Material Safety Data sheets (MSDS), Worker Protection Standards (WPS), equipment maintenance and calibration, chemical mixing and pesticide safety. This course is approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for Pesticide Applicator License Core and Re-certification credit. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HOR150 Pacific NW Horticulture Industry Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 5 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides an overview of the Pacific Northwest Ornamental Horticulture Industry. Students will visit commercial nurseries and greenhouses, retail nurseries, golf courses, landscape design & maintenance firms, wholesale & retail florists, turf farms and industry suppliers. Prominent industry representatives will present viewpoints and outlooks for their specific areas of specialization. Prerequisite: HOR100, HOR101 or HOR102, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions HOR151 Plant Identification III
HOR217 Turf Management I
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Identification of ornamental plants, their characteristics and cultural requirements. Emphasis is placed on native flowering plants, spring flowering perennials and annuals (bedding plants), ornamental grasses and house plants. This course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used to identify them. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A course introducing the principles of turfgrass management. The course includes classification, growth and quality of grasses, identification of warm and cool season grasses, basic soils considerations and lawn establishment. Emphasis will be placed on fertilization, and general maintenance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR231 Arboriculture HOR152 Pest Identification and Control I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Identification of insects, diseases, weeds and non-pathogenic problems associated with ornamental plants. Emphasis is placed on identification, diagnosis, use of proper controls and chemical safety. A working knowledge of ornamental plant identification is helpful. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR157 Landscape Management and Maintenance Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp Landscape maintenance practices including preparation and care of landscaped areas. Cultivation, fertilizer application, mulching and weed control will be stressed. Lab projects will include lawn construction, renovation and maintenance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR160 Introduction to Landscape Design and Construction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to landscape design and how it relates to landscape construction practices. Actual “hands-on” landscape design and construction projects will be completed by class participants. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR203 Pest Identification and Control II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An advanced study of plant pest identification and control with an emphasis on diagnosing ornamental plant problems. Studies will include a systematic approach to problem diagnosis, plant pathology, nutritional disorders and the identification and control of weeds and insects not covered in HOR152. Prerequisite: HOR152. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR204 Fall Greenhouse and Nursery Practices Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Commercial practices of plant propagation by cuttings, layering, division, seed and specialized plant parts. Included are greenhouse & nursery structures and systems, growing media and Fall Commercial Greenhouse & Nursery practices. Laboratory activities emphasize fall nursery propagation and greenhouse crop production. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR205 Landscape Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The purpose of this course is to develop the student’s ability to design landscapes around residential structures. Basic principles of design will be stressed along with proper selection of ornamental plants. An overriding consideration to all design will be how to keep maintenance expenditures down. Students will be expected to develop skill in presenting their ideas graphically. Prerequisite: HOR101 and HOR131, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W Arboriculture includes the study of trees, shrubs and vines. In order to optimize plant growth, one must understand the plant and it’s systems and associates; how it grows, how it defends itself and how it eventually dies. This course includes tree and shrub macro biology as well as training, pruning, planting and caring for woody ornamental plants. Learn about how the entire forest becomes the largest living organism and how unrelated plants provide for each other. It is not survival of the fittest; it is the survival of the entire organism. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR232
Interiorscape Management
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the specialty horticulture business of Interiorscape, History, growing and cultural requirements, plant selection, planter selection installation and maintenance operations are included. Emphasis is placed on practical business operation. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR234 Winter Greenhouse and Nursery Practices Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Emphasis is on commercial winter greenhouse & nursery practices of plant propagation by seed, grafting, and budding. Lab work includes: seed storage and stratification, seed germination, transplanting cuttings and seedlings, bulb forcing, division, layerage, grafting, micro-propagation (tissue culture), plant nutrition and pest control. Crop production includes perennials, hanging baskets, bedding plants and woody ornamentals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR235 Landscape Design II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A studio-based, advanced study of landscape design. This course is team oriented with groups of students working on one large project for the entire quarter. Included are advanced design principles, advanced graphic techniques, presentation techniques, and introduction to construction practices. Prerequisite: HOR205 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR237 Irrigation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Identification, design, use and installation of irrigation equipment and supplies. Emphasis will be placed on proper design of low maintenance irrigation systems used in commercial and residential landscapes. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
183
Course Descriptions
184
HOR254 Spring Greenhouse and Nursery Practices Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students in this course are responsible for the production of marketable bedding plants, perennials and nursery stock in the MHCC Nursery. Emphasis is given to Spring greenhouse & nursery practices, growing media, plant nutrition, use of growth regulators, interpreting media test results, fertilizer application, weed control, watering practices, pruning, use of pesticides, grading, retail sales and growing facility maintenance. A major activity for this course is the Spring MHCC Nursery plant sale. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HOR260 Advanced Landscape Design and Construction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Identification and use of landscape construction materials and equipment. Lab projects involve the use of wood, concrete, basic survey equipment, balling, burlapping and planting ornamental nursery stock. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
(HS101 – HS291 are limited to students in the Mental Health/Human Services Programs.)
HS101 Introduction to Human Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F An introductory course for the technology of human service strategies. A study of community mental health, philosophy and purpose; examination of personal values and attitudes, skills, knowledge and spirit of human service work.
HS107 Orientation to Mental Health Careers Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) An introduction to human services agencies for human service workers with emphasis in the areas of mental illness, youth, gerontology, chemical dependency, developmentally disabled, rehabilitation, including corrections facilities and organizations serving the alienated. Prerequisite: MH/HS majors or permission of the instructor.
HOR265 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide students with practical experiences and a working knowledge of marketing and customer service as it relates to the ornamental horticulture industry. Study topics include: marketing and product service management, price management, product promotion, personal selling, distribution management, market research, and customer service. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
HS111 Interviewing Skills I Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Practice and learn micro-skills (interviewing techniques) with peers and the use of video equipment. Discussion of appropriate use of skills and examination of reciprocal process of interview. Limited to Mental Health/Human Service students or consent of instructor.
HS112 Interviewing Skills II
HPE291 Lifeguard Training Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W The purpose of this course is to teach lifeguards the skills and knowledge needed to prevent and respond to aquatic emergencies. The course content and activities prepare lifeguard candidates to recognize emergencies, respond quickly and effectively to emergencies, and to prevent drowning and other incidents. The course also teaches first aid and CPR skills and individual needs to become a professional lifeguard. American Red Cross certificates for Lifeguard Training (which includes Community First Aid and Safety) and CPR for The Professional Rescuer will be awarded upon successful completion of this course. Additionally, the instructor may add American Red Cross module for AED/O2 (Automated External Defibrillation and Oxygen Administration) at his/her discretion. On the first day of class, all participants must complete a three-part swimming skills test to determine if they have the basic swimming abilities to complete the lifeguarding skills in the Lifeguard Training course: swim 500 yards continuously 200 yards of freestyle, 10 yards of breaststroke, and 200 yards of mixed freestyle and/or breaststroke; and swim 20 yards, perform a surface dive in 7-10 feet of water, retrieve a 10-pound diving brick from the pool bottom, return to the surface and swim back to the starting position. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a foundation course designed to prepare students for living the rest of their lives in a state of optimal health by providing the necessary knowledge and skills that are desirable in order to make meaningful, beneficial, and successful choices in the area of physical fitness, nutritional awareness, sports participation, and stress management. Concurrent registration in HPE295L is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Students will learn and practice influencing skills with peers and with the use of video equipment. Appropriate use of the skill will be discussed and student’s own evaluation of self and others via use of handouts will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in HS111. Limited to Mental Health/Human Service students or consent of instructor.
HS113 Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will learn and practice interviewing strategies and techniques appropriate to multi-culturally diverse agencies and clients. Practice will include role-plays and lab experience. Prerequisite: Completion of HS111 and HS112.
HS121 Case Management Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A survey of some helping skills focusing on the role of the human service worker. This course covers the roles of the worker, the helping process and case management.
HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Basic information about alcohol and other drugs of abuse. This course starts with a historical overview and then explores the effects on the body, social and legal implications and trends of use. The relevance of “language of drugs” to the human service worker is a major theme.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions HS142 Addiction Theories
HS155 Negotiations
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores the theories and related research of addiction. The focus is on examining what empirical information effects our understanding and drives our approach to treatment of the addicted person. Emphasis is on broadening our scope of understanding to include the continuum of alcohol and drug use, misuse and addiction. The relationship between alcohol and other drug use, social policy, law and significant social change is examined. Prerequisite: Successful completion of HS141, or instructor permission.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will provide students with the opportunity to learn basic problem solving skills with an emphasis in negotiation. Course will include an introduction to conflict resolution, self-identification of conflict resolution styles, causes of conflict, good communication and negotiation skills.
HS143 Treatment of Addiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A survey of treatment modalities and the philosophies that relate are examined. Specific skills used in treatment are explored. Emphasis is on grasping the variety of therapeutic counseling techniques and variety of populations encountered while working with addicted persons. Prerequisite: Successful completion of HS141 and HS142, or instructor permission.
HS144 Dual Diagnosis II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers major mental illness and personality disorders as they relate to substance abuse and dependence. Diagnostic criteria, treatment planning and resources are addressed as they relate to dual diagnosis.
HS150 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores the demands, stress and personal struggles of becoming a helper. The material includes consideration of the ethics of helping, individual motives and values of helpers and consideration of the impact that cultural and lifestyle differences have on helping. The themes of transference, stress management and burnout also are presented. A further element of this course is the application of this information to the student’s choice of fieldwork site and assistance in the site selection process. Required as a prerequisite for WE280HSB.
HS153 Principles of Youth Development Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –Sp This course explores current approaches to residential youth care. Students will learn principles of techniques of youth care, consider application of the material to residential programs and discuss implications of the material to the future of the youth care field. Offered alternate years.
HS154 Juvenile Risk Assessment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Juvenile risk assessment is a course designed to teach the fundamentals of assessing juveniles at risk of becoming involved in serious behavioral problems.The course will begin with an overview of general assessment concepts of juveniles and then become more focused upon specific types of problems such as violence, chemical dependency, delinquency and sexual offending. The course will teach a balance of theoretical models and practical experience through case discussion and self-assessment.
HS156 Milieu Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course presents theory and practical application of methods used in youth care facilities to provide a positive structural climate of care for youth. Course covers boundaries, record keeping, interventions, safety and observation.
HS265 Intervention Strategies I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An overview of the major schools of psychotherapy, their basic concepts, history, use and process in therapy and case examples. Consideration of issues of selection and application of theories and discussion of the important aspects of the client/counselor relationship. Completion of HS113.
HS266 Intervention Strategies II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course presents the basic concepts of the social learning theory, crisis intervention and family theory and how they apply to the human services field.
HS291 Practicum Seminar Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A forum for integrating classroom learning and agency work experience by sharing information, problem solving, mutual support, self-evaluation, and group participation. Class serves as one model for interacting with co-workers in an agency setting. Prerequisite: HS150 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in WE280HSB is required. Instructor permission required.
HST110 World Civilizations: Ancient World Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 110 surveys the history of world civilization in the ancient world. Topics include the origins of human civilization; the development of early Asian, African, Mediterranean, and Middle Eastern civilization; and the formation of European culture. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST111 World Civilizations: Medieval World Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 111 surveys the history of world civilizations from early medieval times to approximately A.D. 1800.Topics include medieval Asian, Middle Eastern,African and American civilizations; and European development from the Middle Ages through the eighteenth century. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
185
Course Descriptions
186
HST112 World Civilizations: Modern World
HST211 Introduction to Peace Studies
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 112 surveys the history of world civilizations from the last decades of the eighteenth century to the present.Topics which are covered include the development of modern nations and ideologies; world wars and revolutions; and current global issues. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces and explores ways in which international conflict can be resolved. Diplomatic, economic, legal, military, political, and religious methods for conflict resolution are explored. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.
HST195 History of Vietnam War Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course is an explanation of the major historical and political periods in the history of Vietnam. The course will examine the development of Vietnam as a separate entity from China, French colonial control over Vietnam, the involvement of the U.S. from 1945 to 1975, and development of Vietnam as an independent state to the present time. Special emphasis will be placed on United States - Vietnam relations, and how the war in Vietnam created new realities for the American people. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST201 History of the United States Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course begins with the arrival of the first immigrants to this continent from Asia and includes the development of Native American cultures, the first encounters of Europeans with North America, the growth of European empires, the beginnings of African slavery, the British colonies, the American Revolution, and the growth of the early republic. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST202 History of the United States Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 202 covers the United States from the 1830’s to the early 1900’s. A major focus in the growing sectional differences that led to the Civil War, Manifest Destiny and westward migration, Oregon’s role in early U.S. History, Reconstruction, the growth of big business, the Progressive era, and the beginnings of an American overseas empire. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST203 History of the United States Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 203 examines the United States from World War I through the 1980’s. Major topics include the impact of World War I and II upon American’s Home Front, the Great Depression, the start of the Cold War, the post-World War II economic and social changes, John F. Kennedy and the 1960’s, the Vietnam War, the Civil Rights movement, the youth movement, Richard Nixon and Watergate, and the election of Ronald Reagan in 1980. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST204 Women in U.S. History Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the contributions and experiences of women in U.S. history. This course is offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
HST212 Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the principles of nonviolent political theory. The ethical, religious, intellectual, economic, and practical foundations of selected nonviolent strategies are explored. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST213 Peace Studies: World Order Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the principles of world order theory. The ramifications of a one-world government for global ethnic, cultural, political, religious, economic, and ecological issues are explored. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST220 History of U.S. Labor Movement Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to raise the students’ awareness of the various aspects of labor relations with an emphasis on how the labor movement in the U.S. has struggled to maintain its existence in the face of strong challenges from various special interest groups. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST225 Women in World History Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the contributions and experiences of women in selected global cultures from prehistory to the present. Offered at irregular intervals. This course is offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST237 America in the 1960s Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will explore the political, social and cultural forces that define America during the decade of the 1960s. Particular emphasis will be placed on the Civil Rights Movement, Vietnam War, Counter-culture, Women’s Movement, literature and music of the era. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST240 History of Oregon Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the history of Oregon from pre-historic times to the recent past. Topics covered include the Native American experience, the explorers, the frontier experience, patterns of settlement, ethnic and cultural diversity, Oregon in the twentieth century, and current events. Offered at irregular intervals.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions HST264 African American History
HT33 Special Events and Attractions Management
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys African American history from the seventeenth century to the present. Topics include major eras in African-American history, African-American cultural leaders, and current issues. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The development, promotion and management of special events and attractions has become a major part of the hospitality industry. Every organization, city, state, and country uses these tools to develop tourism in their regions. This course will explore career options in special events and attractions. The planning process, developmental considerations, operational aspects, marketing and promotion, financial management and budgeting, staffing, and fund-raising and sponsorship acquisition will be covered. Economic, social and physical impacts will be explored. Offered at irregular intervals.
HST270 History of Mexico Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys Mexican history. Topics covered include an examination of pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish Conquest, colonial Mexico, the independence movements, and modern Mexico. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic, and political aspects of Mexico history. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.
HST271 History of Central America Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the history of Central America from the pre-colonial era to the present time. Selected countries are studied individually. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic, and political aspects of Central American history. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST272 History of South America Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys South American history. Topics covered include an examination of pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish and Portuguese conquests, colonial South America, the independence movement, and modern South America. Selected countries are studied individually. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic and political aspects of South American history. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HST292 China: Past and Present Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the historical and cultural development of Chinese civilization from earliest time to the present. Emphasis will be given to the traditional intellectual and socio-political concepts and structures, and their historical evolution. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.
HST293 Japan: Past and Present Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the historical and cultural development of Japanese civilization from earliest times to the present. Emphasis will be given to the traditional intellectual and socio-political concepts and structures and their historical evolution. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
HST298 History Research Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course focuses on the skills needed for the successful completion of a history research paper. It provides a guided experience in library research, planning, and writing a history research paper. Correct use of footnotes and bibliographic style for the history research paper also will be emphasized in this course. Students work independently, meeting with the instructor as needed. Prerequisite: The student must be concurrently enrolled in a threecredit history course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT41 Customer Service Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Customer service, the buzzword of the 21st century, is a key element in the successful operations of business and industr y. The course will provide historical perspective of the customer service industry as well as train students to develop and use excellent customer service skills. A total quality management approach with a global perspective to customer service will be employed.The new dimension of customer service on the Internet landscape will be incorporated into this program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp This course will provide a general overview of the operations within a travel/tour agency office. It will include instruction on air travel, international travel, ground transportation, accommodations, cruises, and tours. Students will get hands-on experience in using reference and resource materials that are utilized in the real world. Selling and marketing of the travel product will also be introduced. The role of the travel counselor in today’s changing travel industry environment will be discussed as well as current issues confronting the travel business. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT47 Airlines, Cruises and Tours Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This is a course designed to focus on three major industries within travel and tourism giving students an opportunity to explore these industries is greater depth. The exploration will include a historical perspective of each industry, a profile of several different companies both domestic and international within each industry, and an investigation of the different products provided by these industries.A study of how products are designed and marketed will also be included. The concept of preferred vendors/supplies will be introduced as well as the interrelationships of these industries with various organizations/channels of distribution. Students will examine career opportunities and key contacts within each of these industries along with learning product knowledge that is essential in working in the travel and tourism field. Prerequisite: HT104 and HT42, or by permission of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
187
Course Descriptions
188
HT48 etravel.com
HT107 Introduction to Leisure/Recreation Management
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp (Formerly HTX48). The Internet and world wide web are ever changing the travel and tourism business landscape. Travel and tourism offerings on the information superhighway continue to increase and it has become essential that students begin to understand and utilize the tools that are offered on the Internet. This course is designed to create a greater awareness of travel products on the Internet, and how supplier, retailers and the consumer use the Internet. The etravel.com course will investigate web sites created for the purpose of selling travel products and students will learn how to use these sites as well as how to evaluate the site’s effectiveness. Suggested prerequisites: HT42, HT47, HT180A/ W. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed as a general survey course to provide students with a broad understanding of the nature and scope of recreation and leisure behavior and resources upon which they can build their subsequent future specialization. The focus of the course will deal with the hospitality and tourism industr y and its relationship to both public, private, commercial and voluntary recreation and leisure activities. The history of the recreation and leisure industry will be explored, career opportunities, its organization and structure, specific resource and facility management, planning, programming and activities preparation, and finally the future problems and opportunities facing the recreation and leisure industry. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT104 Introduction to Travel and Tourism
HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course presents a comprehensive, systems view of tourism stressing the interrelationships and interdependency of its various elements. Included are how tourism works and its incorporation and utilization in business. Influences pertaining to how and why people travel, how to increase the benefits of tourism and what the benefits of tourism are to a destination will be examined. The state of Oregon Hospitality Training will be presented. Job opportunities within the travel and tourism field will be explored. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides students with the basic concepts of geography by focusing on a broad overview of tourism throughout the Western Hemisphere. Primary emphasis is given to areas of touristic importance and the places and activities of greatest interest to potential tourist-visiting areas around the Western Hemisphere. This course will cover basic concepts of physical geography, psychological and sociological factors affecting travel, immigration, customs and health requirements for Western Hemisphere travel. Travel/tourism geography of the Western Hemisphere will be presented by region. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students taking this course will learn the fine art of managing catered events, restaurant operations and many other types of food service establishments. On and off-premise catering for hotels/resorts, convention and meeting facilities will be featured. Along with contract catering for the airlines, health care, college and university, military, club management and casino operations. Dining room service skills, techniques of alcohol service, sanitation, nutrition and menu planning will be focal points. A projectoriented approach will be used to connect students to a realworld environment. Environmental management of facilities planning and design, kitchen equipment and furnishings and principles of basic cookery will be explained. The perfect course for jumpstarting a career in the meetings, events, hotel and resort, and restaurant industries. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT106 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The hospitality industry and its history and development, and the composition of the many various components of the industry will be discussed in this course.The organization, career opportunities and challenges faced by operations of hotels/resorts/restaurants and other food service establishments and convention and leisure facilities will be explored. Current issues and future trends facing the industry will be discussed, along with suggestions for educational and professional development within the industry. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course includes a more detailed presentation of hotel and motel operations and management in specific areas including front office operations, housekeeping and sanitation, food and beverage, and facility operations, including risk management/security, accounting/ financial operations, and hospitality services. Prerequisite: HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will cover the essentials of operational management and accounting controls as they relate to food and beverage outlets and labor scheduling in any department. Interrelationships between menus, pricing, purchasing, storing, receiving, preparation, service, cash receipt, and billing are discussed along with the relationship between managerial planning and control of the labor functions. Profit maximizing will be the emphasis. Prerequisite: HT105 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HT180A Airline Computer Reservation System Training: Apollo Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course offers hands-on computer training on a major airline computer software system. Students will learn to encode/decode, check for availability, sell airline seats and build a basic passenger name record (PNR). Fare displays, pricing, ticketing and other aspects of the computer reservation system such as booking cars, hotel, eats assignments, queues, etc. will be taught. The student will have an overview of the kinds of information the system has to offer, how to access and use it. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of the instructor. Some knowledge of computers is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions HT180W Airline Computer Reservation System Training: Worldspan
HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course offers hands-on computer training on a major airline computer software system. Students will learn to encode/decode, check for availability, sell airline seats and build a basic passenger name record (PNR). Fare displays, pricing, ticketing and other aspects of the computer reservation system such as booking cars, hotel, eats assignments, queues, etc. will be taught.The student will have an overview of the kinds of information the system has to offer, how to access and use it. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of the instructor. Some knowledge of computers is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide a general overview of the hospitality industry and review financial accounting concepts. It will deal with analysis of financial statements, the uniform system of accounts, internal controls, costs from a management perspective, costvolume-profit analysis, pricing, budgeting for operations, forecasting, handling of leases, capital expense decisions, and taxation. Prerequisite: AC110 and CS105, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide students with skills for operating hotel management and food and beverage operations computer systems. It will expose the student to the uses and applications of computer and high-technology equipment in the hospitality industry.The course will cover types of computer hardware, applications software, operations software, and the evaluation and selection of computer systems. Property management systems will be investigated, including both front and back office applications and their interface devices. The food service area will include electronic cash registers, pre-checking equipment, pre-costing systems, menu engineering, beverage control systems, order entry, and back office management. A lab will be conducted weekly for student hands-on practice. Prerequisites: CS105, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed to familiarize hospitality and tourism students and presently employed personnel in the industry with Eastern Hemisphere travel and tourism geography. Emphasis is given to international destinations and the places and activities of greatest interest to potential tourists visiting areas in the Eastern Hemisphere. Physical geography, customs, health requirements, how to deal with emergencies and business travel will be included. The student will learn about cultural geography, gestures, hosting international visitors and other cultural aspects of international destination in the Eastern Hemisphere. Suggested Prerequisite: HT104 and HT140. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course acts as an extension of the introductory tourism course and delves into the actual planning and marketing of tourism products and services. It will cover the basic marketing cycle and include key principles such as strategies, assessments, objectives, and evaluation. Marketing management functions of travel agents and tourism personnel will also be discussed including individual and group planning arrangements, and agency relationships with suppliers.Techniques and strategies in selling the travel products along with current marketing techniques used. An exploration of how the Internet affects and enhances marketing will be covered. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to acquaint the student with a managerial framework for well-founded operating decisions. Specific attention will be paid to the hotel/guest relationship, innkeeper’s lien, crimes against innkeepers, overview of employment rights, policy formulation, duty to protect guests and their belongings, ejection of guests and non-guests, and also will cover an introduction to general business law dealing with torts and contracts. Prerequisite: HT104, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HT240 Convention and Meetings Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course covers the management and operation of the convention/meetings market of the hospitality industry. It includes an introduction to the meetings industry, promotional activities, negotiating for meeting services, convention market salesmanship, customer service, and convention servicing. Facilities and event planning, and convention methods and techniques are explored at length. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HT242 Supervisory Management in the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course will enable Hospitality and Tourism students to learn skills necessary for effective supervision and be able to apply them in their work situation. Self development, role of the supervisor, management and leadership skills, communication, decision-making, planning and controlling, motivating, and staff development comprise the course. Lectures, films, group discussions, group activities, and simulation exercises are used to familiarize participants with the skills. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course considers current issues and trends in the hospitality industry. Students will have an opportunity to share information and participate in problem solving in selected areas of interest. Prerequisites: HT104, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
189
Course Descriptions
190
HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course covers the application of marketing concepts and techniques to the hospitality industry. The student will select a specific sector of the industry and prepare a proposed plan for marketing that sector of the potential customers or will prepare an analysis of existing marketing strategies of a specific business or industry. It will address key marketing principles as they apply to the hospitality industry. The marketing plan element will include: situation analysis, marketing objectives and strategies, marketing management and evaluation, pricing, promotion, programming, and advertising. Prerequisite: HT104 and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
HTX21AC Certified Travel Associate Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) for people currently working in the travel industry. In this ten-week course we will be featuring four core areas of the CTA program - Touring the World, Planning Itineraries, History & Trends, Understanding Client Needs - and two electives - geography and travel industry.A successful travel career depends on specialized knowledge, effective skills, and the willingness to pursue ongoing professional growth. This course will provide that. The student must also take HTX21B, a ten-week course that offers the remaining four core subjects and two electives required to complete the CTA program and enabling the student to take the CTA exam. Once the CTA candidate completes the 12 accredited CTA courses by taking both HTX21A & HTX21B, passes the CTA test within one year of enrollment, and possesses at least 18 months of full-time travel industry work experience at the time of completion, then the candidate will receive the CTA designation. The CTA is a prerequisite for the CTC program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Student must enroll in the CTA program directly with ICTA.
HTX21BC Certified Travel Associate Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) for people currently working in the travel industry or a student in a travel and tourism program. In this ten-week course we will be featuring four core areas of the CTA program - Selling Travel, Customer Service, Interpersonal Communication, Computer Technology - and two electives - Sales & Service, Communication & Technology. A successful travel career depends on specialized knowledge, effective skills, and the willingness to pursue ongoing professional growth. This course will provide that. The student must also take HTX21A(C), a ten-week course that offers the remaining four core & two electives required to complete the CTA program and enabling the student to take the CTA exam. Once the CTA candidate completes the 12 accredited CTA courses by taking both HTX21A(C) and HTX21B(C), passes the CTA test within one year of enrollment, and possesses at least 18 months of full-time travel industry work experience at the time of completion, then the candidate will receive the CTA designation. The CTA is a prerequisite for the CTC program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students must enroll in the CTA program directly with ICTA.
HTX26 Beverage Management - Wines of/World: United States HTX27 Beverage Management - Wines of/World: France and Italy HTX28 Beverage Management - Wines of/World: Other Countries Credits 1,1,1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) These courses are a series of one-credit courses to teach students about the Beverage Industry as it relates to the Hospitality and Tourism Industry. Component tastings will be an integral part of each class, with lecture and discussion surrounding such topics as the history, cultivation, production, storage, service, merchandising, marketing, cost controls, and appreciation for the various types of beverages. Other course offerings include Brewed Beverages, Alcoholic Spirits, Non-Alcoholic Beverages,Wines of Europe, and Wines of Other Countries. Prerequisite: Must be 21 years of age and have picture proof of I.D. Offered at irregular intervals.
HTX29 Beverage Management: Alcoholic and NonAlcoholic Beverages Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course prepares the student for profitable management of alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverage operations in the hospitality industry. It will cover the history of beverages, their production and manufacture, writing of beverage lists, purchasing and storage functions, service and alcohol service controls, cost management, marketing and merchandising, beginning mixology, and alcohol regulations. A component tasting will be a part of each class period. Students must show proof of age (21). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HTX32 Trade Show/Convention and Event Facilities Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course deals specifically with the management and operation of trade shows, events, and the facilities and venues in which they occur. It will explore all management aspects of trade shows and events from the exhibitors, show management, facility, and attendees perspectives. The history and development, organization, support resources, marketing and promotional activities, and planning and communications processes will all be explored within the context of managing and operating trade shows.
HTX35 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course is designed to prepare the student for either a career in the hospitality and tourism foodservice management field, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the culinary arts. It will involve an exploration of various styles of cuisine and proper methods of food and equipment handling. Sanitation practices will be emphasized and reinforced. The course will explore the culinary arts from a management perspective beginning with menu planning, restaurant development project management, financing of projects, labor planning and scheduling, dining room service and beverage service, basic kitchen design, and understanding kitchen equipment. The food production lab will define basic fundamentals and the requisite ingredients needed to accomplish food preparation.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions HTX36 Culinary Arts - Food Prep II
HTX45 Recreation and Activity Programming
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is designed to prepare the new or continuing student for either a career in the Hospitality and Tourism Foodservice Management field, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the Culinary Arts. It will involve a transition from basic to intermediate food skills and include reacquainting the student with equipment, food handling, and safety.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This class will take the student through the process of programming recreation and other activities. The student will address program classification systems, the setting of goals and objectives and the evaluation of those objectives. A program activity model consisting of five planning steps will be presented. The basic premise of this class will be to teach the student how to program the activities and experiences rather than how to do the activity. The student will be exposed to the scope of the audience touched by recreation and activity programming and be introduced to the various ways of classifying activities in terms of facilities needed, age-group focus and time the activity takes. Offered at irregular intervals.
HTX37 Culinary Arts Food Prep III Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to prepare the student for either a career in the Hospitality and Tourism Foodservice Management field, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the culinary arts. It will involve an exploration of various styles of world cuisine and proper methods of food and equipment handling. The course will include three weeks of Asian cuisine including Chinese, Japanese and Thai; followed by three weeks of Mediterranean cuisine including Greek, Italian and North African; followed by three weeks of regional American cuisine including Mexican, Cajun and Northwest. Sanitation practices will be emphasized and reinforced. The course will explore the culinary arts from a management perspective beginning with menu planning, restaurant development project management, financing of projects, labor planning and scheduling, dining room service and beverage service, basic kitchen design and understanding kitchen equipment. The food production lab will define basic fundamentals and the requisite ingredients needed to accomplish food preparation. Offered at irregular intervals.
HTX40C Destination Specialist Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The Destination Specialist program is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) to provide relevant information necessary for today’s serious travel professionals, including those currently working in the field, students interested in a career in the travel industry and anyone interested in learning more about travel geography. The program will highlight one of the following geographic locations: North America, Western Europe, European Culture and Heritage, Caribbean, Pacific Rim, Latin America, Africa, etc. - and will build travel and tourism geographic knowledge of the area. The program goes beyond basic geography to include such information as how to get there, when to go, pre-trip counseling, accommodations, arrival information, spotlights on unique features and attractions, festivals and customs, and itinerary planning. Students who pass ICTA’s DS exam will receive a Destination Specialist diploma. Because there are many different DS courses, students may repeat HTX40(C). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HTX43 Travel Career Training Credits 15 (13 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su Ten weeks of travel career training to prepare the learner for numerous careers in the tourism industry. This program will integrate classroom instruction and lab hours with practical application training and will include an overnight, out-of-state educational trip. Handson training combined with travel computer instruction will accompany a cooperative education internship, an industry-based work experience. Students will also be assisted in career opportunity placement with resume writing, interviewing and job search skills.The credits earned in HTX43 are equivalent to HT104, HT140, HT180W, HT42 and WE280HTA.
HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a general survey course to provide students with an understanding of the nature and scope of functions which occur at large, multi-use recreation and sport facilities, and require multi-skilled individuals to successfully manage their enterprise. The course will deal with the emerging recreational sport industry as well as the special event nature of high investment facilities which seek to optimize their use and cater to heavy public use. Recent experience of voter authorized expenditures or privately funded facilities will be utilized to provide students with the broadest understanding of career possibilities. Marketing strategies, management practices, and maintenance demands, along with techniques of providing a good experience for target users, which accrue economic benefits to the entire service area will be examined. An historical perspective of how public assembly activities have evolved over time will be explored to better understand the dynamics of recreation and sport activities and to anticipate future trends.
HUM100 Humanities Through the Arts Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course examines the arts of film, drama, music, literature, painting, sculpture, and architecture that influence the cultures and lifestyles of the Western world. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HUM106 British Life and Culture Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Offered as a required course in the London Quarter program, HUM106 gives students a broad overview of British culture and civilization. The course takes a social, historical and cultural approach to contemporary British society and examines traditions and institutions to help understand the British way of life in the 21st century and Britain’s role in an increasingly-unified Europe. Components are lectures by British guest lecturers and related field trips to such places as the Museum of London, The National Gallery, Tate Gallery, The National Theatre, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, and the House of Parliament. Supporting seminar discussions are also included which will assist student’s adjustment to and understanding about living in a different culture. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
191
Course Descriptions
192
HUM110 Contemporary Culture I: Human Values Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F In this course, students compare and contrast traditional Western cultural values with the values of selected non-Western cultures. In so doing, class members delve into their own individual values, focusing on their development and transformation with insight into their placement in and relationship with the broad array of cultural values from around the world. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HUM111 Contemporary Culture II: Changing Values Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuing from HUM110, students continue to explore key components in all human experience, often contrasting Western cultural values with those of other cultures. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
mapwork and field identification of their physical and biological properties, used as a basis for establishing a wetlands designation for a given area. Limited to Integrated Natural Resources majors. Prerequisite: FT242 and BOT203 or consent of instructor.
INR228 Field Projects Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk)- Sp Students will synthesize the principles and field skills gained from previous coursework by planning, developing and completing a specific field project for an independent client. A variety of project management processes are presented for application to student field projects. Data will be recorded in field journals and results and recommendations communicated both orally and in technically written reports. Limited to Integrated Natural Resources majors.
IS110 Introduction to International Studies I HUM112 Contemporary Culture III: Future Trends Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Technology always affects our lives, often in ways we cannot foresee, yet we are responsible for the direction in which technology takes us. This course focuses on the payoffs and price tags of more and more powerful technologies, the ethical dilemmas they raise, and the changes in lifestyles brought about by their introduction. Recommended prerequisite: HUM110 or HUM111. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course examines the responsibilities of employers and employees in the workplace and the resulting ethical dilemmas. Students learn the importance of establishing ethical standards to allow people to live and work together, while at the same time seeing the difficulties of formulating those standards due to the diversity of people and the interests involved. Many cases are the basis of discussion, while practical company programs are examined to see how business deals with ethical matters in the real world. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
HUM210 Special Studies in Humanities: Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Special Studies in Humanities is a one-term course which provides a gateway to upper division study in four your institutions. It is a multi-disciplinary and interactive course that increases communication skills, promotes understanding of the human experience and its diverse perspectives, develops an understanding of ethical and social responsibility, and heightens student’s critical thinking and inquiry capabilities. Course themes vary. Students may take up to 12 credits on three separate themes. This course fulfills Portland State University transfer recommendations and requirements. Prerequisite: Must have completed or place beyond the following: WR121; RD115; MTH20 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ***
INR224 Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course examines the fundamentals of wetlands ecology; the hydric soils, flora and fauna of wetlands, as well as their functional role as filtering systems and catch basins. Lab work focuses on
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Three major world cultures are compared: Chinese, Japanese, and Arabic. Students examine the differences in belief systems and lifestyles through an interdisciplinary approach. Prerequisite: None. RD115 and WR115 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
IS111 Introduction to International Studies II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students study the cultures of Latin America and India, examining the differences in belief systems and lifestyles through an interdisciplinary approach. Prerequisite: None. RD115 and WR115 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
IS210, IS211, IS212 Comparative Culture I, II, III Credits 1-6 (1-6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Designed to introduce the student, through direct observation and experience, to the culture of a specific country or countries. Credits may be part of a structured study abroad program, or credits may be assigned by contract with a faculty member for study and/ or work done as part of a student’s independent travel experience. Grades typically based on reading projects, journal entries, and/or validation of work/service experience when appropriate. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Concurrent enrollment in a study abroad program required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
IS251 Population and Global Resources Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course examines the causes and effects of a rapidly expanding human population and the effects of modern technology on the ecosystem. Emphasis is on land use, air and water quality, natural resources and food supplies.Various solutions to population growth and to population related problems are examined with a focus on personal decision-making as a context for such solutions. Prerequisite: None. RD115 and WR115 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. ***
J134B, J134 Introduction to Photojournalism Credits 2,3 (2 Lecture – 0,2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Studies the photographic process and the use of photographs in news layout. Covers beginning production methods, developing and printing photos for photo essay. (J134 grants 3 credits and requires 2 lab hours per week.) Prerequisite: ART261 or ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions J202 Information Gathering
J226 Introduction to Journalism Production
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Survey of methods and strategies for acquiring information of use to the various mass media. Particular attention is paid to Internet research. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a basic introduction to the specialized functions of print production: typography, printing, design, photography and camera-ready art. It is designed for journalists who need a general understanding of how stories and photos go from newsroom to newsprint. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
J205 Public Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Analysis of contemporary developments in publicity and public relations with emphasis on application of skills to problem solving. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
J211 Introduction to Mass Communications Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp A survey course for transfer journalism, journalism arts majors and others interested in understanding the role of print, electronic media and public opinion in a democratic society. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
J215A, J215B Publications Lab Credits 1,2 - maximum 12 (3,6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Practical application of communications instruction through work on the student publications (newspaper and magazine). Students are involved in all areas of production. A maximum of twelve hours may be taken (two credits per term). The student must take six terms. Students enrolling for 2 credits need consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in J216, or consent of instructor.
J216 Reporting I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W A beginning class in newswriting. Emphasis is placed on writing leads, developing the story and a sense for news. Character and communication of news, rights and responsibilities of journalists explored. Open to all students. Prerequisite: Keyboarding ability or a concurrent keyboarding class required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
J217 Reporting II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –W A continuation of Reporting I with emphasis placed on comprehensive news story writing, covering speeches and meetings, and interviewing. Prerequisite: J216 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
J218 Copy Editing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis is on editing, proofreading, design and makeup of newspapers. Prerequisite: J217 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
J225 Introduction to Advertising Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to advertising and its functions. Course focuses on vocabulary, layout, copywriting and marketing with an emphasis on print and electronic media. Includes a segment on public relations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN101 First Year Japanese I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course introduces students to the Japanese language and the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN102 First Year Japanese II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of JPN101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in Japanese while exploring the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: JPN101 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN103 First Year Japanese III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the Japanese language and Japanese speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in Japanese and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to Japanese-speaking countries. Prerequisite: JPN102 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN111 Beginning Japanese Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces students to Japanese by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss Japanese culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the Japanese way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN112 Beginning Japanese Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Continuing from JPN111, this course continues to offer students practice in speaking and listening in Japanese while exploring the life of Japanese speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN111 or JPN101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN113 Beginning Japanese Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course completes the introduction of Japanese conversation skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN112 or JPN102. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
193
Course Descriptions
194
JPN201 Second Year Japanese I
JT145 Layout Design
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the Japanese language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN103 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A concept and practice course designed to introduce the student to the newest concepts of in-plant magazine and newspaper design and layout. The visual statement and integration of photographs and text are emphasized. Review of changing print technologies, especially desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Second-year journalism or graphics students or consent of instructor.
JT149A/B Journalism Workshop JPN202 Second Year Japanese II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A continuation of JPN201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in Japanese while exploring the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN203 Second Year Japanese III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Completing the sequence of intermediate level Japanese, students develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in the Japanese language and within the day-to-day contexts found in Japanese speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JPN211, JPN212, JPN213 Intermediate Japanese Conversation I, II, III Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This intermediate conversation class continues the study of the Japanese language and culture through oral communication, including more advanced practice in idiomatic usage and vocabulary. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN211: JPN113; JPN212: JPN211; JPN213: JPN212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 2 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Concentrated workshop prior to start of Fall term. This workshop is required for all journalism students entering the program and all returning students. Areas covered include orientation to college and journalism program, basic writing techniques, and basic production methods. Course is strongly recommended for all students registering for J215 (Publications Lab). ***
MA14 Medical Terminology I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A study of medical terminology by body systems with related word elements, disease processes, diagnostic tests, and abbreviations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MA15 Medical Terminology II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MA14, Medical Terminology I. A study of medical terminology by body systems with related word elements, disease processes, diagnostic tests, and abbreviations. Prerequisite: MA14. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MA19 Introduction to Medical Assisting
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continued application of newswriting and reporting principles in the field, including off-campus assignment. Introduction to team reporting and advanced investigation/news-gathering techniques. Prerequisite: J218.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This introductory course in Medical Assisting presents the historical background of the profession and its role in various healthcare systems. Specific information about the profession, the practice, and the regulation of medical assisting will be discussed. Other topics explored include principles of effective oral and written communications, asepsis, infection control, medical office emergencies, rehabilitation medicine, and ethical/legal concepts. Theoretical and practical aspects of specific skills are also included. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
JT124 Typesetting for Publications
MA20 Clinical Procedures I
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W This class prepares students to use a Macintosh computer system in producing copy and graphics for newspapers and magazines, particularly for the MHCC student publications. Students learn keyboarding, special copy alignment, file management, page design, and electronic transmission to the phototypesetter.
Credits 5 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides the study and practice of clinical duties of the medical office assistant. These duties include preparation of the patient and assisting the physician in procedures commonly performed in the medical office. This course provides the theory and practice of medical asepsis, vital signs, positioning, injection techniques, minor surgery, routine exams, and medical emergencies. Prerequisites: MA14, MA15, MA19, BI121, BI122 and MO47. Student must have completed all required health exams and immunizations before enrolling. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
(JT114 – JT149A/B are limited to students in the Journalism Arts Technology program.
JT114 Advanced Reporting
JT128A, JT128B, JT128C Editorial Writing Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Planning, research and development of the weekly and daily editorial. Column writing considered.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions MA21 Clinical Procedures II Credits 5 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The medical assistant student will study the theory and practice of beginning skills in the various simple laboratory procedures to aid the physician in diagnosing the patient’s illness, including the collection, preparation and preservation of specimens for diagnostic studies. Also included is the study and practice of equipment use and care, obtaining specimens, hematology, smears and cultures. Prerequisite: MA14, MA15, MA19, MA20, BI121, BI122 and MO47. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to the principles of pharmacology with a comprehensive study of drug action, routes of administration, and indications for use of generic drugs, trade name drugs, and classes of drugs by medical specialty. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MA24 Medical Law and Ethics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course presents the medical/legal concepts and issues pertinent to medical offices and hospitals for the medical office worker. The student is provided with a basic knowledge of law, ethics and bioethics applicable to the medical office settings. The implications for delivery of healthcare by medical office workers is discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MA25 Disease Processes Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course presents the general principles of disease followed by a review of the important diseases affecting the individual body organs and systems. Each of the principle disease processes is studied in relation to its etiology, pertinent diagnostic procedures, signs and symptoms, pathological changes, prognosis, and preferred treatment modalities both medical and surgical. Co-requisite: MA14 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
MA26 Basic Electrocardiography Technology Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The student will learn and practice the procedures involved in proper application of E.C.G. leads to a patient in order to obtain a recording of the electrical impulses of the heart. Prerequisite: MA20 or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
MA40 Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp This is a review course to prepare the student for the national certification examination for medical assistants. Prerequisite: Completion of medical assisting training from an accredited medical assisting program. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
(MFG110 – MFG256 are limited to students in the Machine Tool Technology Program.)
MFG110 Machine Shop I Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is a lecture class with instruction in the fundamentals of industrial processes and machines that are required of the machinist. Layout and machining metal by drilling, sawing, turning, milling, and grinding will be introduced. An introduction to and use of the “Machinery’s Handbook”; and use and maintenance of machinist hand tools are presented. Concurrent enrollment in MFG111 is required.
MFG111 Machine Shop I Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a lab class with instruction in the fundamentals of industrial processes and machines that are required of the machinist. The student will perform layout and machining metal by drilling, sawing, turning, milling, and grinding. The application of the “Machinery’s Handbook” will be stressed; and use and maintenance of machinist hand tools are demonstrated in the completion of assigned exercises. Concurrent enrollment in MFG110 or consent of instructor is required.
MFG113 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is intended to provide the student with the principles and skills of reading mechanical blueprints and sketching as related to the machine tool industry.Also included will be the study of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing.
MFG115 Industrial Safety Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a comprehensive study of safety issues in the modern machine shop and manufacturing environment.Topics will include hazardous materials/waste, fire safety, crane and forklift safety, biohazards and blood-borne pathogens, materials safety, MSDS forms, personal safety in lifting and work environment, machine safety, and general shop safety.
MFG116 Introduction to Precision Measuring Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This theory and lab course is designed to introduce inch and metric measurement systems. It will also provide hands-on training with semi-precision and precision measuring tools including rulers, combination squares, outside micrometers, calipers, height gages, depth micrometers, inside micrometers telescoping gages, small hole gages, surface gages and dial indicators.
MFG130 Machine Shop II Theory MA46 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Exit Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for competency testing which is required of all medical assisting students when they have completed their program coursework and are preparing for employment. Prerequisite: MA20 and MA21. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides instruction in basic machine tool operation and maintenance. Included are topics addressing engine lathes, milling machines, surface and cylindrical grinders, abrasives, and cutting fluids. Continues developing the use and application of the “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG110 and MFG111 or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG131 is required.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
195
Course Descriptions
196
MFG131 Machine Shop II Lab
MFG151 Machine Shop III Lab
Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a lab course with instruction in basic machine tool operation. Students will be setting up and operating surface and cylindrical grinders, engine lathes, milling machines, drill presses and learning the use and application of abrasive materials and cutting fluids. Instruction will include use of the “Machinery’s Handbook” as applied to machining projects. Prerequisite: MFG110 and MFG111, or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG130 or consent of instructor is required.
Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a lab course with instruction in basic operations of machine tools expected by the machinist working in industry. Topics addressed will be the operation of the radial drill press, contour band saw, standard bench work practice, with additional skill building instruction in the operation of the engine lathe and milling machines. Carbide tooling standards and applications will be integrated into lab exercises. There will be additional application of the “Machinery’s Handbook” in the process. Prerequisite: MFG130 and MFG131. Concurrent enrollment in MFG150 or consent of instructor is required.
MFG134 Metallurgy Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A course designed to provide fundamental knowledge of the manufacturing processes of the metals industry, ferrous metallurgy, foundry process, and properties and use of plastics and non-destructive test methods. The focus will be on metallurgical issues faced by the machine tool operator/machinist. Concurrent enrollment in MFG135 is required.
MFG135 Metallurgy Lab Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A lab course designed to provide fundamental knowledge of the manufacturing processes of the metals industry, ferrous metallurgy, foundry process, and properties and use of plastics and non-destructive test methods. Lab work will include metallurgical processes involving microscopic and macroscopic examination of heat treated specimens, hardness and tensile testing, non-ferrous casting processes, and non-destructive test methods. Concurrent enrollment in MFG134 is required.
MFG136 Introduction to CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course will introduce the student to CNC machine tools. The student will setup and operate CNC machine tools for milling and turning applications. This will include a basic introduction to CNC coordinate systems for milling and turning and learning how to read and interpret CNC code. Students will be introduced to the application of cutting tools and tooling systems for CNC operations.
MFG137 Introduction to Computer Aided Design for Machinists Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will teach the basics of Computer Aided Design using AutoCAD software.The student will create drawings and drawing exchange files using AutoCAD commands. Emphasis is placed on developing accuracy and correct drawing procedures. This course will relate the design of parts to part manufacturing.
MFG150 Machine Shop III Theory
MFG153 CNC Machining Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a continuation course with focus on teaching the student to setup and operate CNC machine tools for milling and turning applications. The student will set up and operate all CNC machines in the shop.This will include the reading and interpreting of CNC code; editing programs; program prove out; as well as DNC communications for downloading/uploading programs. Prerequisite: MFG130 and MFG131, machine shop experience, or consent of instructor.
MFG212 CAM Concepts I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W An introduction to computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCam software. The student will learn the organization of software and how to create and edit tool application data files; create and edit part geometry elements; create CNC machine code from data base. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, MFG153, and MTH80; or consent of instructor.
MFG213 Integrated Machine Shop I Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is an advanced theory course in machine tool operations. Topics covered will relate to both manual and CNC machine tools. Concepts covered will include use of soft jaws in turning; milling; multiple operation set-ups on both CNC and manual machines.This will include use of multiple part set-ups.This course will also develop use of “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, and MFG153; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG214 is required.
MFG214 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an advanced lab course where the student will develop skills in CNC and manual machining. Students will use soft jaws for turning and milling production style parts. Skill development will focus on internal boring and special milling set-ups. Data from “Machinery’s Handbook” will continue to be applied. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, and MFG153; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG213 is required.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a theory course that provides basic instruction in machine tools and operations that are used by machinists in industrial settings.The focus will be on the radial drill press, contour sawing, carbide and carbide tooling, and additional operations using the engine lathe and the milling machines. Application of the “Machinery’s Handbook” continues. Prerequisite: MFG130 and MFG131. Concurrent enrollment in MFG151 or consent of instructor is required. See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions MFG215 Inspection and Measurement
MFG250 Applied Machine Shop Theory
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course deals with precision measurement methods, gauge use and capability, as well as data collection. Methods used in quality assurance systems in the modern manufacturing facility or machine shop. There will be theoretical as well as hands-on application of principles presented in this course. Prerequisite: Second year student in Machine Tool Technology program; industrial experience in a machine shop or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The objective is to develop through group discussion and planning, a project utilizing the knowledge and skills acquired. Special emphasis will be placed on utilization of computer controlled machine tools, determining cost estimates and time study. Prerequisite: MFG153, MFG231, MFG232 and MFG233; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG251 is required.
MFG251 Applied Machine Shop Lab MFG216 CNC/CAM (Computer Numerical Control/ Computer Assisted Machining) Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will continue the introduction of the student to CNC machine tools. The student will study process planning, setup and programming of CNC machine tools for milling and turning applications. This will include the basic application of CNC coordinate systems for milling and turning and how CNC programs are organized and developed. Students will continue in the application of cutting tools and tooling systems for CNC operations, and will also be introduced to CAM programming software with MasterCAM. Prerequisite: MFG153, machine shop experience, or consent of instructor.
MFG231 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is a continuation of an advanced theory course in machine tool operations.Topics covered will relate to both manual and CNC machine tools. Concepts covered will continue in application problems with turning; milling; multiple operation set-ups on both CNC and manual machines. Included will be a survey of the application of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and their application in machine tools used in manufacturing. This will include use of multiple part set-ups. This course will continue to develop use of “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG213 and MFG214; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG232 is required.
MFG232 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a continuation of an advanced lab course where the student will continue to develop skills in CNC and manual machining. Students will continue skill development in turning and milling production style parts. Skill development will focus on special milling set-ups, turning operations, and tooling applications. Data from “Machinery’s Handbook” will continue to be applied. Prerequisite: MFG213 and MFG214; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG231 is required.
MFG236 Quality Control - Statistical Methods Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to theories in quality control using statistical methods.The main focus will be on the theory, purpose, and application of SPC (Statistical Process Control) and Gauge Capability studies. Prerequisite: Second year student in the Machine Tool Technology program, industrial experience, or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a lab course in which the students will develop through group planning and discussion a manufacturing project utilizing the knowledge and skills acquired. Special emphasis will be placed on the application of all machining processes learned through the program. Prerequisite: MFG231, MFG232, and MFG233; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG250 is required.
MFG256 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –Sp This course will address quality issues prevalent in modern manufacturing as related to ISO 9000 certification. The student will explore the levels of ISO 9000, 9001, 9002, and 9003. The student will also continue learning how to read and apply the quality concepts as applied through the use of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (GDT) as related to ASME and ISO standards. Prerequisite: Second year standing in the Machine Tool Technology program or consent of instructor.
MFGX11 Machine Tool Applications Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is a course in Machine Tool Applications Lab that is to enable persons needing additional skill building activities to enable job advancement, certification exam preparation, or other special skill building as might be needed by job requirements faced by practitioners in machine shops. A wide variety of machine shop problems will be approached specific to the students needs.
MFGX18 Introduction to MasterCam Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) An introduction and overview of computer assisted manufacturing using MasterCam software. The student will be introduced to MasterCam file management techniques; basic geometry and drawing commands and simple CNC code generation. Advanced techniques will be demonstrated and discussed with students.
MFGX25 MasterCAM Mill - Level I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) An introduction to computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will learn the organization of the software, how to create and edit geometry files. The student will also explore beginning applications for creating 2-D geometry for milling machine programs and tooling applications for simple 2-1/2 axis part programs. Prerequisite: Machining experience, basic Window 95 computer skills, or consent of instructor.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
197
Course Descriptions
198
MFGX26 MasterCAM Mill - Level II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create more complex 2-D geometry and tool paths. Students will also post process database to create CNC code and learn to track data input/output effect on CNC code; create pocketing routines and options as well as introduce basic 3-D wire frame models. Tools libraries will be created and edited. Prerequisite: MFGX25 or consent of instructor.
MFGX27 MasterCAM Mill - Level III Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create geometry and tool paths using advanced applications for pocketing, contour milling, as well as thread milling. Students will create and program tool paths for surfaces as well as introductory solid models. Prerequisite: MFGX26 or consent of instructor.
MFGX28 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software.The student will create geometry and edit geometry for the purpose of creating solid model simulations on the computer. The focus will be on creating solid models of parts and dies for conventional processes such as forging, casting, and injection molding. Advanced editing of models will also be explored. Prerequisite: MFGX27 or consent of instructor.
MFGX31 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create and edit geometry for the purpose of creating CNC program code for CNC turning operations. The student will apply standard turning tooling to inside and outside diameter turning operations for facing, roughing, and finishing. They will also create tooling libraries and post process geometry and tooling data bases creating CNC code for turning programs. Prerequisite: MFGX26 or consent of instructor.
MFGX32 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create and edit advanced geometry for the purpose of creating CNC program code for CNC turning operations. The student will explore advanced applications of turning tooling and operations of grooving, threading, inside diameter and outside diameter turned parts. Extensive exploration of spindle and feed rate options will be undertaken to enhance student understanding of turning applications.
MO10 Work Behavior/Health Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course is designed to develop work behaviors specific to healthcare services in the delivery of quality contributions to the work force. Skills receiving particular emphasis will be self-management, leadership, interpersonal dynamics, communication, and
problem solving and critical thinking. These skills will continue to be presented, practiced, and tested throughout each medical office program. Students will also gain information about healthcare systems from employers, experienced staff members and on-site observations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course provides the student with 1) an extensive word phrase base and 2) information about some of the basic reports used in medical reporting. The student will learn to transcribe on transcription equipment medical reports typically used in health care facilities. Co-Requisite: MA14 or consent of instructor. Typing 40 wpm or consent of instructor is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO25 Medical Office Procedures I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course is designed to cover the theory of basic topics emphasized for the medical office including the following: today’s health care, oral and written communication, facilities, patient teaching, reception, appointment scheduling, medical records, telephone techniques, mail processing, computer computers, and other topics related to the medical office. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO26 Medical Office Procedures II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is a continuation of Medical Office Procedures I (MO25). Students will continue their study of theoretical and practical aspects relating to working in a medical office: today’s health care, banking, billing, creating resumes, medical records, telephones, computer use and roles in managing the medical office. Emphasis will be placed on demonstration and evaluation of practical skills learned in MO25. Prerequisite: MO25. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO30 Medical Office Billing I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course will cover the basics in medical office billing procedures. This class primarily addresses the issues, outside of coding, that influence payments.The topics covered will include documentation, information flow, insurance forms, and medical office policies. Special emphasis will be given to understanding the major insurance companies and their differences. Co-requisite: MO31. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO31 Medical Coding I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course which introduces diagnosis and procedural coding.The student will study basic ICD-99 CM (International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification) and the CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) coding systems. These coding systems are recognized by the insurance industry, the physician and the medical office as the standard for billing and reimbursement. Co-Requisite: AH12 or MA14; or consent of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions MO32 Medical Coding II
MO44 Medical Transcription III
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is an intermediate course designed to expand on the basic CPT, and ICD-9 coding taught in MO31. Evaluation and Management, Integumentary, Pathology and Lab sections of the CPT will be covered, as well as continuing work on the ICD-9. This course is for students who want to advance knowledge and training in accurate and up-to-date reimbursement and coding for health care facilities. Prerequisite: MO31 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of advanced, original dictation in three areas of specialty: radiology, gastroenterology, and cardiology. The student will be required to use advanced proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Prerequisite: MO36 and typing 65 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO34 Medical Transcription I
MO46 Medical Transcription IV
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of medical dictation from the Systems Unit Method (SUM). The emphasis is on speed and accuracy of medical transcription of chart notes, history and physical examinations, initial office evaluations, and/or discharge summaries in the fields of pharmacology & lab, dermatology, genitourinary, and gastroenterology. The student will use proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Co-requisite: MO24 and typing 50 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of advanced, original dictation in the specialty areas of cardiology, pathology, and orthopedics. The student will be required to use advanced proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Prerequisite: MO44 and typing of 70 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO36 Medical Transcription II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of medical dictation from the Systems Unit Method (SUM). The emphasis is on increasing speed and accuracy in the transcription of chart notes, history and physical examinations, initial office evaluations, discharge summaries, and/or emergency room reports in the fields of gastroenterology, orthopedics, pulmonary medicine, endocrinology, obstetrics, gynecology, otorhinolaryngology, ophthalmology and neurology.The student will be required to use proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Co-requisite: MO34 and typing 50 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO40 Medical Office Billing II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course will cover more advanced billing procedures.The topics covered will include fraud and abuse, Medicare billing (Medicare specific codes, reading EOB and denials, phone changes or review board, hearings), Medicaid billing (Medicaid specific codes, disability, reading EOBs and rebilling, reviews billing as secondary, forms), common errors that delay processing, group insurance/ work comp, collections and compliance. Prerequisite: MO30 and MO31. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO41 Medical Coding III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is designed to provide advanced training in all major code levels (CPT, ICD9, and HCPCS). Advanced techniques for efficient reimbursement strategies and compliance will be taught. The course will use Codemaster software as well as hands-on practice.The class will include training in reimbursement and bundling strategies in order to meet federal compliance guidelines. Prerequisite: MO32 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MO47 Medical Calculations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course provides students in health science programs the mathematics needed to perform their medical calculations. It includes a review of general arithmetic and the practice of calculating medication dosage. It familiarizes students with clinical and medication labels. Dimensional analysis, including metric, household, avoirdupois and apothecary systems are emphasized. Scientific calculator is required. Prerequisite: Consent of advisor or instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory for Medical Transcription I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly MOX20) Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and realtime computer transcription. Focus will be on learning beginning theory of machine shorthand and on developing an initial individual computer dictionary. Students will also increase speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory for Medical Transcription II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on learning intermediate theory of machine shorthand and on developing completion of individual computer dictionary. Students will also increase speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Prerequisite: MOX20A or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
199
Course Descriptions
200
MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding for Medical Transcription I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly MOX21) Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and realtime computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development and initial mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed of 20 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Prerequisite: MOX20B or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding Medical Transcription II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing intermediate/advanced medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development and mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed of 60 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Prerequisite: MOX21A or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding for Medical Transcription II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing advanced medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development and mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed of 80-100 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Prerequisite: MOX21B or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MTH7 Using the TI-83 Graphing Calculator Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp (Formerly MTH199A) An introduction to using the TI-83 graphing calculator including basic entry, graphing, tables, introductory programming, and other calculator functions. Prerequisite: None. It is recommended that the student is at or above the level of MTH65. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
MTH10 Conceptual Arithmetic Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is intended for students who need to master the concepts of whole numbers, fractions or decimals.The emphasis of the course is on understanding concepts, estimation, simple measurement, language usage, and reasoning skills. Real world applications are used and the reasonableness of answers is stressed. Calculator use is taught for computation. A scientific calculator with a fraction key, algebraic logic and expression playback is required. A specific model of calculator may be required. Prerequisite: Students must be either concurrently enrolled in RD90 and WR90 or place above those levels. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.
MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is intended for both the technical prep and baccalaureate prep student. It includes the use of mathematics as a language, rational number operations, estimating and approximating, scientific notation, ratios, percents, proportions, the metric and US Customary systems, formula development and evaluation, and practical geometry. A scientific/graphing calculator with fraction output capabilities is required and its use is fully integrated in the course. A specific model of calculator may be required. Prerequisite: RD90, WR90 and MTH10; or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.
MTH60 Beginning Algebra I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the first half of the beginning algebra course for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student emphasizing problem solving and real work applications using numerical, algebraic and graphical models. The topics covered include the real number system, positive integer exponents, unit conversions and dimensional analysis, simplifying algebraic expressions, modeling and solving problem situations with linear equations and formulas, the Cartesian plane, and applications which require the Pythagorean theorem. A graphing calculator is required and its use is fully integrated in the course. Prerequisite: RD90, WR90, and MTH20 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH65 Beginning Algebra II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second half of the beginning algebra course for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student emphasizing problem solving and real work applications using numerical, algebraic and graphical models.The topics covered include graphs and equations of lines, negative integer exponents, solving formulas and rational equations, practical geometry elementary statistics, and probability. A graphing calculator is required and its use is fully integrated in the course. MTH60 with a grade of C or better, or suitable placement on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH80 Technical Mathematics I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a technical mathematics course for students in selected professional technical programs.Topics covered include graphs and equations of lines, applications of linear models and solving literal equations, extensive geometry including angle relationships, surface area and volume of three-dimensional figures, right triangle trigonometry, and basic statistics. Emphasis is placed on modeling problem situations numerically, visually, graphically and/or algebraically. In-depth problems from various fields are a core part of the curriculum.A graphing calculator is required and integrated throughout. Prerequisite: MTH60 with a C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions MTH85 Technical Mathematics II
MTH112 Pre-Calculus II: Trig/Geometry
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a technical mathematics course for students in selected professional programs. Topics include simple quadratics, oblique triangle trigonometry, exponential and logarithmic functions, vectors, and fitting data with a linear model. Emphasis is placed on modeling problem situations numerically, visually, graphically and/ or algebraically. In-depth problems from various fields are a core part of the curriculum. A graphing calculator is required and integrated throughout. Prerequisite: MTH80 with a C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is part II of a pre-calculus sequence that provides exploration and application of rational and trigonometric functions and their inverses modeled algebraically, numerically, and graphically; trigonometric identities and equations; and vectors. Real world applications are emphasized. A graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing, Math.
MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an interactive, technology-based course, which investigates the connections and interplay among various mathematical topics for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student. The function concept is introduced informally. Linear and quadratic functions and their graphs are covered in depth. Other topics include rational exponents, radical and rational equations, linear and non-linear systems and right triangle trigonometry. A heuristic approach to problem solving is emphasized with problem situations modeled numerically, algebraically, and graphically. A graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH65 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the broad applicability of mathematics as a problem solving tool and the breadth of phenomena that mathematics can model. A wide range of real world problems are examined using the tools of mathematics. The course focuses on development of mathematical maturity, problem solving, and research abilities. Course topics are selected from such areas as chaos, probability, statistics, geometry, graph theory, logic, music and sound, non-Euclidean geometries, personal finance, population growth, science and technology, symmetry, measurement, fractals, linear programming, and game theory. A computer laboratory is required. Prerequisite: MTH95 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is part I of a pre-calculus sequence that provides an extensive study of functions, transformation, and their inverses modeled algebraically, numerically, and graphically. Specific functions include the exponential, logarithmic, polynomial, and power functions. Modeling real world applications is emphasized.A graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH 95 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing, Math.
MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Math I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course explores number theory, with an emphasis on modeling arithmetic and arithmetic operations. Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies are used and compared to algorithmic problem solving. A required computer component will reinforce the concepts in this course. A scientific calculator with a fraction key is required. Prerequisite: MTH95 with a grade of C or better, MTH105 is recommended, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH212 Fundamentals of Elementary Math II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies are used and compared to algorithmic problem solving to investigate sets, numeration, operations, properties, computation and application in the context of rational and real numbers, algebra, relations, functions, probability and statistics. A required computer component will reinforce the concepts in the course. A scientific calculator with a fraction key is required. Prerequisite: MTH211. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH213 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III – Geometry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies are used to explore geometry and measurement. Topics include: two-dimensional and three-dimensional shapes and their properties; coordinate and transformational geometry; standard, non-standard and abstract measurement.A required computer component will reinforce the concepts in the course. Scientific calculators are required. Prerequisite: MTH212 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH231 Discrete Mathematics Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes finite and infinite sets, mathematical induction, switching circuits, relations and functions, theory of graphs with applications related to computer science. It provides introduction to Boolean algebra and recursion. Computer laboratory component may be included. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
201
Course Descriptions
202
MTH241 Elementary Calculus
MTH254 Vector Calculus I
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the student to linear programming, differential and integral calculus using an intuitive approach which emphasizes applications to management and social science. A graphing calculator is required and a computer lab component is incorporated. A graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a study of multivariable and vector-valued functions including parametric curves in space, motion, surfaces, lines, planes, gradients, directional derivatives and multiple integrals. The TI-89 caculator is required. A required computer laboratory component is included. Prerequisite: MTH253 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH255 Vector Calculus II MTH243 Probability & Statistics I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a descriptive statistics course including frequency distributions, common measures of central tendency and variability with elementary concepts of probability and certain probability distributions such as the normal and binomial are covered. The Central Limit Theorem and certain statistical inferences for both large and small samples are included. Some computer software experience is provided. A graphing calculator is required, and a computer lab component is incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH105 or MTH111 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH244 Statistics II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp This is the second course in statistical studies that includes applications of inferential statistics concerning two populations, analysis of variance, linear regression, nonparametric statistics, contingency tables, quality control, and other selected topics such as forecasting, survey sampling, time series and decision theory are covered. Computer software experience is provided. A graphing calculator is required, and a computer laboratory component is incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH243 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH251 Calculus I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This is the first course of the calculus sequence covering the concepts, computations, and applications of differential calculus. Functions and derivatives will be modeled symbolically, numerically, graphically and in words. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH111 and MTH112 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MTH252 Calculus II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This is the second course in the calculus sequence covering the concepts, computation, and applications of integral calculus. Functions and integrals will be modeled symbolically, numerically, graphically, and in words.A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH251 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing, Math.
MTH253 Calculus III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This is the third course in the calculus sequence covering infinite sequences and series, an introduction to multivariable functions, and applications. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. A computer laboratory may be included. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides a study of multiple integrals with applications, vector analysis including vector fields, divergence, curl, line integrals, surface integrals and the theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes. Some computer software experience is provided.A computer laboratory component is required. Prerequisite: MTH254 with a grade of C or better.
MTH256 Differential Equations Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course that focuses on the application of ordinary differential equations as mathematical models for a variety of disciplines and the interpretation of ordinary differential equations through analytical, graphical, and numerical techniques. A systems approach is taken with the relevant linear algebra concepts developed as needed. A TI-89 calculator is required and a computer laboratory may be included. Prerequisite: MTH253 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing, Math.
MTH261 Linear Algebra Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A Study of matrices, systems of equations and linear transformations in the setting of finite dimensional vector spaces.This course provides the basic linear algebra necessary for the study of multivariable calculus, differential equations and abstract algebra. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.
MUP101 Symphonic Band - First Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a large instrumental ensemble open to all enrolled students, faculty and staff.The band performs major concerts of standard wind ensemble literature each term. Prerequisite: Open class with moderate instrumental expectations.An ensemble placement evaluation with the instructor is required during the first week of the course.
MUP105 Jazz Ensemble Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An instrumental ensemble based around the standard big band instrumentation. Open to all enrolled students. A broad range of repertoire will be performed. Extensive off-campus performances. Auditions and instructor signature required.
MUP114 General Ensemble/Instrumental-1st Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the applied study of and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Prerequisite: Audition and consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions MUP115 General Ensemble/Vocal - 1st Year
MUP171 –MUP192 Individual Lessons-Piano – First Year
Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides applied study of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet ensemble. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Offered at irregular intervals.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Students are allowed a flexible program of individual lessons with a private teacher commensurate with their individual needs, whether that choice be instrumental, vocal, or both. A minimum of ten (30 minute) individual private lessons paid for at student’s expense are required each term to receive college credit.Any applied lesson listed in the MUP171 - MUP192 series may be taken for 3 terms and may not be taken simultaneously with MUP271 - MUP292. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Piano Bass Bassoon Harpsichord Harp Trumpet Organ Guitar French Horn Voice Flute Trombone Violin Oboe Baritone Viola Clarinet Tuba Cello Saxophone Percussion Miscellaneous
MUP121 Symphonic Choir - First Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers applied study of voice and vocal (music) performance, either solo or in ensemble. Open entry class with pitch audition only.
MUP121B Symphonic Choir - First Year, Chamber Choir Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course offers applied study of voice and vocal (music) performance, either solo or in ensemble. Open entry class with pitch audition only.
MUP123 Opera Workshop Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) A “workshop-style” performance class to promote the study and performance of solo and ensemble scenes from opera, and operetta. Emphasis is on vocal and dramatic ensemble, staging and movement. Students learn to integrate the vocal skills, style, diction, stage movement and characterization necessary to the performance of opera. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUP125 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - First Year Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers applied study and musical performance of voices and instruments, either solo or in ensemble, in the exploration of vocal jazz concepts.Auditions are required.Auditions and instructor permission required.
MUP131 Madrigals I Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course offers applied study of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential accompaniment. Prerequisite: Consent of director. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUP146 String Ensemble - First Year Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers applied study and performance on musical instruments either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential scoring for vocalists.Audition and instructor permission required.
MUP201 Symphonic Band - Second Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP101 and offers applied study and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Prerequisite: MUP101.
MUP205 Jazz Ensemble Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP105 and is an instrumental ensemble based around the standard big-band instrumentation. A broad range of repertoire will be performed. Extensive offcampus performances. Prerequisite: MUP105. Auditions and instructor signature required.
MUP214 General Ensemble/Instrumental-2nd Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A continuation of MUP114, this course is the applied study of and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Prerequisite: MUP114, audition and consent of instructor.
MUP215 General Ensemble/Vocal - Second Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is a continuation of MUP115 and offers applied study of voice and performance, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUP221 Symphonic Choir - Second Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP121 and offers “applied study of voice and vocal (music) performance, either solo or in ensemble.” Open entry class with pitch audition only.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
203
Course Descriptions
204
MUP225 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - Second Year
MUS111, MUS112, MUS113 Music Theory I, II, III
Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP125 and offers applied study and musical performance of voices and instruments, either solo or in ensemble, in the exploration of vocal jazz concepts. Audition and instructor signature required.
Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F Work in the elements of music science (melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic), taught through analysis of the styles of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, and other eighteenth century composers is emphasized. Sequential. Concurrent enrollment in MUS114 and MUS131; MUS115 and MUS132; and MUS116 and MUS133, respectively, is required. Prerequisite for MUS112: MUS111; MUS113: MUS112.
MUP231 Madrigals Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is a continuation of MUP131 and offers applied study of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential accompaniment. Prerequisite: Consent of director. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUP246 String Ensemble - Second Year Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP146 and offers applied study and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential scoring for vocalists. Prerequisite: MUP146 and audition and instructor permission required.
MUP271 – MUP292 Individual Lessons – Second Year Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Students are allowed a flexible program of individual lessons with a private teacher commensurate with their individual needs whether that choice be instrumental, vocal, or both. A minimum of ten (30 minute) individual private lessons paid for at student’s expense are required each term to receive college credit. Any applied lesson listed in the MUP271 - MUP292 series may be taken for three terms and may not be taken simultaneously with MUP171 - MUP192. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Piano Bass Bassoon Harpsichord Harp Trumpet Organ Guitar French Horn Voice Flute Trombone Violin Oboe Baritone Viola Clarinet Tuba Cello Saxophone Percussion Miscellaneous
MUS101 Music Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the study of the basic elements of music: rhythm, harmony, and melody. It is appropriate for the general student, education major, and the music major preparing to take first year music theory (MUS111.)
MUS104 Music Manuscript Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is the study of music manuscript through the use of computer software, e.g. Finale, Sibelius. Prerequisite: Basic computer skills desirable.
MUS105 Music Appreciation/Music for the Listener Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Designed for non-music majors, this course provides an introduction to music terms, forms, and styles. Students listen to a variety of music, with an emphasis on twentieth century American pop music (ie: Rock and Roll, Country and Western). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
MUS114 Sight Singing/Ear Training Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) -Sequence begins F The development and application of skills in reading and hearing the melodic rhythmic relationships, chords, and concepts in music. Concurrent enrollment in MUS111 and MUS131, MUS112 and MUS132, and MUS113 and MUS133, respectively.
MUS117 Electronic Music Production I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This is the first of three sequential courses and is the introduction to Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) fundamentals through sequencing of data at a MIDI work station consisting of a computer, MIDI keyboard and sequencing software. Prerequisite: Familiarity with computers is helpful.
MUS118 Electronic Music Production II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp The second of three sequential courses, this course is a continuation of MUS117 and includes recording and editing of digital audio, MIDI sequencing, audio mixing and effects processing. Also discussed is the preparation of digital audio for compact disc and other distribution mediums. Prerequisite: MUS117 or consent of instructor.
MUS119 Electronic Music Production III Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp The final of three sequential courses and a continuation of MUS117 and MUS118, this course includes recording of audio from microphone through a digital interface and synchronization of video and audio. Advanced MIDI editing, sound editing and mixing techniques. Prerequisite: MUS118 or consent of instructor.
MUS124 Stage Band Arranging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band. Section I will deal with the sax section and rhythm section through writing and analysis of the various big band styles, i.e., Stan Kenton, Wood Herman, Buddy Rich, Count Basie, Les Brown, etc. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS113 and MUS104 (Finale). Instructor permission required. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUS125 Stage Band Arranging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band. Section II will deal with the trumpet section and the trombone section through writing and analysis of the various big band styles, i.e., Stan Kenton, Wood Herman, Buddy Rich, Count Basie, Les Brown, etc. Prerequisite: MUS124.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions MUS126 Stage Band Arranging
MUS149 Class Percussion Advanced III
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band. Section III will deal with the writing arrangements, forms and experimental material for the progressive composer and arranger. Prerequisite: MUS125.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is the third course in a three course sequence, and is designed to help students comprehend, visualize, and physically execute advanced rudiments and rhythmical patterns on a wide assortment of tunable and non-tunable rhythm instruments. Prerequisite: MUS148. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUS131, MUS132, MUS133 Group Piano: Skills for Majors Credits 2,2,2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This course is designed to develop keyboard skills essential for all music majors. In addition to developing competency in solo and ensemble keyboard performance, the resources of the keyboard are applied to a wide variety of musical studies and activities. Instruction will be on modern electronic pianos with additional use of acoustical pianos available. A variety of musical styles will be explored. Required for all music majors. Prerequisite: Declared music major or consent of instructor.
MUS134 Class Voice Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Classroom instruction in voice. The most technical aspects of singing will be emphasized. Required for all instrumental music majors. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
MUS137 Class Guitar I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for students who have little or no guitar playing experience. Chords, strumming patterns, fingerpicking, simple blues patterns, and music of various styles will be introduced during the quarter. Students may progress at their own pace, and be challenged, while having fun, learning to play the guitar.
MUS161, MUS162, MUS163 Jazz Improvisation Credits 2,2,2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in vocal and instrumental Jazz improvisation. Prerequisite: Ability to read music and perform at a basic level vocally and/or instrumentally.
MUS191 Group Piano: Skills/Non-Majors Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is open to beginners and to those with some previous experience. Introductory skills will be emphasized; more advanced students will be given instruction and assignments appropriate to their levels of experience. Class interaction in which students can evaluate, encourage and learn from each other is encouraged.
MUS205 Introduction to Jazz History I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is the first of a two-term sequence course designed for nonmusic majors which traces the music of the black masses from its African roots of polyrhythms, chants, and improvisation, through the blues, spirituals, syncopated ragtime, Dixieland, swing, and bebop/progressive jazz of the late ’40s and ’50s. This course offers humanities credit for non-music majors. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUS208 Introduction to Jazz History II MUS138 Class Guitar II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is designed for students who have little or some guitar playing experience and desire to increase their playing ability. Chords, strumming and fingerpicking, single string and chord reading, and different styles of improvisation will be covered. Students will be grouped according to level of ability within this class. Prerequisite: MUS137 or permission of the instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is the second of a two-term sequence designed for non-music majors which traces jazz music of the 1940s through the development of electric and electronic instruments, and sophisticated recording and sound equipment. This course explains and demonstrates how this new hardware influenced the emergence of jazz fusion, new wave, funk, etc. This course offers humanities credit for non-music majors. Prerequisite: MUS205. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUS139 Class Guitar III Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students who already have some chord and scale knowledge, and who can play chords with strumming and/or fingerpicking patterns. Prerequisite: MUS138 or permission of the instructor.
MUS147 Class Percussion Beginning I Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is the first in a sequence of three designed to help students comprehend, visualize, verbalize, and physically execute basic rhythm patterns of non-tunable percussion instruments.
MUS148 Class Percussion Intermediate II Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second sequence designed to help students comprehend, visualize, and physically execute intermediate rhythm patterns. Dictation begins this quarter. Prerequisite: MUS147.
MUS211, MUS212, MUS213 Music Theory IV, V, VI Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This course examines the music concepts and relationships of form analysis, borrowed and altered chords, polyphony, counterpoint, and 20th Century idioms. Application of theory principles. Sequential. Concurrent enrollment is required in MUS214, MUS215, and MUS224, respectively. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS113, 211, and 212 respectively.
MUS214 Keyboard Harmony I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This is the first course in a two-term sequence of keyboard application of harmonic principles studies in first-year music theory. This course is designed to improve a student’s skills in playing, hearing and harmonic analysis. Figured bass keyboard “realizations” are included. Prerequisite: MUS111, MUS112, and MUS113; or satisfactory rating on tests of keyboard proficiency commensurate with first year “collegiate” class piano.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
205
Course Descriptions
206
MUS215 Keyboard Harmony II
NAX10 Basic Training-Nursing Assistants
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This is the second in a two-term sequence of keyboard application of harmonic principles studied in first-year music theory. This course is designed to improve a student’s skills in playing, hearing and harmonic analysis. Figured bass keyboard “realizations” are included. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS214.
Credits 7 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab - 8 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide students an opportunity to gain understanding of the nursing assistant role in health care agencies. Emphasis is on the personal qualities, knowledge and skills needed by the nursing assistant to give quality basic nursing care under supervision. Opportunity is provided to practice basic nursing skills and procedures under the supervision of the instructor. Prerequisite: Documented reading competency required (9th grade or higher) or College Placement Test score of RD115 or higher.
MUS224 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course emphasizes the advanced development in realizing dictated melodies and harmonies. To be taken concurrently with MUS213. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS215.
MUS261 Music History I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the study of the history of music from the ancient Greeks to Fifteenth Century England. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
MUS262 Music History II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is the study of the history of music from the age of the Renaissance to the early Eighteenth Century. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
MUS263 Music History III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is the study of the history of music from the early Eighteenth Century to the Nineteenth Century. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
MUS265 Jazz Studies Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides instrumental and vocal students at all levels of ability with an opportunity to develop or enhance their knowledge of jazz theory and history, as well as their skills in improvisational and ensemble performance. Students will work with professional musicians on an individual and group basis. Hands-on training in the use of state-of-the-art electronic music equipment is included. Offered at irregular intervals.
MUS292 Music Theatre Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F This course will integrate the study of vocal techniques with the study of performance techniques and character development through classroom performances of songs from the musical theatre.A variety of styles from Cole Porter to Sondheim will be explored. Each student should come to the first class prepared to perform a selection from the musical theatre. Prerequisite: By audition or consent of instructor.
MUS297 Group Vocal Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course will integrate the study of vocal techniques with the study of performance techniques and character development through classroom performances of songs from the musical theater.A variety of styles from Cole Porter to Sondheim will be explored. Each student should come to the first class prepared to perform a selection from the musical theater. Offered at irregular intervals. Admission to this course is by audition or consent of instructor.
*** (NUR101 – NUR242 are restricted to students in the Nursing Program.)
NUR101 Nursing I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This introductory course in nursing presents the historical background of the profession, the nursing process, ethical and legal responsibilities of the professional nurse, and the health-illness continuum. Nursing actions, which promote health will be presented. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Oregon State Board of Nursing-approved Nursing Assistant course.“C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements. Prerequisite: BI232 and BI233 with a grade of C or better. Concurrent enrollment in NUR121 and NUR122 is required.
NUR102 Nursing II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This program course emphasizes the provision of nursing care to patients of all ages and in a variety of settings. Concepts presented include use of the nursing process in the care of patients with uncomplicated or simple dysfunctions of one or two body systems, plus accompanying psychosocial alterations. Perioperative nursing care is also addressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all prior nursing curriculum courses. Concurrent enrollment in NUR131 and NUR132 is required.
NUR103 Nursing III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course emphasizes the provision of nursing care to the childbearing family as well as to patients of all ages demonstrating simple/ uncomplicated dysfunctions of one or two body systems with accompanying psycho-social alternations. Cultural and developmental concerns are also explored. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all prior nursing curriculum courses. Concurrent enrollment in NUR142 is required.
NUR111 Nursing Student Success Strategies Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This nursing program elective emphasizes study techniques that should enhance learning in many environments. Course contents include time management, memory strategies, note-taking skills, textbook reading and test-taking techniques, and stress management tools. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Associate Degree Nursing program or permission of the course instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions NUR121 Nursing Lab I Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides opportunities for students to demonstrate competent nursing actions. Specific skills include medication administration and application of medical and surgical asepsis. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR101 and NUR122 is required.
NUR122 Nursing Clinical I Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This beginning practicum will provide opportunity for students to apply the nursing process in the direct care of patients in long-term health care settings. Students will be expected to present theoretical rationale for their nursing care. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Oregon State Board of Nursing-approved Nursing Assistant course. “C” or better in all prior nursing requirements. Concurrent enrollment in NUR101 and NUR121 is required.
NUR131 Nursing Lab II Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides opportunity for students to demonstrate competent nursing actions used in the care of acutely and chronically ill patients of all ages who are experiencing a variety of health problems. Prerequisite:“C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR102 and NUR132 is required.
NUR132 Nursing Clinical II Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This clinical practicum provides expanded opportunities for students to apply nursing theory and skills in a variety of care settings. Prerequisite:“C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR102 and NUR131 is required.
NUR141 Nursing Lab III Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides continued opportunity for students to demonstrate competent nursing actions used in the care of acutely and chronically ill patients of all ages who are experiencing a variety of health problems. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR103 and NUR142 is required.
NUR142 Nursing Clinical III Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This clinical practicum provides opportunities for students to apply nursing theory and skills to the direct care of patients in a variety of settings. Special emphasis will include provision of nursing care for the childbearing family. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR103 is required.
NUR151IS Transition: Assoc Degree Nursing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This transitional course helps the currently licensed practical nurse begin preparation for registered nurse level of practice. Prerequisite: Enrollment by instructor approval only. Must be eligible for admission to the Nursing Program.
NUR152IS Nursing in Special Care Setting: Maternal/ Child Nursing Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to assist licensed practical nurses to develop and maintain content for the delivery of nursing care to child-bearing/child-rearing families. Focus is on planning care for contemporary families experiencing normal or high-risk childbirth. Nursing interventions related to health promotion and disease prevention for the child-rearing family will also be addressed. Additional content is directed toward planning care for children and their families in selected situations involving illness, disability or death of a child. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Must be eligible for admission to the Nursing Program.
NUR201 Nursing IV Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course presents nursing theory related to the role of the professional nurse in the delivery of care to patients experiencing complex health problems. Management of care to persons across the lifespan is addressed. Prerequisite: PSY239 and BI240 with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment in NUR222 and NUR231 is required.
NUR202 Nursing V Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course presents nursing theory related to the role of the professional nurse in the delivery of care to patients experiencing complex physical and psychosocial health problems. Management of care to persons across the lifespan is addresses in a variety of settings. Concepts related to the nurses role as manager of care are applied. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. The student is responsible for all prior learning. Concurrent enrollment in NUR232 is required.
NUR203 Nursing VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This final theory course examines the scope of practice for the registered nurse in Oregon. Emphasis of prior theoretical concepts in preparing patients for discharge and community-based care is incorporated. The role of the graduate associate degree nurse is also included. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements. Concurrent enrollment in NUR242 and WR227 is required.
NUR211 Nursing Pharmacology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly PHC211) This course is a study of pharmacology as related to its clinical applications in Nursing. Emphasis is placed upon the therapeutic uses of medications and their nursing implications.A basic knowledge of physiology is assumed prior to the registration for the class.Additional emphasis is placed upon the understanding of drug classifications and their functional uses. Prerequisite:“C” or better in NUR102 or student in RN Refresher Program. Course requires recent or current course in Anatomy and Physiology and BI240; or instructor permission.
NUR220 Nursing Assessment Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course focuses on the data collection and physical assessment of patients. Prerequisite: “C” or better in prior nursing program curriculum or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in NUR221 is required.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
207
Course Descriptions
208
NUR221 Nursing Assessment Lab
NURX45 Management in Long Term Care Settings
Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This laboratory course provides the opportunity for students to practice data collection and physical assessment techniques. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements of instructor consent. Concurrent enrollment in NUR220 is required.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed for the professional patient care provider in long term facilities or for the health care student, who seeks a foundation for future employment in that setting. Topics included are basic management principles including hiring, orientation, supervision and evaluation of personnel, standards of care, record keeping, quality assurance, and budget considerations. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
NUR222 Nursing Clinical IV Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This clinical practicum focuses on application of advanced nursing theories and skills and their application to the care of patients with complex disruptions in function described in NUR201, NUR231 and prior nursing courses. Management of two patients and collaboration with other nursing personnel is also emphasized. Prerequisite: “C “ or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR201 is required.
NUR231 Nursing Lab IV Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides opportunity for students to correctly demonstrate selected advanced nursing actions. Prerequisite:“C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR201 is required.
NUR232 Nursing Clinical V Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This clinical practicum focuses on application of nursing theory to the care of persons with complex disruptions in function described in NUR202. Opportunity for management of the health care team is provided. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR202 is required.
NUR242 Nursing Clinical VI Credits 6 (18 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This clinical practicum provides experience which prepares the student for the responsibilities of the associate degree nurse role. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR203 is required.
***
OA11F Basic Keyboarding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
OA11FO Basic Keyboard One-Hand Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience who have the use of one hand only. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
OA11S Keyboard/Formatting Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for the student who wants to take charge of his/her own personal typing needs. After completion of this course, a student should be able to format the most commonly used letter, memo and report in classroom, business or personal settings. Some lesson documents will include information about editing and formatting rules. Prerequisite: OA11F, 20 wpm (one semester high school typing) or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA12 Microcomputer Data Entry Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W This course presents theory and skills used by professional nurses to collect and analyze health data.The nursing process is used to identify the health needs of patients and families throughout the lifespan. Emphasis includes differentiating between the License Practical Nurse and Registered Nurse role in performing health assessment activities. Prerequisite: Current student in the R.N. Refresher Program, or consent of instructor.
Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course is designed to develop keyboard skill and accuracy required in entering data entry applications. This course will acquaint students with microcomputer operations in general; then it will lead through a series of hands-on exercises that provide experience with data entry applications similar to those in working environments. Prerequisite: Previous knowledge of keyboarding and ten-key pad. Proficiency Needed: Reading. Recommended courses to take: OA124A or OA124B, OA11, or OA220.
NURX29 Computer: NCLEX-RN Review
OA16 Business Editing
Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This computer assisted review course is intended to help the new graduate or other nurse prepare for the NCLEX examination for licensure. Items similar to those included in the licensing examination conducted by the state boards of nursing are used for evaluation and learning. This self-assessment of nursing theory knowledge includes a minimum of 10 hours of computer laboratory experience. A computer laboratory fee is required. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course will provide an opportunity for in-depth stud of the mechanics of language; review of grammar and punctuation rules; and practice in correcting, editing, and revising business documents. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
NURX11 Topics in Health Assessment
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions OA17 Electronic Typewriter Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This one credit-hour course allows students to explore the special time-saving features of an electronic memory typewriter.These basic features should allow speedy adaptation to most electronic memory typewriters. Students get hands-on experience. Prerequisite: 30 wpm keyboarding. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA19 Editing Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Accuracy is the most important standard for measuring quality of work in business. To achieve accuracy, editing for clarity and proofreading for correctness are essential skills for effective written communications.This course provides students with practice and shortcuts to detecting types and locations of errors in actual business documents.Also, computerized on-screen proofreading techniques are covered. Students will learn to use popular editing desk references effectively. Prerequisite: OA16. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
OA41 Trial Case Management in Multnomah County Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will become familiar with the Oregon Rules of Civil Procedure (ORCP) as it applies to the Uniform Trial Court Rules (UTCR) and the Supplementary Local Rules (SLR) for Multnomah County. Application of these rules on actual court cases will begin with the initial interview of the client, preparation of complaint and summons, discovery motions, arbitration, trial and final disposition of cases. Prerequisite: OA133 or one year of legal secretarial experience or instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA101 Office Careers Survey Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Exploration of all office career programs featuring speakers from various segments of business and industry. Offered during the day, fall term, before fall term classes begin.
OA116 Office Systems Applications
dents will use appropriate office machines to solve problems and disseminate information, including determining when outsourcing of resources is appropriate. Students will analyze problems familiar to office managers.The emphasis throughout the course is on efficiency, effectiveness, economy, and suitable presentation of information. Developing and portraying a professional attitude is stressed. Prerequisite: OA116 and the ability to keyboard and format office documents. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA121 Keyboarding-Principles Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This beginning course in keyboarding is for those with no previous keyboarding instruction or who have not attained the performance requirements for keyboarding principles. This course provides a strong foundation for professional typists and personal use, covering: 1) correct touch operation of the keyboard; 2) straight copy skill of not less than 30 words a minute; 3) the ability to copy, arrange, and position block style letters, memorandums and manuscripts with simple footnotes and endnotes; (4) experience and understanding of related skills such as centering, tabbing and composing at the keyboard. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
OA122 Professional Keyboarding Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This advanced keyboarding course with increased emphasis on speed, accuracy and professional standards is for those students who meet the performance requirements for keyboarding principles or with one to two years of previous keyboarding instruction.To prepare a student as a job-entry keyboardist, the course will cover (1) straight copy skill of not less than 40 correct words a minute for five minutes within a 5 error allotment, (2) ability to copy and arrange memorandums, block and modified block letters, tables, and reports and manuscripts, (3) ability to apply the editorial skills and technical procedures that the production work requires, such as proofreading. Prerequisite: OA121, or one year previous keyboarding instruction.Typing 35 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
OA123 Information Processing
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course covers the basic office communications systems used in today’s work environment. The course is designed to provide simulated experience in how to use popular software communication tools such as Outlook, as well as facsimiles, and multi-line telephone systems. The telephone techniques portion includes handling incoming calls, taking messages, initiating outgoing calls— both local and long distance, conference calling, checking the directories, and managing telephone use and costs. The emphasis is on efficiency, effectiveness and customer service. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp An in-depth focus on word/information processing concepts through extensive hands-on experience. You will apply the basic, intermediate, and advanced features of word processing software in a variety of documents. Emphasis is on productivity elements of information processing, proofreading for mailability, and file management techniques. The course will enhance students’ software integration skills and expose them to higher levels of analysis, problem solving, decision making, and teamwork. Prerequisite: CS105, CS105L, OA122 and OA210__ or CS equivalent of Word Levels I, II and III; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA117 Office Systems Management
OA124A Beginning Computer Skillbuilding
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will fine tune their office skills in a simulated office practice. By participating in group and individual projects, students will gain experience in designing effective office layouts that are efficient and ergonomically sound, purchasing office equipment, and setting up and facilitating support for meetings and conferences. Students will work with time management techniques and priority setting guidelines while scheduling and managing travel arrangements and processing incoming and outgoing mail. Stu-
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a lecture course using a specific software package in a selfpaced instructional environment as a lab activity. The course provides students with: diagnosing and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and developing individualized practice, and measuring skill development for computer operators. Prerequisite: Familiarity with keyboarding. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
209
Course Descriptions
210
OA124B Intermediate Computer Skillbuilding
OA203 Word Processing/WordPerfect
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an individualized diagnostic and prescriptive method for developing accuracy and speed.This intermediate course provides students with the opportunity to improve both speed and accuracy at the keyboard. Utilizing a computerized diagnostic system, students are provided with: diagnosing and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and developing individualized practice, and speed and accuracy skill development. Prerequisite: Completion of OA124A or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Become proficient in WordPerfect! Emphasizes productivity with instructions that introduce and reinforce basic through advanced word processing skills. Focus on the most frequently used functions and the most easily implemented techniques to produce a wide variety of documents successfully in the most popular and latest version of WordPerfect.Work with single- and multi-page documents, lists, tables, forms, mail merge, columns, graphics, and various document management techniques. Prerequisite: Keyboarding at 30 wpm and OA121; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA130 Law Office Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for an in-depth coverage of the many specialized procedures that are unique to the law office. Special emphasis is given to filing procedures, conflict of interest checks, billing cycles, noncourt documents, sources of information, various recordkeeping procedures and the building of human relations in the law office. Students will be involved in “job shadowing” in a legal office and tours of the downtown state and federal courts and law offices. Prerequisite: Knowledge of WordPerfect and 40 wpm typewriting. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
OA131 Law Office Simulation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A continuation of Law Office Systems. Students will fine tune their skills in the simulated law office of Ashton and Grainger. Students will prepare a filing system, dockets, account summaries, billing statements, diaries, correspondence, non-court and court documents, and other routine office assignments. Completion of units on a legal office job search and interviewing will be included. Prerequisite: Knowledge of WordPerfect and Word. Concurrent enrollment in OA132 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA210 Software Applications Credits 1 - maximum 12 (20 Lab Hrs/Term) – F/W/Sp The Software Training Center (STC), located on the MHCC main campus and the Self-Paced Learning Center (SPLC), located on the MHCC Maywood Campus, offers one-credit courses in the most popular software suites, as well as other general software courses.This includes word processing (Word and WordPerfect), spreadsheets (Excel), databases (Access), presentations (PowerPoint), and operating system software. Grading options include letter, pass/no pass, and audit. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be taken for credit. Students will receive individual assistance accompanying their hands-on learning under the guidance of instructors and trained assistants. The STC and SPLC are open days, evenings and weekends. Students may register at various dates during the term to accommodate their personal schedule.
OA220 Electronic Calculator Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to teach the basic operation of the desktop type electronic calculator used in the modern business office. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
OA132 Pleadings and Practices I
OA225 Document Processing
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to develop skills in the preparation of forms, pleadings, and other documents pertaining to the law office. Students should be able to understand their content and order of sequence whether prepared for the attorney for client use or for the court system. Machine transcription is used extensively and all assignments will be prepared with the use of WordPerfect and Word in a computerized classroom.Topics to be covered include: legal correspondence and instruments, corporations, family law, adoptions, guardian ad litem, non-court documents, and legal research. Prerequisite: Working knowledge of WordPerfect and Word. Concurrent enrollment with OA131 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp In this course, the student will bring together a variety of skills to prepare and format documents from a variety of input sources, including handwritten and typed draft, proofread computer draft and machine transcription. Students will prepare letters, memorandums, reports, tabulated materials and business forms. Letter placement and styles, punctuation and editing are incorporated into assignments. Emphasis is on professional standards for work habits on all documents. Prerequisites: OA19, typing 40wpm, and word processing software experience; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA133 Pleadings and Practices II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of Pleading and Practices I. Topics to be covered will be: wills and intestate succession, probate, Uniform Trial Court Rules (UTCR’s), Multnomah County Supplemental Local Rules (SLR’s), personal injury and civil litigation, workers’ compensation, federal court procedures, bankruptcy, appellant procedures, and real estate. Prerequisite: Working knowledge of WordPerfect and Word. Completion of OA132 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
OA244 Office Records and Technology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with a working knowledge of the rules, procedures, and techniques of maintaining office records (filing) that are vital to every business worker. Upon completion of this course the student will be able to organize records with both manual and electronic filing methods. The student will also become familiar with the terminology of records management and technology, including databases and their relationship to the information systems used in business. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions (OTA100 – OTA251 are restricted to students in the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program.)
OTA100 Foundations I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA10) This course describes the role of the occupational therapy assistant in various service delivery systems. Course content includes occupational therapy terminology, health-care team, philosophical base and history of the profession and occupation across the life span. Prerequisite:Admission into the OTA program.
OTA101 Foundations II Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA11) The course emphasizes the meaning and dynamics of occupation and purposeful activity. The organization, selection, adaptation and ordering of equipment will also be included. Prerequisite:Admission into the OTA program.
OTA103 Foundations III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA14) Task group facilitation is the focus of this course. Activities analysis and creative problem solving will be applied to specific patient groups. Safety precautions and consideration for each treatment setting will be included. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the OTA program.
OTA110 Conditions I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA17) This course will explore the impact of disability, disease processes, and traumatic injury to the individual’s life role and occupational performance. Adult theories of development will also be included. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter.
OTA111 Conditions II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA18) This course provides essential information needed to address the impact of psychiatric disabilities on the occupational performance of individuals. Occupational Therapy frames of reference will be used to enhance and promote independent functioning. Psychiatric terminology and medications specific to mental health settings will be presented. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of “C” in all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, first year.
OTA120 Life Tasks and Skills I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W (Formerly OTA40) This class will enable the student to understand the affects a disability or injury may have on an individual’s potential to engage in everyday tasks. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses prior to winter quarter, first year.
OTA121 Life Tasks and Skills II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA40L) This performance-based lab will enable the student to engage in problem-solving techniques while demonstrating specific skills in the area of self-care. The ability to educate and train others, apply the teaching and learning process and demonstrate safety precautions are also included. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education course prior to winter quarter, first year.
OTA122 Life Tasks and Skills III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA41) This class will enable the student to understand and demonstrate therapeutic intervention and compensatory strategies.The student will learn specific applications that influence an individual’s ability to engage in occupation within environments and their sociocultural context. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses prior to winter quarter, first year.
OTA130 Applications I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA15) The focus of this course is to develop competency in group facilitation skills. Group and developmental theories will be discussed as they relate to the practice of occupational therapy.This course includes developing and refining interpersonal communication skills to enhance therapeutic use of self in all clinical settings. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of “C” in all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, first year.
OTA140 Experience I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA30) This level I experience will provide the student with opportunities to interact with individuals in the community and various health care settings. Students will be introduced to working with individuals with physical disabilities and will appreciate the varied roles of the OTA in the promotion of health and wellness across the lifespan. This experience is designed to encircle didactic coursework through direct observation and participation in selected aspects of the process. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education classes prior to winter quarter, first year.
OTA141 Experience II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA31) This level one fieldwork provides the students with the opportunity to experience Occupational Therapy in the mental health area of practice. This fieldwork experience is designed to enrich didactic coursework through directed observation and participation in selected aspects of the OT process. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes and general education classes prior to spring quarter, first year.
OTA200 Foundations V Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA26) This class will provide the student with an understanding of the various systems and service models an individual may experience throughout their life span.Also included is information on the practitioner’s role and responsibility to address and effect change within the system delivery policies.
OTA201 Foundations VI Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA33) This class provides information on all the available Level II fieldwork sites. Also included is an understanding of the collaboration among Fieldwork Supervisor, Fieldwork Coordinator (MHCC) and students. Students will learn the application of principles appropriate to develop their individual learning needs. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C” grade on all OTA course first year.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
211
Course Descriptions
212
OTA210 Conditions III
OTA233 Applications V
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA20) Course includes information on normal development with an emphasis on the application of critical analysis, the understanding of the unique roles of children and the impact of various disabilities on their engagement in occupation. Also addressed are the applications of several developmental frames of reference, and the awareness of the role of the OTA and OT in the arena of OT pediatric practice. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses prior to fall quarter, second year.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA25) This class provides the student with an understanding of the professional relationship between the OTA and OT. Course content also includes an emphasis on the development of personal and professional competencies and job responsibilities related to the AOTA Code of Ethics, Core Values,Attitudes of OT and Standards of Practice. Professional credentialing is also covered. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, second year.
OTA211 Conditions IV
OTA234 Applications VI
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA23) This course emphasizes the developmental tasks of the aging population. Theories of aging and current psychosocial aspects of aging are addressed.The health-disability continuum is discussed as it impacts independent functioning of the elderly patient. Enhancement of role engagement following disability is coordinated with family, individual, environment and lifespan approach. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter, second year.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp (Formerly OTA37) This class is designed to augment the student’s problem solving skills both prior and during their Level II fieldwork experience.Various communication strategies will be reviewed along with guided student exchange of information related to clinical experiences. Included is sharing of informational sources, activity ideas for intervention and models for OTA supervision. Prerequisite:A minimum of “C” grade in all OTA classes prior to winter quarter, second year.
OTA240 Experience III OTA220 Life Tasks and Skills IV Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA44) This course provides the student with information on the use of therapeutic adaptation with occupations pertinent throughout the life span. This includes environmental adaptation, assistive technology, equipment and also emphasizes the student’s ability to access and use informational resources. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to spring quarter, second year.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA32) This course will introduce students to the fieldwork experience in the area of pediatrics and to develop a basic comfort level with and understanding of the needs of children. This experience is designed to enrich didactic coursework through directed observation and participation in the pediatric OT process. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes prior to fall quarter, second year.
OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities OTA230 Applications II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA22) This course will provide the student with the skills necessary to analyze an individual’s occupations and social and cultural environments. This will facilitate choosing and modifying purposeful activities for occupation therapy intervention. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C” grade in all OTA courses first year.
Credits 7 (36 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA34) This performance-based fieldwork experience includes application of clinical skills required for entry-level practice as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant in physical disabilities. It includes evaluation, treatment, communication and professional behavior. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter, second year.
OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Health OTA231 Applications III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OTA24) This class will enable the student to gather and share data for the purpose of screening and evaluation.The student will administer selected assessments, and demonstrate safety precautions during the assessment process and the ability to interact through oral and non-verbal communication. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to fall quarter, second year.
Credits 7 (36 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OTA36) This performance-based fieldwork experience includes appreciation of clinical skills required for entry-level practices as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant in mental health. It includes evaluation, treatment, communication and professional behavior. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to spring quarter, second year. ***
OTA232 Applications IV Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OTA27) The student will learn how to document occupational therapy services, in various arenas in order to ensure accountability of service provision and to meet standards for reimbursement of services. The student will also learn how documentation will effectively communicate the need and rationale for occupational therapy services as required by various agencies. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes and general education classes prior to winter quarter, second year.
PE131 Introduction to Physical Education Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will learn current state qualifications and professional orientation for teaching in Oregon high schools and elementary schools, including instruction in historical background, professional opportunities, subdisciplines of physical education, evaluation, research, philosophy and objectives. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions PE185 Physical Education (Co-ed) Credits 1 - maximum 9 (3 Lab Hr/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp PE185 activity selections include, but are not limited to the following: aerobic body/sculpt, aerobic circuit training, aerobic kickboxing, badminton/pickleball, ballet, basketball, country line dancing, fitness walking, golf, horsemanship, jazz dance, lower body and abs, racquetball, rockclimbing, self-defense, skiing, snowboarding, soccer, spinning, step aerobics, strength training, tae kwon do, tai chi chuan, tennis, track and field, volleyball, weight lifting and yoga. PE185 aquatic selections include, but are not limited to the following: advanced lap swim, fisheries and water safety, fitness lap swim, flexible fitness lap swim, lifeguard training, scuba, beginning swimming, triathlon training, water aerobics and water safety instruction.All students should familiarize themselves with MHCC’s health and physical education requirement.
PE233 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides an introduction to experiential place-based teaching methods. Place-Mapping helps students develop the skills necessary to explore and interpret the essential qualities of local natural areas which are central to the development of a sense of place. Place-Mapping weaves together mapping techniques, natural history interpretation, land navigation skills and narrative development as a tool for group facilitation.
PE234 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods (Proposed) Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides an introduction to teaching methods for experiential place-based teaching methods. Place Mapping helps students develop the skills necessary to explore and interpret the essential qualities of local natural areas which are central to the development of a sense of place. Place-Mapping weaves together mapping techniques, natural history interpretation, land navigation skills and narrative development as an environmental education and group facilitation tool. Students will learn and practice effective methods for utilizing place mapping as a teaching tool. Prerequisite: PE185OP, Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning.
PE235 Place Mapping: Leadership (Proposed) Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides an opportunity to practice course development and teaching methods for an experiential place-based learning project. Place Mapping helps students develop the skills necessary to explore and interpret the essential qualities of local natural areas which are central to the development of a sense of place. Place Mapping weaves together mapping techniques, natural history interpretation, land navigation skills and narrative development as an environmental education and group facilitation tool. Students will develop a comprehensive Place Mapping curriculum and lead a Place Mapping workshop for participants recruited by the students in the course. Prerequisite: PE233 and PE234.
PE285OL Wilderness Survival Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the information and skills necessary for safe, low impact, backcountry travel.Topics include backcountry hazards, land navigation, survival skills, introduction to search and rescue, introduc-
tion to backcountry emergency care, low impact camping and environmental issues. Use of map and compass are the foci of a oneday outing. Includes certification in Workplace First Aid and Adult CPR. This course is recommended for all students interested in taking Outdoor Leadership classes. Prerequisite: Students must be capable of participating in the field outing associated with the class. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students with disabilities are responsible for requesting accommodations and must do so a minimum of two weeks before the beginning of the term.
PE285ON Outdoor Leadership Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides students with an opportunity to gain knowledge of outdoor leadership theory and the hands-on experience combined with structured reflection necessary to develop skills in leading groups in outdoor activities. Topics include experiential learning models, ensuring group safety, critical decision-making, leadership styles, judgment as a critical skill, accident equations, trip planning and ethical issues in outdoor education. Prerequisite: Instructor permission required. Successful completion of the Wilderness Survival course and at least one Outdoor Program activity course prior to enrollment in this course or ability to demonstrate proficiency in a similar outdoor activity. Students must be capable of participating in the field outing and practicum associated with the class.
PE292SWT Water Safety Instruction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The purpose of this instructor course is to train instructor candidates to teach American Red Cross Swimming and Water Safety courses. The instructor course covers the following topics: planning and organizing courses, including the use of block plans and lesson plans, providing information and skill-development sessions necessary to conduct and teach swimming and water safety courses, conducting practice teaching and evaluating participants’ performance. Prerequisite: The student must be at least 17 years of age, demonstrate skills equivalent with the Community Water Safety course, or Lifeguard Training course; have swimming ability equivalent to Level VI of the Learn to Swim Program; and successfully pass a written pre-course test with an 80% or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PH109B, PH109C Observational Astronomy Credits 2,3 (1,2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of observing the night sky. Students will learn to use telescopes, star charts and photographic equipment to investigate the moon, planets, star clusters and nebulae.
PH121 General Astronomy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Descriptive treatment of the history of astronomy including the contributions of Kepler, Galileo and Newton.Telescopes, light and the spectrum, earth as a planet and the moon.This course is intended primarily for the general college student who is not majoring in a physical science. The planetarium is used extensively and is supplemented by occasional viewing of celestial objects with a telescope. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
213
Course Descriptions
214
PH122 General Astronomy
PH211 General Physics with Calculus I
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Descriptive treatment of the solar system including the terrestrial planets, the Jovian planets, comets, meteors, asteroids and meteorites.The planetarium star projector is used in conjunction with star charts to help students locate planets and other celestial objects in the night sky. Course may be taken out of sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F General Physics with Calculus includes the following topics: motion in one and two dimensions, particle dynamics, work, energy, momentum, conservation of energy and momentum, collision theory, rotational kinematics and dynamics, rigid body equilibrium, oscillating systems and universal gravitation will be treated using practical problems and examples. Emphasis will be placed on logical reasoning, thorough understanding of the principles and the ability to successfully solve numerical problems.Vector notation will be employed extensively.The theory and results of classical mechanics will be used to predict the behavior of actual physical systems and explain phenomena commonly encountered in the real world. Prerequisite: MTH251 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
PH123 General Astronomy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Descriptive treatment of stars and their evolution, the sun nebulae, star clusters, the Milky Way, galaxies, black holes, quasars, and the expanding universe. Course may be taken out of sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
PH127 Preparing for General Physics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A one-term course specifically designed to prepare students for the PH201/202/203 General Physics sequence. Students will gain competence in visualizing and sketching a physics problem, applying physics principles and reasoning skills to generate equations based on the sketch, and using mathematics to solve those equations.The problem solving skills obtained from this course are applicable to a wide variety of science, engineering and mathematics courses. Scientific calculator required. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
PH212 General Physics with Calculus II Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Provides prospective science and engineering majors with a thorough basic knowledge of thermodynamics, geometrical and physical optics, hydrodynamics, wave motion and related topics. Prerequisite: PH211. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
PH213 General Physics with Calculus III Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Provides engineering and science majors with those subjects within the scope of electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: PH212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
PH201 General Physics I
PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy
Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Physical laws and theories are developed and discussed.This course is intended primarily for the general college student who is not majoring in a physical science. The following topics will be developed: vectors, one- and two-dimensional kinematics, dynamics, uniform circular motion, work, energy, impulse, and momentum, rotational kinematics and dynamics. A scientific calculator is required. A graphing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: MTH112 or MTH85.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A lecture and discussion approach to the basic questions of philosophy.This introduction includes philosophical issues such as:What is reality? What is knowledge? Can a proof for the existence of God be constructed? The student is challenged to separate mere opinion from critical reason. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PH202 General Physics II Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The following topics will be developed: elasticity and simple harmonic motion, fluid statics and dynamics, temperature, expansion, thermal energy and phase changes, heat transfer, gas laws and thermodynamics, waves, sound, interference, reflection, refraction, and physical optics.A scientific calculator is required and a graphing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: PH201.
PH203 General Physics III Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The following topics will be developed: electric forces and fields, potential and potential energy, electric circuits, magnetic forces and fields, electromagnetic induction, alternating current circuits, special relativity, particle-wave duality and the nature of atoms. A scientific calculator is required. A graphing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: PH202. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
PHL202 Fundamental Ethics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A lecture and discussion approach to basic ethical systems. The student explores the question “Why be moral?” and attempts to analyze the foundations of moral actions. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PHL203 Elementary Logic Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A lecture and discussion approach to the study of argument. The student explores the inferences of argumentation, as well as the formulation of valid vs. invalid proofs. The student also learns to critically evaluate arguments by translating them into symbolic logic. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PHL208 Political Philosophy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on the examination of two chief moral problems produced by the fact that we live in societies: (1) What are the moral limits of the authority of society over the individual? (2) What is the morally appropriate way to distribute wealth in society? Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions (PHO226 – PHO281 are restricted to students in the Professional Photography Program.)
PHO268 PhotoShop II
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to basic lighting principles, techniques, equipment and terms. Metering and exposure controls, lighting judgment and lighting control techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W PhotoShop II intends to provide students the opportunity to develop their skills gained in PhotoShop I through a series of four projects.The projects will help students gain a more sophisticated understanding of the features of the computer program, the preparations of high-end output (printing) and further discussion of legal and ethical issues relating to digital photography. Prerequisite: PHO267 and ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PHO132 Color Photography II
PHO269 Digital Studio
PHO131 Basic Photographic Lighting
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Advanced techniques in color photography printing are explored. Color negative, slide and Polaroid films and associated printing are discussed and demonstrated. Emphasis is placed on color balance, composition and presentation. Prerequisite: ART265 or consent of instructor.
PHO226 Photography Business Practicum I
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on the use of digital cameras and computers in a studio setting. Students will gain hands-on experience at capturing, manipulating and adjusting images of a subject during a photographic session. Further, students will enhance their understanding of the acquisition of images through scanners and other lab processes, image management, and output devices and techniques. Prerequisite: PHO267 and PHO268, or consent of instructor.
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Students in second-year standing will begin a sequence of courses intended to provide practical business experience in photography. The course attempts to simulate actual business operations by servicing the college community. Emphasis in this term will be on building a business plan, understanding professional responsibilities, building a client base and working with schedules, and negotiating contracts. In addition, students will learn a photography business-specific accounting software. Prerequisite: Second-year standing.
PHO270 Small Product Photography
PHO227 Photography Business Practicum II
PHO271 Photographic Style
Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second of a three-term sequence that provides students with an opportunity to simulate photography business practices. Emphasis is placed on customer service, scheduling, interpersonal relations, marketing and sales strategies, management and staffing. Students will also engage in cooperative assignments with graphic design students. Prerequisite: PHO226.
PHO228 Photography Business Practicum III Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp In this final term of the practicum sequence, students will continue the photography business simulation. Students will concentrate on attaining greater efficiencies in executing assignments.The role of the photo assistant is explored.The use of digital technologies in completing assignments will be emphasized. Students will produce a year-end business report and portfolio based on their practicum assignments. Prerequisite: PHO226 and PHO227.
PHO267 PhotoShop I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F The objective of this class is for students to gain a fundamental understanding of the software program, PhotoShop, hardware configurations and related software used for digital photography. Students will learn file management, the use of painting and editing tools, paths, masks and channels.They will learn image capturing techniques including the use of electronic cameras and flatbed scanning, and related calculations for resolution and image sizing. Further, students will learn the relationship of computer hardware, memory and output capabilities to the final product. Prerequisite:ART261 and Macintosh basics (skills), or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to commercial applications of studio lighting toward small product photography. Emphasis placed on various aspects of table top lighting including tenting and rear projection, color balance and macro applications. Small and medium format emphasized.View camera demonstrated. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Study of leading photographers of the 20th century and their influence on contemporary, creative, photojournalistic and applied photography. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PHO272 Stock Photography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will gain a better understanding of stock photography. Emphasis is placed on developing production models; budgeting; concepting and research; editing; image storage and cataloguing; and contracts, copyright and the use of agents. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PHO281 Photography Portfolio Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students learn comprehensive strategies for promoting their careers in photography. Emphasis is placed on setting career objectives and building supporting presentation materials that will lead to the development of a final graduating portfolio and resume. Prerequisite: Secondyear standing or consent of instructor.
PS104 Problems in American Politics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course explores current policy issues in American politics which may range from international to national to local topics. Topics may include: the politics of unemployment, military affairs, civil rights, natural resources, education, and other timely issues of interest to students and faculty. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
215
Course Descriptions
216
PS105 Global Issues Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students will study various global issues, which affect cross-national interactions. Examples of such issues are environmental problems, health concerns, population questions, international military actions, terrorism, and human rights. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PS200 Introduction to Political Science Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will learn about basic political concepts and themes such as legitimacy, sovereignty, democracy, political culture and socialization, participation and rights, revolution and change as well as explore various ideas about governments and their structures and functions. Also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PS201 American Government Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will learn how the United States Government makes decisions. Concepts of government including separation of powers, checks and balances, and federalism will be explored as well as the institutions of the presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court. Also discussed are elections and voting behavior; political socialization and public opinion; political parties and pressure groups; as well as civil rights and liberties. Also offered in an independent study format. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS203 State and Local Governments Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course provides students the opportunity to study state, county, city, and special district government. Concepts such as states rights, local control, and direct democracy are explored. Students are encouraged to monitor the activities of state and local government and discuss the policy decisions made during the term of study. Federalism, the constitutional concept of shared powers between the state and federal government, is reviewed thoroughly. This course is also offered as an independent study. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS204 Introduction to Comparative Politics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F or W The student explores the political culture, institutions, and processes of a selection of different countries of the world. Case studies represent a variety of governments and political cultures. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PS205 International Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course studies international relations and foreign affairs. Institutions and methodology of international governmental relations are studied, including current international problems. Primary emphasis is placed on distinguishing the developmental features of developed, developing and underdeveloped nations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS217 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course examines the growing number of management problems associated with outdoor recreation of public lands. Emphasis is placed on legal, societal and historical explanations of management decisions and topics including agency autonomy and accountability, elements of the administrative rulemaking process, the nature and role of competing user groups and the influence such groups have over policy outcomes. Discussion is framed in the regional context of the Pacific Northwest. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS220 American Foreign Policy and World Order Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will study the interdependent basis of the contemporary world and explore America’s role in shaping the world order. Students will compare U.S. and key foreign nations’ perspectives of foreign policy and examine real-world, present-day foreign policy problems and possible approaches to these problems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS225 Political Ideology: Ideas about Government Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines the role of ideology, the organization of propaganda, and the structure of political action in the modern state. Political ideology and theory are studied through an examination of the “isms”, i.e., nationalism, communism, socialism, fascism, and democracy.The relationship of the individual to the state through rights and responsibilities is emphasized. A principle focus is to associate political theory and political action through an understanding of political ideology. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS241 Political Terrorism Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is a review of terrorism as a political and social statement, with an attempt to understand its motives, objectives, and outcomes. Particular attention will be given to selected circumstances that are especially conducive to terrorists acts. A special effort will be made to distinguish which lifestyles and religions promote terrorism, and to study the history and development of terrorism as a modern mechanism for obtaining political concessions. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS242 The U.S. Intelligence System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course will provide the student with an understanding of the principle historical features in the development of the U.S. Intelligence System.The principle components of the course include a historical review of the process from 1948 to present, an analysis of the principal policy issues that affect the process, and a two-week assessment of the JFK assassination as a difficult problem in intelligence analysis. The tension between professionals in the intelligence community and elected policy makers is emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions PS297 Introduction to Environmental Politics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will study the environmental limits of the modern economy in developed, developing, and less-developed countries as well as explore the environmental policy of the United States and discuss possible approaches to environmental national policy. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
standing human behavior. An independent study section is available and televised sections are available some terms. Prerequisite: PSY201 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY203 General Psychology
Credits 1 - maximum 2 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course develops skills needed for the successful completion of a political science research paper. The student will be guided in library research, planning, and writing a research paper. Correct use of footnotes and bibliographic styles for political research papers will also be emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students may repeat PS298 for a maximum of 2 credits.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp PSY203 is the third in a three-term sequence.This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of information pertaining to the following topics; intelligence, psychological testing and measurement, personality theories, emotions, stress and coping, abnormal psychology, and psychotherapy. Current trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for understanding human behaviors.An independent study section is available. A televised section is available some terms. Prerequisite: PSY201 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations
PSY214 Introduction to Personality
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Psychology of Human Relations is the study of psychology from a living or personal point of view with emphasis on practical application. Attention is given to individual and group dynamics with focus on feelings and attitudes in relation to family, work and day-to-day experiences. The course includes an overview of topics including self-concept, perception, self-awareness, personality, values and communications in resolving interpersonal conflicts.An independent study section which focuses on human relations in the workplace is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course consists of an overview of basic personality theories within the framework of the four dominant philosophies of human behavior, i.e., psychoanalysis, humanism, and cognitive psychology. Attention is given to the origin and development of personality, particularly as it pertains to healthy adjustment. An independent study section is also available. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: PSY201 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PS298 Political Science Research
PSY216 Social Psychology PSY151 Introduction to the Social Sciences Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course offers an overview of the social sciences and specific examination of the key points, issues and concepts of each. It will include a historical development of the modern social sciences, as well as, a current, state-of-the-art perspective.A general functional description of the scientific method and philosophy of the scientific method as it is applied to the social sciences will be explored. The social science disciplines included in this course are anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. An independent study section will also be offered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY201 General Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp PSY 201 is the first of a three-term sequence. This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of information pertaining to the following topics: scientific methods of psychology; learning and memory; development; and related topics. Current trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for understanding human behavior.An independent study section is available.Televised sections also are available some terms. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PSY202 General Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp PSY202 is the second in a three-term sequence. This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of information relating to the biological bases of behavior, consciousness and social psychology. Current trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for under-
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W or Sp Social Psychology involves the scientific study of the behavior of the individual within the context of a social setting.The course will explore the significant variables that influence the social responses of the individual. Topics will include attitude formation and change, social perception, persuasion and social influence, prosocial behavior and group decision making, and other relevant topics. An independent study section is also available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY222 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A wide range of treatments appropriate to settings for mentally and emotionally disturbed persons will be described. Workers/students will gain information regarding the major categories of mental illness, diagnostic criteria, day treatment, residential treatment, behavior management, and milieu development. Prerequisite: MH/HS majors only or consent of instructor.
PSY225 Psycho-Social Development I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F One lecture hour and discussion; experiential sessions three hours each week to develop and define assertive communication skills, warmup skills for dyads and groups and personal awareness. Prerequisite: Completion of HS150 with a grade of C or better, or consent of instructor. Limited to Mental Health/Human Services majors.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
217
Course Descriptions
218
PSY226 Psycho-Social Development II
PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A lecture and laboratory experience of communication skills and interpersonal relationships in a group process setting.The basic issues and key concepts of group process are presented including the application of leadership skills to a variety of group settings. Prerequisite: PSY225 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Limited to MH/ HS majors or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to mental disorders and diagnosis with an overview of major treatment strategies. Subjects covered include a historical overview of mental disturbance, community psychology, the current Diagnostic and Statistics Manual (DSM), and the social impact of mental disorder on modern society. Specific disorders include anxiety disorders, personality disorders, dissociative disorders, affective disorders, substance use disorders, suicide, schizophrenia, and organic brain disorder. An independent study section is available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY231 Human Sexuality Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The focus of this class is on the psychological and physiological aspects of human sexuality. Study will include male and female sexual physiology and functioning, sexual behavior patterns, sexual dysfunctions and therapy, sexual development, atypical behavior, relational enhancement and a variety of other topics. Information and discussion will aim for an open and nonjudgmental level of understanding. An independent study section is also available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY232 Sexuality and Society Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The primary emphasis of Sexuality and Society is on the psychosocial interactions involved in our sexual behavior. The formation of social behavior culturally and cross culturally will be examined as they pertain to the psychology of sexuality. Various issues having both a sexual and social basis will be examined. This course is usually offered as an independent study course. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
PSY250 Forensics in Psychology, Anthropology and Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course examines those aspects of psychology, anthropology, and sociology that are involved in the legal system. The course specifically focuses on criminal behavior from the perspective of the Social Science. Patterns of illegal behavior, detection, and conviction of one illegal behavior, detection and conviction of one illegal behavior, and treatment modalities will be examined. Criminal and antisocial behavior are significant aspects of the general study of social behavior and thus important areas of study of the social scientist. This course will also be offered as an independent study course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. (PTA111 – PTA228 are restricted to students in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program.)
PSY235 Human Development I: Infancy-Adolescence
PTA111 Patient Care Skills
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W First of two-term sequence studying physical, psychological and social development from conception through adolescence. Units on developmental disabilities, child abuse and current child-rearing practices will be presented. Limited to MH/HS and Early Childhood Education majors.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to the basic patient care techniques commonly used in physical therapy.Those procedures to be included are: body mechanics, positioning and moving patients, wheelchair use, asepsis, vital signs and gait training with assistive devices. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Physical Therapist Assistant Program. Concurrent enrollment in PTA111L is required.
PSY236 Human Development II: Adolescence-Aging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Human Development II is the psychological, social and physical development of adults.This course spans early, middle and late adulthood using various theoretical models and empirical observations. Prerequisite: PSY235 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Limited to MH/HS majors.
PSY237 Human Development Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is a descriptive and theoretical examination of the developmental process of human life from conception to death. Emphasis will be placed on integrating the variables of influence that contribute and direct the sequential aspects of development. Classic to contemporary developmental approaches will be presented and studied. It is required upon beginning this class that the student have a thorough understanding of the concepts and theories presented in PSY201, General Psychology. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
PTA112 Introduction to Physical Therapy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the historical developments leading to current medical and physical therapy practice. Identifying the various factors which have precipitated change in the way medical care is delivered and reimbursed, and how physical therapy is also impacted. Specific information about the profession, the practice, the regulation of physical therapy will be discussed. Factors external to physical therapy but which affect patients will also be explored. Prerequisite:Admission into the Physical Therapist Assistant Program.
PTA113 Clinical Kinesiology Credits 4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable the students to recognize basic anatomical and biomechanical elements of normal and abnormal human motion. Emphasis will be on the clinically functional aspects of the musculoskeletal system. Prerequisite: “C” or better in BI121.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions PTA114 Physical Therapy Procedures I
PTA216L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab III
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The principles and practices of physical therapy will be examined, with an introduction to the following procedures: range of motion exercise, passive stretching, ambulation, activities of daily living, use of patient restraints, various forms of heat, cryotherapy, therapeutic massage, hydrotherapy, and traction. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in PTA112. Concurrent enrollment in PTA114L is required.
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This lab course will enable the student to: understand the practical application and functions of dressings, splints, orthotics and prosthetics, perform goniometric measurements and instruct patients in exercise programs for various orthopedic conditions and surgical procedures. Prerequisite: Must be taken concurrently with PTA216.
PTA217 Physical Therapy Procedures IV PTA114L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab I Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lab will enable the student to learn the following procedures: range of motion, passive stretching, activities of daily living, use of patient restraints, various forms of heat, cryotherapy, therapeutic massage, hydrotherapy and traction. Concurrent enrollment in PTA114 is required.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Therapeutic exercise programs and apparatus commonly used for neurological and medical conditions will be examined. The principles of positioning, exercise program planning and rehabilitation also will be discussed. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA216, PTA216L and PTA220. Concurrent enrollment in PTA217L is required.
PTA115 Physical Therapy Procedures II
PTA217L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab IV
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Theoretical principles and practical application of biofeedback, relaxation techniques, electrotherapy and chronic edema management will be examined. Theoretical application of therapeutic exercise programs and equipment commonly used for the treatment of various orthopedic conditions and surgical procedures relating to the spine will be also examined. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in PTA114 and PTA114L. Concurrent enrollment in PTA115L is required.
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lab course will enable the student to implement patient positioning programs, instruct therapeutic exercises and utilize apparatus commonly used for neurological and medical conditions. Must be taken concurrently with PTA217.
PTA115L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab II Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This lab course will enable the student to apply various techniques and procedures discussed in PTA115. Concurrent enrollment in PTA115 is required.
PTA125 Clinical Affiliation I Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 7 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Introduction to the clinical setting. Areas of emphasis include patient/staff working relationships, beginning awareness of patient disorders and limited application of physical therapy techniques; an introduction to clinical recordkeeping. Prerequisite:“C” or better in PTA114, PTA114L, BI121 and AH140. PTA113, PTA115 and PTA115L must be completed with a minimum of “C” prior to clinical placement.
PTA130 Issues in Physical Therapy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to ethical and legal issues related to the practice of physical therapy, the patient/staff relationship, and the various components of communications.The implications of chronic illness/disability, the aging process and death/dying also will be discussed. Prerequisite: Minimum of “C” in PTA112.
PTA216 Physical Therapy Procedures III
PTA220 Pathological Conditions I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to the pathology of and management of orthopedic and surgical problems commonly treated by physical therapy.There also will be discussion of the physical therapy treatment of these disorders. Prerequisite: Minimum of “C” in BI121, BI122, PTA113.
PTA221 Pathological Conditions II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to the pathology and management of neurological and medical problems commonly treated by physical therapy.There also will be discussion of the physical therapy treatment of these disorders. Prerequisite: Minimum of “C” in PTA220.
PTA226 Clinical Affiliation II Credits 5 (1 Lecture - 14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F A continuation of clinical practice, including application of physical therapy procedures, professional behavior, communication principles appropriate in the physical therapy department, and patient reactions to hospitalization. Prerequisite: Minimum of “C” in PTA125.
PTA227 Clinical Affiliation III Credits 5 (1 Lecture - 11 Clinical - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – W Further application of physical therapy principles and practice, with emphasis on applied theoretical knowledge, quality assurance, patient/ professional interaction, advanced clinical problem solving and progression of patient within the established care plan. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA216 and PTA216L, PTA220 and PTA226.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Theoretical application of therapeutic exercise programs and equipment commonly used for the treatment of various orthopedic conditions and surgical procedures will be examined. Prerequisite:“C” or better in PTA113, PTA115, PTA115L. Concurrent enrollment in PTA216L is required.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
219
Course Descriptions
220
PTA228 Clinical Affiliation IV
RB111 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab
Credits 6 (1 Lecture - 20 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will concentrate on developing proficiency as a graduate physical therapist assistant in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA217, PTA217L, PTA221, PTA227.
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of radio broadcasting practices giving the student understanding of radio performance and of control room operation. Special attention is given to the preparation of the student for onthe-air experience which will be gained primarily on KDOX. Concurrent enrollment in RB110 and RB112 is required.
***
R210 World Religions
RB112 Broadcasting Practices I
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A general survey of the major world religions, including a look at their founders and their theologies in terms of their views of God, self, society, purposes of life, and of tradition and ritual. Included are the great monotheisms, Christianity, Judaism, and Islam, and the primary Far Eastern religions of Hinduism and Buddhism. Some attention also is given to religious offshoots of the mainstream religions (e.g., Jainism, Sikhism and Bhakti faiths). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to, and development of, on air performance and radio production techniques. Concurrent enrollment in RB110, RB111, and RB112 is required.
R211 History of the Old Testament Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is intended as a general survey of the historical antecedents of Old Testament events, of the significance of these events in terms of the progressive movement of Biblical structure, and of the basic meanings conveyed in the written words of Old Testament authors. In this process the formation and faith of early Israel are examined with a view toward the Old Testament’s perspective of history, and that of Messianic expectation. This is done in the context of the historical flow of the rise and fall of empires in the Ancient Near Eastern World. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
R212 History of the New Testament Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is intended as a general survey of the historical antecedents of New Testament events, of the significance of these events in terms of the progressive movement of Biblical structure, and of the relations between Old and New Testament writings. In this process, particular note will be made of the shaping of historical events of the intertestamental period, the New Testament perspective of redemptive history, and the contribution which knowledge of the original language (Greek) makes toward an understanding of the text. Included also will be a study of the important early movements that conditioned the development of the Christian church, with an eye to the themes of covenant and promise. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
RB113 Radio Scriptwriting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –W An introduction to basic principles of short-format, persuasive, oral writing style. A survey of contemporary persuasive techniques in broadcast media, and analysis of award winning copy. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
RB114 Radio Scriptwriting Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Writing and producing material to be aired on KDOX. Materials include commercials, public service campaigns and promotional announcements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
RB115 Broadcasting Practices II Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W RB115 is the second of a sequence in Broadcasting Practices and provides an expanded look at production and performance. Students carry an airshift or its equivalent during the quarter. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
RB116 Radio Traffic Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis on the traffic department’s function and the FCC Rules and Regulations that govern the recordkeeping in radio and a review of the mix of operations in a radio station which makes traffic planning and control necessary. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
RB117 Radio Traffic Lab (RB110 – RB240 are restricted to students in the Radio Broadcasting Program.)
RB110 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of radio broadcasting, including the history of technical and non-technical aspects; current conditions affecting broadcasting and trends in broadcasting; Federal Communication Commission rules and regulations and how they influence broadcasters and broadcasting; station organization and operation and how the individual fits in; audience, its growth, maintenance and development. Concurrent enrollment in RB110, RB111, and RB112 is required.
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will prepare logs using Marketron software, and demonstrate an understanding of day-to-day operations of a station and the interaction with other departments in the station. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions RB118 Broadcasting Practices III
RB226 Broadcast Station Operation
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The development of a personal style which fits the format of KDOX or other stations as well as the continuing development of skills necessary to operate a radio station, especially in the area of production and performance. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
Credits 4 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The student theoretically functions in all areas of radio, serving as manager, sales manager, air talent, programmer, and production specialist in the creation of a proposal for local broadcast service. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
RB120 Broadcast News Reporting I
RB228 Broadcasting Practices VI
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The basics of reporting and writing for electronic journalism, independent news gathering, news services for a well-rounded exposure to radio news operations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The continued practice of on-the-air skills on KDOX. The goal of this course is to give students the opportunity to prepare a marketable audition tape and resume. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
RB121 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab
RB230 Broadcast Sales
Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Practice covering a beat under deadline. Students write and produce weekly stories while working a pre-assigned newsbeat. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to radio time selling, including station presentation, rating services, individual ability to present a product and how it relates to advertisers’ overall objectives.Applying principles of salesmanship to broadcasting and servicing of the client. An introduction to normal business procedures used in broadcast facilities. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
RB222 Broadcasting Practices IV Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The continued practice of on-air skills with an emphasis on digital production techniques using ProTools software. Students produce for KDOX, including sweepers, promos, spots and public service announcements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.
RB223 Broadcast Advertising Practices Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An examination of the role of promotion and advertising in radio broadcasting; including on and off air promotion, times sales, audience measurement, advertising agencies and station reps. There is a general focus on the marketing function required of radio professionals and radio stations; specifically an examination of methods for positioning radio stations, radio station clients and radio talent. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
RB224 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Practical experience in the creation and production of advertising and promotion material using Pro-Tools - digital audio production software. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
RB225 Broadcasting Practices V Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Continued development of radio skills with a focus on radio programming. Specifically, students study music programming and the use of Selector software in creating a competitive music format. There is also emphasis on creating audition tapes and resumes. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.
RB235 Broadcast News Reporting II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an advanced course for the student who has completed Broadcast News Reporting I and Broadcast News Reporting Lab, and wishes to further develop reporting, production and news writing skills. Each student will produce weekly feature pieces for potential use on KDOX. The course requires the student to address the challenge of regularly scheduled deadlines and focuses on developing skill in learning to use sound to illustrate and support news stories. Students also focus on developing effective critiquing of professionally-produced and student-produced news pieces in the classroom. Prerequisite: RB120 and RB121 or consent of instructor.
RB240 Radio Operators Certificate Prep Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Survey of electronics and its important relationship to Radio Broadcasting. Students will learn basic electronics and terminologies as related to the generation, transmission and reception of radio and audio signals; be familiarized with the FCC Rules and Regulations to ensure compliance with technical issues to avoid fines and jeopardizing the station license; learn techniques and procedures for necessary observations and adjustments to the transmitting system; obtain a better working understanding of electronic equipment in production and control room studios; survey grade of C or better, the student will receive a Certificate of Completion. After six months of successful control room operation, a seal of competence may be affixed to the certificate. Equipment demonstration and practical application techniques will be used during the quarter. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term. Co-requisite: CS90.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
221
Course Descriptions
222
RBX40 Commercial Broadcast Sales
RNX27 Operating Room Orient for the R.N.
Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) The purpose of this class is to bring together the concepts, processes and purposes involved in representing broadcast sales departments to their clients. Prerequisite: Member of the broadcast industry and/or student in Radio/TV programs.
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction for the registered nurse who has no previous operating room experience and who wishes to care for the surgical patient during the intraoperative phase of hospitalization. Prerequisite: Limited to Registered Nurses with current licensure and student nurses with faculty approval. Work experience in the clinical practice setting is preferred. This course is not financial aid eligible.
RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is for students needing reading, vocabulary, and study skills development before entering college course work. The main emphases are to improve students’ ability to get meaning from text and to help students understand college demands. Prerequisite: CPT test score of 36 or above.
RD95 Advancing Reading Skills Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Advancing Reading Skills is designed for students who have successfully completed RD90, Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills, with an “S” grade, but need to continue to develop specific reading skills in order to meet the CPT Guided Studies exit standard. Prerequisite: RD90 with a grade of S or consent of instructor.
RNX28 Operating Room Clinical for the RN Credits 6 (19 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course, a continuation of RNX27, is a clinical practicum of 196 hours in the operating room for the registered nurse who has no previous operating room experience and who wishes to care for the surgical patient during the intraoperative phase of hospitalization. Limited to Registered Nurses and student nurses with faculty approval who have successfully completed RNX27 with a “C” or better. This course is not financial aid eligible. (RT111 – RT253 are restricted to students in the Respiratory Care Program.)
RD115 Reading for College Success
RT111 Cardiopulmonary Physiology
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course helps students develop college-level textbook reading strategies. Students will read to achieve literal understanding of material, will read for valid inferences, and will develop vocabulary. Effective student strategies are also covered. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RD90 or CPT score of 60 or above. Proficiency Required: Reading.
Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to normal cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology. Mechanics of breathing, gas diffusion, fundamental concepts of physics, gas laws, acid base regulation and control of breathing are presented along with cardiopulmonary function testing concepts. Prerequisite: CH104 or instructor permission. Concurrent enrollment in RT112 is required.
RD117 Power Reading
RT112 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides instruction in advanced reading skills and vocabulary development. Emphasis is on improvement of higher level comprehension skills, textbook reading, critical and analytical reading. Reading rate is also addressed. Prerequisite: Placement determined by CPT score of 80 or above, standardized reading test score, or RD115 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing.
Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Provides laboratory demonstration of cardiopulmonary physiology using laboratory exercises, computer simulations and pulmonary function equipment. Concurrent enrollment is required in RT111.
RNX11 RN/LPN Refresher Clinical Experience Credits 4 (16 Clinical Hrs/Wk) Supervised clinical experience concurrent with theory to develop skill in the R.N./L.P.N.s role. Individualized experiences are arranged consistent with objectives of the program, rules for re-entry program and student goals. Prerequisite:Active or temporary licensure by Oregon State Board of Nursing at RN/LPN level.
RNX12 RN/LPN Refresher Theory Credits 6 (5 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides the inactive practical nurse or registered nurse review of theory and skills needed to return to active practice. Emphasis is placed on trends in contemporary nursing practice, legal ethical issues, overview of new treatment and theoretical concepts related to common and new health problems identified in the last decade.The nursing process is used to present management of nursing care in a variety of health care delivery settings. Scope of practice related to role of the Registered Nurse and Licensed Practical Nurse is also presented. Prerequisite:Active or temporary licensure by OSBN at RN/LPN level. Note: Financial aid is not available for this class.
RT121 Respiratory Care Procedures Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to therapeutic modalities of respiratory care.Topics will include oxygen therapy, gas storage and delivery systems, humidity and aerosol therapy, bronchial hygiene, artificial airways, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, infection control, medical ethics, and charting. Prerequisite: CH104, RT111, RT112, or permission of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in RT122 is required.
RT122 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Laboratory demonstrations and activities designed to reinforce RT121 lecture, C.P.R. certification by American Heart Association. Concurrent enrollment in RT121 is required.
RT131 Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes a study of respiratory diseases and their treatment, including the pharmacology of respiratory care. Included diseases are chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, infectious pulmonary diseases, neuromuscular diseases and lung cancer. Prerequisites: RT111, RT112, RT121 and RT122 or instructor permission.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions RT141 Mechanical Ventilation
RT252 Clinical Practice II
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will introduce the mechanical aids to ventilation as commonly employed in the clinical setting. Topics will include physiological effects of mechanical ventilation, classification of modern ventilators and clinical applications. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT111, RT112, RT121, and RT122. Concurrent enrollment in RT142 is required.
Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This hospital-based laboratory/clinical course is designed to familiarize the student with all areas of critical care. The student also is familiarized with special areas including pulmonary function lab, home care and rehabilitation. The student also gains skills in advanced assessment and clinical decision making. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT251.
RT142 Mechanical Ventilation Lab
RT253 Clinical Practice III
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This laboratory course will provide hands-on experience with selected ventilators and techniques discussed in RT141. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT111 and RT121. Concurrent enrollment in RT141 is required.
Credits 10 (2 Lecture - 25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of RT252 and will include lecture on campus regarding licensing process, basic and advanced credentials, board examinations, ethical considerations, community health and education and case study presentations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RT252.
RT150 Clinical Clerkship Credits 1 (4 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide the student with orientation to the hospital setting, formulate information gathering skills, provide opportunity of respiratory care modalities. Prerequisites: RT121 with a “C” grade or better. Concurrent enrollment in RT131 is required.
RT211 Pulmonary Assessment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Physical examination, clinical laboratory, spirometric and radiological assessment of the respiratory patient is presented in this lecture/ demonstration course. Prerequisite: Completion of RT131 with a grade of “C” or better.
RT220 Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course will provide discussion concerning the physiologic changes at birth, the common respiratory and cardiac disorders, and their treatment in the infant and pediatric patient. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT131 and RT141, or consent of the instructor.
RT230 Adult Critical Care Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to familiarize the student with the management of the critically ill. Content includes data collection, assessment of cardiopulmonary status, ACLS and also includes discussion of rehabilitation, health promotion and disease prevention. Legal and ethical issues also are presented. Prerequisite:A grade of “C” or better in RT121, RT122, RT141, RT142, BI121, and BI122.
RT251 Clinical Practice I Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This hospital-based laboratory/clinical course is designed as an introduction to basic respiratory care skill with an orientation to adult critical care areas. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in RT150, BI121, BI122, and BI234.
RUS111 Beginning Russian Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to basic spoken Russian and the Russian alphabet. It emphasizes simple speaking and listening proficiency in everyday situations with some minimal reading & writing. Students gain insight into Russian-speakers’ cultures. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
RUS112 Beginning Russian Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course continues the introduction to conversational Russian and to Russian-speaking cultures, introducing students to more vocabulary and grammar used in everyday situations. Prerequisite: RUS111 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
RUS113 Beginning Russian Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course completes the introduction to conversational Russian and to Russian-speaking cultures, providing practice in using vocabulary in everyday situations previously or newly introduced. Prerequisite: RUS112 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. ***
SDP204 Labor-Management Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides participants with a perspective of labor-management interactions and insight into current labor relations events. Topics include: history and development of the labor movement, management/supervisory responsibilities for labor relations, labor unions’ current status and organizational make-up, labor legislation such as the National Labor Relations Act, Public Employees Relations Act,Taft-Hartley Act, grievance and disciplinary action, arbitration, mediation contracts, etc. Course content is developed from real case material and is continually reflected against current labormanagement examples. Offered at irregular intervals.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
223
Course Descriptions
224
SKD10 Study Skills Laboratory
SMT111 Sheet Metal Transitions
Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for students with learning disabilities who need on-going support with organizational skills and learning strategies. Instructor signature required. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to sheet metal mathematics as it pertains to transitions. This will include the use of triangulation. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT110 or consent of instructor.
SKH20 Computer Access Evaluation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp In-depth computer access evaluation to determine an appropriate access environment for students with disabilities. Likely participants in this course would include students who have multiple disabilities, have acquired brain injuries resulting in secondary orthopedic and/ or visual disabilities, re-entering disabled older students, blind or other students on recommendation of instructional staff. Prerequisite: Requires prior approval of Disability Services staff.
SKH30 Computer Access I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Computer Access I will introduce the student who has a disability to the use of an access technology appropriate to the student’s ability in the context of either word processing or other software applications such as spreadsheets and database managers. Course offered through the Adapted Computer Technology Lab are tailored to the individual needs of the student.The diagnostic/prescriptive nature of program allows the student and the instructor to develop an individualized learning plan. Prerequisite:Approval of Disability Services staff; keyboard ability or previously trained to use alternative input device.
SMT112 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the apprentice will receive training in regards to electrical fundamentals as they pertain to welding.Welding theory and practical hands-on experience will be applied.The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT111 or consent of instructor.
SMT113 Sheet Metal Triangulation I Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to sheet metal triangulation. Students will learn theory and apply it to real world situations.The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT112 or consent of instructor.
SMT120 Sheet Metal Triangulation II SKH35 Computer Access II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Computer Access II will introduce the student who has a disability to the use of an access technology appropriate to the student’s ability in the context of either word processing or other software applications such as spreadsheets and database managers. Courses offered through the Adapted Computer Technology Lab are tailored to the individual needs of the student. The diagnostic/prescriptive nature of the program allows the student and the instructor to develop an individualized learning plan. Prerequisite: Approval of Disability Services staff; keyboard ability or previously trained to use alternative input device. (SMT110 – SMT253 are restricted to students participating in the Sheet Metal Apprenticeship Program.)
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to bidding and job costs, pictorial drawings, parallel line development, radial line development, SMAW welding, architectural sheet metal, Office 97 Suite, GMAW welding, calculator layout and clean room protocol. Prerequisite: SMT113 or consent of instructor.
SMT121 Architectural Sheet Metal I Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application in the Architectural Sheet Metal Industry. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT120 or consent of instructor.
SMT110 Introduction to Sheet Metal Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to safety, first aid, locks and seams, layout and pattern development (parallel line, radial line and triangulation), drafting industry related mathematics, soldering and welding.The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: Must meet local union qualifications and be a registered apprentice.
SMT122 Architectural Sheet Metal II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical application in the Architectural Sheet Metal Industry. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT121 or consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions SMT123 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout
SMT241 Testing, Adjusting & Balancing HVAC Systems
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application in the use of a calculator to solve sheet metal layout problems. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: Must meet local union qualifications and be a registered apprentice.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to theory and fundamentals of testing, adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT240 or consent of instructor.
SMT242 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding SMT230 Introduction to Environmental Systems Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to triangulation, air and its properties, ventilation, environmental systems, blueprint reading, GMAW welding, field measuring, hoisting and rigging, calculator layout, installing of central HVAC equipment, installing package units, excel, heavy metal stretch outs. Prerequisite: SMT123 or consent of instructor.
SMT231 Advanced Environmental Systems Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical application in environmental systems. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT230 or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT241 or consent of instructor.
SMT243 Food Service Equipment Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to the food service industry.The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT242 or consent of instructor.
SMT250 Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to gas metal arc welding (GMAW). The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT231 or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to first aid, food service equipment, project cost awareness, computer applications, AutoCad release 14, detailing, GMAW and GTAW and GTAW welding processes, blowpipe and supervisory skills. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT243 or consent of instructor.
SMT233 Plans and Specifications
SMT251 Industrial Sheet Metal
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to reading and interpreting blueprints and specifications as they pertain to the sheet metal industry. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT232 or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to the Industrial Sheet Metal Industry.The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT250 or consent of instructor.
SMT232 Gas Metal Arc Welding
SMT252 Introduction to Detailing SMT240 Sheet Metal Triangulation III Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to construction safety, organizing and problem solving skills, basic electricity, environmental controls, duct leakage testing, adjusting and balancing of duct systems, parallel line development, GTAW welding, clean room protocol, blowpipe and material handling systems, food service equipment, industrial sheet metal applications and stainless steel finishing techniques.The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT233 or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to detailing in sheet metal. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT251 or consent of instructor.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
225
Course Descriptions
226
SMT253 Advanced Detailing
SOC216 Sociology of the Family
Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical application as it pertains to detailing in sheet metal. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT252 or consent of instructor.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course is designed to examine the family as a social institution. The course explores the relationship between family forms and shifts in the economy. In addition, the course considers power relations embedded in families as well as diversity in families in the U.S. Finally, the course explores the family as it relates to the life course from childhood to partnership to parenthood of the elderly and their families.
SOC204 General Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course focuses on sociology as a science and examines concepts related to human social behavior such as social structure, culture, socialization, sex roles, status, roles, groups, organizations, social stratification, and racial/ethnic relations.An independent study section is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SOC205 General Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The basic findings of sociology concerning the individual, culture, group life, social institutions, and factors of social change. This course explores the relationship between the individual and large scale organizations. An independent study section is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SOC206 General Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course deals with contemporary social problems, issues, and their impact on society. Emphasis is placed upon explanations and some solutions to contemporary social problems. An independent study section is available. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SOC213 Race Relations in the United States Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The purpose of this course is to examine the social relationships between American minorities and the dominant society. Emphasis is placed upon basic sociological concepts, which are used to examine differing minority groups in the American context. Some of these basic concepts include power, social class, values, culture, etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SOC214 Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course examines U.S. culture and society for the international student from a sociological perspective with the intent of familiarizing the international student with U.S. culture and helping the adjustment into college life. Prerequisite: Completion of ENL201R/S/W (Speaking, Writing, Reading) for international students.
SOC215 Gender and Society Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp Sociological perspectives on gender are examined in this course. In particular, the social construction of gender is explored in relation to identity, interaction, and social institutions.The course content is organized around the following questions: What is gender? How does gender influence the organization of families, economies, and states? In what ways is gender related to power and violence? How does gender impact identity, intimacy, and friendship? Prerequisite: SOC204 and SOC205. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
SOC223 Sociology of Aging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The sociological and cultural aspects of aging in contemporary American society are studied in this introductory course. The life-long process of aging will be examined from psychological, biological and sociological perspectives. Upon completion of this course students will have skills and knowledge which they will be able to apply as needed when dealing with older adults. Prerequisite: None (SOC204 is recommended). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SOC225 Social Issues Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will examine selected social issues or problems and their effects on the individual and society.The issues will be selected from the following three areas: 1) Systemic issues: racial and sexual discrimination, inequality and poverty, militarization and war, ecological problems, overpopulation, urban and rural problems, life cycle issues. 2) Issues of specific institutions: government, economics, family, education, religion, social science, sports and leisure, medical ethics, 3) Personal pathological issues: mental illness, suicide, alcoholism and drug addictions, violence and crime. All of these issues will not be covered in one term. The selection will be directly related to an in-depth study of one or more of these issues as they are related to the course emphasis within the specific term. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SOC232 Death And Dying Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The purpose of this course is to help the student face his or her own death, to cope with the inevitable loss of their loved ones, and to examine their own feelings, beliefs and values about death.This is also a practical study of the social structures, relationships and cultural patterns which are involved with dying and death in contemporary American society. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SP100 Basic Speech Communication Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This introductory course surveys the field of human communication. Specific areas to be explored include communication theory, family communication, intrapersonal communication, interpersonal communication, group communication, public communication, organizational communication, intercultural communication, mass communication and listening. This course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
SP229 Oral Interpretation
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Provides opportunities to prepare and present original speeches with emphasis on content, organization, stage fright, delivery and language.This course is a blend of theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The student will study techniques of vocal expression for the coordination of voice and body in the interpretation & performance of modern forms of literature including essay, narration, poetry, and drama. Effective communication of meaning to others. For all students who wish to achieve ease in oral expression for special and general purpose. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SP112 Persuasive Speech Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course emphasizes development, preparation, organization, informal logic, critical thinking, presentation and criticism of persuasive messages for audiences. Students will prepare, present and analyze persuasive speeches. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SP262 Voice and Articulation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Principles of voice production and articulation of speech sounds with attention to elementary speech physiology and phonetics. Study and practice in the perception and production of the elements of American speech. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SP114 Argument and Critical Discourse Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Examination of argumentation as part of human interaction and investigation.This course emphasizes the processes by which people give reasons to gain adherence and to justify beliefs and actions. The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SPAN101 First Year Spanish I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course introduces students to the Spanish language and the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course focuses attention on the intercultural aspects of the communication process. The effects of cultural values on both verbal and non-verbal behavior are studied in order to better understand our own communication practices as well as others. The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SPAN102 First Year Spanish II
SP130 Business and Professional Speech
SPAN103 First Year Spanish III
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Designed for enhancing presentational and briefing skills. Special attention is given to using visual aids and audio-visual equipment. Emphasis on clarity, presentational style and organization.The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the Spanish language and Spanish speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in Spanish and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to Spanish-speaking countries. Prerequisite: SPAN102 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of SPAN101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in Spanish while exploring the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: SPAN101 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SP218 Interpersonal Communication Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This is a specialized course designed to assist students in using effective practices of intra- and interpersonal communication in a variety of faceto-face settings. Learning to manage stress and conflict, and to use assertive/supportive rather than aggressive/defensive messages are emphasized.The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SPAN111 Beginning Spanish Conversation I
SP221A, SP221B, SP22C Forensics
SPAN112 Beginning Spanish Conversation II
Credits 1,2,3 - maximum 9 (1 Lecture – 1,2,4 Seminar Hrs/Wk) F/W/Sp This course allows for preparation of speeches, debates and discussion for delivery before public audiences and in inter-collegiate competition. Instructor permission is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuing from SPAN111, this course offers students additional practice in speaking and listening in Spanish while exploring the life of Spanish speaking cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN111 or SPAN101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course introduces students to Spanish by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss Spanish culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the Spanish way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
227
Course Descriptions
228
SPAN113 Beginning Spanish Conversation III
SPAN211 Intermediate Spanish Conversation I
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The course completes the introduction of Spanish conversation skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Prerequisite: SPAN112 or SPAN102. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course supplements SPAN201 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proficiency in Spanish. Co-requisite: SPAN201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SPAN150 Beginning Spanish I (Intensive) Credits 7 (7 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly SPAN199G) For students who need a faster introduction to the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, this course covers in one quarter the materials covered in SPAN101 and the first half of SPAN102. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SPAN212 Intermediate Spanish Conversation II Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course supplements SPAN202 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proficiency in Spanish. Co-requisite: SPAN202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SPAN151 Beginning Spanish II (Intensive) Credits 8 ( Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly SPAN199H) Continuing from SPAN150, this course presents the material covered in the last half of SPAN102 and all of SPAN103. Upon completion, students will be able to carry on basic conversation in everyday situations in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN150 or SPAN102. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SPAN213 Intermediate Spanish Conversation III Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course supplements SPAN203 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proficiency in Spanish. Co-requisite: SPAN203. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SPAN198 Spanish - Independent Study Credits 1-3 (1-3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Provides an opportunity for intermediate and advanced students to expand skills in reading, writing, understanding the culture, literature, and grammar. Contact division for availability. Prerequisite: SPAN203 or equivalent. Instructor permission and a contract specifying learning objectives are required. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SPAN201 Second Year Spanish I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the Spanish language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: SPAN103 or SPAN151 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
SPAN202 Second Year Spanish II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of SPAN201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in Spanish while exploring the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: SPAN201. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
SPAN203 Second Year Spanish III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence of intermediate level Spanish, students develop skills to help them become proficient communicators in the Spanish language and within the day-to-day contexts found in Spanish speaking cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
(ST101 – ST223 are limited to students in the Surgical Technology Program.)
ST101 Surgical Technology Theory I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This introductory course includes orientation to hospital organization, administration and physical structure, with focus on surgical areas. Interpersonal relationships, stressing patient welfare and safety, the surgical team concept and the role of the surgical technologist are explored. Additional content includes: infection control, principles of aseptic technique, occupational hazards and introduction to surgical routines. Prerequisite: Program admission requirements must be met.
ST102 Surgical Technology Theory II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course focuses on the identification, care and handling of surgical instruments; preparation, processing and storage of sterile supplies; preparation of the operating room for the surgical procedure; and surgical routines with emphasis on the roles of the Surgical Technologist.Additional content includes history of surgery and introduction to suture. Prerequisite:A grade of “C” or better in ST101. Concurrent enrollment in ST111 is required.
ST103 Surgical Technology Theory III Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to basic surgical procedures and routines in general, and gynecologic surgery specialties. Additional content includes: wound healing, endoscopic and laser surgery, use of the operative microscope, principles of hemostasis, and potential surgical complications. Introduction to Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist and medical, ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101, 102, and ST111. Concurrent enrollment in ST112 is required.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions ST111 Surgical Technology Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This laboratory course is designed to correlate with ST102. The student will apply the principles of aseptic technique as they relate to the function and the responsibility of the surgical technologist. This includes preoperative routines in the care of the patient, identification of operating room equipment and instrumentation, preparation, handling and assembly of supplies, equipment and instrumentation for sterilization, preparation of the sterile field and setting up for the laparotomy and minor general surgery procedures. Professional behaviors will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101. Students must document having received the second dose of the three-dose hepatitis B vaccine series. Concurrent enrollment in ST102 is required.
ST112 Surgical Technology Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This laboratory course is designed to correlate with ST103.The student will have the opportunity to practice and demonstrate skills and techniques necessary for intraoperative routines in selected general and gynecologic surgical procedures. Professional behaviors will be discussed. Student must document completion of the three-dose hepatitis B vaccine series. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101, ST102 and ST111. Concurrent enrollment in ST103 is required.
ST204 Surgical Technology Theory IV Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (ST204 and ST205, in combination, were Formerly ST201) Orientation to general surgery procedures including surgery of the gastrointestinal tract, gallbladder, pancreas, liver and spleen with related surgical anatomy, patho-physiology and specialty instrumentation. Responsibilities of the surgical technologist, basic knowledge of anesthesia, patient response to anesthesia, pharmacology, and emergency routines in the operating room are included.Age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite:A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST221 is required.
ST205 Surgical Technology Theory V Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (ST204 and ST205, in combination, were Formerly ST201) Orientation to specific surgical specialties including gynecologic, obstetric and genitourinary surgery with related surgical anatomy, patho-physiology, and specialty instrumentation. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, organ transplantation, oncology, dialysis and vascular access procedures are included. Age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST221 is required.
ST206 Surgical Technology Theory VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (ST206 and ST207, in combination, were Formerly ST202) Orientation to orthopedic surgery for the adult and pediatric patient, with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identification, handling, and use of specialty instrumentation, and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technolo-
gist, age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be discussed. The process for becoming employed will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI1121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST222 is required.
ST207 Surgical Technology Theory VII Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (ST206 and ST207, in combination, were Formerly ST202) Orientation to otorhinolaryngologic, plastic, maxillofacial, burn and pediatric surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identification, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, agerelated considerations and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST222 is required.
ST208 Surgical Technology Theory VIII Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (ST208 and ST209, in combination, were Formerly ST203) Orientation to ophthalmic and neurologic surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identification, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST223 is required.
ST209 Surgical Technology Theory IX Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (ST208 and ST209, in combination, were Formerly ST203) Orientation to thoracic, cardiovascular and vascular surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and pathophysiology. Identification, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite:A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST223 is required.
ST221 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to give related laboratory and clinical practice concurrent with theory (ST204 and ST205). Emphasis is placed on the principles of sterile technique and their application to the responsibilities of the surgical technologist. Students will follow specific behavioral expectations as outlined in attendance and clinical practicum requirements. Students will participate in the orientation to surgical services at the assigned clinical site. Students will demonstrate knowledge and application of principles and techniques that apply to entry-level general, gynecologic and genitourinary surgical procedures and complete written assignments. Prerequisite:A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST204 and ST205 is required.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
229
Course Descriptions
230
ST222 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum
TA35P Directing Practicum
Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W The student is an active member of the surgical team through applications of aseptic principles and basic science content. The use of complex appliances, equipment and specialized instruments will be introduced. The student will identify, care for, select and assist with the use of the specialized instruments, supplies and equipment required for burn procedures, or thopedic , otorhinolaryngologic, plastic, reconstructive and maxillofacial surgery for the adult and pediatric patient. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST206 and ST207 is required.
Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuation of the study of the theories of stage directing by means of in-class practicum. Student may direct up to five assigned scenes in TA142, Acting Fundamentals II, under guidance of instructor. Student will meet with the instructor prior to acting class to review directorial preparations. Students in the Actor-Director program may substitute one term of TA35P for one of the required TA199A special studies projects. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: TA35 or consent of instructor.
ST223 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Student participation in specialized advanced surgical procedures is emphasized. The student will identify, select, care for and assist with the use of specialized instrumentation, complex equipment, appliances and supplies used in thoracic, cardiovascular, vascular, ophthalmic and neurologic surgery for the adult and pediatric patient.The student will begin to function as an independent practitioner of surgical technology in the operating room suite. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST208 and ST209 is required.
STX14 Surgical Technology Refresher Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) After successfully passing a practical laboratory examination which is designed to demonstrate basic surgical technology principles and skills, the surgical technologist will act as an active member of the surgical team in an operating room clinical setting. The surgical technology refresher student will continuously apply the principles of asepsis, patient safety, and basic sciences, while rotating through beginning and advanced surgical experiences individually coordinated to meet the students’ learning needs.The student will review and implement attitudes and skills essential for a surgical technologist to be eligible for reemployment. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:The student must be a graduate of a recognized Surgical Technology program within the last ten years and a minimum of one year experience working as a graduate surgical technologist.
SW201 The Field of Social Welfare Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introductory course covering some aspects of the development of the social welfare systems and fields of practice. Specific skills and ethical concepts used in direct service delivery will be introduced. ***
TA35 Theories of Directing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Study of the theories of stage directing, the role of the director, script analysis, actor objectives, composition, picturization, movement, rhythm, action-choices, technical, aesthetic and stylistic requirements.The course will also discuss analysis of directorial processes from casting to opening. The student will prepare a production prompt book of one-act plays. Course is prerequisite to directing projects (TA199A) staged by students. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA40 Acting Before the Camera Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Analysis and practice of acting techniques for video/film, scripted and non-scripted performance. Awareness of camera shots, movement, marks, signals, audio pick-up. Usually offered in conjunction with a television production class. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
TA100 Introduction to Acting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course introduces acting to non-theatre majors. Student will investigate various theories and techniques of acting. Emphasis on exercises for relaxation, physical and vocal warm-ups, trust, discipline, freeing imagination and basic characterization. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA101 Appreciating Theatre Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is an audience-based approach to theatre that enables students to experience and appreciate the theatrical arts through attending plays. The roles of the playwright, actor, director, designers and technicians are explored. Recommended to non-majors for humanities credit and theatre majors for essential background. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA106 Introduction to Theatre I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to introduce students to major playwrights, stage practices, theatre architecture, elements of design and styles of acting from the origins of theatre production to the Renaissance. Students will examine the relationship between theatre arts and society in historical context. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TA107 Introduction to Theatre II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to introduce students to major playwrights, stage practices, theatre architecture, elements of design and styles of acting from the Restoration to Contemporary theatre productions. Students will examine the relationship between theatre arts and society in a historical context. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA111 Theatre Technology I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is the first of a three-term sequence.This course is designed as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab.This first quarter discusses planning, building and rigging of scenery. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing. Concurrent enrollment required at least one credit of TA114, Technical Theater Workshop.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions TA112 Theatre Technology II
TA144 Improvisation
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This is the second of a three-term sequence. This course is designed as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab. This second quarter is introduction to scenic painting, properties, and special effects. Prerequisite: Completion of TA111. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Concurrent enrollment required in at least 1 credit of TA114 or TA214.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is the study of the techniques of improvisation for continuing development of acting skills, confidence, and ability to handle non-scripted (planned) situations. Specific techniques are those applicable to role preparation and performance. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA148 Movement for the Actor TA113 Theatre Technology III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This is the last of a three-term sequence.This course is designed as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab.This final quarter covers theories and practices of theatre lighting and sound. Prerequisite:TA112. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing. Concurrent enrollment required in at least 1 credit of TA114 or TA214.
TA114A, TA114B, TA114C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A practicum in technical theatre production.Training and practical experience in scenery construction and painting, lighting, sound, properties and stage management. Content and specialized nature of the workshop changes from quarter to quarter as different productions are mounted. Courses may be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. This course is the stage technician’s equivalent of TA153. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TA121 Costuming Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A study of design theories, principles, and application for the theatrical production. Students learn various periods of costume design, patterning, fabrics, cutting, fitting, and sewing. A study of line and form within the period and application, thereof, to particular actors. Construction projects by students. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA141 Acting Fundamentals I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Understanding and applying fundamental acting techniques through the study of Stanislavsky and others. First of three-course sequence explores techniques and exercises, including monologues, non-scripted and scripted scenes. Introduces scene-analysis, characterization. Designed for theatre majors or students with previous stage experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is an introduction to the art of nonverbal communication. Coursework will instruct student in the development of body awareness and alignment, relaxation skills, and using the body to create and communicate character. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
TA153A, TA153B, TA153C Theatre Workshops, First Year Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques to include blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g. stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA153D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year Credits 2 - maximum of 6 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques for children’s audiences. Rehearsal processes including blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance for children. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g., stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA198A, TA198B, TA198C Individual Studies: Ashland Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su Experiencing and appreciating the theatrical arts through the study and attendance of summer productions in Ashland. Pre-reading of scripts, attending performances, discussions required. Historical and production elements, including the roles of playwrights, actors, directors, designers to be considered in written critiques. Recommended to theatre majors for essential background.
TA199A, TA199B, TA199C Special Studies in Theatre
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is the study of applying fundamental acting techniques through intensive analysis of scenes for characterization, rehearsal experiments and performances (generally five scenes). Prerequisite:TA141 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 1,2,3 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Independent studies for projects in 1) directing plays, 2) writing plays, 3) designing plays, 4) specific acting studies, 5) management projects, and 6) research projects. Consent of instructor and college-level coursework in project area required; i.e., acting, design, writing, business coursework. Student must present written proposal for approval.
TA143 Acting Fundamentals III
TA211 Scene Design
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is the study of applying fundamental acting techniques in preparing and performing auditions. Single and paired contrasting monologues, cold-readings, video and audio voice overs, and musical comedy songs. Preparation of resumes and photos. Prerequisites: TA141 and TA142 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) An examination of the function and process of set design for the theatre, and the role of the designer in interpreting and reinforcing the thematic content of the play. Projects are required. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA142 Acting Fundamentals II
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
231
Course Descriptions
232
TA213 Stage Lighting Design Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course examines the function and process of lighting design and the role of the designer and other stage technicians in its execution. Included are discussions pertaining to: available lighting equipment; systems and manufacturers; relative laws of physics pertaining to electricity, color, and optics; elements of design; and the lighting plot and instrument schedules. Projects are required. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TA214A, TA214B, TA214C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year Credits 1,2,3 - maximum 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a continuation of first year Technical Theater Workshop with increased responsibility and skill level in the use of tools. Prerequisite:TA114A,TA114B, or TA114C. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TA227 Theatrical Makeup Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) An analysis of the principles of stage makeup for performance with direct application of techniques in a laboratory situation. This material covers basic facial reinforcement, character and age, and fantasy makeup design. The course also includes introduction to latex, prosthetics, and wigs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA241 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the study of theatrical acting styles through scene preparation. Periods include Greek-Roman, Elizabethan, French-Neoclassic, Restoration, Romantic-Victorian, Early Realism and Contemporary. Prerequisite:TA143 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TA253A, TA253B, TA253C Theatre Workshops, Second Year Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Continuation of TA153A,TA153B,TA153C.This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques, to include blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g. stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TA253D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre, Second Year Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F A continuation of TA153D, this course is a continuation of the study of rehearsal and performance techniques for children’s audiences. Rehearsal processes include blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance for children. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g., stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc.
(TV110 – TV236 are restricted to students in the Television Production Technology Program.)
TV100 Critical Viewing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course serves as an introduction to the basic narrative structures apparent in fiction and non-fiction film and video. Students will deconstruct films and taped television programming into their component parts to explore how and why they work.The course will evaluate the use of fiction and dramatic techniques as they are applied to nonfiction programming. In addition, students will explore how these dramatic techniques are used to gain and retain viewers among a mass audience.
TV110 Introduction to Television Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An examination of television as a mass communication medium and overview of applications for distribution and production of program material.The introduction of technical and production terms and the exploration of fundamental video production techniques. Emphasis will be placed on light, lens and camera.
TV111 Television Production Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to the elements involved in the production of television programs. An overview of composition, image juxtaposition and sequence as they relate to program development. An in-depth examination of post-production technique, equipment and studio operations and an exploration of the edit decision making process. Prerequisite: TV110 or consent of instructor.
TV112 Television Production Lab Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Use of single camera systems in production with emphasis on lens characteristics, movement and angles. With an emphasis on single camera style the student will be introduced to story telling, event reporting and critical viewing for continuity and composition problems. Prerequisite: TV110 or consent of instructor.
TV113 Television Applications Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An examination of the scope, impact and effect of television on modern society. The roles of broadcasting, advertising and program practices are considered. The effect of American television on international programming is discussed. Investigation of new technologies and future delivery systems is included. Open to nonTV majors.
TV114 Television Applications Lab Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Production and directing using basic studio techniques; multiple cameras, basic lighting and numerous crew positions. Introduction to directing techniques, studio camera operation, patching/signal flow, video switching and audio mixing in studio applications. The student will set up and operate a multi-camera studio directing other students in simple productions. Prerequisite: TV112 or consent of instructor.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions TV115 Introduction to TV Scriptwriting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course serves as an introduction to the creation of scripts for live television and film productions. Through the use of previsualization, outline and treatment, students will create their own scripts from concept to first draft. The course will also discuss the positioning and marketing strategies used by producers to target audiences. In addition, students will learn the basics of script breakdown, scheduling and other steps in the pre-production process. Open to non-TV majors. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TV116 Television News Reporting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An advanced scriptwriting course covering news and documentary writing. Methods of gathering and presenting news and special feature material for electronic media applications. Includes discussion on preproduction planning research methods, development of edit cue sheets and on-camera presentation. Prerequisite:TV115 or consent of instructor.
TV120 Introduction to Cinema Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the history of cinema from the 1890’s until 1941. Included are discussions of early film technology and narrative story structures in cinema from Melies to Welles.This course serves as the first in a series of three courses including: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television, History of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TV121 History of Television Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the history of television from 1935 until present day. Included are discussions of development of broadcast networks, the growth of no-broadcast technologies and evolution of programming both commercial and “public”.The impact of this media outlet in America’s living room, our culture and business will also be part of the discussion.This course is part of a series: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television and History of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TV122 History of Cinema II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the history of cinema from 1941 to present day. Included are discussions of film technology and narrative story structures in cinema from Welles to Speilburg.To understand where film is going in the millennium, you will need to understand how film has grown in the last quarter century. This course is part of the series: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television, History of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TV225 Community TV Survival Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will focus on publicity and promotion techniques, the means of developing community support, and budget/proposal development, all of which can make access television an asset to the cable system. Topics covered include promotion/spot copywriting, press release and promotion planning, grant writing
and dealing with alternative funding sources. An emphasis will be in the area of advocacy and developing community awareness of cable television as a community information medium. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
TV227 Community TV Career Preparation Credits 1 ( Hrs/Wk) Students will present and discuss observations and problems arising from their work experience. Emphasis will be in developing material from student’s course work for job search in the area of community television. Prerequisite:TV225. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
TV230 Intermediate Video Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Electronic field production EFP/ENG is explored.Through writing exercises, students develop outlines, treatments, breakdown sheets and examine various formats. Pre-production methods are explained and the proper monitoring of video and audio levels in the field is emphasized. Basic waveform monitoring using the standard video oscilloscope is discussed. Prerequisite:TV113 or consent of instructor.
TV231 Intermediate Video Lab Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Introduction to professional electronic field production. Through a series of exercises, students will become familiar with pre-production planning, advanced camera operation, designing and setting portable lighting and location audio recording. Emphasis will be on practical applications and performance of basic crew functions. Prerequisite: TV114 or consent of instructor.
TV232 Television Directing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The role and responsibilities of the television director as interpreter and his/her relationship to production staff. Style and execution of a proposal-treatment, script, breakdown and budget is examined. Prerequisite:TV230 or consent of instructor.
TV233 Television Directing Lab Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course deals with the overall process of studio production. Emphasis is placed on the role of the director in script development, crew selection, lighting, set design and the implementation of special effects in the production of program material. Prerequisite: TV231 or consent of instructor.
TV234 Advanced Telecasting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Observation, analysis and criticism of student and professional video productions. Analysis of the shifts in visual production technologies, the incorporation and common methods these new technologies offer video producers. Recognition of acceptable production standards in broadcasting instructional and closed-circuit situations. Prerequisite: TV232 or consent of instructor.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
233
Course Descriptions
234
TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The student will complete a final project in video production. The conception and execution of a documentary or informational television program will incorporate the skills of a producer, director and writer in accordance with national standards. Prerequisite: TV233 or consent of instructor.
TV236 Closed Circuit Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will examination video uses and transmission techniques in education, industry and cable television. Closed-circuit,TV and cable TV equipment, programming operations, engineering and maintenance will be analyzed. Prerequisite: TV230 or consent of instructor. ***
(WLD110 – WLD153 are limited to students in the Welding Technology Program.)
WLD110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction to arc welding processes and procedures. Fundamental knowledge, techniques, and manipulative skills in the safe use of arc welding and related equipment. Concurrent enrollment in WLD111 or WLD111A is required.
WLD111, WLD111A Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab Credits 4,2 (12,6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Lab activities will parallel the material covered in the lecture class.The students will be instructed in the safe use of shielded arc welding equipment, oxy/acetylene flame cutting equipment and related equipment and materials. Concurrent enrollment in WLD110 is required.
VT10 Special Project Credits 1-4, - maximum 12 (3 Lab Hr/Wk per credit) Individual study and project course for use by all professionaltechnical students. The content of each course shall be determined upon mutual agreement of student and instructor.Allows indepth study of standard curriculum materials or individualized application of technical concepts. Maximum credits that can be applied toward graduation will be 12, unless otherwise specified by the program. Contact division for availability. ***
WE280 Cooperative Education Internship Credits 3,4,8,12 - maximum 12 (1 Lecture – 6,9,21,33 Lab Hrs/ Wk) This course is intended to provide students with learning experience to support their course of study and/or career goal at whatever level they enter Cooperative Education. Each co-op experience should provide opportunities to (a) develop marketable workplace readiness skills, (b) apply classroom learning on-the-job, (c) gain specific occupational skills through a live learning lab, and (d) begin the career placement process.The course is available at three different levels of difficulty ranging from level one for entry level students beginning their career study, to level three for more experienced students who are interested in a particular occupational field. Students should see their advisers to identify the level that meets their needs Prerequisite: Level 1: Instructor permission is required. Student is interest in learning entry level career skill standards and in discovering how SCANS Basic Foundation Skills and Competencies are used on-the-job. Level 2: Instructor permission is required. Student has identified a general program area of study, or selected a major, or enrolled in a professional/technical program. In the opinion of the instructor and the job site supervisor, the student possesses sufficient command of SCANS Foundation Skills and Competencies to contribute to the job site. Level 3: Instructor permission is required. Student has identified a general program area of study, or selected a major, or enrolled in a professional/ technical program, and is, in the opinion both of the program instructor and the job site supervisor, able to contribute to the job site in a more effective manner than is asked of level 2 students.
WLD114 Blueprint Reading for Welders Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course covers basic sketching techniques, oral communication and reading welding trade blueprints. Included will be dimensioning practices, notes and symbols. Emphasis will be placed on developing an ability in reading detail drawings and communication skills.
WLD116 General Welding I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introduction of oxy/acetylene welding, cutting and brazing shielded metal arc welding and the wirefeed processes (GMAW and FCAW). Students are taught basic manipulative skills to weld mild steel with emphasis on proper safety practices.
WLD116C General Welding I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) An introduction to oxy/acetylene welding, cutting and brazing shielded metal arc welding and the wirefeed processes (GMAW and FCAW). Students are taught basic manipulative skills to weld mild steel with emphasis on proper safety practices.
WLD118 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course that will begin with the oxy-fuel welding and cutting processes and progress into the GTAW welding and plasma arc cutting. Discussions will include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment, and filler materials. Concurrent enrollment in WLD119 is required.
WLD119 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the lab portion of WLD118. Lab activities will parallel the theory discussion. The student will receive instruction in the welding and cutting of metals first with the oxy-fuel process and then with the gas tungsten processes. Welding techniques covering different joint designs, welding positions, and applications will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in WLD118 is required.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions WLD130 GMAW and Flux Core Arc Weld Theory
WLD152 Welding Processes and Procedures
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is an introduction to gas metal arc welding and flux core arc welding processes. Electrode filler materials, shielding gases, machine setup and adjustment, and welding procedures are included. Concurrent enrollment in WLD131 or WLD131A is required.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis of this course will be on various welding applications, procedures, and interpretation of various welding codes. Instruction will be given to prepare students for American Welding Society (A.W.S.) Welding Certification. Prerequisite: A knowledge of basic welding and welding skills. Concurrent enrollment in WLD153 is required.
WLD131, WLD131A GMAW and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab
WLD153, WLD153A Welding Certification Prep Lab
Credits 4,2 (12,6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W New students are placed at skill level. Instruction will be given in Gas Metal arc welding (GMAW) and Flux Core arc welding (FCAW) with various filler materials and machines, including machine setup and minor repair. Concurrent enrollment in WLD130 is required.
Credits 4,2 (12,6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes welding of various metals using several welding processes. Emphasis is on obtaining an A.W.S. Welding Certificate in several processes. Prerequisite: A knowledge of basic welding and welding skills. Concurrent enrollment in WLD152 is required.
WLD132 Welding Metallurgy
WLDX11 Inert Gas, TIG (Heli-Arc) Welding
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a study of the properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys with an application to welding problems. Concurrent enrollment in WLD133 is required.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Instruction will be given on the welding of ferrous and nonferrous metals using the TIG processes. Discussions will include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment and maintenance procedures. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing, Math.
WLD133 Welding Metallurgy Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a practical application of lecture materials covering properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys. Microscopic and macroscopic examinations of welds will be included. Concurrent enrollment in WLD132 is required.
WLD134 Automated Manufacturing Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course examines the automated methods used in processing material for metal fabrication. Special emphasis is given to computer controlled burning and CNC programming for automated shape cutting.
WLD150 Fabrication Practices Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to fabrication practices, use of tools (hand and power), jigs, fixtures, templates, and equipment maintenance. The student will be instructed in the use of blueprints, layout procedures, measurement, fitting of metal parts, joint design, weld construction, and shop safety. Concurrent enrollment in WLD151 is required.
WLD150B Blueprint Reading Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers basic blueprint reading, welding symbols, notes and dimensioning practices used in the welding trade. Emphasis will be placed on developing the ability in reading detail drawings.
WLD151 Fabrication Practices Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will be taken in conjunction with WLD150. The student will put to practical use tools, layout principles, and blueprints related to fabrication of metal parts.
WLDX13 Inert Gas, MIG (Wire Feed) Welding Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Instruction will be given on the welding of ferrous and nonferrous metals using the metal inert gas (MIG) processes. Discussions will include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment and maintenance procedures. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
WLDX16 General Welding I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introduction to oxy/acetylene welding, cutting and brazing shielded metal arc welding and the wirefeed processes (GMAW and FCAW). Students are taught basic manipulative skills to weld mild steel with emphasis on proper safety practices.
WLDX17 General Welding II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Continuation of WLDX16 with additional use of gas and electric welding processes. Students are taught proper skills in handling equipment with confidence and proper regard for safety. Emphasis is on increasing welding skills in oxy/acetylene and electric arc welding. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: WLDX16 or consent of instructor.
WLDX34 CNC Burning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) An introduction into Computer Numerical Control Burning using the Cartesian Coordinate Measuring System. Instruction is given on the use of Computer Aided Manufacturing software (CAM) and on a computer-controlled burning machine. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
235
Course Descriptions
236
WR90 Basic Writing Skills
WR121 English Composition
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp WR90 is designed to give students practical writing skills. Students study paragraph organization, sentence structure, and punctuation. They apply these skills as they organize and develop their ideas in a logical order in well-supported paragraphs. Students revise their work to meet the course objectives, the primary objective being to raise the students’ writing skills to a level that permits them to succeed in a transfer writing course. Placement into WR90 is based on CPT scores, departmental tests, or instructor referral. Co-requisite: RD90 or higher.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course, important for all who wish to write, is the first in a three-term sequence of composition. Students are asked to write several themes or articles. They learn to focus their writing purposefully to a specific intended audience, to use specific detail and examples, to use the technique of showing rather than merely telling, to use the standard conventions of English, to use words exactly by avoiding wordiness, ambiguity, and unidiomatic expressions. Prerequisite:WR115 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the writing placement test. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.
WR101 Workplace Communications I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Designed for students in professional/technical programs, WR101 helps students improve their ability to communicate effectively by developing skills in preparing and presenting documents such as resumes, letters, memos, short reports, instructions, and proposals. Prerequisite: Successful completion of WR90, or permission from an ENL instructor, or suitable performance on the writing placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing.
WR102 Workplace Communications II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Designed for students in professional/technical programs, WR102 refines and expands on workplace communication skills introduced in WR101. Activities may include interviews, group projects, research in one’s field of study, and longer workplace writing and/ or presentation projects. Prerequisite: WR101. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing. Part-time and full-time students may register for WR115 only if they have met one of the following requirements: taken the writing placement test; taken WR90 or taken ENLW and placed in WR115.
WR115 Introduction to Expository Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The primary focus of this course is on writing short essays based on personal experience and outside sources. Organization, use of details, sentence structure, and grammar also are stressed.WR115 is a preparatory course for students who need to improve their writing skills before they begin the standard transfer college composition sequence. Prerequisite: Successful completion of WR90, or a grade of “C’ or better in ENL201R and ENL201W, or suitable performance on the writing placement test. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing. Part-time and full-time students may register for WR121 only if they have met one of the following requirements: taken the writing placement test; passed WR115 with a “C” or better; taken WR90 or taken ENLW and placed in WR121.
WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Through analysis of language and the study of the techniques of persuasion, this course emphasizes the power of words to shape opinions, attitudes, and behavior. Students explore the critical thinking skills necessary to recognize logical fallacies and manipulative communication through the analysis of political rhetoric, commercial media, and other materials. Students create arguments based on analyses and supported by evidence and logic. Prerequisite:WR121 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.
WR123 English Composition: Research Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is the third course in a three-term sequence of college composition. While continuing the goals of WR121 and WR122, this course emphasizes skills needed to write the research essay. Students learn to formulate a research subject and to find, evaluate, and interpret information on that subject. They learn to distinguish between opinion and fact, to assert a thesis, and to present their findings and conclusions in a well-organized, carefully documented research paper. One long paper (2000-3000 words) and a shorter research essay are required. Prerequisite:WR121. Strongly recommended:WR122. Prerequisite:WR121. Strongly recommended: WR122. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.
WR198A, WR198B, WR198C Writing - Independent Study Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed for students who wish to develop individual projects in creative and expository writing, critical analysis, or special research. These projects may not duplicate work in any other scheduled course. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor and area manager before registration. Maximum of three credits per term. Contact division for availability.
WR226 Creative Expository Non-Fiction: Biography, Autobiography and Other Non-Fiction Forms Credits 3 - maximum 9 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a writing elective designed for students of composition who wish to improve personal writing styles and to explore forms of creative writing other than fiction and poetry. Autobiography, biography, memoir, journal, review, letter, interview, and journalistic essay are some of the forms discussed in this workshop-oriented class. This course may be repeated for up to 9 hours of credit. Contact division for availability. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
See page 123 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.
Course Descriptions WR227 Technical Report Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Offered in a traditional classroom format and in a web-based format, this course helps students improve their abilities to read, analyze, and prepare technical reports similar to those used in professional, business, technical, and other workplace contexts. The term’s work culminates in a major technical report supported by a variety of other documents prepared during the course of the term, including memos, a proposal, a progress report, and an oral presentation. Prerequisite:WR101 and WR102, or WR121 and WR122. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
WR246 Editing & Publishing: Approaches to Refine and Market your Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A writing elective designed to examine principles, techniques, and requirements for producing written materials suitable for publication in pamphlets, newspapers, newsletters, literary magazines, and books. The course will examine publishing options for students with manuscripts in progress and methods for producing such things as newsletters. It will consider publishing strategies for those interested in free-lance writing. WR226 is useful, but not required, preparation for this course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.
WR228 Police Report Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Police report writing trains the student in specific writing and technical skills for reporting on a wide variety of criminal incidents including investigation of homicides, assaults, theft, and burglary. Also included is use of police reports for court proceedings, prosecution and defense. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
WR241 Imaginative Writing (Fiction) Credits 3 - maximum 6 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a practical study of the proven techniques for creating vivid, successful stories. Students learn basic elements of conflict and plot, how to create openings that grab and complications that build tension, how to move readers with detail and well drawn characters. May be repeated once for additional credit. Satisfies Humanities requirements. Prerequisite:WR121 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Required: Reading,Writing.
WR242 Imaginative Writing: Poetry Credits 3 - maximum of 6 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Beginning poetry writing is designed for students with little or no previous experience. Emphasis is on basics of poetic language and form. Students practice using these elements by writing their own poetry and discussing it in a workshop atmosphere. (This course may help satisfy requirements for humanities credits.) Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:WR121 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing.
WR247A, WR247B The Literary Publication Credits 1,2 maximum 12 (2,4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers practical application of literature and composition instruction through work on the student literary magazine, Perceptions. Students register fall term to plan, winter term to edit, and spring term to produce and market this annual publication.A maximum of 12 hours may be taken under the WR247 designation (one or two credits per term). Proficiency Needed: Reading,Writing. Consent of instructor is required.
WR248 Strategies For Revision: Advanced Professional Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed for students who wish to study professional writing and develop and refine specific projects for publication. Emphasis will be placed on non-fiction writing for a variety of audiences and publications. Prerequisite: Journalism majors must have completed J216 and J217 and other majors must have completed WR121, WR122, and WR123; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
WR244 Advanced Poetry Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) For further practice in poetry writing, students write a small portfolio of poems, explore the work of a contemporary poet they admire, and learn the basics of poetry performance and publication. (This course may help satisfy requirements for humanities credits.) Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite:WR242. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
WR245 Advanced Fiction Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores some of the advanced techniques of professional fiction writers. Students learn how to create strong, believable dialogue, how to refine characters, how to pace a story with scene and summary, how to enhance their language and adopt a style of their own. Satisfies Humanities requirements. Prerequisite: WR 241 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.
237
238
Student Information
• Standards of Academic Progress • Students Rights • Release of Student Information
Standards of Academic Progress I. Definition Academic progress is defined as a quarterly grade point average of 2.00.
II. Purpose of Standards Standards of Academic Progress will assist the student in accomplishing his/her academic goals by: A. Alerting the student and the college of academic difficulties or deficiencies. B. Providing the opportunity for the college to be of greater assistance to the student in setting and achieving academic goals. C. Assisting the student in utilizing the facilities and personnel of the college. D. Creating an atmosphere in which the student may become successful in his/her pursuit of an education.
III. Academic Standards and Referral A. A term GPA of 1.50 - 1.99. Academic Intervention - Warning The student is encouraged to see an academic adviser immediately. The student also is notified by mail that he/she faces the following alternatives: 1. If he/she earns a 2.00 GPA, he/she is removed from academic intervention. 2. If he/she earns less than a 2.00 GPA, he/she is automatically placed on probation (being on probation means he/ she must perform satisfactorily or be suspended).
IV. Appeals Once placed on probation, the student faces the following alternatives: 1. If he/she earns a 2.00 GPA, he/she is removed from probation. 2. If he/she earns less than a 2.00 GPA, he/she is automatically suspended. A student may appeal to the Academic Review Committee for reinstatement from suspension. B. A term GPA of 1.49 or less, or less than a 2.00 GPA for a second term.
Probation The student is encouraged to see a counselor immediatelyThe student also is advised by mail that he/she is on probation (meaning he/she must perform satisfactorily) and faces the following alternatives: 1. If he/she earns a 2.00 GPA, he/she is removed from probation. 2. If he/she earns a GPA of less than 2.00, he/she is automatically suspended. A student may appeal to the Dean of Enrollment Services for reinstatement from suspension. C. Withdrawal: Continual or repeated withdrawal may result in suspension.
A. A student may appeal suspension by filling out a petition from the Admissions and Records Office.A student must then meet with a counselor to have an individualized educational plan (IEP) completed. This will be forwarded to the Dean of Enrollment Services along with the petition. B. The Dean of Enrollment Services shall review the petition and IEP. If approved, the student may be allowed one additional term of probation. Failure to meet the conditions and terms outlined on the petition may result in suspension for one year. C. The Dean’s decision shall be one of the following: 1) Confirm the student’s continuation as a full-time student. 2) Define any limitations that may restrict the student’s college activities. 3) Reduce the number of credit hours for which the student may enroll. 4) Develop an academic program that will be followed by the student until satisfactory academic progress is achieved. 5) Suspend the student for one or more quarters until such time as the student demonstrates his/her ability to achieve satisfactory academic progress and/or has made changes that indicate to the committee that such progress can be achieved if given the opportunity.
239
Student Rights 240
Student Rights and Responsibilities It is the policy at Mt. Hood Community College that all persons, regardless of race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sexual orientation, age, sex or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law have access to higher education. Mt. Hood Community College strives to provide an environment that celebrates the freedom to learn. In this commitment to create a learning environment, MHCC’s goal is to treat all students with fairness and dignity. Students are guaranteed certain rights as members of the college community. Student rights and responsibilities are defined by college policy and regulation, and are available to students in the Office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services (room AC 2369) or the Associated Student Government Office in the College Center.
The Right of Freedom from Harassment and Discrimination Mt. Hood Community College is committed to maintaining both a working and learning environment that is free of harassment and discrimination for all persons. Harassment is defined as any conduct which has the purpose or the effect of unreasonably interfering with the physical or mental activities of a student, employee, member of the college community or college visitor or which creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment. Harassment based on such things as race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sexual orientation, age, or sex is prohibited. All complaints of alleged harassment or discrimination are taken seriously and will be investigated. Students may seek immediate assistance from an instructor, counselor, staff supervisor or the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503 41-7317.
Student Code of Conduct Students enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College assume a responsibility to conduct themselves in a manner compatible with the college’s function as an educational institution. Although MHCC is dedicated to an open, free society, there are actions inappropriate in an institution of higher education. Incompatible actions are defined through the Student Code of Conduct which also outlines information on student disciplinary procedures. To obtain a copy of the code, contact the Office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services (room AC 2369) or the Associated Student Government Office in the College Center. Student Development and Services Information Please Contact: Dr. Debbie Derr, Vice President of Student Development and Services.....503-491-7317
Student Right-To-Know The Student Right-To-Know Act of 1990 requires each postsecondary institution receiving federal funds to inform prospective students and current students about the graduation rate of its students. For schools that have student aid for athletes, the information pertaining to student athletes must also be categorized and presented by the ethnic background and gender of the student and by sport. Information about graduation rates at Mt. Hood Community College is included in a brochure titled “Student Success Report.” The brochure is available in Academic Advising and Transfer Center, Admissions and Records and at other locations around campus.To receive a copy, contact the Admissions and Records Office, 491-7392.
College Smoking Policy Smoking on the Mt. Hood Community College campus is prohibited indoors and outdoors under covered walkways except in designated areas. A brochure explaining the policy and showing areas on campus where smoking is permitted is available in Admissions and Records, Advising and Counseling, Campus Store, Health and Wellness Center,Vista Dining Room, Library Resource Center and St. Helens Room.
Release of Student Information Disclosure Statement The following information is provided to inform you of your privacy rights and the college’s responsibilities with regard to your directory information and educational records.The college follows all applicable state and federal laws and is committed to preserving the confidentiality of your records. You have three decisions to make. (1) Do you want the college to release limited directory information about you to anyone requesting? (This means that MHCC will verify if you are currently enrolled — see Directory Information Restriction below for details.) If yes, you do not need to do anything. If you have concerns about release of limited directory information, see instructions below for requesting that this information not be released. (2) Do you object to the college releasing your name, address, telephone number and certain other information to military recruiters as required under the Solomon Amendment? If you request that this information not be released, MHCC will not release to military recruiters or other parties except as specified in this notification or upon written permission from you. If you decide that you do not want directory or Solomon information released, you must complete the form, Request to Prevent Disclosure of Directory Information, available in the Admissions & Records Office. (3) Do you object to the college using and releasing your Social Security Number (SSN) for state reporting and other related activities? This includes release of your SSN to the Internal Revenue Service so that you may take advantage of benefits under the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, which includes a tax credit on tuition and eligible fees and/or interest deduction on outstanding educational loans. Again, you will be given the opportunity to request that your SSN not be used or released at the time of registration. Please review the following Release of Information and decide your answer to the three previous questions.
Release of Information Educational Records Policy The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights regarding their education records. They are: • The right to inspect and review the student’s records. The student may request to review his/her records by submitting a written request to the Office of Admissions & Records or other school official having custody of such records; • The right to seek amendment of the students’ records that the student believes are inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights. Requests for amendment of records must be in writing and must describe the specific portions or specific record(s) the student wishes to have amended, text or instructions as to the change desired, and the reasons why the change is justified; • The right to consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except for when consent is not required by FERPA. FERPA does not require a student’s consent when disclosure is to other school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the college in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position; a person or company with whom the college has contracted or appointed as its agent; or a student serving on an official committee or assisting another school official in performing the official’s tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his/ her professional responsibilities. FERPA also allows colleges to disclose a student’s directory information without consent, but the student may request that his/her directory information not be released. If the student wishes to make such a request, he/she must do so according to procedures outlined in Directory Information Restriction (see below). • The right to file a complaint with the Department of Education, Family Compliance Office, concerning alleged failures by the college to comply with the requirements for FERPA.
Directory Information Restriction Mt. Hood Community College has chosen to release limited Directory Information as defined in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).The following information is considered to by MHCC Directory Information and will be released upon verbal request to anyone: • Student’s current enrollment status, • Verification of certificate or degree earned, • Whether student is participating in officially recognized sports; and height and weight of members of athletic teams. Students are employed in some areas of the college as work study and student aide’s, and if any access to student records is given to them, they receive FERPA training and sign off on the institutional statement of understanding form that validates they have had confidentiality training. Exceptions to this limited release may include but are not limited to: (1) we may release alumni names and addresses to the Alumni Office for their communication with MHCC graduates.Alumni are defined as students having graduated from MHCC whether currently enrolled or not, (2) we may release the names of students making the Vice President’s and President’s Lists, Academic or Athletic Honors/Awards, or information to hometown newspapers of students attending the college, (3) student athletes may sign a special release of information form through the Athletic Department for the release of information regarding their registration activity, grades and access to their permanent record by their coach or the Dean of Health and Physical Education/ Athletic Director. They may also give permission to release academic records and pictures to coaches representing four year colleges and to media representatives. Directory Information for use within the college is permitted in accordance with FERPA guidelines; however, disclosure within the college does not constitute institutional authorization to transmit, share, or disclose any or all information received to a third party.
241
242
What it means to restrict information When you restrict the release of directory information, the above information will not be released. You will be required to present photo identification or personal identification number (PIN) when you wish to inquire about your own academic or registration history. Information will not be provided to anyone, including persons who claim to be you, parents, relatives, friends, other students, or prospective employers, who may wish to contact you or verify your status at the college, without written authorization from you. Restricted directory information is made available where an emergency is involved, at the direction of a subpoena or court order, to MHCC staff and faculty with a legitimate educational need to know, or in other limited situations described in this notification.
Where and when to make your Directory Restriction request A Request to Prevent Disclosure of Directory Information form is available in the Admissions & Records Office. Complete the form, including signature and date, and return it. Your request to place or remove the restriction is effective no later than two (2) working days after it is received.
Duration of the restriction The restriction of information is permanent until you request, in writing, that it be removed. The restriction will remain in place even after you have stopped attending or have graduated from the college.
Release of Grades and Course Evaluations The Student Records Policy prohibits publicly disclosing grades linked to personal identifiers, such as names, student numbers, or social security numbers. Grades may be posted by using only the last four digits of the student number, or the last six digits in large classes, and arranging the listing in either ascending, or descending order without names. (A&R needs to review this for applicability to MHCC.) The return of graded papers or other assignments must also be accomplished in a manner that protects the identity of the student. The instructor is responsible for protecting the identity of the student. Grades and transcripts may not be released to someone other than the student without the expressed written consent of the student.
Registration Tampering Altering the registration records of another student without that student’s permission is considered a violation of the student conduct code. See MHCC Catalog and Student Guide under Student Discipline.
Solomon Amendment Disclosure The Solomon Amendment requires by law that the college release: • student name, • address, • telephone number, • date of birth, • education level, • academic major, and • degrees received upon request from recruiters of the branches of the US military. If you request that this information not be released, MHCC will not release to military recruiters or other parties except as specified in this notification or upon written permission from the student.
Use of Social Security Number Disclosure OAR 581-41-460 authorizes Mt. Hood Community College to ask you to provide your social security number. The number will be used by the college for keeping records, doing research, aggregate reporting, and extending credit and collecting debts. Your number also will be provided by the college to the Oregon Community College Unified Reporting System (OCCURS), which is a group made up of all community colleges in Oregon, the State Department of Community Colleges and Workforce Development and the Oregon Community College Association. OCCURS gathers information about students and programs to meet state and federal reporting requirements. It also helps colleges plan, research and develop programs. This information helps the colleges to support the progress of students and their success in the workplace and other educational programs. When conducting studies, MHCC will disclose your social security number only in a manner that does not permit personal identification of you by individuals other than representatives of MHCC (or the organization conducting the study for MHCC). By providing your social security number, you
are consenting to the uses identified below. Provision of your social security number and consent to its use is not required and if you choose not to do so, you will not be denied any right, benefit, or privilege provided by law. You may revoke your consent for the use of your social security number at any time by contacting the Admissions & Records Office. OCCURS and the college also may match your social security number with records from the following systems: • State and private universities, colleges and vocational schools, to find out how many community college students go on with their education and to find out whether community college courses are a good basis for further education. • The Oregon Employment Department, which gathers information to help state and local agencies plan education and training services to help Oregon citizens get the best jobs available. • The Oregon Department of Education to provide reports to local, state, and federal governments. The information is used to learn about education, training and job market trends for planning, research and program improvement. • The Workers Compensation Division, to track the successful retraining of injured workers. • The Oregon Department of Revenue and collection agencies only for purposes of processing debts and only if credit is extended to you by the college. • The National Student Loan Clearinghouse for student financial aid processing and/or research on transfer. • The Internal Revenue Service, to provide required information related to the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997. In addition, the college may release your social security number to business firms under contract with the college for research, planning and program development purposes. In such cases, strict confidentiality is part of the contractual agreement with the firm.Your number will be used only for the purposes listed above. State and federal law protects the privacy of your records.
Executive Staff & College Board Dr. Robert M. Silverman
Dr. William Becker
Michael Durrer
MHCC President and Clerk of the Board
Executive Vice President of Administration
Vice President of Instruction
The Board of Education The Mt. Hood Community College District Board of Education consists of seven citizens of the school district, each of whom is elected for a four-year term. Any adult resident may run for election to the board, providing s/he meets certain legal qualifications. Board members serve without pay.
Cletus Moore Zone 3
Dr. Debbie Derr
Dr. Paul T. Killpatrick
Vice President of Student Development/ Services
Vice President of Instructional Services & Community Development
Carol NielsenHood
Brian Freeman Zone 2
Zone 1
Sen. Frank Shields Zone 4
Dr. Ron Russell
Dr. Ralph Yates
At-Large Position 6
At-Large Position 7
Bob Morris Zone 5
243
Emeritus 244
Dr. Earl L. Klapstein (1966-1976) Founding President, President Emeritus BA, University of the Pacific, 1943. MA, University of the Pacific, 1953. EdD, University of Southern California, 1963. Dr. Leo Marlantes (1966-1978) Dean Emeritus BS, University of Oregon, 1940. MED, University of Oregon, 1953. MdS, University of Florida, 1965. EdD, Univeristy of Florida, 1966. Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson (1976-1985) President Emeritus BA, Marion College, 1950. MA, Syracuse University, 1956. PhD, Michigan State University, 1971. Dr. Robert Wesley (1972-1996) Dean Emeritus BS, Wilmington College, 1960. MS, California State College, Long Beach, 1968. PhD, Oregon State University, 1971. Dr. Paul E. Kreider (1980-1996) President Emeritus ThB, Marion College, 1953. MDiv, Nazarene Seminary, 1956. MA, Butler University, 1957. PhD, Michigan State University, 1967.
Professional Staff 2000–2001 AAS, JOHN E. (1988)
BOULDEN, SUSAN A. (1995)
Instructor - Workforce Connections MS, Mankato State University, 1979. BA, Augsburg College, 1967.
Instructor - Medical Assistant Program BSN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1991. ADN, Umpqua Community College, 1977. LPN, Umpqua Community College, 1976.
ABRAHAMS, NAOMI J. (1999) Instructor - Sociology PhD, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1993. MA, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1988. BA, University of Massachusetts, 1986.
BOX, PAUL J. (1998)
ARNOLD, JAMES C. (1998)
BRAYSON, MICHAEL L. (1994)
Instructor - Accounting MBA, University of Portland, 1976. BA, University of Portland, 1974.
Instructor - Architectural/CAD/Engineering Technology BS, Oregon State University, 1980.
Instructor - ABE\GED MST, Portland State University, 1986. BA, University of California, 1970.
BROADSWORD, DARYLE D. (1998) BARDUHN, DAVE (1988) Instructor - Music & Jazz Ensemble Director MM, Central Washington University, 1981. BM, Cornish Institute, 1980.
Instructor - Health/Physical Education, Women’s Basketball Coach MSS, United States Sports Academy, 1990. BS, Eastern Oregon College, 1978. Graduate Studies, Portland State University.
BARRA, GERRY M. (1991)
BROOK, JACK R. (1990)
Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1975. BA, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1973.
Instructor - Science MS, Central Washington University, 1979. BS, Oregon State University, 1977. BS, Washington State University, 1974.
BECKER, WILLIAM E. (1999) Executive Vice President - Administration PhD, University of Michigan, 1972. MA, Central Michigan University, 1967. AB, University of Michigan, 1965.
BRUSH, ROBIN A. (1992)
BENENATI, AURORA R. (1992)
BRUYA, CHRISTOPHER M. (1995)
Instructor - Spanish MAT, Portland State University, 1991. BA, Portland State University, 1989. AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1985.
Dean - Communication, Performing & Visual Arts MM, Central Washington University, 1985. BA, Central Washington University, 1982.
Instructor - Business Education & Office Admin. MS, Portland State University, 1985. BS, Eastern Oregon State College, 1976.
BUROKER, ROBERT A. (1997) BERGLUND, JOAN E. (1994) Instructor - Nursing BS, Seattle Pacific College, 1994. MSN, University of California, San Francisco Medical Center, 1966. BSN, University of Washington, 1964.
Instructor - Computer Education MPA, City University, 1988. MBA, City University, 1987. BS, Marylhurst College, 1983. AA, Mt Hood Community College.
BUTTON, BRENDA (1973) BOLESTA, RICHARD E. (1975) Instructor - Chemistry MS, Oregon State University, 1975. BA, Shippensburg State College, 1971.
BONNER, ANN (1994) Instructor - Mental Health\Human Services EdD, University of Sarasota, 1998. MA, University of Missouri, 1974.
Instructor - General Education Diploma BA, Portland State University, 1977.
BYERS-CONNON, SUZANNE F. (1988) Instructor - Occupational Therapy Assistant Program MS, Portland State University, 1998. BA, The Evergreen State College, 1990. AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1981.
245
Professional Staff
246
CALDWELL, JOAN M. (1988)
DARROCH, LYNN A. (1989)
Instructor - Forestry MS, University of Minnesota, 1987. BS, Oregon State University, 1983.
Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1970. BA, Lewis and Clark College, 1969.
CAMPBELL, JANET M. (1999)
DAVIS, LINDA (1972)
Instructor - Political Science & Business PhD, Glasgow University, 1998. MA, Victoria University, 1989. BA, Bowdoin College, 1986.
Instructor - Psychology MA, University of Portland, 1971. BA, Eastern Washington State College, 1970.
DAWKINS, LAWRENCE D. (1972) CAMPBELL, RICHARD W. (1979) Instructor - English as A Second Language MA, Portland State University, 1992. BA, Portland State University, 1977.
Instructor - Speech MST, Portland State University, 1972. BS, Portland State College, 1967. Advanced Study, South Dakota and Nebraska.
CARLSON, CELIA I. (1998)
DEMAROIS, PHILIP A. (2000)
Instructor - English PhD, University of California, 1995. AM, University of Michigan, 1985. MA, Portland State University, 1984. AB, Stanford University, 1978.
Instructor - Mathematics PhD, University of Warwick, 1998. MA, Eastern Michigan University, 1974. BS, Eastern Michigan University, 1972.
DEROEST, GARY E. (1999) CARRIER IV, COURTLAND F. (1987) Instructor - Hospitality & Tourism Operations MPS, Cornell University, 1976. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.
Instructor - Computer Education MS, Oregon State University, 1988. BS, Oregon State University, 1987.
DERR, DEBRA A. (1987) CASEY, PATRICK D. (1999) Instructor - History MA, University of Portland, 1995. MA, University of Oregon, 1984. BA, University of Notre Dame, 1979.
Vice President - Student Development and Services EdD, Oregon State University, 1996. MS, Portland State University, 1984. BA, Linfield College, 1978.
DETTMAN, CYNTHIA L. (1997) CEDAR, JANE B. (1984) Instructor - Physical Therapist Assistant Program MS, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1995. Certif., Mt Hood Community College, 1981. Certif., Ohio State University, 1974. BA, Ohio State University, 1973.
COVELL, WILLIAM E. (1975) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Portland State University, 1987. BS, Oregon State University, 1970.
CURTIS, CATHERINE E. (1992) Instructor - Mathematics MA, Lewis & Clark College, 1981. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.
D’ANGELO, C LYNN (1997) Instructor - Cosmetology Cosmetology Instructor, Pacific School of Beauty, 1969. Cosmetologist, Pacific School of Beauty, 1960. Over Thirty Years Industry Experience.
Counselor - Coordinator, Transitions MSW, Portland State University, 1993. BA, Oberlin College, 1973.
DICKSTON, DOUGLAS S. (1992) Instructor - Developmental Writing MAT, Lewis and Clark College, 1982. BA, University of California at Berkeley, 1969.
DILLON, MICHAEL C. (1973) Dean - Community & Workforce Development MS, University of Oregon, 1972. BS, University of Oregon, 1971. Advanced Study, Portland State University.
DOHERTY, MARY M. (1998) Dean - MHCC Maywood Park Campus & Services MEd, Heritage College, 1988. BA, Gonzaga University, 1968. PhD Candidate, Gonzaga University.
Professional Staff DONALDSON, T TROY (1992)
FIRST, KIAR A. (1998)
Instructor - Engineering Technology & CAD BS, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1985. AA, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1983.
Instructor - Nursing MSN, Texas Women’s University, 1979. BSN, Texas Women’s University, 1971. Post Masters Certificate, OHSU.
DORSTAD, MELODY (1994) Instructor - Nursing MS, Texas Women’s University, 1993. BSN, University of Utah, 1976. ADN, St Marry’s Junior College, 1968.
FISCHER, JOSEPH M. (1997) Dean – Student Leadership,Activities & Community Services PhD, Oregon State University, 1990. MEd, Oregon State University, 1980. BFA, Pacific Lutheran University, 1977.
DRAKE, PHILIP M. (1997) Director - Resource Development BS, Portland State University, 1976.
DUNLAP, JOSEPH H. (1998) Dean - Industrial Technology MBA, City University, 1982. BA, Whitworth College, 1972.
DURRER, JR., MICHAEL J. (1986) Vice President - Instruction MA, Chapman College, 1976. BA, Humboldt State University, 1973. AA, College of the Redwoods, 1971. Doctoral Studies, Oregon State University.
FOLEN, TERRY M. (1988) Instructor - Health, Physical Education MST, Portland State University, 1982. BS, Portland State University, 1975.
FRANKS, LARKIN G. (1991) Instructor - Travel & Tourism MA, George Washington University, 1988. BA, Southern Oregon College, 1972.
FREEMAN, KIMBERLY S. (1995) Director - Workforce Development Programs BS, University of Oregon, 1986.
FROEHLICH, RONALD B. (1997) ECKHARDT, PAUL D. (1999) Instructor - Spanish M-TESL, Arizona State University, 1998. MA, Arizona State University, 1997. BA, Kansas State University, 1988.
ERNST, LINDA A. (1999) Instructor - Coordinator Maywood Park Campus MS, University of Central Florida, 1995. MAT, Emory University, 1973.
FASSEL, JOHN F. (1998) Instructor - Electronics MS, Arizona State University, 1978. BS, Northern Arizona University, 1973.
Instructor - Microbiology, Anatomy/Physiology MST, Portland State University, 1980. BA, Eastern Washington University, 1968.
GELDER, SUSAN M. (1999) Instructor - Developmental Ed. MA, Portland State University, 1992. BA, Portland State University, 1988.
GERBER, LINDA A. (1994) Dean - Developmental & Adult Education EdD, Portland State University, 1994. MS, Portland State University, 1988. BA, Portland State University, 1976.
GIRSCH, MARY J. (1999) FAUST, DAVID N. (1998) Instructor - Physics MA, Stanford University, 1994. MS, Stanford University, 1993. BS, University of California at San Diego, 1989.
Instructor - Performing & Visual Arts MFA, University of Iowa, 1992. MA, University of Iowa, 1990. BM, Cleveland Institute of Music, 1972.
GORSEK, CHRISTOPHER S. (1997) FERRIN, DOUG T. (1998) Instructor - Funeral Service Education BA, Colorado State University, 1998. AA, Dallas Institute of Funeral Services, 1993.
Instructor - Criminal Justice MA, University of Oregon, 1992. BS, University of Oregon, 1989.
247
Professional Staff
248
GUBRUD-HOWE, PAULA (1993)
HICKS, GEORGE H. (1981)
Instructor - Nursing MS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1993. BS, Walla Walla College, 1980.
Instructor - Respiratory Care MS, Cal State Polytechnic University, 1980. BS, Cal State Polytechnic University, 1975. AS, Mt San Antonio College, 1972.
HANNA, TODD D. (1998) Instructor - Fisheries MS, Montana State University, 1990. BS, Lake Superior State University, 1987.
HANNIGAN-MCNAMARA, KATHLEEN (1986) Instructor - Occupational Therapy Assistant Program BS, San Jose State University, 1977.
HOCHMAN, STANLEY (1984) Instructor - Electronic Engineering Technology BEE, City College of New York, 1960. Twenty years industrial experience. Graduate Studies, University of California at Berkeley -California State College & University of Washington.
HOEM, ERIC E. (1971) HANNON, DANIEL A. (1971) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, University of Oregon, 1971. BA, University of Oregon, 1969.
Instructor - Literature & Composition BA, University of Chicago, 1968. PhD Candidate, University of Washington. Advanced Study, Portland State University.
HARNLY, CYNTHIA SUE (1996)
HOLLAND, MELANIE A. (1999)
Instructor - Health & Physical Education MA, Texas Women’s University, 1986. BS, Ohio State University, 1979.
Instructor - Developmental Education MA, New York University, 1997. BS, Cornell University, 1995.
HARRISON CARSON, DARYL V. (2000)
HOOVER, AMY L. (1998)
Instructor - Theatre\Theatre Designer\Technical Director\Facility Manager MFA, University of Cincinnati, 1989. BS, James Madison University, 1986.
Instructor - Aviation\Pilot BS, Texas Christian University, 1983. AA, University of Central Florida, 1980. MS, Oregon State University.
HARTLINE, RONALD V. (1998)
HOUCHEN, BRENDA C. (1999)
Instructor - Machine Tool Tech AS, Chemeketa Community College, 1978. ASS, Chemeketa Community College, 1976.
Instructor - Business EdD, Washington State University, 1994. ME, University of Montana, 1985. BS, Eastern Montana College, 1981.
HAZEN, TERESA C. (2000) Librarian MA, University of Arizona, 1995. BA, Northern Arizona University, 1991.
HECKMAN, MICHELLE C. (1983) Instructor - Computer Applications MBA, University of Portland, 1978. BA, University of Evansville, 1972.
HEIDEMAN, CHRISTINE A. (1983) Instructor - Occupational Therapy Assistant Program MS, University of Oregon, 1990. BS, University of New York, 1978. AAS, Erie Community College, 1970.
HEISERMAN, GLENN R. (1997) Librarian MLS, University of Oregon, 1970. MS, University of Michigan, 1963. BS, University of Michigan, 1962.
IRWIN, URSULA L. (1989) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, San Francisco State University, 1985. Certificate To Teach Composition, San Francisco State University, 1984. BA, San Francisco State University, 1983.
JACKMAN, ANDREW M. (1994) Dean - Science PhD, Oregon State University, 1994. MS, California State University, 1976. BA, California State University, 1975.
JACKSON, CHRIS M. (1997) Instructor - Philosophy MA, University of California, Riverside, 1992. BA, University of California, Riverside, 1989.
Professional Staff JOHANSON, PHILLIP D. (1993)
LACKEY, LOLA M. (1999)
Director - Fiscal Operations BS, Portland State University, 1980.
Instructor - Business Management PhD, Saybrook Graduate Institute, 1999. MBA, Seattle University, 1974. BA, University of Washington, 1972.
JOHNSON, ELIZABETH A. (1998) Counselor - Coordinator of Disability Services MA, Chadron State College, 1991. BA, Kearney State College, 1976.
LANDESMAN, SUSAN J. (1997)
JOHNSON, KLISSA H. (1996)
Instructor - Biology, Anatomy & Physiology MS, California State Polytechnic University, 1986. BS, California State Polytechnic University, 1983.
Instructor - Dental Hygiene BA, Idaho State University, 1979.
LEE, MARCELLA (1993)
JOHNSON, WENDALL D. (1996)
Instructor - Reading MA, University of N Colorado, 1979. BA, University of N Colorado, 1975.
Instructor - Welding BS, Washington State University, 1972.
LEONARD, KAREN A. (2000) JONES, SUSIE M. (1999) Instructor - Music, Jazz Band Director MM, University of Portland, 1989. BME, University of Portland, 1981.
Counselor MA, Slippery Rock University, 1997. MSW, University of Pittsburgh, 1981. BS, University of Scranton, 1977.
KAWASAKI, PAMELA T. (1998)
LESH, WILLIAM A. (1999)
Instructor - Dental Hygiene MBA, Portland State University, 1993. BS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1987.
Regional Coordinator, Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium MEd, Oregon State University, 1975. BS, Oregon State University, 1973.
KENNEY, WILLIAM A. (1994) Instructor - Civil Engineering MEd, University of Minnesota, 1994. BS, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1991. AAS, Portland Community College, 1981.
LOOMIS, CATHA J. (1990) Counselor EdD, Northern Illinois University 1992. MS, University of Oregon, 1975. BS, George Williams College, 1971.
KILLPATRICK, PAUL T. (1996) Vice President - Instructional Services and Community Development PhD, Oregon State University, 1990. MS, Western Oregon State College, 1982. BS, Oregon State University, 1975.
LOVEJOY, GARY H. (1971) Instructor - Psychology PhD, United States International University, 1976. MRE, Fuller Theological Seminary, 1970. MA, California State at Los Angeles, 1968. BA, California State at Long Beach, 1965.
KNOCKE, CHARLES L. (1988) Instructor - Entrepreneurship & Small Business Mgmt MBA, Columbia University, 1963. BA, Lawrence University, 1961.
LYONS, JERRY J. (1996)
Instructor - Accounting MBA, Marylhurst College, 2000. BBA, Pacific Lutheran University, 1969.
Instructor - Ford Asset MEd, Northern Montana College, 1993. BS, Western Montana College, 1983. GM Certified. 5+ years practical experience. Master Ford Certified. Master ASE Certified.
KOLINS, CRAIG A. (1999)
MAIER, CHRISTINA J. (1988)
Dean - Enrollment Services PhD, University of Toledo, 1999. Med, Northern Illinois University, 1989. BA, Northern Illinois University, 1985.
Instructor - Graphic Design BFA, Arizona State University, 1980.
KOHLER, GERALD W. (1999)
249
Professional Staff
250
MALCOM, WILLIAM S. (1990)
MILES, MARIA E. (1997)
Instructor - Funeral Science AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1984. MEd, University of Utah, 1975. BS, University of Utah, 1971.
Instructor - Mathematics MS, Perdue University, 1995. BS, University of Portland, 1993.
MITCHELL, LEE H. (1996) MANEVAL, KEITH P. (1993) Instructor - PE/Track Coach MS, University of Nevada, 1993. BA, California State University, Chico, 1985.
Instructor - Biology MS, University of Iowa, 1978. BA, Drew University, 1974.
MOHTASHAM, JAVID (1993) MARTINEZ, VALERIE WARD (1998) Dean - Evening & Weekend College MEd, University of Wyoming, 1987. BS, Montana State University, 1983. Doctoral Candidate, University of Wyoming.
Instructor - Environ. Safety & Haz. Materials Mgmt. PhD, Portland State University, 1989. MS, Cal State University, Fresno, 1984. BS, Cal State University, Fresno, 1982.
MORFITT, JACQUELINE D. (1993) MCAFEE, MICHAEL S. (1995) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Portland State University, 1992. BS, University of Texas, 1990.
MCCLAREN, SUSAN D. (1992) Instructor - Business & Office Administration MST, Portland State University, 1988. BS, Drake University, 1975.
MCCORD, MALCOLM C. (1995) Counselor MS, Oregon State University, 1987. BS, University of Michigan, 1981.
MCCRADY, JACQUELINE C. (1991) Director - Library Resource Center/Distance Education PhD, University of Southern California, 1986. MS, Oregon College of Education, 1978. MLS, University of Oregon, 1973. BA, Wisconsin State College, 1969.
Instructor - Surgical Technology RN, St Mary’s Hospital School of Nursing Education, 1960.
MORRIS, PAUL L. (1999) Instructor - Computer Education MA, Seattle Pacific University, 1977. BS, Seattle Pacific University, 1970.
MORROW, JONATHAN W. (2000) Instructor - Literature & Composition BA, City of London Polytechnic, 1988. MA, West Virginia University.
NEUFELD, HOWARD N. (1975) Instructor - Drawing, Painting & Graphic Design MFA, Southern Methodist University, 1969. BA, Bethel College, 1966.
NIELSON, ROBERT C. (1999) Instructor - Physical Education\Head Basketball Coach ME, Utah State University, 1990. BS, Brigham Young University - Hawaii, 1984.
MICHENER, STEVEN J. (1988) Instructor - Automotive Technology AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1983. ASE Certified Studies toward BS.
NYSTROM, JAMES P. (1998) Instructor - Reading MA, Chapman College, 1980. BA, Chapman College, 1972.
MICKEY, STEPHEN L. (1993) Instructor - Art/Ceramics MFA, University of Notre Dame, 1982. MA, University of Wisconsin, 1980. BA, University of Minnesota, 1966.
OLIVER, JOAN C. (1987) Instructor - Nursing EdD, Brigham Young University, 1994. MSN, University of Oregon, 1968. BSN, University of Michigan, 1962.
MILAN, LESLIE JOAN (1997) Instructor - Mental Health/Human Services MS, Portland State University, 1996. BS, Florida Technical University, 1984.
PARKER, JONATHAN A. (2000) Dean - Math & Engineering MEd, Texas Christian University, 1978. BEG, Texas Christian University, 1977.
Professional Staff PARMENTER, PATRICIA C. (1971)
ROBERTS, STEPHEN C. (1988)
Director - Auxiliary Services MS, Portland State University, 1995. BS, University of Portland, 1971.
Instructor - Automotive Technology BS, Oregon State University, 1985. AS, Teacher Education, Rogue Community College, 1979. AS, Auto Tech, Rogue Community College, 1977. Additional Studies in Trade and Industrial Education..
PERRY, SUSAN K. (1984) Counselor MEd, Lewis & Clark College, 1974. BA, University of Oregon, 1968.
PETERSON, DIANE W. (1980) Instructor - Health & Physical Education MS, University of Oregon, 1977. BS, Carrol College, 1975.
PHIPPS, ANNE (1999) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, Portland State University, 1993. BA, Portland State University, 1989.
POLLY, TIMOTHY E. (1990) Instructor - Manufacturing Technology BS, Portland State University, 1990. AA, Clatsop Community College, 1976.
PORCH, PAUL A. (1984) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Portland State University, 1985. BA, Kalamazoo College, 1972.
PORTER, VERN E. (1981) Instructor - Welding MS, Oregon State University, 1978. BS, Oregon Technical Institute, 1974. AAS, Oregon Technical Institute, 1964.
PRESSMAN, COREY S. (1996) Instructor - Sociology, Anthropology MA, Washington State University, 1994. BA, State University of New York, 1991.
RICE, JOHN M. (1977) Instructor - Speech MS, Boston University, 1961. BS, Pacific Union College, 1958.
RIKLI, PERRY M. (1987) Instructor - English As Non-Native Language MA, Portland State University, 1986. BA, University of Nebraska, 1976.
RINGLER, THOMASIN L. (1998) Instructor - Sculpture MFA, University of Texas, 1991. BS, University of Wisconsin, 1986.
ROSS, ERRIC V. (1996) Instructor - Ornamental Horticulture BS, Oregon State University, 1971. MS, Oregon State University, 1968. BS, Oregon State University, 1964.
RUBINSTEIN, STEVEN C. (1998) Instructor - Health\PE\Outdoor Program\Aquatic Division MS, Mankato State University, 1993. BS, Guilford College, 1986.
RUSSELL, MICHAEL A. (1997) Instructor - Chemistry PhD, Dartmouth College, 1995. BS, Southern Oregon State College, 1990.
SAITO, JOHN S. (2000) Dean - Allied Health MPH, University of Hawaii, 1981. BS, University of Hawaii, 1974.
SAMMONS, ELIZABETH A. (1999) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, Portland State University, 1989. BA, Seattle Pacific University, 1982.
SCHEINMAN, THEODORE P. (1977) Instructor - Economics MA, University of Wisconsin, 1968. AB, Washington University, 1966. Advanced Study, University of Oregon.
SCHNELL, FREDERICK L. (1990) Instructor - Health & PE MS, University of Wyoming, 1987. BA, BS, Upper Iowa University, 1971.
SCHOMMER, JOHN A. (1988) Instructor - Television Production Technology BS, Montana State University, 1976.
SCHULZ, NIKOLENE A. (2001) Instructor - Engineering Transfer MSE, University of Michigan, 1998. BS, University of Washington, 1995.
SEWALL, DANA (1978) Instructor - Graphic Technology BA, San Jose State University, 1971.
251
Professional Staff
252
SHANKLAND, REGINA T. (1993)
SMITH, NANCY A. (1992)
Instructor - Mathematics MS, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1992. BS, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1990.
Instructor - Biology Lab Instructor BS, Oregon State University, 1985. Graduate Studies, Portland State University.
SHERPA, JOYCE M. (1995)
SNYDER, WILLIAM A. (1996)
Instructor - Chemistry PhD, Duke University, 1991. BS, Pennsylvania State University, 1986.
Director - Computer & Telecommunications Services BS, The Ohio State University, 1980.
SPIELMANN, DANA M. (1991) SHIELDS, DAVIE R. (1972) Instructor - Sociology, Education MS, University of Portland, 1995. BS, Portland State University, 1971. Advanced Studies, Portland State University.
SHIELDS, PAMELA S. (1979) Instructor - Legal Secretary Program & Office Admin MA, Portland State University, 1977. BS, Portland State University, 1976.
Instructor - Photography & Journalism MA, Simon Fraser University, 1984. BA, Simon Fraser University, 1977.
TODD, DAVID N. (1996) Instructor - Micro Computer Application Program. Spec. PhD, Portland State University, 1997. MBA, University of Portland, 1979. BA, Lewis & Clark College, 1968.
TONG, TERESA H. (1993) SHRINER, WALTER M. (1999) Instructor - Biology PhD, University of California, Davis, 1995. MS, University of California, Davis, 1990. MA, Indiana State University, 1987. BA, Indiana State University, 1985.
Instructor - Dental Hygiene MS, University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1993. BS, Portland State University, 1987. AS, Sinclair Community College, 1976.
TSCHUY, ERIC W. (1987)
Director - Media and Public Relations BS, Northern Arizona University.
Instructor - French PhD, University of Oregon, 1985. MA, University of Oregon, 1978. BA, University of Oregon, 1977.
SILVERMAN, ROBERT M. (2001)
VALDIVIA, SHANNON S. (1998)
College President PhD, University of California, Los Angeles, 1994. MS, University of California, Los Angeles, 1974. BA, University of Louisville, 1970. AA, Cerritos College, 1968.
Instructor - Speech & Forensics MA, Washington State University, 1996. BA, Linfield College, 1992. AA, Lower Columbia College, 1990.
SIGALA, ALBERT M. (1997)
VAN DOVER, DEBBIE K. (2000) SKELDING, SARA ANN (1997) Instructor - Early Childhood Education MA, Pacific Oaks, Pasadena, 1992. BA, Linfield College, 1962.
Instructor - Physical Therapist Assistant Program MEd, Portland State University, 1997. BA, University of Montana, 1981.
VANLUIK, JACK (1982) SLINGERLAND, PENNY A. (1979) Instructor - Mathematics MALS, Reed College, 1974. BA, Reed College, 1966.
Instructor - Computer Education MBA, Western New England College, 1973. BA, Boise State University, 1970. AA, Pasadena City College, 1965.
SMITH, DAIN E. (1982)
WALDRON, KATHLEEN H. (1987)
Instructor - Distance Education PhD, Florida State University, 1993. MS, Oregon State University, 1980. MDiv, Conservative Baptist Theological Seminary, 1979. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.
Counselor MEd, University of Washington, 1974. BA, University of Colorado, 1969.
Professional Staff WALLACE, DONALD G. (1997)
WICKHAM, CAROLE L. (1994)
Director - Facilities Management BS, Southeastern Bible College, 1989. Post Graduate Studies, Western Conservative Baptist Seminary.
Instructor - Medical Records MA, Lewis & Clark, 1993. BA, Portland State University, 1985. BA, Adams State College, 1985.
WALLERI, ROBERT DAN (1978)
WILLIAMS, SANDRA E. (1971)
Director - Research and Planning PhD, University of Hawaii, 1976. MA, University of Hawaii, 1973. BA, University of Portland, 1971.
Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, University of Oregon, 1970. BA, University of Oregon, 1969.
WILLIAMS, SARA E. (1994) WARDWELL, LANGDON D. (1977) Instructor - Cooperative Education ASG, Mt Hood Community College, 1992. 12 years practical experience..
Instructor - Mathematics MS, Oregon State University, 1994. BS, Gonzaga University, 1991.
WISE, LARRY A. (1977) WARR, ALISON (1991) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Oregon State University, 1989. BS, Oregon State University, 1987.
Instructor - Psychology PhD, University of Montana, 1973. MA, University of Montana, 1972. BA, Central Washington State College, 1968.
WATKINS, GREGORY C. (1999)
WOODSWORTH, TRACY L. (1994)
Instructor - Respiratory Care BS, Concordia University, 1999. AA, Mt San Antonio College, 1979. AA, Mt San Antonio College, 1978.
Instructor - Surgical Technology BSN, Southern Oregon State College, 1979. ADN, Lane Community College, 1974.
WORCESTER, THOMAS C. (1990) WATKINS, ROBERT G. (1988) Instructor - Journalism & Student Publications MA, Northern Illinois University, 1975. BA, University of Pennsylvania, 1972.
Instructor - Biology & Fisheries Technology MS, Oregon State University, 1979. BS, Oregon State University, 1973.
WRIGHT, DAVID M. (1999) WATTERS VALKOV, GEORGANNE (1999) Instructor - Design, Drawing & Painting MFA, San Francisco Art Institute, 1992. BA, Marylhurst College, 1989.
Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, University of Virginia, 1994. BA, University of Michigan, 1990.
YOUNG, JEFFRYE L. (1989) WEAVER, DAPHNE A. (1992) Instructor - Adult Basic Education MAT, Lewis and Clark College, 1973. BA, University of Oregon, 1971.
Instructor - Radio Broadcasting MS, University of Oregon, 1972. BS, University of Oregon, 1967.
ZGONC, LARRY K. (1972) WESTPHAL, MAUREEN R. (1987) Instructor - Nursing MS, Loma Linda University, 1986. BS, College of St Teresa, 1975.
Instructor - Music & Performance Director PhD, University of Arizona, 1982. MS, Julliard School of Music, 1965. MEd, Lewis and Clark College, 1963.
WHITE, ELLEN G. (1987)
ZIMMER, RICHARD E. (1998)
Instructor - Early Childhood Education MA, California State University, Sacramento, 1983. BA, Temple University, 1971.
Instructor - Theater/Director MA, South Dakota State University, 1981. BS, South Dakota State University, 1976.
253
Index A
254
Absences ................................................................................................. 11 Academic Advising ................................................................................ 29 Academic Calendar ............................................................ Inside cover Academic Regulations ....................................................................... 9-12 Accounting Clerk Program ................................................................ 45 Accounting Technology Program ...................................................... 44 Accreditation ............................................................................................ 3 Adding Classes .......................................................................................... 7 Admissions and Registration ............................................................ 5-9 Adult Basic Education (ABE/GED) ............................................. 36, 38 Advanced Placement Program (APP) ........................................ 10-11 Advanced Standing .................................................................................. 9 Advising and Counseling ..................................................................... 29 Affirmative Action .................................................................................... 2 Agri-Business .................................................................................... 40-41 Agriculture ........................................................................................ 40-41 Alternative Credit .................................................................... 10-11, 42 Anthropology ................................................................................... 40-41 Apprenticeship ....................................................................................... 42 Aquatic Center ...................................................................................... 34 Architectural Engineering Technology Program ............................ 65 Art/Fine Arts .................................................................................... 40-41 Art Education .................................................................................. 40-41 Art History ....................................................................................... 40-41 Associate of Applied Science Degree ........................................ 13-17 Associate of Arts Degree (College Transfer) .......................... 18-22 Associate of General Studies Degree .............................. 22-27, 117 Astronomy .................................................................................... 213-214 Attendance ................................................................................................ 7 Audit Grading Option ......................................................................... 12 Automotive Technology Programs ............................................. 46-49 Automotive Technology - Evening Program ................................... 49 Aviation-Professional Pilot Programs ........................................ 50-51 Awarded Funds (Financial Aid) .................................................... 30-32
B Biochemistry and Biophysics ....................................................... 40-41 Biology ............................................................................................... 40-41 Board of Education MHCCD .......................................................... 243 Bookstore ............................................................................................... 34 Brickmasons ........................................................................................... 42 Business/Industry-Based Education Program ................................ 52 Business Administration ................................................................ 40-41 Business Education ......................................................................... 40-41 Business Development Center ......................................................... 37 Business eCommerce Marketing and Management Program .... 53
C Campus Store ........................................................................................ 34 Cancellations ............................................................................................. 7 Career Center ....................................................................................... 29 Career Internship Training .................................................................. 37 Catalog Exceptions ............................................................................... 12 Center for Community and Workforce Development ................................................................................ 37 Certificate Programs ............................................................................ 42 Certificate Requirements ................................................................... 28 Challenge .......................................................................................... 10-11 Chemistry ......................................................................................... 40-41 Chemistry-Business ........................................................................ 40-41 Child Care .............................................................................................. 33
Chiropractic College (Pre-Professional) ................................... 40-41 Chrysler CAP Automotive Program ............................................... 46 Civil Engineering Technology Program ...................................... 65, 66 CLEP (College Level Examination Program) ........................... 10-11 CNA (Nursing Assistant) .................................................................... 42 Co-Curricular Activities ...................................................................... 33 College Center ...................................................................................... 34 Community Services ............................................................................ 35 Computer Applications Specialist Program ............................. 54-56 Computer Science .......................................................................... 40-41 Continuing Education .......................................................................... 37 Cooperative Education Internship ................................................... 37 Cosmetology-School of Hair Design Program ............................. 58 Course Descriptions .................................................................. 122-237 Course Numbering System ............................................................. 9-10 Course Requirements ....................................................................... 123 CPT (College Placement Test) .............................................................. 5 Credit for Coursework .......................................................................... 9 Criminal Justice Administration .................................................. 40-41
D Degree Requirements .................................................................... 13-28 Dental Hygiene (Pre-Professional) ............................................. 40-41 Dental Hygiene Program .................................................................... 59 Dentistry (Pre-Professional) ........................................................ 40-41 Developmental Education ............................................................. 10, 36 Digital Copy Preparation Program ................................................... 80 Disability Services ........................................................................... 29-30 Distance Education ............................................................................... 35 Dropping a Class ...................................................................................... 7
E Early Childhood Education Program ......................................... 60-61 Early Childhood Education (Transfer) ............................................. 62 Early Collegiate Opportunity (Jump Start College) .................... 11 Economics ......................................................................................... 40-41 Education .......................................................................................... 40-41 Electronics Technology Program ....................................................... 64 Emergency Medical Technician .......................................................... 42 Emeritus ................................................................................................ 244 Engineering (Transfer) ......................................................................... 68 Engineering Technologies (OIT) .................................................. 40-41 English ................................................................................................ 40-41 ENL (English as a Non-Native Language) ....................................... 36 Enrolling ...................................................................................................... 5 Entomology ...................................................................................... 40-41 Entrance Requirements ...................................................................... 5, 8 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Programs ......................................................... 69-70 Environmental, Safety and Hazardous Materials Management Programs ......................................................... 71-72 Environmental Sciences ................................................................. 40-41 Equal Opportunity ................................................................................... 2 ESL (English as a Second Language) ........................................... 36, 38 Even Start ................................................................................................ 38 Evening and Weekend College .......................................................... 35
F Facility Use ............................................................................................. 35 Faculty ............................................................................................ 245-253 Federal Student Aid Programs ..................................................... 30-32 Fees .............................................................................................................. 6
FERPA (Family Education Rights Act) .................................... 241-242 Financial Aid ...................................................................................... 30-32 Fine Arts ............................................................................................ 40-41 Fire Science Technology Program ............................................... 73-74 Fisheries and Wildlife Science ...................................................... 40-41 Fisheries Technology Program ........................................................... 75 Ford ASSET Automotive Program .................................................... 47 Foreign Languages ........................................................................... 40-41 Forest Resources (Pre-Professional) ......................................... 40-41 Forest Resouces Technology Program ............................................ 76 Foundation Scholarships ..................................................................... 32 Funeral Service Education Program ................................................. 77 FWS (Federal Work Study Program) ............................................... 31
G GED (General Education Development) .................................. 36, 38 General Education, MHCC Philosophy .......................................... 3-4 General Education Requirements ........................ 13, 18, 22-23, 117 General Science .............................................................................. 40-41 General Social Science .................................................................. 40-41 General Studies in Science ........................................................... 40-41 General Studies - Liberal Arts ..................................................... 40-41 Geography ........................................................................................ 40-41 Geology ............................................................................................. 40-41 Gerontology Program ......................................................................... 78 Glassworkers ......................................................................................... 42 Golden Age Program ........................................................................... 35 Grade Point Average ............................................................................ 12 Grading .................................................................................................... 12 Graduation Process .............................................................................. 28 Grants ...................................................................................................... 31 Graphic Arts Technology ..................................................................... 79 Graphic Design Program .................................................................... 81 Guided Studies ......................................................................................... 5
H Health and Health Education ....................................................... 40-41 Health Care Administration ......................................................... 40-41 Health Insurance ................................................................................... 30 Health Services ...................................................................................... 30 High School Plus - Jump Start College ............................................ 11 High School Students .............................................................................. 5 History ............................................................................................... 40-41 History of MHCCD ................................................................................ 4 Horticulture Programs .................................................................. 82-83 Hospitality and Tourism Management Program ...................... 84-85 Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer) .......................... 86 Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism Management ........................... 40-41
I IMPORT Automotive Program .......................................................... 48 Incompletes ............................................................................................ 12 Industrial Management .................................................................. 40-41 Instructional Assistant Program ........................................................ 63 Integrated Natural Resources Technology Program .............. 87-88 International Education - Courses ................................................. 121 International Students ................................................................. 5, 6, 30 International Studies ............................................................. 40-41, 121
J Journalism ......................................................................................... 40-41 Journalism Arts Technology Program ............................................... 89
K K-Grade (Continuing) ......................................................................... 12
L L.P.N. Refresher ..................................................................................... 42 Late Registration ...................................................................................... 7 Legal Administrative Assistant Program .......................................... 90 Library Resource Center .................................................................... 34 Limited Entry Professional Technical Programs ........................... 8-9 Loans ........................................................................................................ 31
M Machine Tool Technology Program ................................................... 91 Machine Tool Technology/ ........................................................................ Computer Numerical Control Program ............................... 92 Manufacturing Technology (Transfer) ......................................... 40-41 Mathematics ..................................................................................... 40-41 Mechanical Engineering Technology Program .......................... 65, 67 Medical Assistant Program ................................................................. 93 Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition) ............................................. 94 Medical Office Coding (Recognition) .............................................. 95 Medical Office Specialist Program .............................................. 96-97 Medical Receptionist (Recognition) ................................................. 98 Medical Technology (Pre-Professional) ...................................... 40-41 Medical Transcription Program .......................................................... 99 Medicine (Pre-Professional) ......................................................... 40-41 Mental Health/Human Service Program ....................................... 100 Mission - MHCCD ............................................................................... 3-4 Microbiology .................................................................................... 40-41 MHCC Maywood Park Campus ........................................................ 38 MHCCD Foundation .............................................................................. 4 Music .................................................................................................. 40-41 Music (Special Studies Program) ..................................................... 118
N Non-Traditional Credit ................................................................. 10-11 Nursing Program ................................................................................. 102 Nursing (Pre-Professional) ........................................................... 40-41 Nursing Assistant (CNA) .................................................................... 42
O Occupational Extension Programs and Courses ......................... 42 Occupational Therapy (Pre-Professional) ................................ 40-41 Occupational Therapy Assistant Program .................................... 103 Office Assistant Program ................................................................. 104 Office Management/Administrative Assistant Program ........... 105 Office Software Specialist Program .............................................. 106 Open Entry/Open Exit .......................................................................... 7 Optometry (Pre-Professional) ................................................... 40-41 Oregon Transfer Degree .............................................................. 18-22 Orientation ............................................................................................... 5 Outdoor Education (Recognition) ................................................ 107 Overloads ............................................................................................ 6, 9
255
P
256
Pass-Fail Grading Option .................................................................... 12 Peace Studies ................................................................................... 40-41 Performing Arts ........................................................................... 117-119 Personal Counseling ............................................................................. 29 Pharmacy (Pre-Professional) ........................................................ 40-41 Phi Theta Kappa ..................................................................................... 11 Philosophy ......................................................................................... 40-41 Physical Education ........................................................................... 40-41 Physical Therapist Assistant Program ............................................. 108 Physical Therapy (Pre-Professional) ........................................... 40-41 Physics ................................................................................................ 40-41 Placement Testing ..................................................................................... 5 Planetarium ............................................................................................. 34 Plumbers/Pipefitters ............................................................................. 42 Political Science ............................................................................... 40-41 Portfolio Assessment ..................................................................... 10-11 President’s Honor Roll ........................................................................ 11 Privacy Rights ............................................................................... 241-242 Professional Development .................................................................. 37 Professional Photography Program ................................................ 109 Professional Staff ......................................................................... 245-253 Professional-Technical Program - Index .......................................... 43 Professional-Technical Program - Information .............................. 42 Proficiency Requirements ................................................................. 123 Psychology ........................................................................................ 40-41 Publications ............................................................................................. 34
R R.N. Refresher ....................................................................................... 42 R.N. Surgical Orientation .................................................................... 42 Radio Broadcasting Program ........................................................... 110 Reciprocity ................................................................................................. 6 Recognition Awards ............................................................................. 32 Records and Transcripts - FERPA ........................................... 241-242 Refunds ................................................................................................ 7, 32 Registration ........................................................................................... 5-6 Religious Studies ............................................................................. 40-41 Repeated Courses ................................................................................ 12 Residency Requirements .................................................................... 6, 9 Respiratory Care Program ............................................................... 111 Restricted Professional-Technical Programs ................................. 8-9 Rho Theta ................................................................................................ 11 Right-to-Know ..................................................................................... 240
S S Grade .................................................................................................... 12 Scholarships ............................................................................................ 32 Self-Paced Learning Center (Maywood) ......................................... 38 Sheet Metal Technology Program ................................................... 112 Sheetmetalists ........................................................................................ 42 Small Business Management Program ............................................. 37 Smoking Policy ..................................................................................... 240 Sociology ........................................................................................... 40-41 Special Studies Programs .......................................................... 117-120 Speech ................................................................................................ 40-41 Sports ....................................................................................................... 34 Standards of Academic Progress ............................ 31-32, 32-33, 239 Step to Success ...................................................................................... 38 Student Aid ....................................................................................... 30-31
Student Rights ...................................................................................... 240 Student Fees .............................................................................................. 6 Student Services .............................................................................. 33-34 Study Abroad .................................................................................. 30, 121 Surgical Techology Program ............................................................. 113
T Table of Contents .................................................................................... 1 Talent Grants ......................................................................................... 32 Tech Prep (2 + 2) .................................................................................. 42 Television Production Technology Program ................................. 114 Testing ...................................................................................................... 29 Theatre .............................................................................................. 40-41 Theatre Arts (Special Studies Program) ............................... 119-120 Tilesetters ............................................................................................... 42 Trade and Industrial Technology Program .................................... 115 Training and Employee Development .............................................. 37 Transcript Evaluation ........................................................................... 10 Transcripts .............................................................................................. 11 Transfer Center ..................................................................................... 29 Transfer Credits .................................................................................... 10 Transfer Problem Hotline ................................................................... 41 Transfer Subject Areas ......................................................................... 40 Transitions Program/Center .............................................................. 30 Tri-Met ..................................................................................................... 34 Tuition .................................................................................................. 6, 32 Tutorial Services .............................................................................. 32, 36
V Veteran’s Services ........................................................................... 32-33 Veterinary Medicine (Pre-Professional) .................................... 40-41 Vice President’s Honor Roll ............................................................... 11
W Waiting Lists .............................................................................................. 7 Welding Technology Program .......................................................... 116 Withdrawal and Refunds ............................................................ 7-8, 32 Withdrawal from College ........................................................... 7-8, 32 Workforce Connections ..................................................................... 38 Writing Courses ......................................................................... 235-237 Writing Placement .......................................................................... 5, 236
Z Zoology ............................................................................................. 40-41